Accident Prevention Regulations

UVV-See 1
See-Berufsgenossenschaft
Accident Prevention Regulations

for Shipping Enterprises
UVV See
in the Version of the
First to Seventeenth Supplement
Status: 1st October 2003
Preventive Occupational
Medical Measures
(VBG 100)
with Implementation Instructions
First Aid
CD-ROM 06-2004 See-BG
(VBG 109)
Status: May 1999

UVV-See 1

for Shipping Enterprises
UVV See
in the Version of the

First to Seventeenth Supplement
Status: 1st October 2003

Status: May
October
19992003
2 UVV-See
Accident Report
Shipowners and shipmasters must report every occupational or
commuting accident in which a person employed within the company
dies or is injured so seriously that he is partially or completely incapable
of working for more than three days to the particular district office of
See-Berufsgenossenschaft in whose region the injured person is
located. If at that time the injured person is outside the Federal
Republic of Germany, the accident must be reported to the district
office which is responsible for the shipping company.
The accident report must be submitted within three days at the latest,
on the prescribed (yellow) form in two copies. A third copy must be sent
to the work protection authority (see 102 of the Seamens Law 1] ).
Fatal accidents and accidents in which more than five persons are
injured must be reported to the Head Office of See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft, 20457 Hamburg, Reimerstwiete 2, Tel. 040 / 36137-0,
Fax 040 / 36137770, Telex 2 11084 seebg d, without delay - also by
telephone or telegraph.
The accident must be described in detail. In particular, precise
information must be given on when, where and during what activity
the accident occurred. If a crew member has gone missing, his working
colleagues must be informed immediately in detail. If the accident
happened on shore, the location of the accident (street, area, part of
the harbour) must be described accurately; if possible, a sketch should
be appended. It is also necessary to specify how far the scene of the
accident is located from the berth of the ship and whether the injured
person was on leave or on duty in which matter? whilst ashore.
In the case of occupational diseases, the corresponding requirements
apply, but the form prescribed for this purpose (green) must be used.
Implementation Instructions
Implementation instructions primarily serve to indicate how the safety

objectives that have been standardized in the Accident Prevention
Regulations can be achieved. They do not exclude any other solutions
that may have been codified in the technical rules of other EU member
states, provided they are at least as safe. Apart from that, the imple-
mentation instructions contain further explanations on the Accident
Prevention Regulations.
1]
See page 18 for the original title in German.
Table of Contents 1
Summary
pages
Table of contents 3
Original German Titles of English Terms in the Accident

Prevention Regulations and Abbreviations 18
Abbreviations and Original German Titles of English Terms

in the Accident Prevention Regulations 19-7
Standards (e.g. DIN) 20
Notes (UVV See and supplements) 21
UVV See 27
Appendices 369
Subject Index 439
Sales Agencies for the Accident Prevention Regulations 451
Annex Manning Regulations*)
Annex First Aid **)
Annex Preventive Occupational Medical Measures **)

*) The Annex Manning Regulations is not completely printed here.

**) Annex is not enclosed
Status: May 1999

2
UVV-See

Table of Contents 3
Table of Contents
I. General Regulations
A. Scope of Application; Definitions
1 Scope of Application 27
2 Definition of Equipment 28
B. General Duties of the Employer

3 General Requirements 29
3 a First Aid 30
4 Deviations from the Accident Prevention Regulations 31
4 a Requirements for Personal Protective Equipment 31
5 Provision of Personal Protective Equipment 32
5 a Use of Personal Protective Equipment 37
6 Awarding of Contracts 38
7 Coordination of Work 38
8 Instruction of the Insured Persons 39
8 a Operating Manuals, Labels, Notes, Instructions,
Prohibitions 41
9 Dangerous Work 42
10 Danger by Intoxication 43
11 Encouraging the Assistance of Insured Persons 43
12 Safety Warden 43
13 Surveyors according to 18 SBG VII 46
14 Obligation to Provide Information 47
15 Operational surveyor 47
16 Additional Duties of the Employer 47
17 Delegation of Duties 47
C. General Duties of Insured Persons

18 Observance of Instructions of the Employer 51
19 Use of Personal Protective Equipment 51
20 Use of Appliances 52
21 Rectifying of Deficiencies 52
22 Prohibited Stay in Dangerous Areas 53
23 Danger of Being Locked In 53
24 Keeping Passages and Exits Clear 53
25 Stairs and Doors 53
26 Abuse of Alcohol 54
27 Clothing 55
28 Garbage Disposal 56
29 Use of Spray Cans 57
Status: May
October
19992003
4 UVV-See
30 Ropes and Running Rigging 57

31 Watchkeeping Duties 57
32 Master 57
33 Weather Reports and Navigational Warnings 57
34 Drills 58
D. Implementation Instructions
35 Regulations Concerning Alterations 58

36 Flagging in 58
37 Recognition of Tests 58
38 Special Instructions 59
39 Approvals 59
II. Basic Provisions
40 Ranges of Trade, Limits of Fishing Zones 60

41 Types of Vessel 62
42 Other Definitions 63
43 Ships Spaces 66
44 Seaworthiness 67
45 Surveys, Documents Suitable for Examination 68
46 Sailing Permit 72
47 Stability, Securing of Cargo, Freeboard 74
48 Equipment (including Inventory Lists) 74
49 Crew, Document of Safe Manning 80
49 a Medical Fitness for Maritime Service 81
50 Sea Watch 81
51 Accident Logbook 83
52 Entries into Logbooks 83
52 a Dangerous Goods 83
53 Muster List and General Alarm 84
54 Safety Drills 84
55 Qualified Lifeboatmen/Firemen 86
56 Alarm and Safety Appliances 87
III. Occupational Physicians and Experts for Occupational Safety
58 Occupational Physicians 88
59 Experts for Occupational Safety 91
60 Deviations 97
61 Further Education 97
Table of Contents 5
IV. Special Installations
A. Construction and Equipment

62 Access to the Ship 98
63 Working Boats 98
64 Ladders for Leaning 99
65 Service Spaces 99
65 a Ventilation in Service Spaces 100
65 b Sauna Cabins 101
66 Bilge Pumping and Sounding Equipment 102
67 Bilge Control of Machinery Spaces 102
68 Operating Positions 103
69 Operating Elements 104
70 Wire Rope Drums 105
71 Spaces for the Storage of Coating Agents
and Hazardous Working Materials
for Shipboard Requirements 105
71 a Breathing Apparatus 107
71 b Gas Measuring Instruments 108
71 c Asbestos 110
72 Notices to Be Displayed 111
72 a Safety Marking 111
B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

Persons
73 Use of Ladders for Leaning 114
74 Providing the Shore Connections 114
75 Rigging the Pilot Ladder 114
76 Lifelines and Gangways 115
76 a Access to Cargo Holds 115
77 Access to Dangerous Spaces 116
78 Access to Service Tanks 118
78 a Use of Breathing Apparatus 118
79 Bilge Pumping and Sounding 119
80 Ventilators and Air Pipes 120
81 - free - 120
82 Fumigation for the Control of Insects 120
V. Hull Equipment
Construction and Equipment
83 Hull 121
84 Bulkheads 121
Status: May 1999
6 UVV-See
85 Guard Rails, Bulwark 121

86 Gangway, Walkway on Deck 122
87 Hold Ladders, Access Hatches 123
88 Masts and Posts 125
89 Pipe Tunnel 126
90 Access to Service Tanks 127
91 Stairways 127
92 Passageways 129
93 Escape Routes 130
94 Exits, Emergency Exits 130
94 a Handrails, Handholds 132
94 b Accessible Floor Surfaces and Floor Coverings 132
95 Windows, Skylights 133
96 Bridge, Wheelhouse, Bridge Wings 135
97 Anchors, Chains, Moorings 137
98 Securing of Anchors, Fastening of Chains 138
99 Windlasses 138
100 Mooring and Anchoring Arrangements 138
101 Draught Marks 139
VI. Machinery and Electrical Equipment

102 Machinery and Electrical Plants 141
102 a Engines, Steam Engines, Auxiliary Machinery
and Machine Tools 141
103 Protection against Falling Down
and against Falling Objects 142
104 Protective Devices 142
105 Dosing Devices for Corrosive Liquids 144
105 a Ambient Air Humidifiers 145
106 Boiler Plants 145
107 Heat Transfer Plants 146
108 Oil-Firing Plants 147
109 Steam Pipe Systems 148
110 Special Devices for Combustion Engine Plants 149
111 Tanks and Fixed Containers 150

112 Fuel Systems 150
113 Oil Tanks and Lubricating Oil Systems 153
114 Power-Operated Devices 154
115 Turning Gear 154
116 Engine Control Station 155
117 Equipment of the Engine Control Station 155
118 Control Stations of Remote-Control Systems 156
Table of Contents 7
119 Engine Telegraph 157

120 Pressure Vessels 157
121 Type, Scope and Execution of the Tests
on Pressure Vessels 160
122 Compressed Gas Vessels 167
123 Water Heating Systems, Steam Cooking Apparatus 168
124 Marking 168
125 Cooling Water, Bilge and Ballast Systems 168
126 Machine Tools 169
127 Hydraulic Equipment 169
128 Blocking of Operating Elements during
Maintenance Work 170
129 Incinerators 171
130 Liquid Gas Plants 172
131 Refrigerating Plants 172
132 Arrangement of Combustion Engines 174
133 Liquid Pressure Indicators 175
134 Grinding Machines, Grinding Wheels 175
135 Laundry Equipment 176
136 General Requirements for Electrical Installations 177
137 Safety Precautions for Electrical Installations 178
138 Switchboards 179
139 Lighting Equipment 181
140 Emergency Sources of Electrical Power,
Emergency Consumers 184
141 Electric Cables and Wiring 184
142 Accumulator Batteries 185
143 Electric Alarm Devices
(including Tables and Legend) 186
144 Circuits 192
144 a Test Stations for Electrical Equipment 192
145 Water Protection for Electrical Equipment 192
146 Spare Parts 193

Persons
147 Operating of Engine Plants 194

148 Handling of Filters 194
149 Operating and Maintenance of Refrigerating Plants 194
150 Testing and Maintenance 195
151 Maintenance of Machinery Equipment 196
152 Floor Plates and Accessible Platform Decks 199
153 Bunkering of Fuel Oil 199
154 Boilers, Steam Pipes, Oil-Firing Plants 199
Status: May 1999

8 UVV-See
155 Handling of Heat Transfer Plants 201

156 Purifiers 202
157 Work with Grinders, Drilling Machines and Lathes 202
157 a Maintenance and Operation of Electrical Plants
and Equipment 203
158 Inspections of Electrical Installations 204
159 Work at Active Electrical Parts 204
160 Work at Active Parts under Voltage 205
161 Electrical Service Spaces and Work
in Narrow Spaces 206
162 Other Mobile Electrical Equipment 207
163 Explosion-Protected Equipment 207
VI a. Hazardous Working Materials

163 a Use of Hazardous Working Materials 209
163 b Storage and Provision 212
163 c Instruction Manual 213
163 d Instructions to Insured Persons 213
163 e Work Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment 214
163 f Work on Deck and in Ship Spaces 214
163 g Sources of Ignition and Heat 215
163 h Handling of Hazardous Liquids 215
163 i Blasting Appliances 216
163 j Wastes 216
VII. Fire Protection

164 General 217
165 Means of Closing Compartments 217
166 Components with High Surface Temperatures 218
167 - free - 219
168 Spaces and Installations for Acetylene
and Oxygen Cylinders 219

169 Welding Equipment 221
170 Accommodation Equipment 222
171 Ovens and Stoves 222
172 Pyrotechnical Distress Signals 224
173 Fire Extinguishing Systems 225
174 Portable Fire Extinguishers 226
175 Fire Fighting Equipment 229
176 - free - 230
Table of Contents 9

Persons
177 - free - 230
178 - free - 230
179 Welding and Other Work with Open Flames 230
180 Handling of Ovens and Stoves for Liquid
and Solid Fuels 232
181 Combustible Wastes 233
182 - free - 233
183 Availability of Fire Fighting Appliances 233
184 Smoking, Use of Open Light
and Other Sources of Ignition 235
VIII. Protection against Noise and Vibration

A. Protection against Noise
185 Definitions 237
186 Noise Reduction 240
187 Measurement of Noise Levels 245
188 Personal Ear Protection 246
188 a Additional Sources of Sound 247
189 Perception of Signals 247
190 Noise Areas 247
191 Limit Values and NR Curves
(including tables and picture) 248
192 Special Provisions 253
193 Air-Sound Damping of Walls in Accommodation 253
194 - free - 254
B. Protection against Vibration

195 Protection against Vibration
(Mechanical Oscillations) 254
IX. Galley and Catering

196 General 255
197 Arrangements 255
198 Equipment 255
Status: May 1999
10 UVV-See

Persons
199 Handling of Special Equipment 256
X. Hatches, Shell Doors, Ramps

201 Hatches and Coamings 257
202 Securing of Steel Hatchcovers,
Shell Doors and Ramps 257
203 Wooden Hatchcovers 258
204 Hatch Securings 259
205 Protective Devices at Open Hatches,

Persons
206 Handling of Steel Hatchcovers,
207 Securing Open Hatches 261
208 Work at Hatches 262
209 Maintaining the Watertight Integrity 262
XI. Cargo Handling Gear and Other Lifting Gear

211 Marking 266
212 Additional Requirements for Operating Positions 266
and Operating Elements 266
213 Accessibility 267
214 Safe Distances 268

215 Limit Switches for Cranes 268
216 Indicating Devices 269
217 Other Safety Devices 269
218 Arrangement of Winches 269
219 Safety Devices of Winches 270
220 Manually Operated Winches 270
221 Interchangeable Components 271
Table of Contents 11
222 Wire and Fibre Ropes 271

223 Loose Gear and Lifting Attachments 271
224 Lifts and Lifting Platforms 272
225 Transportation of Persons 273
226 Floating Cranes and Salvage Vessels 274
227 Initial Inspections 274
228 Inspection of Interchangeable Components 274
229 Periodical Inspections 275
230 Inspections after Repairs 275
231 Certificates and Register Book 275

Persons
232 Operating 275
233 Use of Industrial Vehicles or Mobile Cranes 276
234 Working in Union Purchase 277
235 Exceeding the Safe Working Load 277
236 Regular Maintenance 278
237 Replacement of Interchangeable Components
and Wires 278
238 Transportation of Persons 279
XII. Dangerous Goods 239-244 free 280
XIII. Fishing Vessels
XIII.-1 Hull Equipment, Stability

245 Stability Criteria, Inclining Test and

Stability Documentation 281
246 free 282
247 Guard Rails, Bulwark, Freeing Ports 283
248 Accommodation Spaces 283
248 a Companionways, Doors, Watertight Integrity 284
249 Hatches 284
250 Steering Gear 285
250 a Wheelhouse Exits 285
Status: May 1999
12 UVV-See

Persons
251 Loading 286
251 a Use of Handles on Steering Wheels 286
251 b Fixing of Freeing ports 286
XIII.-2 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment

252 Engine Power for Going Astern 287
253 Exits, Emergency Exits 287
254 Generation of Electrical Power,
Emergency Source of Electrical Power 287
254 a Protection against Flooding 289
254 b Emergency Source of Electrical Power 289
XIII.-3 Special Equipment

255 Protection against Bad Weather,
Withdrawable Railing 289
255 a Hand Lines, Safety Belts, Lifeline 290
255 b Fish Pounds 290
256 Warning Notice 290
256 a Withdrawable Railing, Hand Lines 291
256 b Additional Equipment for Fishing in Sea Areas
in which Chemical Warfare Ammunition
has been Dumped 292
XIII.-4 Fishing Equipment

257 Centre Fairleads 293
257 a Fishing Winches and Other Equipment 293
257 b Fish Meal Plants 294
257 c Fish Processing Spaces 295

257 d Fish Processing Machinery, Conveyor Belts,
Fish-Block Lifting Appliances
and Other Installations 296
258 Lifting Gear in Fishing Operations 297
259 Chains 298
260 Messenger Sheave, Trawl Warp 298
260 a Fishing Vessels with Twin-Boom Fishing Gear 298

Persons
261 Nets and Fishing Gear 299
261 a Fishing with Twin-Boom Fishing Gear 300
262 Dangerous Work 301
263 Operating the Winches 302
263 a Work on Fish Meal Plants 303
263 b Operating of Fish Processing Machinery,
Fish Washing Drums, Conveyor Belts, Fish-Block
Lifting Appliances and Other Installations 303
XIII.-5 Fire Protection
264 Definitions 304
266 Hull, Superstructures 306
267 Bulkheads, Walls and Ceilings in Accommodation
and Service Areas 306
268 Stairways and Lift Trunks 307
269 Doors in Divisions 307
270 Fire Integrity of Bulkheads, Walls and Decks 308
271 Details of the Construction 314
272 Means of Escape 317
273 Ventilation 318
274 Fire Pumps, Pipes, Fire Hydrants and Fire Hoses 320
275 Fire Extinguishing Systems 323
276 Fire Extinguishers 324
277 International Shore Connection 324
278 Firemans Outfits 325
279 Fire Control and Safety Plans 326
XIII.-6 Life-Saving Appliances

280 Equipment with Boats and Other Life-Saving

Appliances 327
280 a Radio Equipment 328
280 b Line-Throwing Appliance 328
281 Types of Boat 328
281 a Markings on Lifeboats and Rescue Boats 329
281 b Retro-Reflective Materials 329
281 c Immersion Suits 329
Status: May 1999
14 UVV-See
282 Motor Lifeboats 330

283 Liferafts 331
284 Equipment of the Lifeboats, Liferafts
and Rescue Boats 331
285 Stowage of the Lifeboats and Liferafts;
Launching Appliances 337
286 Lifebuoys 338
287 Lifejackets 339
288 General Alarm Arrangement 339
Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured
Persons
289 Checking the Life-Saving Appliances 339
XIII.-7 Regulations for Coastal Fishing Cutters and Fishing Boats

290 Scope of Applicability 340
291 Medical Fitness for Maritime Service 341
292 Stability 342
293 Life-Saving Appliances for Coastal Fishing Cutters
and Fishing Boats 342
XIV. Diving Work 343

Chapter XIV, comprising 294 to 325, is not printed here;
if required, it can be ordered free of charge from the Ship
Safety Division of See-Berufsgenossenschaft, Reimers-
twiete 2, 20457 Hamburg. (Only a German version is
available.)
XV. Passenger Ships, Excursion Boats, Sports Fishing Vessel

326 Stability, Number of Passengers 344
327 Guard Rails, Bulwark 344
328 Stairways, Emergency Exits 344
329 Certificated Lifeboatmen and Firemen 344
XV a. Tankers
329 a General 346
I. Tankers for the Transport of Crude Oils,
Mineral Oil Products and Other Flammable Liquids 347
329 b General 347

329 c Devices to Prevent the Passage of Flame
into the Cargo Tanks 347
329 d Monitoring Equipment for Loading
and Unloading Operations 348
329 e Sounding and Ullage Openings 348
329 f Tools 348
329 g Hoses 348
329 h Transportable Fans 348
329 i Cargo Tank Hatches 349
329 j Stairways and Rails in Cargo Tanks 349
329 k Radio Antennas 349
329 l Ropes and Hawsers 349
329m Drip Trays 349
B. Operation
329 n Function and Handling of the Devices to Prevent
the Passage of Flame into the Cargo Tanks 350
329 o Smoking, Use of Flames, Welding
and Other Operations involving Flames 350
329 p Use of Portable Lamps 351
329 q Mooring of Tankers 351
329 r Operational Reliability of Ships Installations 351
329 s Cargo Handling and Tank Cleaning 351
329 t Operational Watches 352
329 u Outer Doors 353
329 v Skylights and Openings of Ventilation
Arrangements 353
329w Cargo Residues 353
329 x Pressure Compensation during Cargo Handling 353
329 y Sounding and Sampling 353
329 z Precautions during Thunderstorms 354
329 z 1 Ventilation of the Cargo Pump Rooms 354
329 z 2 Entering of Cargo Pump Rooms 354
329 z 3 Entering of Cargo Tanks
and Other Dangerous Spaces 355

329 z 4 Operations in Cargo Tanks
and Other Dangerous Spaces 356
329 z 5 Precautionary Measures for Cases of Fire 357
II. Tankers for the Transport
of Dangerous Chemicals free 357
III. Tankers for the Transport
of Liquefied Gases free 357
Status: May 1999
16 UVV-See
XVI. Medical Preventive Measures

330 Medical Preventive Measures 357
331 - 340 free 357
XVII. Offences
341 Offences of Employers 358
342 Offences of Insured Persons 359
343 Offences for Diving Work 360
XVIII. Transitional and Final Regulations

344 Implementation Date 361
345 Existing Ships 361
346 Transitional Ruling for the Region Named
in Article 3 of the Unification Agreement 362
Annex Manning Regulations 363

The complete annex is not printed here; if required,
it can be obtained free of charge from the
Ship Safety Division of See-Berufsgenossenschaft,
Reimerstwiete 2, 20457 Hamburg.
Annex First Aid

The annex is not printed here; if required,
Annex Preventive Occupational Medical Measures

The annex is not printed here; if required,

Appendices
Appendix A Guidelines, Instruction Sheets,
Approval Conditions, Notifications,
Manuals and Publications
of See-Berufsgenossenschaft 369
Appendix B Signs, Symbols and Markings 375

Appendix C free 384
Appendix D Behaviour in Distress 385
Appendix E Lifeboat Equipment 411
Appendix F Classes of Fire and Fire Extinguishing Agents 415
Appendix G
Sheet 1 Type and Number of Fire Extinguishers

on Cargo Ships 417

on Passenger Ships 419

on Fishing Vessels 421
Appendix H
Sheet 1 Firemans Outfit 423
Sheet 2 Number of Firemans Outfits and

Spare Compressed Air for
Self-Contained Compressed-Air
Breathing Apparatus 425
Appendix I Occupational Safety Law 427
Subject Index 439
Sales Agencies for the Accident Prevention Regulations 451

Status: May 1999

18 UVV-See
Original German Titles of English Terms

in the Accident Prevention Regulations and Abbreviations
English title German title German

(translation) (original) abbreviation
Authorities Instanzen
Central Federation of the Hauptverband der gewerbli- HVBG

Industrial Employers Liability chen Berufsgenossenschaften
Insurance Associations
Central Registration Office for Zentrale Erfassungsstelle fr ZAs

Employees Endangered by asbeststaubgefhrdete
Asbestos Dust Arbeitnehmer
DMT DMT Deutsche Monton DMT

Technologie GmbH
Federal Institute for Materials Bundesanstalt fr Material- BAM

Research and Testing forschung und -prfung
Federal Institute of Metrology Physikalisch-Technische PTB

Bundesanstalt
Federal Maritime and Bundesamt fr Seeschiffahrt BSH

Hydrographic Agency und Hydrographie
Federal Ministry for Labour Bundesministerium fr Arbeit BMAuS

and Social Affairs und Sozialordnung
Federal Ministry of Transport, Bundesministerium fr BMVBW

Building and Housing Verkehr, Bau- und
Wohnungswesen
German Acetylene Deutscher Acetylenausschu

Commission
German Association for the Vereinigung zur Frderung des

Promotion of Fire Protection Deutschen Brandschutzes e.V.
German Compressed Gas Deutscher Druckgasausschu DGA

Committee
German Institute for Quality Deutsches Institut fr Gte-

Assurance and Labeling sicherung und Kennzeichnung
German Life-Saving Society Deutsche Lebens-Rettungs DLRG

Gesellschaft
German Lift Committee Deutscher Aufzugsausschu DAA
German Steam Boiler Deutscher Dampfkessel- DDA

Committee ausschu
UVV-See 19

International Maritime Internationale Seeschiffahrts- IMO

Organization Organisation
Official Inspection Office for Amtliche Prfstelle fr

Fire Extinguishing Agents And Feuerlschmittel und -gerte
Appliances
Organizational Service for Organisationsdienst fr ODIN

Follow-Up Examinations nachgehende Untersuchungen
Safety warden Sicherheitsbeauftragter
Sea Works Council Seebetriebsrat
Seamens Office Seemannsamt
Ship Committee Bordvertretung
Laws, Ordinance, Regulations, Gesetze, Verordnungen,

Codes, Gazettes etc. Vorschriften, Codes, Gesetz-
bltter usw.
Accident Prevention Unfallverhtungsvorschriften UVV

Regulations
Accident Prevention Unfallverhtungsvorschriften

Regulations for Fishing Vessels fr Fischereifahrzeuge
Accident Prevention Unfallverhtungsvorschriften UVV See

Regulations for Shipping fr Unternehmen der Seefahrt
Enterprises
Accident Prevention Unfallverhtungsvorschriften

Regulations for Steam-, Motor- fr Dampf-, Motor- und
and Sailing Ships (Merchant Segelschiffe
Vessels) (Kauffahrteischiffe)
Accident Prevention Regulati- Unfallverhtungsvorschrift

on Noise Lrm
Accident Prevention Regulati- Unfallverhtungsvorschrift

on Occupational Phsicians Betriebsrzte und Fachkrfte
and Experts for Occupational fr Arbeitssicherheit
Safety
Agreement between Abkommen zwischen rzten

Physicians and Accident und Unfallversicherungs-
Insurance Organizations trgern; rzteabkommen
Code of Civil Procedure Zivilprozeordnung ZPO
Code of Safe Practice for Solid Richtlinien fr die sichere

Bulk Cargoes Behandlung von
Schttladungen bei der
Befrderung mit Seeschiffen
Status: May 1999

19-1 UVV-See

Equipment Safety Law Gertesicherheitsgesetz
Federal Immission Protection Bundes-Immissionschutzgesetz BImSchG

Law
Federal Labour Gazette Bundesarbeitsblatt BArbBl
Federal Law Gazette Bundesgesetzblatt BGBl.
First Ordinance on the Erste Verordnung zum 1. SprengV

Explosives Law Sprengstoffgesetz
Flag Act Flaggenrechtsgesetz FlaggRG
General Administrative Allgemeine Verwaltungsvor- AVV

Regulation on the Cooperation schrift ber das Zusammenwir-
of the Technical Surveyors of ken der technischen Aufsichts-
the Insurers of the Statutory beamten der Trger der
Accident Insurance Scheme gesetzlichen Unfallversiche-
with the Works rung mit den Betriebs-
Representations vertretungen
General Guidelines for Allgemeine Richtlinien fr

Equipment Emitting Jets of Flssigkeitsstrahler
Liquid
German Collision Regulations Seeschiffahrtsstrassenordnung SeeSchStrO

for Waterways
German Commercial Code Handelsgesetzbuch HGB
German Constitution Grundgesetz
German Social Insurance Code Reichsversicherungsordnung RVO
Guidelines for Working Places Arbeitssttten-Richtlinien ASR
Implementation instructions Durchfhrungsanweisungen D
Individual accident prevention Einzel-Unfallverhtungsvor- VBG

regulation of the industrial schrift der gewerblichen
employers liability insurance Berufsgenossenschaften
International Convention for Internationales bereinkom- MARPOL

the Prevention of Pollution men von 1973 zur Verhtung 73/78
from Ships, 1973, as modified der Meeresverschmutzung
by the Protocol of 1978 relating durch Schiffe und Protokoll

thereto von 1978 zu diesem berein-
kommen
International Convention for Internationales bereinkom- SOLAS 74/88

the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974, men von 1974 zum Schutz des
and its Protocol of 1988 menschlichen Lebens auf See,
gendert durch das Protokoll
von 1988
UVV-See 19-2

International Maritime Internationaler Code fr die IMDG-Code

Dangerous Goods Code Befrderung gefhrlicher
Gter mit Seeschiffen
International Regulations for Internationalen Regeln von

Preventing Collisions at Sea, 1972 zur Verhtung von
1972 (ColReg) Zusammensten auf See
Labour Management Act Betriebsverfassungsgesetz BetrVG
Law on Administrative Gesetz ber Ordnungswidrig- OWiG

Offences keiten
Law on Occupational Gesetz ber Betriebsrzte,

Physicians, Safety Engineers Sicherheitsingenieure und
and other Specialists for andere Fachkrfte fr Arbeits-
Occupational Safety sicherheit
Law on the Transport of Gesetz ber die Befrderung

Dangerous Goods gefhrlicher Gter
Mining Law Bergrecht
Notifications on Occurences Bekanntmachungen ber

subject to Recording eintragungspflichtige Tatbe-
stnde
Occupational Safety Law Arbeitssicherheitsgesetz
Official Federal Gazette Bundesanzeiger BAnz.
Ordinance Verordnung VO
Ordinance for the Medical Verordnung ber die Kranken- Kranken-

Care on Seagoing Vessels frsorge auf frsorge-
Kauffahrteischiffen Verordnung
Ordinance for the Safety of Schiffssicherheitsverordnung SchSV or SSV

Seagoing Ships
Ordinance on Acetylene Plants Verordnung ber Acetylenan- AcetV

and Calcium Carbide Stocks lagen und Calciumcarbidlager;
Acetylenverordnung
Ordinance on Combustible Verordnung ber brennbare VbF

Liquids Flssigkeiten
Ordinance on Crew Verordnung ber die Unter- WohnraumVO

Accommodation on Board bringung der Besatzungsmit-
Merchant Vessels glieder an Bord von
Kauffahrteischiffen; Wohn-
raum-Verordnung
Ordinance on Hazardous Verordnung ber gefhrliche GefStoffV

Materials Stoffe; Gefahrstoffverordnung
Status: May 1999

19-3 UVV-See

Ordinance on Health Gesundheitsschutz-Berg- GesBergV

Protection for Mining verordnung
Ordinance on Lifts Aufzugsverordnung AufzV
Ordinance on Medical Fitness Verordnung ber die See-

for Maritime Service diensttauglichkeit
Ordinance on Pressure Vessels Druckbehlterverordnung DruckbehV
Ordinance on Radiation Strahlenschutzverordnung

Protection
Ordinance on Safe Manning Schiffsbesetzungsverordnung SchBesV
Ordinance on Ship Logbooks Verordnung ber See- See-TgbV

tagebcher; Seetagebuch-
verordnung
Ordinance on Steam Boilers Dampfkesselverordnung DampfkV
Ordinance on the Inspection of Rheinschiffs-Untersuchungs-

Rhine Vessels ordnung
Ordinance on the International Internationales bereinkom-

Convention of 1974 for the men von 1974 zum Schutz des
Safety of Life at Sea menschlichen Lebens auf
See -Verordnung
Ordinance on the Manning of VO ber die Besetzung von

Merchant Vessels with Marine Kauffahrteischiffen mit
Radio Operators for the Seefunkern fr Zwecke des
Purposes of the Public Marine ffentlichen Seefunkdienstes
Radio Service
Ordinance on the Manning of Verordnung ber die Beset-

Merchant Vessels with Masters zung der Kauffahrteischiffe mit
and Ships Officers Kapitnen und Schiffs-
offizieren vom 29.06.31
Ordinance on the Training and Verordnung ber die Ausbil- SchOffzAusbV

Qualification of Masters and dung und Befhigung von
Ships Officers of the Nautical Kapitnen und Schiffs-
and Technical Marine Service offizieren des nautischen und
(Ordinance on the Training technischen Schiffsdienstes
and Qualification of Ships (Schiffsoffizier-Ausbildungs-

Officers) verordnung)
Ordinance on the Transport of Verordnung ber die Befrde- Gefahr-

Dangerous Goods on Seagoing rung gefhrlicher Gter mit gutV See,
Vessels Seeschiffen; Gefahrgut- GGV See
Verordnung See
Ordinance on Watchkeeping Wachdienst-Verordnung

Duties
UVV-See 19-4

Ordinance on Working Places Arbeitsstttenverordnung;

Verordnung ber Arbeitsstt-
ten
Ordinance on X-Rays Rntgenverordnung RV
Penal Code Strafgesetzbuch StGB
Principles of the Employers Berufsgenossenschaftliche

Liability Insurance Grundstze fr arbeitsmedizi-
Associations for Preventive nische Vorsorgeuntersuchun-
Occupational Medical gen
Examinations
Rules on the Inspection of Binnenschiffs-Untersuchungs- BinSchUO

Inland Waterway Vessels ordnung
Safety Rules for Hoistable Sicherheitsregeln fr hochzieh-

Person Lifting Equipment bare Personenaufnahmemittel
Seamens Law Seemannsgesetz
Second Ordinance for the Zweite Verordnung zur

Amendment of Regulations on nderung seeverkehrs-
Shipping Law rechtlicher Vorschriften
Seventh Volume of the Social Siebtes Buch Sozialgesetzbuch SGB VII

Security Code
Social Security Code Sozialgesetzbuch SGB
Technical Rules for Acetylene Technische Regeln fr TRAC

Plants Acetylenanlagen
Technical Rules for Technische Regeln Druckgase TRG

Compressed Gases
Technical Rules for Hazardous Technische Regeln fr TRGS

Materials Gefahrstoffe
Technical Rules for Hazardous Technische Regeln fr TRGS 512

Materials 512 Fumigation Gefahrstoffe
512 Begasungen

Materials 519 Asbestos- Gefahrstoffe 519 Asbest-

Demolition, Rehabilitation and Abbruch, Sanierungs- oder
Repair Work Instandsetzungsarbeiten

Materials 555 Operating Gefahrstoffe 555 Betrieban-
Instructions and Directions weisung und Unterweisung
according to 20 GefStoffV nach 20 GefStoffV
Technical Rules for Hazardous Technische Regeln fr TRgA

Working Materials gefhrliche Arbeitsstoffe
Status: May 1999

19-5 UVV-See

Technical Rules for Lifts Technische Regeln fr Aufzge TRA
Technical Rules for Steam Technische Regeln fr TRD

Boilers Dampfkessel
Technical Rules for the Technische Regeln fr Bau und

Construction and Equipment of Ausrstung von Unterkunfts-
Accommodation aboard rumen auf Seeschiffen
Seagoing Ships
Transport Gazette Verkehrsblatt VkBl
Unification Agreement Einigungsvertrag
Youth Employment Law Jugendarbeitsschutzgesetz
Guidelines and Standards Bestimmungen und Normen
Company Paramedics Betriebssanitter ZH 1/608
Equivalent reference sound Mittelungspegel und DIN 45641

levels of fluctuating noises Beurteilungspegel zeitlich
schwankender Schallvorgnge
Fundamentals of First-Aid Grundstze fr Hilfspersonal, ZH 1/528

Personnel, Rooms, Facilities, Rume, Einrichtungen, Gerte
Appliances and Equipment for and Mittel fr Betriebsrzte im
Occupational Physicians in Betrieb
Companies
General Regulations Allgemeine Vorschriften VBG 1
Information Sheet on the Merkblatt fr die Bekmpfung DIN

Fighting of Fire in Electrical von Brnden in elektrischen VDE 0132
Plants and in their Vicinity Anlagen und in deren Nhe
Instruction Sheet on Ear Gehrschtzer-Merkblatt ZH 1/565.3

Protectors
Instruction Sheet on First Aid Merkblatt fr die Erste Hilfe ZH 1/175

against the Effects of bei Einwirken gefhrlicher
Dangerous Chemicals chemischer Stoffe
Instruction Sheet on First Aid Merkblatt fr die Erste Hilfe ZH 1/546

against the Effects of Ionizing bei Einwirkung ionisierender

Radiation Strahlen
Instruction Sheet on Floors in Merkblatt fr Fubden in ZH 1/571

Working Rooms and Working Arbeitsrumen und Arbeitsbe-
Areas with Danger of Slipping reichen mit Rutschgefahr
Judgement of noise at the Beurteilung von Lrm hinsicht- VDI 2058

places of work with regard to lich Gehrgefhrdung Bl. 2
hearing hazard
UVV-See 19-6

Rules for the Use of Breathing Rules for the Use of Breathing ZH 1/701
Apparatus Apparatus
Safety Rules for Personal Sicherheitsregeln fr Perso- ZH 1/217

Emergency Signalling nen-Notsignalanlagen
Installations
Selection Criteria for the Auswahlkriterien fr die ZH 1/600

Special Preventive spezielle arbeitsmedizinische
Occupational Medical Vorsorge nach den Berufs-
Measures according to the genossenschaftlichen Grund-
Principles of the Employers stzen fr arbeitsmedizinische
Liability Insurance Vorsorgeuntersuchungen
Associations for Preventive
Occupational Medical
Examinations
Standard calculation of Einheitliche Ermittlung des DIN 45645

reference sound levels for Beurteilungspegels fr
noise immissions Geruschimmissionen
Sonstiges Miscellaneous
Gross tonnage Bruttoraumzahl GT
Status: May 1999

19-7 UVV-See
Abbreviations and Original German Titles of English Terms

in the Accident Prevention Regulations
German German title English title

abbreviation (original) (translation)
AcetV Verordnung ber Acetylenan- Ordinance on Acetylene Plants

lagen und Calciumcarbidlager; and Calcium Carbide Stocks
Acetylenverordnung
ASR Arbeitssttten-Richtlinien Guidelines for Working Places
AufzV Aufzugsverordnung Ordinance on Lifts
AVV Allgemeine Verwaltungsvor- General Administrative

schrift ber das Zusammenwir- Regulation on the Cooperation
ken der technischen Aufsichts- of the Technical Surveyors of
beamten der Trger der the Insurers of the Statutory
gesetzlichen Unfallversiche- Accident Insurance Scheme
rung mit den Betriebs- with the Works
vertretungen Representations
BAM Bundesanstalt fr Material- Federal Institute for Materials

forschung und -prfung Research and Testing
BAnz. Bundesanzeiger Official Federal Gazette
BArbBl Bundesarbeitsblatt Federal Labour Gazette
BetrVG Betriebsverfassungsgesetz Labour Management Act
BGBl. Bundesgesetzblatt Federal Law Gazette
BImSchG Bundes-Immissionschutzgesetz Federal Immission Protection

Law
BinSchUO Binnenschiffs-Untersuchungs- Rules on the Inspection of

ordnung Inland Waterway Vessels
BMAuS Bundesministerium fr Arbeit Federal Ministry for Labour

und Sozialordnung and Social Affairs
BMVBW Bundesministerium fr Federal Ministry of Transport,

Verkehr, Bau- und Building and Housing
Wohnungswesen
BSH Bundesamt fr Seeschiffahrt Federal Maritime and

und Hydrographie Hydrographic Agency
D Durchfhrungsanweisungen Implementation instructions
DAA Deutscher Aufzugsausschu German Lift Committee
DampfkV Dampfkesselverordnung Ordinance on Steam Boilers

UVV-See 19-8

DDA Deutscher Dampfkesselaus- German Steam Boiler

schu Committee
DGA Deutscher Druckgasausschu German Compressed Gas

Committee
DIN 45641 Mittelungspegel und
Beurteilungspegel zeitlich Equivalent reference sound
schwankender Schallvorgnge levels of fluctuating noises
DIN 45645 Einheitliche Ermittlung des Standard calculation of

Beurteilungspegels fr reference sound levels for
Geruschimmissionen noise immissions
DIN Merkblatt fr die Bekmpfung Information Sheet on the

VDE 0132 von Brnden in elektrischen Fighting of Fire in Electrical
Anlagen und in deren Nhe Plants and in their Vicinity
DLRG Deutsche Lebens -Rettungs German Life-Saving Society

Gesellschaft
DMT DMT Deutsche Monton DMT

Technologie GmbH
DruckbehV Druckbehlterverordnung Ordinance on Pressure Vessels
FlaggRG Flaggenrechtsgesetz Flag Act
GefahrgutV Verordnung ber die Befrde- Ordinance on the Transport of

See, rung gefhrlicher Gter mit Dangerous Goods on Seagoing
GGV See Seeschiffen; Gefahrgut- Vessels
Verordnung See
GefStoffV Verordnung ber gefhrliche Ordinance on Hazardous

Stoffe; Gefahrstoffverordnung Materials
GesBergV Gesundheitsschutz-Berg- Ordinance on Health

verordnung Protection for Mining
GT Bruttoraumzahl Gross tonnage
HGB Handelsgesetzbuch German Commercial Code
HVBG Hauptverband der gewerbli- Central Federation of the

chen Berufsgenossenschaften Industrial Employers Liability
Insurance Associations
IMDG-Code Internationaler Code fr die

Befrderung gefhrlicher International Maritime
Gter mit Seeschiffen Dangerous Goods Code
IMO Internationale Seeschiffahrts- International Maritime

Organisation Organization
Status: May 1999

19-9 UVV-See

Kranken- Verordnung ber die Kranken- Ordinance for the Medical

frsorge- frsorge auf Care on Seagoing Vessels
Verordnung Kauffahrteischiffen
MARPOL Internationales bereinkom- International Convention for

73/78 men von 1973 zur Verhtung the Prevention of Pollution
der Meeresverschmutzung from Ships, 1973, as modified
durch Schiffe und Protokoll by the Protocol of 1978 relating
von 1978 zu diesem berein- thereto
kommen
ODIN Organisationsdienst fr Organizational Service for

nachgehende Untersuchungen Follow-Up Examinations
OWiG Gesetz ber Ordnungswidrig- Law on Administrative

keiten Offences
PTB Physikalisch-Technische Federal Institute of Metrology

Bundesanstalt
RV Rntgenverordnung Ordinance on X-Rays
RVO Reichsversicherungsordnung German Social Insurance Code
SchBesV Schiffsbesetzungsverordnung Ordinance on Safe Manning
SchOffzAusbV Verordnung ber die Ausbil- Ordinance on the Training and

dung und Befhigung von Qualification of Masters and
Kapitnen und Schiffs- Ships Officers of the Nautical
offizieren des nautischen und and Technical Marine Service
technischen Schiffsdienstes (Ordinance on the Training
(Schiffsoffizier-Ausbildungs- and Qualification of Ships
verordnung) Officers)
SchSV or Schiffssicherheitsverordnung Ordinance for the Safety of

SSV Seagoing Ships
See-TgbV Verordnung ber See- Ordinance on Ship Logbooks

tagebcher; Seetagebuch-
verordnung
SeeSchStrO Seeschiffahrtsstrassenordnung German Collision Regulations

for Waterways
SGB Sozialgesetzbuch Social Security Code

SGB VII Siebtes Buch Sozialgesetzbuch Seventh Volume of the Social

Security Code
SOLAS Internationales bereinkom- International Convention for

74/88 men von 1974 zum Schutz des the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974,
menschlichen Lebens auf See, and its Protocol of 1988
gendert durch das Protokoll
von 1988
UVV-See 19-10

StGB Strafgesetzbuch Penal Code
TRA Technische Regeln fr Aufzge Technical Rules for Lifts
TRAC Technische Regeln fr Technical Rules for Acetylene

Acetylenanlagen Plants
TRD Technische Regeln fr Technical Rules for Steam

Dampfkessel Boilers
TRG Technische Regeln Druckgase Technical Rules for

Compressed Gases
TRgA Technische Regeln fr
gefhrliche Arbeitsstoffe Technical Rules for Hazardous
Working Materials
TRGS Technische Regeln fr
Gefahrstoffe Technical Rules for Hazardous
Materials
TRGS 512 Technische Regeln fr
Gefahrstoffe Technical Rules for Hazardous
512 Begasungen Materials 512 Fumigation
TRGS 519 Technische Regeln fr Technical Rules for Hazardous

Gefahrstoffe 519 Asbest- Materials 519 Asbestos-
Abbruch, Sanierungs- oder Demolition, Rehabilitation and
Instandsetzungsarbeiten Repair Work
TRGS 555 Technische Regeln fr Technical Rules for Hazardous

Gefahrstoffe 555 Betrieban- Materials 555 Operating
weisung und Unterweisung Instructions and Directions
nach 20 GefStoffV according to 20 GefStoffV
UVV Unfallverhtungsvorschriften Accident Prevention

Regulations
UVV See Unfallverhtungsvorschriften Accident Prevention

fr Unternehmen der Seefahrt Regulations for Shipping
Enterprises
VbF Verordnung ber brennbare Ordinance on Combustible

Flssigkeiten Liquids
VBG Einzel-Unfallverhtungsvor- Individual accident prevention

schrift der gewerblichen regulation of the industrial
Berufsgenossenschaften employers liability insurance
VBG 1 Allgemeine Vorschriften General Regulations
VDI Beurteilung von Lrm hinsicht- Judgement of noise at the

2058 Bl. 2 lich Gehrgefhrdung places of work with regard to
hearing hazard
VkBl Verkehrsblatt Transport Gazette
VO Verordnung Ordinance
Status: May 1999

19-11 UVV-See

WohnraumVO Verordnung ber die Unter- Ordinance on Crew

bringung der Besatzungsmit- Accommodation on Board
glieder an Bord von Merchant Vessels
Kauffahrteischiffen; Wohn-
raum-Verordnung
ZAs Zentrale Erfassungsstelle fr Central Registration Office for

asbeststaubgefhrdete Employees Endangered by
Arbeitnehmer Asbestos Dust
ZH 1/175 Merkblatt fr die Erste Hilfe Instruction Sheet on First Aid

bei Einwirken gefhrlicher against the Effects of
chemischer Stoffe Dangerous Chemicals
ZH 1/217 Sicherheitsregeln fr Perso- Safety Rules for Personal

nen-Notsignalanlagen Emergency Signalling
Installations
ZH 1/528 Grundstze fr Hilfspersonal, Fundamentals of First-Aid

Rume, Einrichtungen, Gerte Personnel, Rooms, Facilities,
and Mittel fr Betriebsrzte im Appliances and Equipment for
Betrieb Occupational Physicians in
Companies
ZH 1/546 Merkblatt fr die Erste Hilfe Instruction Sheet on First Aid

bei Einwirkung ionisierender against the Effects of Ionizing
Strahlen Radiation
ZH 1/565.3 Gehrschtzer-Merkblatt Instruction Sheet on Ear

Protectors
ZH 1/571 Merkblatt fr Fubden in Instruction Sheet on Floors in

Arbeitsrumen und Arbeitsbe- Working Rooms and Working
reichen mit Rutschgefahr Areas with Danger of Slipping
ZH 1/600 Auswahlkriterien fr die Selection Criteria for the

spezielle arbeitsmedizinische Special Preventive
Vorsorge nach den Berufs- Occupational Medical
genossenschaftlichen Grund- Measures according to the
stzen fr arbeitsmedizinische Principles of the Employers
Vorsorgeuntersuchungen Liability Insurance
Associations for Preventive
Occupational Medical
Examinations
ZH 1/608 Betriebssanitter Company Paramedics
ZH 1/701 Rules for the Use of Breathing Rules for the Use of Breathing
Apparatus
ZPO Zivilprozeordnung Code of Civil Procedure

20 UVV-See
Standards Designations of the Standards
DIN xxx = German standard
VDE xxxx = Standard of the Association of German

Electrical Engineers
(new issues with dual designation:
DIN xxxx and VDE xxxx
DIN EN xxxx = German issue of a European standard
DIN EN ISO xxxx = German issue of an ISO standard

implemented as a European standard
DIN EN IEC xxxx = German issue of an IEC standard

implemented as a European standard
DIN ISO xxxx = An ISO standard implemented as a German

standard
DIN IEC xxxx = An IEC standard implemented as a German

standard
EN xxxx = European standard
IEC xxxx = International electrotechnical standard
Explanation of the Abbreviated Forms
DIN = Deutsches Institut fr Normung [the German

national standards organization]
ISO = International Standards Organization
IEC = International Electrotechnical Commission

UVV-See 20-1
21
Status: May 1999

UVV-See 21
Notes
The Accident Prevention Regulations for Shipping Enterprises (UVV
See) came into force on 1st January 1981. They replaced the Accident
Prevention Regulations for Merchant Vessels and the Accident
Prevention Regulations for Fishing Vessel which had been in force
up until that time.
One of the chief targets of the Accident Prevention Regulations for
Shipping Enterprices is to eliminate rulings which conflict with or
duplicate each other and also deviations in the regulations for various
types of vessels in cases where there is no longer any real justification
for such deviations, and also, specifically, to bring the regulations
into line with the International Convention for the Safety of Life at
Sea (SOLAS) of 1974 as amended, with the International Convention
on Load Lines of 1966 as amended, and with the Ordinance for the
Safety of Seagoing Ships 1].
The effort invested in achieving conformity as far as possible with
the definitions and terminology used not only in the basic regulations
mentioned above, but also in the Classification Rules of Germani-
scher Lloyd and in the recognized technical standards (such as DIN,
VDE and EN) should be understood in this context. With regard to
the existence of the above regulations, rules and reference works,
there has in fact been no need to draw up within UVV See detailed
regulations in certain areas; instead, provisions defining so-called
safety goals have been considered adequate.
In the methodology adopted for the drawing up of the Accident
Prevention Regulations, compromises had to be found to
accommodate various considerations of assignment to specific fields
of activity; however, every effort was made to observe a distinction
between, on the one hand, provisions relating to construction and
equipment, and, on the other, regulations relating to operational
activities and the commissionell conduct of insured persons. The
first group of provisions is particularly important for employers and
the construction and repair yards with whom they work; the second
group comprises the most important regulations relating to onboard

practices.
In many cases, individual UVV See Regulations were supplemented
with implementation instructions; these are indicated by the letter
D. They are considered to be particularly important in cases where
the defined standard must necessarily remain abstract and, accor-
1]
Status: May 1999

22 UVV-See
dingly, a concrete example of how the standard might be realized in

the most important and frequently recurring practical situations is
desirable. Thus, the implementation instructions provide assistance
for the shipowner or insured person or as will often be the case
with the structural regulations the shipyard whose responsibility
it is to understand, and decide how to apply, individual regulations.
The implementation instructions and the generally accepted rules
of technical safety and occupational medicine mentioned in 3 are
more or less binding. At all events, the following holds true for both:
Whoever decides to adopt some alternative procedure must demon-
strate conclusively that the measures he proposes, or has already taken,
guarantee standards of safety which are equally high. He should be
aware that he is acting at his own risk and that he will be held
responsible in civil and criminal law for his actions.
A detailed explanation of the legal situation with regard to the
delegation of an employers duties is contained in the implementation
instructions accompanying 17.
As regards vessels that were in existence on 1st January 1981, we
would request that the reader observe not only the transitional
provisions set out in 345, but also 35.
The First and Second Supplements to UVV See, both of which
entered into force on 1st January 1983, included amendments to
42, 46 sect. 6, 49, 50 and 59 and a supplement to 49 in
the form of an extensive annex entitled Manning Regulations
(printed on p.276/1 ff.).
The Third Supplement brought about changes to 5 sect. 2 No. 7,
40 Nos. 4, 5 and 13, 71-71 b, 78 a, 105, chapter VI a ( 163 a
163 j), 175, 183 sect. 7, 298, chapter XV a ( 329 a-329 z 5) as
well as the addition of 341 sect. 1 and 342, and the deletion of
167, 176-178 and 182. This amendment entered into force on
1st March 1984.
The Fourth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st January 1986,
brought about changes to 55 sect. 1, 245 sect. 1-3, 247-250,
250 a, 251 sect. 1, 251 a and 251 b, 254 sect. 4 and 5, 255 and
255 a-255 b, 256, 256 a, 257 a-257 d, 258 and 259, 260 sect. 3,
260 a, 261 sect. 1 and sect. 3-8, 261 a, 262 sect. 1, 3 and 4, as
well as sect. 6-9, 263 a-263 b, 280 and 280 a-280 b, 281,
281 a-281 b, 282, 283 sect. 2, 284 and 285, 286 sect. 1, 2
and 4, 287 sect. 1 and 3, 289, 290 sect. 1 No. 8 and sect. 2 No. 8,
292, 293 and 329 sect. 2, and the deletion of 263 sect. 2. Please
also pay attention to the amendments contained in 341 and 342.
UVV-See 23
The reader is also advised to pay careful attention to the amendments

on the rescue and treatment of shipwrecked persons passed by the
Executive Board of See-BG on 14th May 1986 which are contained in
Appendix D pp. 315-317.
The Fifth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st July 1987, included
amendments to and the addition of 105 a, 256 b and 345 sect. 2.
The Sixth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st June 1989,
prescribed (following 58 of the Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing
Ships) in the new 281 c for fishing vessel exceeding 20 m in length
that approved immersion suits be carried on board. A transitional
period of six months was specified for the retrofitting of fishing vessel
already in existence.
The Seventh Supplement, which entered into force on 1st November
1989, brought the standard definitions set out in 40 No. 3, No. 7,
and 41 Nos. 9 a, 9 b and 9 d into line with the corresponding
provisions of the Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1]. It
also included a redrafting of the amended fire protection provisions
for fishing vessel ( 264-279) with subsequent amendments to 290
sect. 1 No. 8 and sect. 2 No. 8, 341 sect. 1 and 342 sect. 1, as well
as a supplement to the new 281 c for fishing vessel longer than
10 m whose keels were laid after 31st December 1988. In addition,
the Seventh Supplement brought about the deletion of 91 sect. 3 in
the old enumeration, and of 246.
The Eighth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st July 1990,
raised the GRT limit in 41 Nos. 5 and 6 to 250 GRT and added 52 a
(Dangerous Goods) after 52. Besides adaptations to achieve
conformity with the standard definitions used in the Ordinance on
the Training and Qualification of Ships Officers 1] in 59, the Eighth
Supplement also included a new 71 c prohibiting asbestos on board
vessels. The new 76 a set out regulations concerning the entering
of cargo holds. 78 a, 112 sect. 1 and 127 sect. 1 were amended and
239-244 deleted.
In the Ninth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st January
1991, 254, 260 a and 261 a in chapter XIII (fishing vessel) were
partially amended and redrafted. 254 a was inserted.
In the Tenth Supplement, which entered into force on 1st January
1992, a supplementary sect. was added to 3, and a second clause
attached to 6. Transitional rulings for the six Federal German states
which were formerly part of the GDR were drawn up in 346.
1]
Status: May 1999

24 UVV-See
The Eleventh Supplement, which entered into force on 21st December

1996, included a considerable number of new provisions. The most
important of these were 4 a (Requirements for Personal Protective
Equipment), 5 (Provision of Personal Protective Equipment), and
5 a (Use of Personal Protective Equipment). 8 a sets out the
requirements that apply for labels and operating manuals; the duty
of insured persons to help ensure that personal protective equipment
is maintained in satisfactory condition is explained in 19. The
implementation instruction (D) in 27 was amended. The inventory
lists in 48 were extended. In 41 No. 7, the definition of a coastal
fishing cutter was changed. The regulations concerning compulsory
entries in the engine logbook and the ships logbook in 56 were
amended. The regulations in 65 about access to service spaces were
extended. New provisions concerning ventilation in service spaces
were set out in 65 a, and the construction of sauna cabins in 65 b.
A new D was appended to 67. 69 (Operating Elements) was
reworded. The redrafted 72 a provides a commentary on safety
marking; the new 94 a and 94 b contain provisions on handrails
and accessible floor areas. 100 was redrafted, a new 102 a on
technical equipment was inserted and the scope of 104 considerably
extended. A provision dealing with smaller coastal fishing cutters
was introduced in the D appended to 110. 112, 113, 114 and 117
were all partially redrafted. New provisions concerning the scope
of the tests performed on pressure vessels were set out in 121 and
in the accompanying diagrams. Test intervals for the cylinders of
compressed-air breathing apparatus were included in the D
appended to 122. 126 (Machine Tools) and 127 (Hydraulic Oil
Pipeline Systems) were redrafted; extensive supplementary
provisions were added to 131 (Refrigerating Plants) and its
accompanying D (Ammonia for Cargo Refrigeration Plants). The
requirements concerning fixed and movable electrical equipment
were redefined in the D appended to 136. In 138, the scope of the
provisions concerning switchboard regulations was broadened; the
instructions contained in the D appended to 139 (Lighting
Installations) were made more specific. The scope of 141 was
broadened, and 143 was brought up to date through the addition
of tables and legends. For the first time, test stations for electrical
equipment were made the subject of regulations: these were set out
in 144 a. Provisions concerning the compulsory carriage on board
of certain types of spares were drawn up in conformity with Germa-
nischer Lloyds spare parts lists. The D appended to 146 was
amended accordingly; appendices B and C were deleted and not
replaced. New provisions were added to the Ds appended to 150
and 151 (Maintenance); the scope of 152 on the subject of floor
plates on decks with walkways was extended. New provisions were
UVV-See 25
added to 155 and 157; the passages in 157 a dealing with

maintenance and the operation of electrical plants and equipment
were redrafted. The subject of compulsory entries in the engine
logbook and the ships logbook was incorporated into 158. The
note referring to the cargo refrigeration plants was deleted from the
D appended to 160 sect. 2. This means that in future no work may
be performed on such a plant when its power supply is switched on.
The provisions in 163 concerning explosion-protected equipment
were redrafted. In the D appended to 165, shutters were omitted.
This means that the regulation no longer contains a reference to fire
flaps in the form of movable lamellae. Sect. 4 in 168 was brought
up to date; 185 and the D appended to it were reworded completely.
The regulations concerning the extensive field which includes noise
reduction ( 186), noise level measurement ( 187), personal noise
protection ( 188), additional noise sources ( 188 a), signal recog-
nition ( 189) and noise areas ( 190) have been comprehensively
revised, as have the Ds appended to them. The provisions for
protection against vibration are set out in a new form in 195. A D
appended to 261 a (fishing with twin-boom fishing gear) broadens
the scope of the protection regulations which apply in connection
with the use of trawl warps. The scope of applicability of the
regulations for fishing vessels ( 290) was completely revised, as
was 293. 331 to 340 were deleted and not replaced.
The Twelfth Supplement, which entered into force on 21st December
1996, introduced 3 a (First Aid), whose wording is identical to that of
VBG 109. The qualifications required of occupational physicians are
set out in 58. The new 330 provides rulings on medical preventive
measures through references to the VBG 100 of the same name.
The Thirteenth Supplement, which entered into force on 21st De-
cember 1996, deals exclusively with amendments to the chapters
concerning fishing. New and existing fishing vessel are defined in
41, 94 sect. 3 was amended and 248 redrafted. Supplements
were added to 251, 255, 257 a and 262. 280 concerning radio
equipment was redrafted, as was 289 sect. 1.
The Fourteenth Supplement, which entered into force on 24th April

1997, deals with the adoption of the Seventh Volume of the Social
Security Code 1] (SGB VII) in place of the German Social Insurance
Code 1] (RVO).
SGB VII is incorporated in the Accident Insurance Assimilation
Law 1] (BGBl. I, p.1254). The essential elements of SGB VII came into
force on 1st January 1997.
1]
Status: May 1999

26 UVV-See
As a result of the Fourteenth Supplement, the of the RVO were

brought into conformity with the of SGB VII; this applies in
particular to the regulations concerning administrative offences.
Besides bringing RVO regulations into conformity with SGB VII,
the Fourteenth Supplement also introduced the term supervisor
as a replacement for technical surveyor.
The Fifteenth Supplement*), which entered into force on 28th October
1997, considers in 41, 42, 55, 62, 140, 186, 191, 192, 253, 254, 264,
278, 290 and 345 the conversion from GRT to GT, in 45 and 46 the
harmonized system of certification for the sailing permits and in
121 the testing of pressure vessels. The length of the training course
for the expert for occupational safety for shipping company was
redefined in the implementation instruction for 59, and the entering
of dangerous spaces in the implementation instruction for 76 a.
Further amendments are contained in 140.
Sailing permits already issued in accordance with 46 UVV See and
the First to Fourteenth Supplements remain valid until their validity
period expires, but at most until 1st October 1999.
The Sixteenth Supplement **), which entered into force on 1st May
1999, considers in 72 a, 101, 110, 247, 280 and 290 the conversion
from GRT to GT or to a length parameter. 49 a Medical Fitness
for Maritime Service was introduced. 94 sect. 8 and D ad. (8) were
deleted and not replaced. 49 a was inserted at 341 sect. 1, and
341 and 342 were editorially revised.
Hamburg, 1st May 1999
Remark: In accordance with the List of Individual Accident Prevention

Regulations of the Industrial Employers Liability Insurance Asso-
ciations, the UVV See are known as VBG 108.
*) The obligations arising out of Council Directive 83/189/EEC dated
28th March 1983 concerning an Information Procedure in the Field
of Standards and Technical Regulations (O.J. EC No. L109 p.8),
as amended by Directive 94/10/EC of the European Parliament
and the Council dated 23rd March 1994 (O.J. EC No. L100 p.30)
have been taken into account.

**) The obligations arising out of Directive 98/34/EC of the European
Parliament and of the Council dated 22 June 1998 laying down a
procedure for the provision of information in the field of technical
standards and regulations (O.J. EC No. 204 p.37) have been taken
into account.
1
] See page 18 for the original title in German.
UVV-See 27
26 a/b
With the Seventeenth Supplement, which entered into force 1st

October 2003, 3 (1) has been redrafted, furthermore 8, 9, 12 (5),
13, 14, 15, 17, 18, 21, 45 (1), 46 (8) (9), 77 (2) (5), 78a (3), 107 (5), 121
(11), 168 (8), 212 (3) sentence 2, 225 (2) (3) (4), 227, 228, 229 (1) (2),
231 (2), 245 (1), 258 (5), 329z3 (4) have been cleared editorially.
The amendment of 11 has established the obligation of the employer
to enable persons entrusted with the implementation of the measures
for prevention of occupational accidents, occupational diseases and
work-related danger to health to attend relevant training courses.
55 and 329 have been redrafted with regard to STCW 95 regulation
VI/1 to VI/3. In the same context a new 55a has been inserted.
The regulations about diving Work ( 294 to 325) as well as the
implementation regulations thereto have been revised extensively.
Moreover the implementation regulations ad 3 (4), 77 (2) (5), 113,
14, 78a (3), and 277 have been corrected editorially. The
implementation regulation ad 18 has been deleted without
substitution.
The note to 15 has been deleted, instead of which 15 has been
amended with an implementation regulation.
The implementation regulation ad 55 has been redrafted.
Hamburg, 1st October 2003
Status: May
October
19992003
27

for
Shipping Enterprises
(UVV See)
I. General Regulations
A. Scope of Application; Definitions
1 Scope of Application
These Accident Prevention Regulations apply for shipping enter-
prises affiliated to See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
The term shipping includes marine navigation and sea fishing.

D According to 121 sect. 3 of SGB VII, shipping is defined as:
1. Voyages beyond
a) the boundaries of the mainland-and-islands coastline at mean
high water,
b) the seaward limits of inland waterways
c) the imaginary connecting line between mole-heads at coastal
ports
d) the imaginary line connecting the outer discharge channels
at the mouths of rivers which are not inland waterways,
2. Voyages in bays, haffs and muddy sea shallows,
3. Voyages of fishing vessel in the waters described above, and in
other waters connected to the sea up to the inner boundaries set
out in the version of the German Collision Regulations for
Waterways 1] published on 15th April 1987 (BGBl. I p.1266), and

last amended in accordance with Article 3 of the Ordinance dated
7th December 1994 (BGBl. I p.3744),
4. Fishing without a vessel in any of the waters defined in numbers
1 to 3 above.
1
Status: May 1999

28 UVV-See
Voyages undertaken by inland waterway vessels with a technical

approval to sail in zone 1 or zone 2 as defined in the Rules on
the Inspection of Inland Waterway Vessels 1] dated 17th March 1988
(BGBl. I p.238) last amended in accordance with article 10 sect. 1 of
the Ordinance dated 19th December 1994 (BGBl. II p.3822) inside
the boundaries as defined in Annex 8 to 1 sect. 1 of the Ordinance
for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1] in the version published on
21st October 1994 (BGBl. I p.3281) do not conform with the definition
of shipping set out in clause 1 of the provisions above. The compe-
tences applying for commercial shipping enterprises when this statute
becomes effective shall remain in force.
Enterprise is the collective legal term for companies, establishments

and activities. An enterprise may consist of several companies (for
example, a shipping line with several ships). Whether or not, or how,
an enterprise pursues commercial goals shall not affect the application
of these Accident Prevention Regulations.
The term shipping enterprises applies not only to operations in-

volving seagoing vessels (including fishing vessels) but also to the
operations of commercial and technical companies and sections of
companies.
The members of See-Berufsgenossenschaft are the employers or, in

the case of the seagoing vessels, the shipowners (shipping companies);
see 136 sect. 3 of SGB VII.
The Accident Prevention Regulations are addressed not only to the

enterprises in their capacity as employers, but also to all insured
persons, in particular to seamen and all other persons insured against
occupational accidents and diseases under the terms of an employment
or training contract ( 2 sect. 1 No. 1 of SGB VII). See 18 to 34,
which are also of particular relevance.
2 Definition of Equipment
In these Accident Prevention Regulations, the term equipment is used

to refer to all hardware employed by affiliated enterprises in the
course of their business operations, apart from working and auxiliary
materials and fuels and lubricants.
1
I. General Regulations 29
D Equipment includes fixed and movable equipment, tools, machines,

plants, equipment items, appliances such as cargo handling gear and
hatches, life-saving appliances, fire extinguishing appliances and
personal protective equipment.
B. General Duties of the Employer
3 General Requirements
(1) The employer shall take measures in order to prevent
occupational accidents, occupational diseases and work-related
danger to health as well as for an effective First Aid. Especially, he
shall provide equipment and give instructions which shall comply
with the requirements of these Accident Prevention Regulations, with
any other accident prevention regulations applicable to him, and
with generally accepted rules of technical safety and occupational
medicine.
(2) The prescribed items of equipment must be of a type, and

available in such numbers, that safe working procedures are
guaranteed.
(3) Any special requirements stipulated in other legal provisions,
in particular in those relating to work protection or safety on ships,
remain unaffected.
(4) Measures shall be taken to ensure that regulations relating to

work protection and accident prevention are being observed and
that the instructions and measures governing working procedures
and the conduct of the insured are effective.
(5) Technical products which do not comply with these Accident

Prevention Regulations may only be used if their design and
construction provide the same safety standards by other means.
(6) If any item of equipment develops a defect which will necessarily

lead to the insured person being exposed to danger, the equipment
in question shall be taken out of service.
D Other safety rules have also been widely adopted. In particular, those
ad. (1) contained in the accident prevention regulations jointly issued by other
employers liability insurance associations are generally recognized.
These regulations may be obtained from Carl Heymanns Verlag KG,
Luxemburger Strasse 449, 50939 Kln, Fax (0221) 94 37 39 01.
Status: May
October
19992003
30 UVV-See
These accident prevention regulations shall be adopted in enterprises

and their sections ashore if these Accident Prevention Regulations
contain no provision relevant to the matter in question. Examples:
Ventilators (VBG 7 w)
Motor vehicles (VBG 12 )
Welding, cutting and similar work procedures (VBG 15 )
Application of paints (VBG 23 )
Ladders and steps (VBG 74 )
With regard to commercial and technical companies and sections of

companies, see also the Ordinance on Working Places 1] dated 20th
March 1975 (BGBl. I p.729, amended 1982 I p.1) and the Ordinance
on Hazardous Materials 1] dated 26th August 1986 (BGBl. I p.1470).
D In particular, these provisions include the special requirements set

ad. (3) out in the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1], together with the
Technical Rules for Hazardous Materials 1] enacted by the Federal
Ministry for Labour and Social Affairs.
D The conduct of insured persons shall also be supervised, to the end

ad. (4) that they observe the regulations and instructions that apply to them
and make use of the personal protective equipment available to them
etc.
As regards maintaining checks on operational supervisors, see 15.
D The term technical products specifically includes technical working

ad. (5) devices and working materials, and parts of such devices and
materials.
3 a First Aid
The regulations set out in the annex entitled First Aid apply for
enterprises and sections of enterprises which are not subject to the
Ordinance for the Medical Care on Seagoing Vessels 1] of 25th April
1972 (BGBl. I p.734) as amended by the Second Amendment
Ordinance dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl. I p.631). The aforementioned

annex is a constituent part of these regulations.
The annex entitled First Aid (VBG 109) is not printed as part of
these Accident Prevention Regulations; it can be obtained from the
Ship Safety Division, Reimerstwiete 2, 20457 Hamburg.
1
4 Deviations from the Accident Prevention Regulations

(1) In particular instances, See-Berufsgenossenschaft may permit
exemptions from its Accident Prevention Regulations following a
written application from the employer, provided that
1. the employer takes other, equally effective measures, or
2. the application of that regulation in a particular instance would
entail disproportionate hardship and the deviation provides
adequate protection for the insured persons,
and there are no statutory impediments. The application shall be
accompanied by a statement outlining the position of the authorized
employees representation.
(2) Deviations from the generally accepted rules as defined in
3 sect. 1 are only permissible if the same safety standards have
been assured by other means.
D In general, employees representations are bodies as defined by the

ad. (1) Labour Management Act 1]; specifically, in the case of seagoing vessels
this body will be the Ship Committee 1] or the Sea Works Council 1] -
see 89, 115, sect. 7 and 116, sect. 6 of the Labour Management Act
as amended in the version dated 23rd December 1989 BGBl. 1989 I
p.1, 902; last amended on 28th October 1994 (BGBl. I p.3210).
4 a Requirements for Personal Protective Equipment

(1) Personal protective equipment must meet the requirements set
out in the Ordinance on the Introduction of Personal Protective
Equipment 1] (8. GSGV) and comply with all further relevant re-
gulations for protecting the safety and health of insured persons at
work. Such equipment must be designed and constructed in such a
way that it
1. is appropriate for the hazards involved, without itself leading to
any increased hazard,
2. corresponds to existing conditions at the workplace,

3. takes account of ergonomic requirements and the workers state
of health,
4. can be adjusted to fit the wearer, if the personal protection
equipment requires this.
1
Status: May 1999

32 UVV-See
(2) Where the presence of more than one hazard makes it necessary
for a worker to wear simultaneously more than one item of personal
protective equipment, such equipment must be compatible and
continue to be effective against the hazard or hazards in question.
D For the purpose of these Accident Prevention Regulations, personal

ad. (1) protective equipment is all items of equipment designed to be worn
by the insured persons and to protect them against hazards likely to
endanger their safety or health at work.
See the 8th Ordinance for the Equipment Safety Law 1] (8. GSGV) dated
10.06.1992 (BGBl. 1992 I p.1019).
5 Provision of Personal Protective Equipment

(1) The employer shall provide suitable personal protective
equipment if the hazards in question cannot be avoided, or
sufficiently limited, by means of general protective technical
arrangements (technical means of collective protection) or by
measures of work organization.
(2) In particular, the employer shall provide:
1. head protection if there is a risk of head injuries being caused
by striking or knocking, by swinging, falling, overturning, or
flying objects or breaking ropes, or through loosely hanging hair;
2. foot protection if there is a risk of foot injuries being caused by
knocks or inadvertent wedging, by overturning, falling, or rolling
objects, by stepping on pointed or sharp objects, by hot materials,
or by hot or corrosive fluids;
3. eye or face protection if there is a risk of eye or face injuries
being caused by flying parts, spraying of liquids, or by harmful
radiation;
4. breathing apparatus if insured persons may be exposed to
noxious (in particular, toxic, corrosive, or irritating) gases,
vapours, fog, or dust, or if a shortage of oxygen may occur;

5. body protection for work which is performed with, or in the
vicinity of, materials which may cause skin wounds or may
penetrate through the skin into the human body, as well as where
there is a risk of injuries such as burns, cauterization, scalding,
hypothermia, electric shock, piercing, or cuts;
1
6. ear protection if noise levels are likely to impair hearing;

7. safety harnesses with shock absorbers if there is a risk of falling;
8. working safety vests if there is a risk of falling into water;
9. breathing apparatus (half-face particle-filtering masks)
10. skin-protecting agents
11. anti-exposure clothing
(3) The employer shall provide insured persons, free of charge, with
all the protective equipment they require for their personal use in
connection with their workplace activities.
(4) If personal protective equipment is to be used in turn by more
than one insured person, the employer shall take appropriate
measures to ensure that such use does not create any health or
hygiene problems.
(5) The employer shall consider and take account of the views
expressed by insured persons or their representatives when choosing
personal protective equipment and deciding how it is to be used in
the workplace.
(6) The employer shall ascertain which hazards cannot be avoided
or sufficiently limited by means of operational and technical
arrangements.
(7) The employer shall choose suitable personal protective equip-
ment for the hazards ascertained according to (6).
(8) The employer shall ensure that all personal protective equipment
is in proper order.
D Technical facilities and organizational arrangements take precedence

ad. (1) over personal protective equipment. Only when the risk of accident
or disease cannot be eliminated by means of such arrangements may
personal protective equipment be provided to avert dangers.
However, this provision in no way restricts the use of personal

protective equipment when technical facilities and organizational
arrangements to ensure safe working conditions are already in place
(see also 19). Hairnets and other similar head coverings are also to
be considered items of personal protective equipment.
D This regulation provides for the use of personal protective equipment

ad. (2) for which declarations of EC conformity have been provided by the
manufacturers or by their established representatives in one of the
Status: May 1999
34 UVV-See
member states of the European Community or in one of the states

party to the Convention Concerning the European Economic Area1],
and for which the CE marking within the meaning of 8. GSGV 5 has
been obtained.
The following list of the tasks or work sectors which may necessitate
the provision of personal protective equipment is not exhaustive; it
serves only to provide general orientation.
1. Head protection (skull protection)
Safety helmets
- Work with cargo handling gear
- Loading and discharging
- Lashing cargo
- Cleaning cargo holds
- Mast work
- Engine repairs
- Work in shipyards
2. Foot protection
Safety shoes without pierce-proof soles
- Maintenance work, inspections/checks, transportation, in
particular in service rooms, cargo holds and on open decks
(for service rooms see 43 No. 3)
Safety shoes with pierce-proof soles
- Work in cargo holds and on open decks if general cargo is
being loaded or discharged
Safety shoes with insulated soles
- Work on open decks on vessels sailing in Arctic or Antarctic
waters.
3. Eye and face protection

Safety goggles, face shields or screens

- Welding, grinding and separating work
- Caulking and chiselling
- Work on stock removing machines for small chippings
- Removing and breaking up of fragments
- Spraying of abrasive substances
1
- Work with acids and caustic solutions, disinfectants and

corrosive cleaning products
- Work with liquid sprays
- Work in chemical laboratories
- Derusting
- Separation of baling bands
- Sawing and chopping of bones.
4. Respiratory protection
Breathing apparatus
- Entering dangerous spaces which have been closed off from
the outside air, in particular cargo holds and tanks, pump
rooms, water tanks, void spaces, pipe tunnels, cofferdams,
tanks for fuel or lubricants, sewage collection tanks, and tanks
in sewage treatment plants
- Work in dangerous spaces
- Work with hazardous materials
- Work in refrigerating plants where there is a danger of re-
frigerants escaping
- Fire fighting operations
- Cleaning of plants or plant components with solvents
- Urgent repair work at sea on installations or materials
containing asbestos
5. Body, arm and hand protection

Protective clothing
- Work with dangerous chemicals
- Work in deep-freezing rooms
- Urgent repair work at sea on installations or materials con-
taining asbestos
Fire-resistant protective clothing
- Welding work
Gloves
- Welding work
- Handling of sharp-edged objects, other than machines where
there is a danger of the gloves being caught
- Unprotected work with chemicals
- Operations involving the use of substances which can be
absorbed by or can damage the skin
- Urgent repair work at sea on installations or materials con-
taining asbestos
- Changing or grinding the knives of cutting machines
Status: May 1999

36 UVV-See
6. Ear protection
Ear protectors
- At all times in working spaces where a noise level of 85 dB(A)
and more prevails, even if the duration of the stay in such an
area - where, for example, diesel engines, hydraulic units or
compressors may be located - is minimal.
- Work activities in the spaces mentioned above
- Work with derusting equipment
- Work with power saws
- Maintenance work on containers (e.g. alignment)
7. Protection against falling
Safety harnesses with shock absorbers
- Work on stages, superstructures, funnels, or on the outside of
the ships hull
- Mast work
- Work on, or in the vicinity of, flush deck hatches
- Securing of cargo
8. Protection against drowning

Working safety vests
- Work where there is a risk of the employee falling into water
Lifejackets
- In emergencies.
9. Protection against the inhalation of dust

Half-face particle-filtering masks (dust masks)
- Loading and discharging of cargoes where there is a risk of
inhalation of in dangerous types of dust
- Derusting.
10. Skin-protecting agents

- Working with fuels, lubricants, hydraulic oil, thermal oil and
greases
- Working with cold cleaning agents, thinners, cleaning petrol,
chlorinated hydrocarbons
- Working with contaminants and working materials which are
liable to adhere to the skin
- Working with multi-component resins
- Working with paints
- Working with abrasive materials such as mineral fibres, glass
fibres, wire wool, cleaning wool
- When safety gloves have to be worn (danger of the skin

softening).
11. Anti-exposure clothing

- Work performed in the open air, in rain and cold weather.
D In proper order means ensuring its good working order and satisfactory
ad. (8) hygienic condition by means of the necessary maintenance, repair
and replacement.
5 a Use of Personal Protective Equipment

(1) The employer shall instruct insured persons about how to use
the protective equipment. The instructions shall be based on the user
instructions provided by the manufacturer.
(2) The instruction according to sect. 1 must be issued before the
personal protective equipment is brought into service for the first
time. The issuing of instructions must be repeated whenever
necessary (at least once a year, however) and at regular intervals.
(3) The employer shall draw up operating instructions explaining
in a comprehensible form and language the use of personal protective
equipment designed to prevent fatal accidents and permanent injury,
and shall use them during instruction.
(4) The employer shall order and supervise the use of the personal
protective equipment.
(5) The owner shall ensure that the prescribed time limitations
regarding the wearing of personal protection equipment are
observed.
D If necessary, the issuing of instructions shall include the handing out

ad. (1) of user information, practical exercises, training courses, and the
provision of information about disposing of the equipment in the pro-
per manner.
The regulations concerning user information are set out in 8 a.
D Personal protective equipment designed to prevent fatal accidents

ad. (3) comprises in particular breathing apparatus, fall-prevention equip-
ment, and appliances which protect the wearer from external hazards
such as electrical hazards, sources of radiation, and dangerous
materials.
The operating instructions shall contain all the information required
for the safe use of the equipment in question. In particular, they shall
Status: May 1999
38 UVV-See
contain information about dangers identified by means of the hazard

analysis, and about appropriate conduct when personal protective
equipment is brought into use or when deficiencies are identified.
The regulations concerning user information are set out in 8 a.
D Time limitations on the wearing of personal protective equipment are

ad. (5) set out in, for example, the Technical Rules for Hazardous Working
Materials 1] (TRgA) under the heading Time Limitations Concerning
the Length of Time Workers May Wear Breathing Apparatus and
Insulated Protective Clothing which Does not Permit Heat Exchange.
6 Awarding of Contracts
Should the employer award a contract to
1. plan, manufacture, modify or repair installations,
2. deliver technical working devices or working materials,
3. plan or organize working procedures,
the contractor has to be advised - generally in writing that he must
comply with the rules and regulations set out in 3 sect. 1. For all
technical products in the sense of 3 sect. 5 the contractor shall
provide a certificate which guarantees a corresponding standard of
safety.
D The employer will have complied with this requirement if, for example,
upon awarding a contract he agrees to abide by the Accident
Prevention Regulations, and by all the other generally accepted rules
of safety and occupational medicine. If contractual undertakings have
to be fulfilled by foreign contractors, the contractors in question shall
be advised of the individual regulations, technical standards etc. which
have to be complied with according to German law. The employer is
exempted from providing such advice if compliance with the
aforementioned regulations is guaranteed through the services of
expert supervisors, in particular those of Germanischer Lloyd
surveyors. 35 ff remain unaffected.
7 Coordination of Work
(1) If the employer contracts out work to other employers, he shall,
if necessary, appoint a coordinator of works whose task it shall be to
1
prevent the workers from different enterprises from endangering

each others safety. The employer shall authorize the person he
appoints to give instructions to his contractors and their workers.
(2) By analogy, sect. 1 shall also apply to other employers who have
engaged in work at the given location with the express consent of
the employer, but without having signed a formal contract with him.
(3) Should the employer take on contracts which have to be fulfilled
at the same time and place as the contracts of other employers, he
shall be obliged to coordinate contractual activities with the other
employers insofar as this is necessary to prevent dangers arising for
all concerned.
D Such a case would arise if, for example, a chartered vessel were loaded
ad. (2) or discharged by stevedores hired by the charterer.
8 Instruction of the Insured Persons

(1) The employer shall display the Accident Prevention Regulations
at a suitable location. The persons entrusted with measures for
prevention of occupational accidents, occupational diseases and
work-related danger to health shall be provided with the work
protection regulations and the Accident Prevention Regulations
insofar as these are relevant to their field of operation.
(2) The employer shall issue instructions to insured persons about
the dangers associated with their work activities and about
corresponding accident-prevention arrangements before employ-
ment commences. This issuing of instructions shall be repeated as
often as the degree of danger associated with the work in question
dictates.
(3) Those Guidelines and Instruction Sheets published by See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft which are of particular relevance to onboard
activities, and the special section of the See-Berufsgenossenschaft
Annual Report entitled Sicherheit auf See / Safety at Sea, shall be
displayed at a suitable onboard location where they can be consulted

by the insured persons.
(4) Notification about first-aid procedures and of extracts from the
Accident Prevention Regulations, Guidelines, and Instruction Sheets
shall be provided by the employer in the manner prescribed by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft. If asked to do so by See-Berufsgenossenschaft,
the employer shall furnish evidence that he has provided such
notification.
Status:
Status: May
October
19992003
40 UVV-See
D The Accident Prevention Regulations as well as all other important

ad. (1) legal provisions, technical rules, guidelines and instruction sheets
and (3) relating to onboard activities shall at all times be available for the
safety warden to consult. It is advisable to make a reasonable selection
for display of those rules, regulations etc. which are of particular
relevance to the type, size and ranges of trade of the vessel and to the
practical requirements of the individual departments. In particular,
the Accident Prevention Regulations etc. shall be available for
consultation
for the deck area, on the bridge
for the machinery area, in the engine control room or watch room,
or at the control station.
In addition, the Accident Prevention Regulations and those Guidelines
and Instruction Sheets published by See-Berufsgenossenschaft with
which the crew should be acquainted shall be displayed in the
messrooms.
This requirement applies for all insured persons, including those who
D cannot speak German. If necessary, information and instructions may
ad. (2) be passed on by persons with sufficient linguistic and technical
expertise, or by whatever other means operational requirements per-
mit.
The provisions of sect. 2 clause 1 shall be considered as fulfilled if
a) ordinary seamen (OS) to the deck and machinery personnel have
attended a safety course recognized by the Federal Ministry of
Transport
b) inexperienced catering and serving staff have attended a course
in occupationel safety and safety at sea recognized by See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft.
No proof of having attended a course for inexperienced catering and
serving staff shall be required if they have been hired casually and in
small numbers to help out on an hourly basis on short trips or on day
trips made by passenger ships in shallow water trade. The issuing of
instructions according to 8 sect. 2 remains unaffected.
The obligation to provide specific forms of instruction follows from

20 sect. 2 of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1] as well as
from 163 c and 163 d of these Accident Prevention Regulations.
1
8 a Operating Manuals, Labels, Notes, Instructions, Prohibitions
(1) If the user of an installation has to be able to assure himself of

the validity of specific data in order to operate the installation safely,
the following items shall be permanently attached to it in a clearly
legible and permanent form:
1. Identification markings for the installation
2. The parameters defining the limits within which the installation
in question can be operated safely.
In accordance with the requirements set out in clause 1, notes
concerning the proper use of an installation and possible dangers
for its users shall be provided.
(2) The following information shall be permanently attached to

power-driven working devices in a clearly legible form:
- Name of the manufacturer, supplier or importer
- Type identification, date of manufacture or serial number
and
- Parameters which are indispensable for safe operation.
(3) Operating manuals shall be provided for power-driven working

devices, and shall contain all the information required to ensure the
safe operation of the device when it is used to perform the purpose
for which it was intended.
(4) Labelling on units, machinery, devices, tanks, valves and fittings

shall be unmistakable; it shall also be designed and attached in such
a way that the installations can be operated safely.
(5) Labels and displays of numbers must be designed in such a way

that they can be referred to or read off quickly and reliably, even
when viewing conditions are less than favourable.
(6) Manuals, labels, notes, instructions and prohibitions shall be

provided in German; wherever insured persons do not comprehend
German, they shall, in addition, be formulated to whatever extent is
necessary in English or in the language of the insured persons who
have to refer to them. Labels, notes, instructions and prohibitions
may also be represented by means of universally comprehensible
pictures or symbols.
Status: May
October
19992003
42 UVV-See
9 Dangerous Work
(1) The employer shall ensure that dangerous work is performed
only under the supervision and direction of a operational supervisor,
and that such work is not started before such safety precautions as
are necessary in the specific circumstances have been taken.
(2) Precautions shall be taken to prevent falls occurring during the
course of any work that involves more than single manipulations
outside the hull, on deck but outside the deck railings, on the mast,
in the bosuns chair, on stages, or at other dangerous locations.
(3) When the vessel is under way, work outside the hull shall only
be performed in emergencies.
D Dangerous work includes activities such as welding in confined spaces,

ad. (1) access to receptacles or confined spaces, access to tanks or bunkers,
working with naked flame in closed hollow bodies or in areas where
there is a risk of explosion or fire, pressure testing and leak testing of
vessels, testing of large-scale installations such as boiler plants, cer-
tain types of work on electrical plants and installations, and work in
areas where gas is a hazard.
The requirements specified in sect. 1 shall be considered fulfilled if:
instructions concerning the safety measures required to prevent

persons or objects from falling have been issued and are followed
when work involving hazardous procedures such as dealing with
hot, noxious or highly flammable materials has to be performed;
maintenance work on working places and equipment is to be

performed only after they have been effectively cut off from their
energy supplies and have come to a standstill through the swit-
ching off, blocking, and/or disconnection of their power trans-
mission systems; and measures have been taken to guarantee that
there is no danger of stored energy causing accidents; and fur-
ther through the locking of engaging elements, the removal of

electric fuses, the additional fitting of warning plates, or through
similar measures, no power can be supplied unintentionally or
without authorization;
arrangements are set in place and auxiliary materials provided to

ensure safety during maintenance and fault-clearance work which
for technical reasons is only possible with the power supply
connected.
The scope of the required direction and supervision shall be quided

by the given circumstances, in particular with the professional quali-
fications of the persons performing the work.
The duties of the employer as per 3 sect. 2 and 8 sect. 1 and 2
remain unaffected.
10 Danger by Intoxication
The employer shall ensure that persons who through the con-
sumption of drugs or alcohol could be a danger to others or
themselves are withdrawn from duty and removed from working
areas.
11 Encouraging the Assistance of Insured Persons

The employer shall encourage insured persons to play an active role
in the prevention of occupational accidents, occupational diseases
and work-related danger to health. He shall enable persons entrusted
with the implementation of the measures for prevention of
danger to health to attend relevant training courses having due
regard of the operational interests.
D The participation of insured persons in accident and sickness
prevention can be promoted in a variety of ways. In particular, they
should be encouraged to cooperate with the safety warden and asked
to report faults. Inviting workers to propose ways of improving
standards of occupational safety should be part of the suggestion-
gathering system in the workplace. Awards should be made for
outstanding safety awareness and for accident prevention. Insured
persons should be encouraged to take up See-Berufsgenossenschafts
invitations to attend courses on safety and accident prevention. Non-
swimmers should be sent on swimming courses. See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft awards prizes to recipients of the German Life-Saving
Societys (DLRG) bronze, silver or gold lifesaving medal.
12 Safety Warden
(1) The employer shall nominate at least one safety warden on
vessels with between 5 and 20 crew members. On vessels with more
than 20 crew members, at least one safety warden shall be nominated
for the deck area and one for the machinery area. On vessels with
more than 50 crew members, a further safety warden shall be
appointed to whichever of the other working areas has the highest
personnel strength.
Status: May
October
19992003
44 UVV-See
(2) Persons who may not be nominated as safety warden are

- representatives of the employer,
- any person appointed as the manager of a company or any
part thereof, or any person who fulfils the duties of the
employer on his own responsibility,
- any person appointed as a safety engineer, safety technician,
or safety foreman.
(3) The employer shall ensure that the safety wardens are able to
fulfil their duties. Accordingly, he shall enable them to participate
in operational inspection and investigations of accidents; the safety
warden shall be informed of the findings of any such operational
inspection or accident investigation. Upon his request, the employer
shall allow him to examine the technical findings of the surveyor
according to 18 SBG VII.
(4) The employer shall take account of the improvement proposals
and the records of the safety warden regarding deficiencies identified
in operating equipment.
(5) The employer shall enable safety wardens and insured persons
whose appointment as safety warden is under consideration to
participate in training and educational courses being organized by
See-Berufsgenossenschaft, insofar as there are no urgent operational
reasons preventing them from doing so.
D The regulations concerning safety wardens set out in 22 of SGB VII

ad. (1) are worded as follows:
(1) In enterprises which regularly have more than 20 employees, the
employer shall appoint safety wardens after having consulted the
works council or staff council about the appointments in question and
having taken into account the safety and health hazards to which
employees are exposed in the course of their work and the precise
number of employees within the company. Employees are also persons
who are insured in accordance with 2 sect. 1 Nos. 2, 8 and 12. In
companies where the safety and health of employees are particularly

at risk, the accident insurer can stipulate that safety wardens be
appointed even if the number of employees is less than the minimum
number set out in clause 1. In companies where health and safety
hazards are minimal, the accident insurer can stipulate a higher
number of employees in his accident prevention regulations than 20.
(2) The safety wardens shall assist the employer with the imple-
mentation of measures to prevent occupational accidents and diseases.
In particular, they shall seek to ascertain that the prescribed safety

installations and personal protective equipment have been provided
and are being properly used; they shall further point out dangers to
the health and safety of insured persons.
(3) Safety wardens shall not be disadvantaged on account of having
performed their duties.
The wording of 15 sect. 1 No. 7 of SGB VII is as follows:
7. the number of safety wardens who have to be nominated in
accordance with 22, taking into account the work-related hazards
to the life and health of insured persons that exist within the com-
pany and the number of people employed.
D Persons who cannot be nominated as safety wardens in accordance

ad. (2) with sect. 2 are:
employer representatives such as members of the executive board
of a legal entity, company partners who are authorized to represent
their company, managing owners;
the head of a company or a section of a company, e.g. the master
or any other persons defined in 9 sect. 2 of OWiG
- see also the implementation instruction applying to 17 -;
safety engineers, safety technicians and safety foreman
- see also chapter III herein Occupational Physicians and
Experts for Occupational Safety -
These persons are all responsible for their own professional conduct,
whereas safety wardens do not bear any responsibility in this sense.
D Safety wardens have no duties other than those outlined in 22 sect. 2

ad. (3) of SGB VII. In particular, they have no duty or responsibility of their
own in connection with implementing measures for work protection
and accident prevention. The responsibilities of the employer and of
the persons mentioned in sect. 2 are therefore not affected by the
nomination of safety wardens.
D The wording of the regulations set out in 23 of SGB VII concerning

ad. (5) training courses is as follows:
(1) The accident insurers shall ensure that the necessary training
courses are provided for company personnel who have been entrusted
with the implementation of accident-prevention procedures, with
measures to combat occupational diseases and work-related health
Status: May
October
19992003
46 UVV-See
risks, and with the administration of first aid. The accident insurers
can take corresponding measures to provide training for occupational
physicians and other experts for occupational safety who do not belong
to the enterprise and are hired in accordance with the Occupational
Safety Law 1]. The accident insurers shall take whatever steps are
necessary to ensure that employers and insured persons attend the
training courses conscientiously.
(2) The accident insurers shall bear the direct costs of their training
courses as well as expenses incurred in connection with travelling,
board and accommodation. If a first-aid course is provided by a third
party, the accident insurer shall only be expected to pay the course
fees.
(3) An employee who attends a training course held during working
hours is entitled to his full pay.
(4) The federal-state authorities responsible for maintaining standards
of work protection shall be invited to participate in the training of
safety wardens and experts for occupational safety.
13 Surveyors according to 18 SBG VII 2)

(1) The employer shall enable the surveyors according to
18 SBG VII of See-Berufsgenossenschaft to survey the vessel and
the other operational facilities. Upon request, the employer or the
master shall accompany the surveyors according to
18 SBG VII, or arrange for them to be accompanied by a suitable
representative. Upon request, the sailing permit, together with the
other certificates concerning the vessel as well as the crew,
passengers, and cargo (including class certificates), shall be presented
to the surveyors according to 18 SBG VII.
(2) If See-Berufsgenossenschaft or a surveyor issues instructions
which have to be complied with within a certain time, the employer
shall inform See-Berufsgenossenschaft as soon as the set time has
elapsed of whether or not he has had the required measures
implemented.
D According to 17 sect. 1, clause 2 and 19 sect. 2 of SGB VII, See-

ad. (2) Berufsgenossenschaft and the surveyors may issue instructions to
eliminate safety hazards. If the danger is imminent, a time limit is not
applicable; the instructions shall be implemented immediately.
1
2
) Surveyors according to 18 SBG VII correspond to the previous Technical Surveyors
14 Obligation to Provide Information

The employer shall pass on to See-Berufsgenossenschaft within the
period it has specified such information and details as he has gathered
on the prevention and investigation of accidents at work,
occupational diseases and work-related danger to health.
D The details and information may be requested either verbally (e.g. by

surveyors according to 18 SBG VII in the course of operational
inspections or accident investigations) or in writing. The provisions
set out in 19 of SGB VII shall also be observed.
The details and information shall include documentation such as
construction and operating specifications, test reports (certificates),
register books, records of medical examinations, as well as memos in
which employees in positions of authority, experts for occupational
safety or safety wardens have noted defects identified in operating
equipment, have outlined ways of eliminating these defects, or have
suggested improvements.
15 Operational Supervisors
The employer shall define sectors of responsibility for the operational
supervisor he appoints and shall ensure that they perform their duties
regarding prevention of occupational accidents, occupational
diseases and work-related danger to health, and that they coordinate
their tasks with those of other supervisors.
D The operational supervisor shall control the duties and the work of
the insured persons following the instructions of the master or his
competent representative according to 17 respectively.
16 Additional Duties of the Employer

The instructions and prohibitions in the Accident Prevention
Regulations which apply for insured persons shall also apply for
employers insofar as this is not precluded by the employers status.
17 Delegation of Duties
If the employer has delegated any of his duties regarding prevention
of occupational accidents, occupational diseases and work-related
danger to health, he shall confirm this in writing without delay. This
confirmation shall be signed by the person to whom the duties have
been assigned; the range of duties and the extent of the assignees
authority shall be described in the confirmation. The assignee shall
be provided with a copy of the written confirmation.
Status: May
October
19992003
48 UVV-See
D The employer shall not have to make an explicit delegation of duties

to persons who are responsible in law for performing the duties of the
employer (see 9 sect. 1 and sect. 2 No. 1 of OWiG). Accordingly, if
the employer assigns duties to any such person, no written confirma-
tion shall be required. The group of persons includes:
1. Certain representatives, namely
- authorized members of the executive board of a legal entity
(e.g. of an AG [public limited company])
- company partners who are authorized to represent their
company (e.g. partners in an OHG [commercial partnership])
- statutory representatives (e.g. guardians)
- managing owner(s);
2. The head of a company or a section of a company, and in particular
the master of a vessel.
The heads of ship personnel departments, in particular of the deck
and engine personnel, are not heads of sections of companies in the
sense of 1 and 2 above. The delegation of the employers duties to
such heads of departments (or to other ships officers) shall therefore
also be subject to confirmation in writing in accordance with 17.
If an employer delegates his duties, the assignee, like the employer
himself, can be fined for committing offences. The assignee, therefore,
ranks with the employer insofar as the performance of his duties is
concerned. This follows from 9 sect. 2 of the Law on Administrative
Offences 1] (OWiG), which reads as follows:
(2) If the owner of a company, or some other authorized person
1. authorizes someone to manage a company, or a part thereof, or
2. expressively authorizes someone to perform, on his own respon-
sibility, the duties of the owner,
and if the person thus authorized acts on the basis of this authorization,
a law according to which particular personal characteristics form a
part of the personality of the person to be punished shall apply to the
authorized person even if the characteristics in question are to be

found not with him but with the owner of the company. Within the
meaning of clause 1, an enterprise is the same as a company. If the
person in question acts on behalf of a public authority after having
been authorized to do so, clause 1 shall apply mutatis mutandis.
1
In accordance with 9 sect. 3 of OWiG, this regulation is applicable

even if there is a legal defect in the delegation of the duties.
Similarly, failure to comply with the formalities set out in 17 is of no

legal consequence. In other words, it will not render the delegation of
duties ineffective!
It is recommended that the printed form issued by See-Berufsgenos-

senschaft be used for written confirmations. However, other wordings
may also be chosen.
In addition, the following shall be observed:
a) The delegation of duties in no way relieves the employer from

any of his own personal duties. In particular, he remains personally
responsible for offences he himself commits or which have been
committed upon his order, as well as for failing to perform his
supervisory duties.
In this connection, 130 of OwiG lays down:
130
(1) The owner of a company or an enterprise commits an administra-

tive offence if he deliberately or negligently omits to implement
supervisory measures which would either prevent or render consi-
derably more difficult the commission in the company or enterprise of
acts punishable by fine or other penalty which constitute a contra-
vention of his duties as owner. The necessary supervisory measures
include the appointment and careful selection of supervisors, and the
monitoring of their activities.
(2) A company or enterprise in the sense of sect. 1 and 2 is also

constituted by a public enterprise.
(3) A fine of up to DM 1 million can be imposed for an administrative

offence if the contravention of duty is a punishable offence. If the
statutory penalty for the contravention of duty is the imposition of a

fine, the maximum fine payable for having neglected the duty to
provide adequate supervision shall be determined in accordance with
the maximum fine payable for the contravention of duty.
b) However, if the employers supervisory duties are so numerous

and complex that on account of the type and size of his enterprise
he would under no circumstances be able to fulfil them all on his
own, it may become necessary for him to delegate duties to others.
Status: May 1999

50 UVV-See
c) The delegation of accident-prevention duties shall not affect the

employers liability according to legal regulations not contained
in the Accident Prevention Regulations, in particular those set out
in the Seamens Law 1], in the Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing
Ships 1] or in criminal law.
It may be taken for granted that the delegation of duties in areas
which are beyond the scope of these Accident Prevention Regu-
lations is also permissible.
d) Within the range of the delegation, the assignee assumes the
employers duties in addition. His own duties in accordance with
specific legal regulations remain unaffected. Furthermore, as an
insured person he shall observe the provisions in the Accident
Prevention Regulations applying specifically to such persons, in
particular 18 ff, as well as all others. He shall also observe the
penal regulations set out in 315a and 316 of the Penal Code 1]
and 122 of the Law on Administrative Offences 1].
e) The employer need not undertake the delegation of duties himself.
He may entrust others with this task. The assignee shall act as
otherwise authorized in the sense of 9 sect. 2 of OWiG.
f) If a self-employed person is active on board (e.g. a franchisee
running a catering business), the fulfilment of the duties affecting
him is his own responsibility, and so, accordingly, is the delegation
of duties in this sphere. The duties of the shipowner and the master
according to ship safety regulations and these Accident Prevention
Regulations remain unaffected.
g) A person who is obliged to perform employers duties as part of
his normal work may not be appointed as a safety warden (see
12 sect. 2).
h) 17 and the above explanations shall apply mutatis mutandis in
the case of an assignee appointed in accordance with 9 sect. 2
No. 1 or 2 of OWiG passing on duties that were assigned on to him.
No general rule can be provided with regard to the validity of
such a further delegation of duties. At all events, further delegation

is not permissible if this is in contradiction to the express wishes
of the employer, or if it entails the delegation of an employers
duties to subordinates who on account of their position in the
enterprise, their knowledge etc. could not be expected to accept
responsibility for performing these duties.
1
C. General Duties of Insured Persons
18 Observance of Instructions of the Employer

Insured persons shall support all measures for prevention of
danger to health as well as for an effective First Aid, and follow the
corresponding instructions of the employer.
Insured persons shall not follow instructions which are contrary to
safe working practice.
19 Use of Personal Protective Equipment

(1) Insured persons shall wear the personal protective equipment
that has been placed at their disposal. They shall follow all
instructions (including any additional directions issued by the
employer) relating to the proper use and maintenance of the
equipment.
(2) Insured persons shall check that the personal protective equip-
ment is in a satisfactory condition.
(3) Insured persons shall inform the employer of any deficiencies
detected in personal protective equipment without delay.
(4) Insured persons shall leave danger zones and shall cease
performing dangerous activities if the personal protective equipment
is faulty and can no longer provide adequate protection.
D
Items of personal protective equipment are appliances in the sense of
20 and 21. They shall be handled and stored carefully, and may
only be used in the prescribed manner. Checks shall be performed on
the items of equipment before they are brought into use. Deficiencies
which cannot be put right at once shall be reported.
For information about personal noise-protection equipment, see 188
and B 9 Instruction Sheet on Safety Shoes 1] dated 30th September
1988.
D
As a rule, these checks will take the form of visual inspections to ensure
ad. (2)
there are no obvious deficiencies in items of personal protective
equipment; they shall be performed both before the equipment is put
on and whilst it is being worn.
For information about breathing apparatus, see the B 4 Instruction
Sheet on Breathing Apparatus on Seagoing Ships 1] dated 20 th
December 1963 (in the version of February 1982).
1
] See Appendix A for the original title in German.
Status: May
October
19992003
52 UVV-See
20 Use of Appliances
(1) Insured persons may use appliances only for the purpose for
which they were intended. The transport of persons by means of
winches, cranes and other lifting gear is admissible only if ordered
by the master in an emergency, or if the permission of See-Berufs-
genossenschaft has been obtained.
(2) Safety appliances shall be treated carefully. They shall not be
misused, damaged, removed or put out of action without permission.
(3) Insured persons may not use appliances and working materials
unless authorized to do so. In particular, an insured person may not
work with machines, equipment or safety appliances unless he has
been authorized to operate, use or repair the devices.
21 Rectifying of Deficiencies
(1) Checks must be performed on appliances before they are brought
into use to ensure that they are free from obvious deficiencies. The
appliances shall not be used if dangerous deficiencies exist.
(2) If an insured person finds that an appliance is unsafe regarding
prevention of occupational accidents, occupational diseases and
work-relateddanger to health, he shall remedy the ascertained
deficiency without delay. Should this not be part of his area of
responsibility, or should he not be sufficiently competent, he shall
report the deficiency in question to his superior or supervisor without
delay.
(3) Sect. 2 is valid correspondingly if the insured person finds
1. that working materials are unsafe regarding prevention of
danger to health are inserted on account of deficiencies in their
quality, or in the way they are packed or marked;
2. that the safety of a particular work procedure or work sequence
is in some way questionable regarding prevention of

danger to health.
D The insured persons duty to contribute to accident prevention requires

in their own interest that they take care of deficiencies. However, an
insured person may only rectify a deficiency if he is competent to do
so in terms of his own expertise and his area of responsibility as an
1
employee (see also 20 sect. 3 in this connection). If he is in any

doubt about which course to follow, he should take no further action
than to report the deficiencies to his superior or supervisor without
delay.
In particular, specialized knowledge is required in connection with
the handling of items of cargo which are working materials in the
sense of sect. 3, No. 1. This means that work with the cargo shall not
be carried out without authorization, but rather solely in accordance
with the explicit instructions of the responsible ships officer.
22 Prohibited Stay in Dangerous Areas

Insured persons shall not stay unnecessarily in dangerous areas, and
especially not under hoisted loads, within the operating and turning
range of vehicles, within the working range of winches and cranes,
in tanks, in unlighted cargo holds, in the vicinity of unsecured hatches
or running ropes, at manoeuvring stations, at places endangered by
the effects of weather, or in traffic and transport zones where there
are visual obstructions.
23 Danger of Being Locked In

Entrances to holds, tanks and other spaces which have no normal or
emergency exit that can be opened from inside may not be closed
off before it has been positively ascertained that no persons are
present inside the enclosure in question.
Other such spaces are, for example:
D Void spaces, cofferdams, trunks, pipe tunnels, casings, boilers, crank
casings of diesel engines.
24 Keeping Passages and Exits Clear

Passageways, escape routes, normal exits and emergency exits shall
be kept clear at all times so that passage along or through them is
unrestricted.
Passageways are further dealt with in 92, emergency escape routes
in 93, and normal exits and emergency exits in 94.

D
25 Stairs and Doors
When insured persons use stairs or pass through doorways with
heavy or self-closing doors, they shall conduct themselves in such a
way that no accidents can be caused by their slipping or falling, or
by the slamming shut of the doors.
Status: May
October
19992003
54 UVV-See
D Steep stairways and stairs positioned athwartships are potentially

dangerous, especially in heavy seas. Any person using such stairs
shall keep a firm grip on the handrail at all times. Any person
descending such stairways should keep his face turned towards the
stairs, as this ensures a safe tread on the step. Steep stairways are, in
particular, stairs in the main- and auxiliary engine rooms. Jumping
downstairs and sliding down the stairs using the handrail are practices
which are always liable to cause accidents and are therefore not
allowed.
Carrying loads by hand on stairs is admissible only if a maximum
load weight of 15 kg is not exceeded and the person carrying the load
can grip the handrail firmly with at least one hand. If loads weighing
more than 15 kg have to be transported up- or downstairs by hand
because no suitable lifting gear is available, the loads shall be trussed
with ropes or tackle, and secured in such a way that they cannot slip
and fall.
Heavy and self-closing doors shall be held firmly by the person pas-
sing through the doorway. If loads have to be carried by hand through
doorways, the doors shall first be secured in their open position. The
securings of self-closing doors shall be removed after the load has
been carried through the doorway.
26 Abuse of Alcohol
(1) Insured persons who take alcoholic beverages on board shall
report this to the master. Any orders to hand over such beverages to
the master for safekeeping shall be complied with.
(2) Insured persons shall not consume so much alcohol that they
could be a danger to themselves or to others.
(3) Any insured person who under the influence of alcohol has
become a danger to himself or to others shall at once be reported to
the master or the officer on duty.
D See also 111 sect. 2 and 3 of the Seamens Law 1]:

ad. (1)
(2) The members of the crew are entitled to take on board objects
for personal use and reasonable amounts of consumable goods insofar
as when doing so no legal provisions are violated, order on board is
not adversely affected and neither human life, nor ship nor cargo is
1
endangered. Other articles, in particular weapons and ammunition,

can be taken on board only with the masters permission. If this is not
granted, a crew member can call upon the Seamens Office 1] to provide
a ruling in place of the masters permission.
(3) If articles are taken on board in contravention of the provisions of
sect. 2, the master may take them into his safekeeping or secure them
in some other way. The master may demand the removal of these
articles if they endanger the health of the persons on board, the ship,
or the cargo, or if their presence on the vessel might cause the autho-
rities to take action. If the crew member does not comply with the
orders as issued, the master may destroy the articles in question; in
such an event, the facts of the matter and the reason for the destruction
of the articles shall be entered in the ships logbook.
D Criminal acts, or other offences, which are committed in a state of

ad. (2) complete intoxication are punishable; in this connection see also the
Penal Code 1] (StBG) 323a sect. 1 and the Law on Administrative
Offences 1] (OWiG) 122 sect. 1 and 2.
StGB 323a sect. 1 is worded as follows:
(1) Any person who deliberately or through negligence becomes
intoxicated as a result of having consumed alcohol or any other
substance likely to diminish his powers of judgement faces imprison-
ment for up to 5 years, or a fine, if he commits an unlawful act in this
condition and cannot be punished for this act owing to his being
intoxicated and, by reason of his intoxication, not responsible for his
actions.
27 Clothing
(1) When working, insured persons may only wear clothing which
is not liable to cause accidents - in particular, accidents in which
factors such as the moving parts of equipment, heat, corrosive
substances, or electrostatic charging play a contributory role. When
working on deck, at winches and in service spaces, employees shall
wear clothes which fit particularly closely.

(2) Insofar as the wearing of safety shoes is not mandatory, insured
persons shall wear sturdy non-slip footwear.
(3) Sharp and pointed tools or other dangerous articles may be
carried in clothing only if preventive measures have been taken to
ensure that the tools cannot cause injury.
1
Status: May 1999

56 UVV-See
(4) No items of jewellery, finger rings, wristwatches, or similar

articles may be worn at work if they constitute a safety hazard.
(5) Articles of clothing shall not be put on, taken off or stored near
machinery or moving parts.
(6) Helmets, hairnets or some similar form of covering shall be worn
over long hair, beards and moustaches if moving parts of equipment
in the vicinity constitute a safety risk.
(7) Gloves shall be worn by employees working with ropes and
running rigging, with cargo handling gear or fishing gear, with
chemicals, or with deep-frozen fish; insofar as is necessary, gloves
shall also be worn during painting work and fish processing. When
working in deep-freezing rooms, employees shall wear felt boots,
padded outer garments as well as headgear and gloves.
D This regulation provides that employees working with machinery shall

ad. (1) wear closely fitting clothing and that sleeves shall always be turned
up on the inside. It further provides that every effort shall be made to
maintain clothes in their original condition - for example, by means of
cleaning and mending. If work has to be performed during which
clothing could catch fire, only clothes which provide adequate
protection and which have not been soiled by oil, grease or other
easily inflammable materials shall be worn.
See also DIN 32 761 Protective Clothing against Short-Term Exposure
to Flames, Technical Safety Requirements, Tests.
D Footwear (boots and shoes) is also to be considered as clothing and

ad. (2) must therefore also be appropriate for the given workplace conditions.
At all events, footwear shall be sturdy and of a non-slip type. Shoes
which enclose the foot completely are considered sufficiently sturdy,
as are sandals with toecaps and reinforced heels. 5 sect. 2 No. 2
applies when protective footwear is required.
D Work involving appliances such as winches, derusting machines,

ad. (6) grinding machines, drills and lathes is considered inherently
dangerous.
28 Garbage Disposal
Bottles, glass, and sharp or pointed objects may only be collected
and transported in rigid garbage containers.
D With regard to containers, see 129 and 170.

See also 181 on combustible wastes.
29 Use of Spray Cans

Spray cans (aerosol cans) shall be kept away from heat sources, naked
flame and direct sunlight. They shall not be opened by force, nor
shall they be discarded unless they have been completely emptied.
30 Ropes and Running Rigging

Insured persons shall take into account the physical properties of
the ropes and running rigging they are working with, and the dangers
to which they can give rise - in particular, breaking or whipping
back. They shall further take care not to step in fakes.
D F 5 Instruction Sheet on the Selection, Use and Maintenance of

Synthetic Fibre Ropes1] dated 21st September 1989 provides infor-
mation about the particular dangers associated with operations
involving synthetic fibre ropes.
31 Watchkeeping Duties
(1) Insured persons who have been detailed to keep watch shall per-
form their duties properly, and in accordance with the instructions
given to them.
(2) Officers on duty shall stay at their posts during their sea watches.
32 Master
The instructions and prohibitions set out in the Accident Prevention
Regulations which apply first and foremost for insured persons apply
also for the master of the vessel insofar as his position as the
employers representative or as the crew members superior does
not exclude their application.
33 Weather Reports and Navigational Warnings

The master of a vessel which has neither a marine radio installation
nor a radio broadcast receiver shall obtain information before
departure about weather conditions and about navigational warnings
and Notices for Mariners issued for shipping in the range of trade
he intends to sail in.
1
Status: May 1999

58 UVV-See
34 Drills
(1) If safety drills (damage control drills, lifeboat drills, fire drills,
rowing drills etc.) are ordered, each member of the crew shall
participate unless he has been specifically exempted from
participation by the master.
(2) Standing on the thwarts of a boat while sculling is prohibited.
Boats crews shall put on lifejackets for lifeboat drills and rowing
drills.
D. Implementation Instructions
35 Regulations Concerning Alterations

(1) If ships or appliances are modified, renewed, extended or
repaired, the parts of the vessel or the appliances in question shall
be restored in such a way that they comply with the Accident
Prevention Regulations in force for newbuildings at the time the
aforesaid modifications, renewals, extensions or repairs are
performed. This requirement does not apply if it is technically
impossible, or if it would give rise to economically unjustifiable costs.
(2) If the purpose of a ship is altered, the regulations which are valid
at the time of the alteration shall apply.
36 Flagging in
Ships which obtain the right to sail under the flag of the Federal
Republic of Germany after they have been commissioned are subject
to these Accident Prevention Regulations in the same way as are
ships which were commissioned as vessels flying the German flag.
D 35, 37 and 38 remain unaffected.
37 Recognition of Tests
Surveys, tests, inspections or trials undertaken by a foreign authority

may be acceptable if proof has been provided that the requirements
they specify are equivalent to those specified by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
D A foreign authority within the meaning of this regulation may also be

a foreign classification society which in the course of its classification
activities has performed surveys, tests, inspections or trials of an
equivalent standard.
38 Special Instructions
In special cases, See-Berufsgenossenschaft may specify requirements
which are more stringent than those set out in the Accident
Prevention Regulations.
D This applies in particular to the construction, fitting-out, equipment,

manning and operation of
special craft;
vessels engaged in a special trade;
sporting craft, pleasure craft and other non-commercial craft on
which persons are employed against payment.
Instructions according to 38 are also admissible, and may even be
necessary, in cases not covered by definitive regulations contained in
these Accident Prevention Regulations, or in other legal provisions
(for example, the Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1]).
The instructions must lie within the limits defined in 17 sect. 1 clause 2
of the Seventh Volume of the Social Security Code 1] (SGB VII).
See also D ad. 13.
39 Approvals
(1) If the Accident Prevention Regulations stipulate that appliances
or their materials have to be approved, See-Berufsgenossenschaft
will confer the approval after tests or trials have shown that the
appliance or material in question is safe, and adequate for the
intended use. See-Berufsgenossenschaft may delegate the task of
performing trials or tests to an expert. Approvals may be granted
for limited periods.
(2) See-Berufsgenossenschaft may lay down general test and
approval conditions. All the relevant technical requirements, as well
as details about the type and the scope of the tests, shall be set out in
these test and approval conditions.
(3) Non-approved appliances and materials shall not be placed or
used on board. When approvals for fixed appliances or their materials
expire, 35 shall apply correspondingly.
1
Status: May 1999

60 UVV-See
II. Basic Provisions

40 Ranges of Trade, Limits of Fishing Zones
In accordance with these Accident Prevention Regulations, the
following definitions shall apply:
1. shallow water trade: trade in shallows, firths, and similar waters
where there is no danger of high waves;
2. small coastal trade: trade along the coasts of the North Sea
between all continental locations from Cape Grisnez to the
Thyborn Channel, the nearby islands and Heligoland included;
trade along the coasts of the Baltic Sea between a line running
from Skagen to Lysekil and the longitude of 5730' N in the Baltic
Sea; trade along the Swedish coast as far as Norrtlje;
3. great coastal trade: trade in the Baltic Sea and the North Sea,
and along the Norwegian coast as far as the longitude of 64 N,
otherwise as far as the latitude of 61 north and the longitude of
7 west, and also as far as the ports of Great Britain and Ireland,
and as far as those on the Atlantic coasts of France, Portugal and
Spain, but excluding Gibraltar;
4. intermediate trade: trade extending beyond the limits of the great
coastal trade, and taking in European (including Icelandic) ports,
non-European Mediterranean and Black Sea ports, West African
coastal ports situated north of the latitude of 20 north, as well
as ports on the Canary Islands and on Madeira;
5. long-distance trade: trade extending beyond the limits of the
intermediate trade and including trades to Spitzbergen and the
Azores;
6. coastal fishing: fishing operations involving vessels sailing near
the coast from the coastwise places of the Federal Republic of
Germany or of the neighbouring countries; fishing operations
in other waters connected to the sea and extending as far inland
as the limits established by the German Collision Regulations
for Waterways 1]; fishing without fishing vessel in the aforesaid

other waters, and in shallows;
7. high sea fishing: fishing operations in the Baltic Sea, in the North
Sea and in the area bounded on the north by the parallel of
63 N extending from the Norwegian coast to the longitude of
10 W, and on the west by a line running down the longitude of
1
II. Basic Provisions 61
10 W as far south as 60 nautical miles north of the Irish coast,

and then running southwards at a distance of 60 nautical miles
off the west coast of Ireland as far as the coordinate 5030' N 10 W,
and from there by a straight line to Ouessant;
8. deep sea fishing: fishing carried out beyond the boundaries of
high sea fishing;
D Shallow water trade includes the following areas:

1. the sea area between the River Ems and the island of Borkum,
2. the shallows between the East Frisian mainland (i.e. the stretch
between Knock and Schillinghrn) and the East Frisian Islands,
3. the Jade as far as the straight line extending from Minsener Oog
to Langwarden,
4. the Meldorfer Bucht and the area bounded by Bsum, Blauort-
sand, Tertiussand, Trischen and the Hohes Ufer of Dieksand,
5. the shallows between the west coast of Schleswig-Holstein (i.e.
the stretch between Westerhever Sand and the Hindenburgdamm)
and the nearby islands,
6. the shallows between the mainland (i.e. the stretch between the
Hindenburgdamm and the Rm-Verbindungsdamm) and the
islands of Sylt and Rm,
7. the Firth of Kiel [Kieler Frde] as far as the straight line extending
from the Blk lighthouse to the Laboe naval memorial,
8. the Eckernfrde Bay [Eckernfrder Bucht] as far as the straight
line extending from Boknis Eck to the north-eastern tip of the
mainland near Danish-Nienhof,
9. the Schlei as far as the straight line running through the pierheads
at Schleimnde,
10. the Firth of Flensburg [Flensburger Frde] as far as the straight
line extending from the Kekenes lighthouse to Birknack.
D The currently valid version of the German Collision Regulations for

ad. (6) Waterways is the one originally published in the Notification dated
15th April 1987 (BGBl. I p.1266) and most recently amended in accordance
with Article 3 of the Second Ordinance for the Amendment of Regulations
on Shipping Law 1] dated 7th December 1994 (BGBl. I p.3744).2)
1
2
) This amended version took effect on 1st January 1995.
Status: May 1999

62 UVV-See
41 Types of Vessel
The types of vessel are defined within the meaning of these Accident
Prevention Regulations as follows:
1. Passenger ship: a seagoing ship carrying, or licensed to carry,
more than 12 passengers which is not an excursion boat, a sports
fishing vessel or a training vessel;
2. Excursion boat: a seagoing craft carrying more than 12 but not
more than 50 passengers, or which is not licensed to carry more
than 50 passengers and which is employed in national trade for
seaside excursions;
3. Sports fishing craft: a seagoing craft carrying more than 12 but
not more than 50 passengers, or which is not licensed to carry
more than 50 passengers, which does not call at foreign ports,
and on which the possibility of rod-fishing is offered against
payment;
4. Fishing vessel: a vessel used in the commercial catching of fish
and other creatures found in the sea or in rivers;
4a. New fishing vessel: any fishing vessel measuring 15 metres or
more between the perpendiculars and for which
1.) the order for the construction or conversion of the craft was
placed on or after 23rd November 1995,
2.) the order for the construction or conversion of the craft was
placed before 23rd November 1995 and the delivery date was
to be not less than three years thereafter,
3.) or, in the event that no construction order exists, a craft
whose keel was laid,
for which construction identifiable with a specific vessel has
begun; and
assembly of that craft has commenced comprising at least 50
tonnes or 1 percent of the estimated mass of all structural
material, whichever is less
on or after 23rd November 1995;

4b. Existing fishing vessel: any fishing vessel measuring 18 metres
or more between the perpendiculars and which is not a new fish-
ing craft;
5. Deep sea fishing vessel: a fishing vessel of more than 350 gross
tonnage;
6. High sea fishing cutter: a fishing vessel of up to 350 gross tonnage

which is not a coastal fishing cutter;
7. Coastal fishing cutter: a decked fishing vessel of not more than
100 gross tonnage which is used for coastal fishing;
8. Fishing boat: an open or partially decked fishing vessel which is
used for coastal fishing;
9. Special craft:
a) a water craft used by the civil authorities or a ship used to
ferry pilots,
b) a tugboat of less than 500 gross tonnage,
c) a small craft of up to 100 gross tonnage carrying no more
than 12 passengers on a commercial basis, or which is not
licensed to carry more than 12 passengers on a commercial
basis,
d) a training craft of up to 350 gross tonnage, on which no more
than 12 persons can be offered instruction on a commercial
basis in the skippering of sporting craft or pleasure craft,
e) a water craft without any means of propulsion of its own (e.g.
a lighter or a barge),
f) floating working appliances (e.g. dredgers, floating cranes,
floating pile-drivers, salvage pontoons, drilling and jack-up
platforms and production platforms);
10. Cargo ship: a ship not covered by definitions 1 to 9;
11. Tanker: a cargo ship used for the carriage in bulk of liquids or
liquefied gases in cargo tanks
42 Other Definitions
Other definitions used in specific senses in these Accident Prevention

Regulations are:
1. Length: unless otherwise defined, the term length means 96
percent of the overall length of the vessel as measured at a
waterline whose height is 85 percent of the lowest height of the
vessel above top of keel, or, if the following value is greater, the
length from the fore end of the stem to the rotary axis of the
rudder head, measured with the same waterline. The length of
Status: May 1999
64 UVV-See
ships designed with a sloping keel is measured along a waterline

running parallel to the design waterline (length stated in the
International Tonnage Certificate [1969]);
2. Breadth: unless otherwise defined, the maximum breadth of the

ship is meant, i.e. the breadth measured midships. On ships with
metal shells the breadth is measured between the moulding edges
of the frame, and on ships whose shells are made of other
materials it is measured between the outer edges of the ships
hull (breadth stated in the International Tonnage Certificate
[1969]);
3. Depth: unless otherwise defined, the depth of the ship is the

vertical distance measured at the midpoint of the ships length
from the top of keel to the underside of the upper deck at the
side of the ship (depth stated in the International Tonnage
Certificate [1969]);
4. a) Gross tonnage of a ship in tonnes (GT): as ascertained in

accordance with the Convention on a Standard System for
the Tonnage Measurement of Ships 1969 (London Tonnage
Convention) and entered in the International Tonnage
Certificate as the measurement result in gross tonnage,
b) Gross tonnage in register tonnes: the number of register
tonnes specified in addition for the gross tonnage in the In-
ternational Tonnage Certificate determined according to the
London Tonnage Convention;
5. Full scantling vessel: a ship measured in accordance with Ap-

pendix 1 or Appendix 1 A to the Oslo Rules;
6. Freedecker: a ship measured in accordance with Appendix l B to

the Oslo Rules;
7. Engine output: the rated power as set out in the classification

certificate issued by Germanischer Lloyd
a) for the main propulsion engines on motor ships in kW;

b) for the main propulsion machinery on steam and gas turbine
ships in kW;
c) for the main propulsion plant on ships with shaft generators
in kW, minus the rated power (in kW) of the shaft generators
as set out in the classification certificate.
On ships without Germanischer Lloyd classification certificates,

the ships engine output shall be taken to be the power of the
main propulsion plant as set out in the Sailing Permit issued by
See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
8. Generator capacity: the output of the shaft generators and other

generators as set out in the Germanischer Lloyd classification
certificate, or the installed capacity of shaft generators and other
generators as set out in the Sailing Permit issued by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft. Ratings are expressed
a) in kW for DC units,
b) in kVA for AC units.
9. Date of keel laying: either the date on which the keel is laid, or
the date on which a similar stage of construction has been
reached, whichever of the two is earlier;
10. Distance from land: the distance from that part of the mainland
or of a nearby island which is not submerged at mean high water;
11. By day: the period between sunrise and sunset;
l2. At night: the period between sunset and sunrise.
13. Flash point: the flash point of a combustible liquid is the lowest
temperature at which the liquid, when it has been heated in a
closed cup, gives off such quantities of vapour that a gas/air
mixture capable of being ignited by a spark is created.
D The expression a similar stage of construction means the day on

ad. which:
No. 9
a) construction identifiable with a specific vessel begins; and
b) assembly of that vessel has commenced comprising at least 50

tonnes or 1 % of the estimated mass of all structural material,
whichever is less.
D The flash point is thus a measure of the inflammability by external

ad. ignition of the vapours given off by combustible liquids, and can
No. 13 therefore also be taken as an indicator of the extent to which there is
a risk of fire or explosion (see also SOLAS 74/88 regulation II-2/55).
Status: May 1999

66 UVV-See
43 Ships Spaces
Within the meaning of these Accident Prevention Regulations, there
are five types of ships spaces. They are defined as follows:
1. Accommodation spaces:
a) living and sleeping quarters,
b) messrooms including pantries and other day rooms,
c) rooms for the treatment of the sick (patients room),
d) galleys, including storerooms,
e) lavatories and washing facilities, including facilities for
washing, drying, and ironing linen and clothes (sanitary
facilities),
f) offices,
g) alleyways and staircases leading to the rooms defined
as per a) to f);
2. Cargo spaces:
Spaces used for cargo, including the cargo oil tanks,
as well as the casings leading to such spaces;
3. Service spaces:
Main and auxiliary engine rooms, as well as all rooms containing
propulsion plants, steam engines and internal combustion
machinery, generators and major electrical machinery, oil filling
stations, and also refrigerating, stabilizing, ventilation and air-
conditioning machinery,
spaces containing steering gear, accumulator batteries, pumps,
fish processing machines and fish meal plants,
and other similar spaces, such as engine control rooms and watch
rooms in the machinery area, shaft tunnels, workshops, lamp
rooms, paint rooms etc.,
4. Main and auxiliary machinery spaces:

a) Main machinery spaces, containing internal combustion
machinery belonging to the main propulsion plant or to main
boiler plants,
b) Auxiliary machinery spaces, containing internal combustion

machinery used for purposes other than main propulsion
where such machinery has in aggregate a total power output
of not less than 373 kW,
and also containing oil regeneration plants or boiler plants,
as well as the casings to such spaces;
5. Control stations:
Rooms in which the ships radio equipment, the most important
navigational equipment, the emergency source of electrical
power, and the central fire alarm or fire control system is located.
D An engine control room is a space in which operating elements and

ad. monitoring devices for the main and auxiliary propulsion units are
No. 3 installed.
A watch room is a space in which monitoring devices for the main
and auxiliary propulsion units are installed.
44 Seaworthiness
On departure, every ship shall be in a seaworthy condition, properly
outfitted, equipped, manned, and provided with sufficient stores.
Cargo shall be stowed according to the safety requirements.
D Seaworthiness signifies the vessels fitness for sea and voyage, as

defined at the end of 559 of the German Commercial Code 1]. A
seaworthy condition also includes sufficient stability (see 47, 245,
251, 292, 326, as well as 31, 35, and 50 in conjunction with 35
SchSV), and the operational readiness of the main propulsion engines
and of the auxiliary engines necessary for the ships safety ( 102
sect. 4) and weathertight closed condition ( 32 SchSV, as well as
204, 209, 248, and 249).
The proper outfitting and equipment is regulated e.g. by the Ordinance
for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1] (SchSV) and the Accident Prevention
Regulations (see e.g. 18 SchSV and 48, 56).
For proper manning, see 49.
Stores apart from victuals and drinking water are especially fuels.
1
Status: May
October
19992003
68 UVV-See
Seaworthiness of the ship also requires proper loading according to

the applicable safety rules. Among others are to be observed: 47
sect. 2, 251 (fishing vessel), as well as SOLAS 74/88 chapter VI,
SchSV 50 sect. 4 (carriage of cargo), the Ordinance on the Transport
of Dangerous Goods on Seagoing Vessels 1] as amended by the
Notification dated 24th August 1995 (BGBl.1, p.1077).
45 Surveys, Documents Suitable for Examination

(1) Ships shall be subjected to surveys by the surveyors according
to 18 SBG VII of See-Berufsgenossenschaft, as follows:
1. Passenger ships, sports fishing craft, excursion boats
- an initial survey
- a renewal survey once every 12 months,
2. Fishing vessels
- an initial survey
- a renewal survey once every 2 years, or in the case of part-
time fishing boats and fishing dinghies of main fishing vessels
once every 4 years,
3. Cargo ships and other ships not covered by No. 1 or 2
- an initial survey
- a renewal survey once every 5 years
- an intermediate survey within 3 months before or after the
second anniversary date or within 3 months before or after
the third anniversary date of the Sailing Permit, taking place
instead of an annual survey,
- annual surveys within 3 months before or after each anni-
versary date of the Sailing Permit.
An initial survey is required before commissioning, in the cases

regulated by 36, and after every accident impairing the ships
seaworthiness as well as following conversions or modifications or
repairs of a major character.
Renewal surveys shall be carried out no earlier than 3 months before
the end of the period of validity of the Sailing Permit.
1
Intermediate surveys and annual surveys shall be endorsed in the

Sailing Permit by the surveyor.
In certain cases, See-Berufsgenossenschaft can order further surveys.
(2) The ship shall be made available for survey
1. at the building yard on completion as well as after major modifi-
cations, renewals or repair work,
2. in all other cases in a German port.
(3) With the exception of surveys prescribed by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft, the surveys shall be applied for in good time and in writing
at See-Berufsgenossenschaft, with all the required documents
enclosed.
(4) After completion of a survey, no alterations may be made to the
ships hull or machinery nor to any kind of safety, protection or life-
saving appliances without the permission of See-Berufsgenossen-
schaft.
(5) See-Berufsgenossenschaft may completely or partly refrain from
a survey if an equivalent survey has been carried out by Germani-
scher Lloyd in the course of classification activities. 37 remains
unaffected; sect. 4 is valid correspondingly.
D The initial survey comprises a complete inspection of the ship. The

aim of this survey is to ensure that construction and equipment comply
with the applicable regulations of the Accident Prevention Regulations.
The renewal and intermediate surveys include an examination of the
ship to ensure that construction and equipment remain in all respects
satisfactory for the service for which the ship is intended and that the
applicable regulations of the Accident Prevention Regulations are met.
The annual surveys comprise a general examination of the equipment
to ensure that they comply with the applicable regulations of the
Accident Prevention Regulations.
The expression anniversary daterefers to the day and month of each
year corresponding to the date of expiry for the validity period of the
Sailing Permit.
D As to the Works Councils participation, 89 of the Labour Manage-

ad. (1) ment Act 1] contains the following basic regulation:
89 Work Protection
1
Status: May 1999

70 UVV-See
(1) In fighting accident and health risks, the Works Council shall
support the competent authorities for work protection, the insurers of
the statutory accident insurance scheme and the other concerned
authorities by submitting suggestions, advice and information as well
as by assisting in the fulfilment of the regulations for work protection
and accident prevention.
(2) The employer and the authorities mentioned in sect. 1 are obliged
to consult the Works Council or the authorized members of the Works
Council in all surveys and questions connected with work protection
or accident prevention and in the investigations of accidents. The
employer is obliged to immediately inform the Works Council of all
conditions and injunctions regarding work protection and accident
prevention that are imposed by the bodies mentioned in sect. 1.
(3) Works council members authorized by the Works Council take
part in the employers consultations with the safety warden or with
the safety committee according to 22 sect. 2 of the Seventh Volume
of the Social Security Code (SGB VII) 1].
(4) The Works Council receives records of investigations, surveys and

discussions to which it has to be consulted according to sect. 2 and 3.
(5) The employer shall hand over to the Works Council a copy of the
accident report which, according to 193 sect. 5 of the Seventh Volume
of the Social Security Code (SGB VII), shall be signed by the Works
Council.
On seagoing vessels the Works Council is replaced by the Ship

Committee according to 115 sect. 7 of the Labour Management
Act 1] or, if 116 sect. 6 applies, by the Sea Works Council.
See the General Administrative Regulation on the Cooperation of the

Technical Surveyors of the Insurers of the Statutory Accident Insurance
Scheme with the Works Representations 1], in the version dated
28th November 1977 (BAnz. No. 225).
D Making available includes the presentation of the ship in the

ad. (2) drydock if underwater parts have to be surveyed.
D For every newbuilding or conversion, documents suitable for

ad. (3) examination in German or English shall be presented to See-Berufs-
genossenschaft. The metric system shall be used.
1
In the following overview, the most important documents are listed:
a) main particulars of vessel, shipowner, range of trade, ships

complement, number of passengers,
b) general arrangement plan with marked accesses to cargo
spaces, passageways, arrangement of winches with operating
positions or cranes. In the case of all-container ships: in
addition to accesses to cargo spaces, also escape possibilities
and passageways to the forecastle,
c) drawings of the view from the bridge,
d) drawings of the lifeboat arrangement,
e) fire control and safety plans according to DIN 87903-2
f) drawings of gangboard and shelters (for tankers and ships
with reduced freeboard of type B according to the Interna-
tional Convention on Load Lines of 1966),
g) drawings of arrangement, use and equipment of the
accommodation spaces,
h) drawings or data on the type and arrangement of ventilation,
lighting, heating, air-conditioning and water-supply systems
as well as all sanitary facilities,
i) drawings of appliances for collecting solid and liquid wastes,
j) drawings of the position and equipment of the hospital and
treatment room,
k) details on stability,
l) details on cargo handling gear and other lifting gear,
m) drawings of deck cargo lashing (e.g. on container ships),
n) arrangement drawings for main and auxiliary machinery
spaces,
o) data on noise reduction measures,
p) data on ventilation plants in main and auxiliary machinery
spaces,
q) data on emergency source of electrical power and on emer-
gency consumers,
r) details on fishing gear.
Status: May 1999
72 UVV-See
For ships without class, drawings and plans shall be submitted

concerning hull and machinery, including the electric plant, to the
extent as given in the Classification and Construction Rules of Ger-
manischer Lloyd.
To prevent delay in the commencement of newbuilding or rebuilding
work, the documents required for the construction phase in question
shall be submitted in time to See-Berufsgenossenschaft for
examination. Should modifications be necessary, the correspondingly
altered documents shall be submitted to See-Berufsgenossenschaft
in time prior to construction work.
46 Sailing Permit
(1) On basis of the surveys required, See-Berufsgenossenschaft
admits the ship for navigation, within certain limits of voyage, as
complying with the Accident Prevention Regulations. The permission
to sail is granted by handing over the Sailing Permit.
(2) The Sailing Permit is issued for a certain period of validity as

follows:
1. Passenger ships, Sports fishing craft 1 year
2. Excursion boats: for the summer months
(1st April to 30th September)
3. Part-time fishing boats
fishing dinghies 4 years
4. Other fishing vessel: 2 years
5. Cargo ships and other ships
not covered by Nos. 1 to 4: 5 years
In special cases, See-Berufsgenossenschaft may determine shorter

periods of validity.
Ships for which certificates are issued according to SOLAS 74/88,
LLC 66/88, MARPOL 73/78 or 13 sect.1 SchSV will receive the

Sailing Permit with a period of validity corresponding to one of these
certificates.
The validity of the Sailing Permit is suspended if the prescribed
intermediate surveys or annual surveys are not carried out.
(3) The validity of the Sailing Permit is suspended as long as the
ship is considerably undermanned or as long as her seaworthiness
is impaired by a damage. Shipowner and master are obliged to notify

the occurrence of such circumstances to See-Berufsgenossenschaft
without delay. Sect. 4 remains unaffected.
(4) See-Berufsgenossenschaft may withdraw the Sailing Permit
upon serious or repeated offences against the operational restrictions
of the Sailing Permit, or against conditions or injunctions connected
with the Sailing Permit,
or if serious defects are found in the vessels hull condition, her
fittings or prescribed equipment.
(5) Without the Sailing Permit, the ship must neither begin nor
continue a voyage. Operational restrictions of the Sailing Permit
and any conditions or injunctions connected with the Sailing Permit
shall be observed. Transport of passengers on fishing vessel is
admissible only if explicitly allowed in the Sailing Permit.
(6) The Sailing Permit shall be carried along on board and on request
shall be presented to the Seamens Office 1], water police, Federal
Border Guard, customs administration, work protection authorities,
and port authorities.
(7) Expired or otherwise invalidated Sailing Permits shall be
returned.
(8) If a renewal survey has been completed and no new Sailing Per-
mit can be issued before the expiry date of the existing Sailing Per-
mit, the surveyor according to 18 SBG VII can recognize the existing
Sailing Permit as being valid for a period of at most 5 months after
the expiry date.
(9) If, on the date on which the Sailing Permit expires, the ship is
not in a port of survey, the See-Berufsgenossenschaft can extend the
period of validity for the Sailing Permit; however, such an extension
may only be granted to allow the ship to sail to a port of survey, and
only in cases where this appears necessary and expedient. A Sailing
Permit may be extended for a maximum of 3 months, and a ship
which has been granted such an extension is not allowed to leave
the port of survey because of such an extension, without having first

been issued with a new Sailing Permit.
D In these cases an extraordinary survey has immediately to be applied

ad. (3) for at See-Berufsgenossenschaft; see 45 sect. 1 No. 3 and sect. 3.
D The Sailing Permit is always limited to a given time (sect. 2) and may
ad. (5) also be otherwise restricted, made dependent on certain conditions
1
Status: XXX
May 2003
October
19992003
74 UVV-See
or connected with injunctions. Examples: transfer voyages, sea trials,

weather-permitting clauses, limitations to the number of passengers.
47 Stability, Securing of Cargo, Freeboard
(1) Sufficient stability shall be given during the entire voyage.
(2) Cargo shall be stowed and secured on deck and in the holds in
such a way that danger to the ship or crew is excluded during the
voyage.
(3) For ships not subject to the load line regulations, the minimum
freeboard is determined by See-Berufsgenossenschaft and recorded
in the Sailing Permit.
D (4) Ships must not submerge below the minimum freeboard, except
in a port between arrival and departure clearance as long as sufficient
stability is guaranteed.
D See the E 1 Instruction Sheet on Timber Deck Cargoes 1] dated

ad. (3) 30th September 1988 and the Notification on Application of the Rules
of Stability for Cargo Ships, Passenger Ships and Special Craft dated
24th October 1984.
Ships not subject to the load line regulations are in particular fishing
vessel as well as excursion boats, sports fishing craft and special craft
which do not carry cargo (see 29 sect. 2 SchSV).
48 Equipment (including Inventory Lists)
Equipment items necessary for the accident-proof operation of the

vessel shall be available on board of every ship, in addition to the
equipment required by other regulations.
D This provision is considered fulfilled if the items listed in Annex 1

(Inventory List for Seagoing Ships, apart from Fishing Vessel) or An-
nex 2 (Inventory List for Fishing Craft) respectively are on board.
Annex 1
(ad. D ad. 48)
1
Inventory List for Seagoing Ships, apart from Fishing Vessel
Items Long- Inter- Great Small Shallow

distance mediate coastal coastal water
trade trade trade trade trade
1. Foghorn, mechanical 1) 1 1 1 1 1
2)
2. Patent log or other speed log 1 1 1 - -
3. Accident Prevention
Regulations according to 8
4. Membership plate of
See-Berufsgenossenschaft 1 1 1 1 1
5. Board for helicopter retrieval
and pyrotechnical apparatus 1 1 1 1 1
6. Tools for deck and machinery
personnel as necessary
7. Welding equipment 1 1 - - -
8. Voltage tester 5) 1 1 1 1 1
9. Multimeter 3) 1 1 1 1 1
10. Meg. tester 3) 1 1 1 1 1
11. Ex-proof hand lamp according
either to ignition protection
type (Ex)dIIc T3, (Ex)p T3,
(Ex)e T3, (Ex)i T3 or (Ex)s T3 3 2 2 1 4) 1 4)
12. Insulated combination pliers,
insulated side-cutter,
insulated screwdriver,
insulated gripping
1 each 1 each 1 each 1 each 5) 1 each 5)
screwdriver
13. Rubber mat for insulating
the standing surface 6) 1 1 1 1 5) 1 5)
14. Insulating flexible cover 6) 1 1 1 1 5) 1 5)
15. Pair of insulated gloves 7) 1 1 1 1 5) 1 5)
16. Face protection 7) 1 1 1 - -
Status: May 1999

76 UVV-See
Items Long- Inter- Great Small Shallow

distance mediate coastal coastal water
trade trade trade trade trade
17. Pair of insulated boots or

overshoes 7) 1 1 1 - -
18. Power point tester for
checking the protective
conductor system, including
adapter for HNA power
points 8) 1 1 - - -
19. LV-HBC safety fuse grip
with cuff 9) 1 1 - - -
20. Isolating transformer or
earth-leakage circuit breaker
as safety plug with earth-
leakage protection 2 5) 1 5) 1 5) 1 5) 1 5)
21. Wind hoses on tankers 10) depending on number of compartments
11)
22. Pilot ladder 1 1 1 1 1
23.
24. Gas detector 1 1 1 12) 1 12) 1 12)
25. Explosimeter 13) 1 1 1 1 1
Remarks:
1
) Only for ships not yet equipped according to the regulations of
the Ordinance on the German Collision Regulations for Water-
ways *] dated 13th June 1977 (BGBl.I p.813).
2
) Not necessary on barges.
3
) On vessels with an installed generator capacity above 100 kVA/80 kW.
4
) Only on tankers.
5
) For ships with electric plants with a voltage of 220 V and above.
6
) The insulated protective arrangements shall comply with DIN
VDE 0680 part 1.
*
7
) The personal protective equipment shall comply with DIN
VDE 0680 part 1.
8
) Only for ships mains with a star connection.
9
) Only for ships on which the switchboards are fitted with LV-HBC
fuses.
10
) Only for tankers carrying liquids with flash points of less than
55 C without mechanical ventilation devices.
11
) If necessary.
12
) Insofar as dangerous cargo is carried which could give off toxic or
flammable gases or could cause an oxygen deficiency. Ships which
transport such cargo in limited quantities are excepted (see
Ordinance on the Transport of Dangerous Goods on Seagoing
Vessels *], Annex, General Introduction, page 0147)
13
) Only for tankers.
Annex 2
(ad. D ad. 48)
Inventory List for Fishing Vessels
Items Deap sea High sea Coastal Fishing

fishing fishing fishing boats
vessels cutters cutters
1. a) Foghorn, mechanical 2) 1 1 1 3) 1 3)
or
b) foghorn, sound-powered 1 4) 1 4)
2. Sound signalling device 1 5) 1 5)
3. Distress signals
a) parachute signals 12 12 12 1)
or
b) pistol with parachute 1 1 1 1)
signal cartridges 24 24 24 1)
c) hand flares (red) 6 6
4. Accident Prevention
Regulations according to 8
*
Status: May 1999

78 UVV-See

5. Membership plate of
See-Berufsgenossenschaft 1 1 1
6. Board for helicopter retrieval
and pyrotechnical apparatus 1 1 1
7. Complete set of pump spares for
each manually operated pump 1 1
8. Bailer 1 6) 1 6)
9. Buckets (draw buckets) 6 4 2
10. Storm oil 10 kg 10 kg 10 kg 1)
11. Tools for deck and machinery
personnel as necessary
12. Gas detector for measuring
toxic gases and vapours 1 7)
13. Pilot ladder 8) 1 1 1
14. Breathing apparatus with accessories1
15. Fire extinguishers according to 276 9) 1 10)
16. Voltage tester 12) 1
17. Multimeter 12) 1
18. Meg. tester 11) 1
19. Ex-proof hand lamp according
either to ignition protection type
(Ex)dIIc T3, (Ex)p T3, (Ex)e T3,
(Ex)i T3 or (Ex)s T3 2 1
20. Insulated combination pliers,

insulated side-cutter, insulated
screwdriver, insulated gripping
screwdriver 1 each
21. Rubber mat for insulating
the standing surface 13) 1

22. Insulating flexible cover 13) 1

23. Pair of insulated gloves 14) 1
24. Face protection 14) 1
25. Pair of insulated boots or
overshoes 14) 1
26. Power point tester for checking
the protective conductor system,
including adapter for HNA
power points 15) 1 1
27. Isolating transformer or
earth-leakage circuit breaker as
safety plug with earth-leakage
protection 2 12)
Remarks:
1
) Only coastal fishing cutters engaged in high sea fishing.
2
) Only for ships which have been exempted according to regulation
38 letter g of the International Regulations for Preventing Collisions
at Sea, 1972 (ColReg)*] set into force by the Ordinance dated
13th June 1977 (BGBl.I p.813) from complying with the regu-
lations on sound signalling equipment as per annex III of the
ColReg.
3
) Coastal fishing cutters and fishing boats over 12 m in length.
4
) Coastal fishing cutters and fishing boats up to 12 m in length.
5
) Vessels under 12 m in length without sound signalling equipment
shall be equipped with some other device for generating a loud
acoustic signal.
6
) Can be omitted if there is a pumping and sounding appliance for
each watertight compartment.
7
) For stern trawlers.
*
Status: May 1999

80 UVV-See
8
) As necessary.
9
) In addition to the fire extinguishers prescribed in 276 chapter III
sect. 2 to 5, coastal fishing cutters shall be equipped with 2 fire
extinguishers for living rooms and cooking plate.
10
) Only fishing boats with engine.
11
) On vessels with an installed generator capacity above 100 kVA/80 kW.
12
) For ships with electric plants with a voltage of 220 V and above.
13
) The insulated protective arrangements shall comply with DIN
VDE 0680 part 1.
14
) The personal protective equipment shall comply with DIN
VDE 0680 part 1.
15
) Only for ships mains with a star connection.
49 Crew, Document of Safe Manning

(1) The provisions of the annex Manning Regulations apply. These
form part of these Accident Prevention Regulations.
(2) In addition, the size and composition of the ships crew shall
ensure the safe operation of the ship, in compliance with the
regulations governing working hours and watch allocation.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the following provisions are

ad. (2) complied with:
1. Manning with masters and ships officers of the deck and
machinery personnel:
Ordinance on Safe Manning 1] (SchBesV) dated 4th April 1984
(BGBl.I p.523) last amended by the Ordinance dated 14th March
1996 (BGBl.I p.511).
2. Manning with radio operators:
Chapter IV regulation 6 of the International Convention for the

Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74/88) in connection with the
Ordinance on the Manning of Merchant Vessels with Marine
Radio Operators for the Purposes of the Public Marine Radio Ser-
vice 1] dated 14th July 1981 (BGBl.I p.652).
1
3. Manning with ships doctors and hospital attendant staff:

15 and 16 dated the Ordinance for the Medical Care on
Seagoing Vessels 1] of 19th April 1972 (BGBl.I p.734) amended by
the Ordinance dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl.I No. 23 p.631).
All of this presumes that each crew member is granted a work-free
period of at least 8 hours, at least 6 of which being uninterrupted, in
the course of 24 hours, provided that this is not contradicted by the
provisions of the Seamens Law 1]. The ships officer who takes over
the watch upon unmooring shall not have more than 12 working hours
on the day of departure, sea watch included.
Regulations on working hours and watch allocation are to be found in
84 ff and 138 to 140 of the Seamens Law 1].
49 a Medical Fitness for Maritime Service

All other crew members employed on board for tasks listed in the
muster list shall be in possession of a valid certificate which attests
their medical fitness for maritime service and which has been issued
by a physician authorized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft. Such persons
shall be subject to the demands made of crew members not employed
as deck or machinery personnel.
D See hereto 81 to 83 of the Seamens Law 1] and the Ordinance

on Medical Fitness for Maritime Service 1] dated 19th August 1970
(BGBl. I p.1241; amended 1975 I p.2507).
50 Sea Watch
Bridge, helm, lookout and machinery shall be properly manned.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the following rules are

observed:
I. The watchkeeping deck officer shall stay on the bridge.
II. a) The helm shall be manned by a qualified helmsman.

b) On ships running on automatic pilot, a helmsman shall be on
standby on the bridge within shortest distance of the conning
position to take over the helm without delay if necessary for
the following cases:
1
Status: May 1999

82 UVV-See
1. in narrow waters and with heavy traffic,

2. with fog and low visibility,
3. if the design of a ship or her loading or special circumstan-
ces require it.
III. The lookout shall be manned by a qualified person, specifically

1. in narrow waters and with heavy traffic,
2. with fog and low visibility,
3. if the design of a ship or her loading or special circumstances
require it,
4. from sunset to sunrise,
5. if the ship is running on automatic pilot.
In this case, manning of the lookout, with the exception of
cases addressed by III/3, may be dispensed with during
daytime at open sea with clear visibility, if the deck officer on
duty considers it justifiable. However, one man must
continually be standby in the direct vicinity of the bridge, in
order to man the lookout without delay if necessary.
In narrow waters, with fog and low visibility, the lookout should
be kept on the forecastle or in the crows nest if expedient and
circumstances permit.
IV. The machinery shall be manned as follows:

1. In narrow waters and with heavy traffic, with fog and low
visibility as well as with heavy loads of the auxiliaries, the
machinery should be manned if expedient and circumstances
permit.
In addition, it shall be ensured that the machinery is attended
to without delay if trouble is encountered.
2. With conventional engine operation (KO), the technical officer

on watch shall stay in the machinery compartment. A qualified
man shall be put at his side for the watch.
3. On ships with bridge remote control (BF) or definitely approved
appliances for periodically unmanned machinery space (AUT),
the manning of machinery is determined by the corresponding
approvals on the basis of SBAO 13 sect. 1 No. 1.
4. For the monitoring of boiler plants, the special regulations

according to the Ordinance on Steam Boilers 1] shall apply.
Remark: The regulations of the Ordinance on Watchkeeping Duties
51 Accident Logbook
After each accident in which a person employed on board is killed
or so seriously injured that he dies or becomes incapable of work
completely or in part for more than 3 days, a copy of the required
accident report shall be filed in the accident logbook (in loose-sheet
form) on board.
D Employed on board in the sense of this regulation are only those

persons insured with See-Berufsgenossenschaft against occupational
accidents. Detailed information on how to make an accident report
can be found on the reverse side of the title page.
Accidents of other persons - also those of passengers or dock labourers
working on board - may be subject to sea protest (HGB 522 ff).
52 Entries into Logbooks

All facts subject to recording shall be entered completely, correctly
and clearly into the ships logbook and engine logbook without delay.
D See the Ordinance on Ship Logbooks 1] dated 8th February 1985

(BGBl. I p.306) and its supplements through the Notifications on
Occurrences subject to Recording 1] dated 21 st January 1987
(VkBl. p.142) and dated 31st August 1988 (VkBl. p.695).
Occurrences subject to recording can be found within the Accident
Prevention Regulations in the following regulations: 54, 56, 155,
156, 183, 241, 254 b, 289.
52 a Dangerous Goods
All necessary measures shall be taken during the transport and the handling
of dangerous goods, in order to avoid danger to the ship and the crew.
D This is considered fulfilled if the regulations of the Law on the Trans-

port of Dangerous Goods 1] dated 6th August 1975 (BGBl.I p.2121; last
amended in 1989 I p.1830) and the Ordinance on the Transport of
Dangerous Goods on Seagoing Vessels 1] in the version dated 24.8.1995
(BGBl.I p.1077) are met.
1
Status: May
October
19992003
84 UVV-See
In accordance with GGVSee 1 sect. 1, a deviation from certain

regulations of the ordinance is possible during loading in foreign ports,
insofar as the applicable law of the port prescribes or allows such a
deviation.
During the transport of dangerous bulk cargo, the Code of Safe Practice
for Solid Bulk Cargoes 1] published by the Federal Ministry of Trans-
port shall be followed. See also GGVSee 11a sect. 1 No. 3a.
The above-mentioned regulations shall be carried on board if dan-
gerous cargo is transported. See GGVSee 11 sect. 1.
Refer also to Instruction of the Insured Persons 8 and 18; Dangerous
Work 9; concerning personal protective equipment 5 and 19;
concerning breathing apparatus 71a; concerning the handling of
hazardous working materials, chapter VIa; concerning access to
dangerous spaces 77 and to cargo holds 76 a.
53 Muster List and General Alarm

(1) For each ship, the actions to be taken in case of certain
emergencies shall be described in the muster list with regard to the
existing equipment and crew members. The muster list shall be
available on the bridge and shall also be posted at other suitable
positions. The muster list shall describe the necessary alarm signals.
(2) With the general alarm system, only the alarm signals provided
in the muster list may be given.
54 Safety Drills
(1) Once a month, the crew shall receive instruction on fire fighting
and boat drill.
(2) By means of fire fighting drills, the crew shall be made familiar
with all fire fighting equipment. Depending on the nature of the
assumed fire location, the drills shall include all necessary measures
for isolating and fighting the fire.
(3) By means of drills, the crew shall be made familiar with all life-
saving appliances. Depending on the type of the assumed emergency,
the drills shall include all the necessary measures, either for
abandoning the ship in an orderly manner or for the salvaging of
people who are in distress or have fallen overboard.
(4) Safety drills shall be carried out with due consideration of the
muster list. During the drills, the crews knowledge of the muster
list shall be examined. The performance of the safety drills shall be
recorded in the ships logbook.
1
D For a successful fighting of dangers, the continuous readiness of the

ad. (2) crew is indispensable. This readiness can only be guaranteed by
having the crew perform regular fire fighting drills simulating realistic
cases of emergency.
The drill includes inter alia the entering of dangerous spaces using
self-contained breathing apparatus, and making use of gas detectors
and gas concentration meters.
With respect to fire fighting equipment, see 183.
Regarding the available fire extinguishing systems and appliances,
escape routes etc. see the posted fire control and safety plans according
to DIN 87903-2.
See SOLAS 74/88 regulation II-2/4.
See hereto the B 3 Guidelines for the Examination of Firemen 1] dated
29th June 1983 (in the version of 30th September 1988) and in addition
the F 4 Guidelines for Work in Hazardous Spaces 1] dated 28th June
1988.
D Constant readiness of the crew for successful manning, launching and

ad. (3)
running of the lifeboats and liferafts can only be guaranteed by regular
boat drills simulating realistic cases of emergency.
The drills include the use of lifejackets and inter alia the starting of
lifeboat engines, the performance of a man-overboard manoeuvre,
the use of two-way radiotelephone and radio apparatus, as well as
instruction in the use of pyrotechnical distress signals, information
about the dangers of hypothermia and other aspects of behaviour in
distress at sea.
The boat drill also includes examination of the readiness of the life-
saving appliances; see SOLAS 74/88 regulation III/19. With regard to
the available life-saving appliances and their storage, see the fire
control and safety plan according to DIN 87903-2.
With regard to immediate availability of lifeboats, liferafts and buoyant
apparatus, see also SOLAS 74/88 regulation III/19.2.
D In drawing up the muster list, all requirements of an emergency are

ad. (4) considered. See Guidelines for the Preparation of Muster Lists 1].
55 Holders of Certificates of Proficiency According to Regulations

VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95
(1) For cargo ships, the master and all ship officers listed in the
Minimum Safe Manning Document shall hold a Certificate of
1
Status: May
October
19992003
86 UVV-See
Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats (lifeboatmen) as well

as Advanced Fire-Fighting (firemen); all ratings listed in the Mini-
mum Safe Manning Document shall hold a Certificate on
Familiarization, Basic Safety Training and Instruction.
(2) See-Berufsgenossenschaft carries out the examinations according
to regulations VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95 and issues certificates of
proficiency, as appropriate. The certificates may be withdrawn by
See-Berufsgenossenschaft if, in a safety drill before a surveyor
according to 18 SBG VII, its holder no longer complies with the
requirements.
(3) For special craft, the number of holders of certificates of
proficiency according to regulations VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95 is
determined by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
D With regard to the number of holders of certificates of proficiency

according to regulations VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95 for passenger ships,
excursion boats und sports fishing vessels see 329; with regard to
the number of qualified lifeboatmen/firemen for fishing vessels see
55(a).
55a Qualified Lifeboatmen/Firemen in Fishing Vessels

(1) As a minimum requirement, the numbers of qualified lifeboat-
men/firemen specified below shall be present on fishing vessels:
Ship size in GT Qualified lifeboatmen/ Including ratings
firemen minimum number
From 100 up to 500 1 -
over 500 up to 1 600 2 1
over 1 600 up to 3 000 3 1
over 3 000 up to 4 000 4 2
over 4 000 up to 8 000 5 2
over 8 000 up to 10 000 6 3
over 10 000 8 4
(2) See-Berufsgenossenschaft carries out the examinations for

lifeboatmen and firemen, and issues certificates of proficiency. The
certificates of proficiency are valid for 10 years. The certificates may
be extended for further 10 years if, in a safety drill, its holder has
demonstrated to a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII that he still
meets the requirements. The certificates may be withdrawn by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft if, in a safety drill before a technical surveyor,
its holder no longer complies with the requirements.
1
D With regard to the number of holders of certificates of proficiency

according to regulations VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95 for passenger ships,
excursion boats und sports fishing vessels see 329; with regard to
other ships see 55.
D With regard to the conducting of examinations, the B 2 Guidelines for

ad. (2) the Examination of Lifeboatmen [B 2 Richtlinien fr die Prfung als
Rettungsbootmann] of 14 March 1986 (in the version of 26 June 1992)
and the B 3 Guidelines for the Examination of Firemen [B 3 Richtlini-
en fr die Prfung als Feuerschutzmann] of 29 June 1983 (in the
version of 29 June 1992) shall apply.
56 Alarm and Safety Appliances

(1) Alarm and safety appliances shall be examined regularly with
regard to their condition and operational readiness. The performance
of these examinations shall be entered into the ships logbook or the
engine logbook.
(2) Operating elements of alarm and safety appliances shall be
arranged and constructed so that unintentional actuation is excluded.
Safety appliances shall be arranged and constructed so that they
will not be actuated or become ineffective through any external
influences that may act during normal operation.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if inter alia

ad. (1)
emergency lighting, emergency fire pumps, remote-controlled shut-
offs for the fuel tank discharge lines, closures for the accommodation,
cargo and service spaces (e.g. fire flaps), lifeboat engines, sliding
bulkhead doors, fire doors, general alarm, CO2 alarm, fire detection
systems, sound-powered telephones (bridge, main machinery space),
and reefer chamber alarm are tested once a month; and the emergency
disconnecting switches for electric ventilator motors, fuel pumps, boiler
blowers, separators and cargo pumps once every 6 months.
Regarding a weekly test of the emergency sources of electrical power,
and an examination every 6 months of the fire-extinguishing and fire-
fighting equipment with regard to their condition and operational

readiness, see 37 sect. 2 No. 4 and sect. 3 No. 2 as well as 39 sect.
12 of the SchSV.
D Unintentional actuation of operating elements is considered excluded

ad. (2) if they are protected e.g. through overlapping covers on pushbuttons,
through overlapping bows on operating levers or by means of glass
panes.
1
Status: May
October
19992003
88 UVV-See
III. Occupational Physicians and Experts for

Occupational Safety
The requirements in this chapter are applicable for employers who
have to appoint
1. occupational physicians as per 58 sect. 1, or
2. safety engineers or other experts for occupational safety
as per 59 sect. 1 or 2.
D In accordance with 15 sect. 1 No. 6 of SGB VII, See-Berufsgenos-

senschaft issues regulations concerning the measures that the
employers have to take in order to fulfil the obligations arising out of
2, 3, 5, 7 and 13 of the Occupational Safety Law 1].
58 Occupational Physicians
(1) In order to fulfil the obligations stated in 3 of the Occupational
Safety Law dated 12th December 1973 (BGBl. I p.1885), employers
who according to 24 sect. 2 clause 2 of the Seventh Volume of the
Social Security Code 1] (SGB VII) have not joined the occupational
health service of See-Berufsgenossenschaft, which was set up by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft in accordance with 42 of its articles, shall in
writing appoint occupational physicians who shall have the specialist
knowledge of occupational medicine necessary for this purpose (sect. 3
to 5). The number of occupational physicians shall ensure com-
pliance with the following requirements concerning periods of duty:
1. Ships not covered by item 2: 15 minutes
2. Ships which regularly transport cargoes that
are hazardous to health: 30 minutes
3. Commercial companies and sections thereof
having more than 75 permanent employees: 15 minutes
4. Technical shore companies having more
than 15 permanent employees: 30 minutes
(2) The period of duty is the minimum time for which the occupa-
tional physician is available for the performing of his duties in the
company per year per employee.
(3) As occupational physicians, the employer may only appoint
physicians who possess the necessary specialist knowledge of
occupational medicine.
1]
III. Occupational Physicians and Experts for Occupational Safety 89
(4) The employer may regard the necessary specialist knowledge

as existing in the case of physicians who prove that they are entitled
1. to work in the field known as occupational medicine
or
2. have the additional designation industrial medicine.
(5) Furthermore, the employer may regard the necessary specialist
knowledge as existing in the case of physicians during their further
training to acquire the additional designation industrial medicine
in the minimum two-year uninterrupted regular activity necessary
for this if, by means of a certificate issued by the relevant physicians
board, they prove that they have already completed
1. a period of clinical or outpatient work prescribed in the
Ordinance on Further Education 1]
and
2. at least one third of the three-month theoretical course on
occupational medicine.
This applies only if it is ensured that the theoretical course mentioned
in No. 2 is finished within two years after appointment. The
occupational physician shall supply relevant proof to the employer.
(6) Contrary to sect. 4 and 5, the employer may assume that
physicians possess the necessary specialist knowledge if they
1. possess a certificate from the relevant physicians board, stating
that they were employed in a clinical or outpatient medical
capacity for one year before 1st January 1985 and have attended
an introductory course of study on occupational medicine
and
2. a) by 31 st December 1985 they had been employed as an
occupational physician for at least 500 hours within one year

or
b) by 31st December 1987 they had completed a three-month
course on occupational medicine
and submit a certificate from the relevant physicians board
concerning the requirements stated in No. 2 a) or b).
1]
Status: May 1999

90 UVV-See
The certificate issued by the relevant physicians board shall have

been issued by 31st December 1996 at the latest.
D The wording of 42 of the articles of See-Berufsgenossenschaft states

ad. (1) the following:
42 Occupational Health Service
(1) See-Berufsgenossenschaft shall set up an occupational health
service not confined to any one particular company. The occupational
health service shall consist of the physicians authorized by See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft in accordance with 81 sect. 1 clause 1 of the
German Seamens Law 1] to perform examinations relating to medical
fitness for maritime service, as well as the necessary medical-technical
and administrative personnel.
(2) The occupational health service shall perform the tasks and
exercise the powers assigned to the occupational physicians by the
Occupational Safety Law 1] dated 12th December 1973 (BGBl. I p.1885).
(3) The employers are obliged to make exclusive use of the
occupational health service (compulsion to join - RVO 719a clause
3). The decision about exemption from the compulsion to join shall be
made by See-Berufsgenossenschaft in accordance with RVO 719a
clause 2. This exemption shall not affect the obligation as per 81 of
the Seamens Law 1] in conjunction with the Ordinance on Medical
Fitness for Maritime Service 1] dated 19th August 1970 (BGBl. I p.1241)
to have examinations performed by a physician authorized by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft on masters and crew members to determine
their medical fitness for maritime service.
(4) The cost of the occupational health service shall be met by the
employers as part of the apportionment for maritime accident
insurance, unless, in accordance with sect. 3 clause 2, they have been
granted exemption from the compulsion to join.
This requirement of the articles has its legal basis in 719a of the
German Social Insurance Code 1], which states the following:
The employers liability insurance associations, including several of
them together, may set up occupational health and technical safety

services not confined to any one particular company. The details shall
be defined by the articles. In the articles, it may also be specified that
the employers shall join an occupational health and technical safety
service. Employers shall be exempted from the compulsion to join if,
by means of a certificate from the relevant authority, they prove that
1]
they have fulfilled their obligations according to the Occupational

Safety Law 1].
In the case of ships ( 58 sect. 1 clause 2 Nos. 1 and 2), the periods of
duty have been defined as 15 and 30 minutes respectively, with
account being taken of the fact that the crew members are not only
subject to care by the occupational physician but are also examined
regularly by the Medical Service of See-Berufsgenossenschaft in
accordance with the Ordinance on Medical Fitness for Maritime Ser-
vice 1] dated 19th August 1970.
D The period of duty is a guideline or average value. If the period of

ad. (2) duty resulting from 58 is too long or too short in view of the particular
features of the individual case, then See-Berufsgenossenschaft may
state that this period of duty is not obligatory. The same applies if, in
an individual case, the tasks as per 3 of the Occupational Safety
Law 1] only have to be transferred to a limited extent. With regard to
special instructions from the authorities, see 12 of the Occupational
Safety Law 1].
This shall not affect the employers obligation to arrange for physicians
specially authorized for the purpose to perform the preventive
occupational medical examinations possibly specified for individual
employees on the basis of chapter XIV Diving Work herein or of
state regulations. See in particular the Ordinance on Hazardous Ma-
terials 1], as amended.
Travelling times of an occupational physician not employed in the
company may not be counted as periods of duty.
59 Experts for Occupational Safety
(1) To perform the tasks designated in 6 of the Occupational Safety
Law 1], the employer shall appoint, in writing, experts for occupa-
tional safety. Experts for occupational safety are safety engineers,
safety technicians and safety foreman.
(2) Experts for occupational safety shall in particular be appointed
1. for the shipping company ( 114 sect. 3 of the Labour Mana-

gement Act 1]2])
or
2. on every ship as an on-board expert for occupational safety.
1]
2]
Within this paragraph shipping company means all ships of a shipping enterprise.
Status: May 1999

92 UVV-See
(3) In the case of sect. 2 No. 1, the experts for occupational safety
may be appointed as permanent or temporary staff. They may be
employed as salaried staff by the employer or may work in a freelance
capacity or may be personnel of a service not confined to any one
particular company and appointed by the employer in accordance
with 19 of the Occupational Safety Law 1]. They shall have under-
gone training suitable for the scope of their area of responsibility
and recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft, notwithstanding the
requirements arising from sect. 7 to 9. Furthermore, the appointment
of an expert as per sect. 2 No. 1 requires that all safety wardens on
the ships concerned have successfully attended a training course
recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft and that the period of duty
defined in sect. 5 clause 1 No. 1 is adhered to.
(4) The only persons who may be appointed as on-board experts for
occupational safety (sect. 2 No. 2) are persons who have successfully
completed at least one course of study recognized by See-Berufsge-
nossenschaft for this purpose. This shall not affect sect. 6 to 9.
(5) Experts for occupational safety shall be appointed for the periods
of duty resulting from the following overview:
1. Maritime operations 160 minutes
2. Technical shore companies having more
than 10 permanent employees 150 minutes
3. Commercial companies and sections thereof
having more than 100 permanent employees 10 minutes
A period of duty is the minimum time for which the expert for occupa-
tional safety is available for the performing of his duties in the com-
pany per year per employee.
(6) The employer may regard the required expert safety knowledge
possessed by experts for occupational safety as existing if such ex-
perts meet the requirements specified in sect. 7 to 9. If the employer
appoints experts for occupational safety who do not meet the
requirements of sect. 7 to 9, then the employer shall provide proof
of possession of the expert knowledge if such proof is demanded by
(7) Safety engineers shall

1. be holders of the certificate of competency AG, AGW, CI or
CIW in accordance with the Ordinance on the Training and
Qualification of Ships Officers 1], in the version of the
Notification dated 15th January 1992 (BGBl. I p.22, 227), with
the entitlement to refer to oneself as an engineer by profession,
1]
2. have had at least two years of practical working experience

in an on-board post for which one of the certificates of
competency mentioned in No. 1 is stipulated, or as an
engineer in a shore post
and
3. have successfully completed a training course run by the state
or by an employers liability insurance association
or
a training course run by a different course organizer but
recognized by the state or by an employers liability insurance
association.
(8) Safety technicians shall
1. be holders of the certificate of competency AM, AMW, AK,
AKW, BG, BGW, BK, BKW, CT, CTW, CMa or CMaW in
accordance with the Ordinance on the Training and Qualifi-
cation of Ships Officers 1] or of the certificate of competency
A2, A3, A5, B2, B4, C3 or C5 in accordance with the Ordinance
on the Manning of Merchant Vessels with Masters and Ships
Officers 1] dated 29th June 1931 (RGBl. II p.517), last amended
by the Law concerning Federal Obligations in Maritime Mat-
ters 1] in the version of the notification dated 27th September
1994 (BGBl. p.2802, amended on 6th June 1995 - BGBl. I p.778),
or have passed an examination as an officially recognized
technician,
2. and shall then have had at least two years of practical working
experience in an on-board post for which one of the certifi-
cates of competency mentioned in No. 1 is stipulated, or as a
technician in a shore post
and
or

association.
The requirements are also fulfilled by anyone who, without an exami-
nation for qualification as an officially recognized technician, has
worked for at least four years as a technician or as a safety foreman
1]
Status: May 1999

94 UVV-See
and has successfully completed a training course run by the state or

by an employers liability insurance association or a training course
run by a different course organizer but recognized by the state or by
an employers liability insurance association.
(9) Safety foreman shall

1. be holders of the certificate of competency AK, AN, BK,
CK (M) or CK (D) in accordance with the Ordinance on
the Training and Qualification of Ships Officers 1] or have
passed the examination for ships foreman, the examination
for boatswain or the examination for foreman in some other
occupation,
2. and shall then have had at least three years of practical
working experience in an on-board post for which one of
the certificates mentioned in No. 1 is stipulated, or as a ships
foreman, boatswain or storekeeper
or shall have performed an equivalent function in a shore
post
and
or
association).
These requirements are also fulfilled by anyone who, without the
examination stipulated in No. 1, has worked for at least four years
as a ships master mechanician, boatswain, storekeeper or foreman
or in an equivalent capacity and has successfully completed a safety
foreman training course run or recognized by the state or by an
employers liability insurance association.
(10) In the case of shipping companies, the work protection

committee as per 11 of the Occupational Safety Law 1] shall be
formed if more than 250 employees have to be looked after. On-
board experts for occupational safety, and safety wardens, shall
attend the committee meetings if they are available for this purpose
on shore.
1]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if

ad. (1) 1. the effected appointment has been announced to See-Berufsge-
and (2)
nossenschaft
and
2.1 the expert for occupational safety appointed for the shipping
companies has been announced by a notice posted on board
or
2.2 the appointment of the on-board expert for occupational safety
has been entered in the ships logbook.
If several experts for occupational safety have been appointed for the
shipping companies, one of them shall be appointed as the leading
expert for occupational safety. His tasks shall comprise coordination
of the work of the experts for occupational safety and monitoring for
compliance with the periods of duty as per sect. 5. This shall not affect
the provisions of 8 of the Occupational Safety Law 1] *.
If experts for occupational safety are appointed for a shipping compa-
nies involving several ships, then a leading expert for occupational
safety shall be engaged on shore. His tasks shall comprise giving
advice to the on-board experts and coordinating their activities so
that safety measures for the company are harmonized. This shall not
affect the provisions of 8 of the Occupational Safety Law 1].
Notwithstanding the requirements arising from sect. 7 to 9, experts
for occupational safety and leading experts for occupational safety
who are appointed for the shipping companies, as well as freelancers
or experts for occupational safety who are employed by a service not
confined to any one particular company, shall have successfully
completed a course of theoretical training of at least 240 hours
duration. This shall consist of a basic course for occupational safety
for the on-board expert lasting 120 hours and a secondary course based
thereon for the expert for occupational safety appointed for the ship-
ping companies, also lasting 120 hours. These courses are run by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft.
Courses run by other organizers may be recognized by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft if, in these courses, training matter is imparted which
is equivalent to that in the courses organized by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
*) The Occupational Safety Law is printed in Appendix I of these Accident Prevention
Regulations (UVV See).
1]
Status: May 1999

96 UVV-See

Notwithstanding the requirements arising from sect. 7 to 9, on-board
experts for occupational safety shall have successfully completed a
course of theoretical training containing at least 120 lesson periods.
The courses shall be run by See-Berufsgenossenschaft. Courses run
by other organizers may be recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft
if, in these courses, training matter is imparted which is equivalent to
that in the courses organized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
D The period of duty is a guideline or average value. For the specifying

ad. (5) of periods of duty differing from sect. 5, see 60 of the Occupational
Safety Law 1].
When determining the number of experts for occupational safety to
be appointed, the working hours stated in the salary scales or agreed
contractually, as well as periods of leave, shall be taken into account.
If it is ensured that the on-board expert for occupational safety, after
the end of a period of leave or a period of absence due to sickness or
due to the attending of training and further education courses and
not lasting for more than 30 days, then returns to the same ship, there
will be no need to appoint a stand-in.
Experts for occupational safety who are appointed for a shipping
company may also be appointed for technical shore companies and
commercial companies or sections thereof if the requirements con-
cerning periods of duty as described in sect. 5 can be fulfilled.
The period of duty is defined on the basis of the number of employees
on 1st January of the year in a shipping company, in technical or
commercial shore companies or in sections thereof. Redefinition takes
place if the period of duty changes by 10% or more during the year.
D If the employer appoints experts for occupational safety for the
ad. (6) shipping company or as on-board experts for occupational safety who
do not possess the necessary specialist knowledge at all or in full,
then an exemption certificate shall be obtained for this beforehand
from the competent authority in accordance with 18 of the

Occupational Safety Law 1]. The competent authority is the industrial
safety authority or trade supervisory authority that is locally responsible
for the headquarters of the shipping company. The exemption
certificate may only be issued for a limited period of time and may be
granted only when evidence is provided proving enrolment at a course
of study run or recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
1]
If, after expiry of the exemption certificate, no expert or on-board

expert for occupational safety having the necessary specialist know-
ledge is appointed, the employer may be put under an obligation to
utilize a service not confined to any one particular company.
D The training courses are designed according to principles defined by
ad. (7) the Federal Ministry for Labour and Social Affairs in a letter dated
to (9) 2nd July 1979 to the insurers of the statutory accident insurance scheme
as a part of expert supervision. Only those persons are admitted to
the theoretical training who have carried out the necessary practical
activity in an on-board post or in an equivalent shore post.
D An equivalent capacity in the case of commercial companies and sections
ad. (9) thereof shall also be deemed to include the activities of the caretaker.
60 Deviations
In agreement with the authority responsible according to 12 of the
Occupational Safety Law 1], See-Berufsgenossenschaft may consent
to an exemption from 58 sect. 1 or 59 sect. 1 to 5 and define shorter
periods of duty if the risks of accident and the health hazards in the
company concerned are below average compared to other companies
of the same kind. Furthermore, in agreement with the authority which
is responsible according to 12 of the Occupational Safety Law 1],
and contrary to 58 sect. 1 or 59 sect. 5, See-Berufsgenossenschaft
may define longer periods of duty if higher-than-average risks of
accident and risks to health exist in the company concerned
compared to other companies of the same kind and require the
appointment of a safety engineer, insofar as the activities of the expert
within that company require an engineers training.
D The prerequisites for an exemption from the obligation of 59 sect. (2),

No. 2 or for a reduction in the period of duty shall be considered fulfilled
if the company does not have more than two employees.
The exemption may be retracted if there is any reason for supposing
that the risks of accident and the health hazards in the company are
not, or are no longer, below average.
61 Further Education
The employer shall make it possible for the occupational physicians
and the experts for occupational safety to attend further education
measures on the invitation of See-Berufsgenossenschaft, provided
that the further education measures meet the requirements of the
company.
1]
Status: May 1999

98 UVV-See
62 Access to the Ship
(1) On all ships, there shall be appliances which provide an accident-

proof connection for the transit of persons between ship and shore
and to ships lying alongside.
(2) Ships shall carry a gangway or be equipped with an accom-

modation ladder on each side. For ships up to 350 GT, a gangplank
is sufficient.
(3) Gangplanks, gangways and accommodation ladders shall be

finished in an accident-proof and functional way.
(4) Ships shall carry at least one accident-proof pilot ladder for
general use.
(5) Accident-proof appliances for the rigging of the pilot ladder shall
be kept on deck.
D An accident-proof connection shall also be guaranteed in tidal

ad. (1) harbours and in the event of deck load.
These arrangements comprise inter alia safety nets.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if gangplanks, gangways and

ad. (3) accommodation ladders comply in dimensions, construction and
strength with the principles of Germanischer Lloyd governing the
construction and inspection of access to ships.
D Pilot ladders are considered accident-proof if they comply with DIN

ad. (4) ISO 799.
63 Working Boats
(1) Working boats shall be approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft

with regard to their type.
(2) Their minimum dimensions shall be: length 3.60 m, breadth

1.60 m and depth 0.60 m.
(3) Working boats made of glass-fibre reinforced polyester, steel or

aluminium shall have the same buoyancy as wooden boats.
IV. Special Installations 99
64 Ladders for Leaning
(1) Ladders for leaning shall be safely accessible.
(2) Ladders for leaning shall be constructed to safeguard against

extreme bending, heavy swaying, warping and slipping off.
(3) The rungs shall be reliably and durably connected with their
stringboards or sides.
(4) The rungs shall provide equal distances one from the other and
shall be skid-proof.
D See also F 8 Instruction Sheet on Ladders in Ship Operation 1] dated

1st July 1980.
65 Service Spaces
(1) Service spaces shall be dimensioned and arranged so as to

provide free access to all equipment, and so that work during running
operation can take place in an accident-proof manner.
(2) Sufficient illumination of service spaces shall be possible.
(3) For all equipment which has to be accessible for operational

reasons, walk-on floor areas shall be provided. Walk-on floor areas
may also consist of floor plates or gratings which, with the exception
of operating flaps, shall be tightly bolted down.
(4) Service spaces containing units, pumps, filters or valves and in

which there is no risk of fire shall at least be accessible by means of
a stairway or a vertical ladder. If the vertical ladder is located in an
access trunk, no heated pipes shall be arranged within this trunk. In
the case of vertical ladder lengths of more than 10 m, two staggered
ladders shall be provided, connected to each other at a height of 6 m
by a landing. Heated tanks adjacent to access trunks shall be
insulated.
D Equipment used regularly shall not be arranged in the bilge below

ad. (1) the floor, with the exception of equipment which for operational
reasons must be located below the floor, e.g. torquemeters.
1]
See Appendix A for the original title in German.
Status: May 1999

100 UVV-See
D See 139.
ad. (2)
D In main and auxiliary machinery spaces, floor plates are to be

ad. (3) preferred.
D Heated pipes are those bearing a liquid with a temperature of 40 C

ad. (3) or more.
65 a Ventilation in Service Spaces

(1) In consideration of the prevailing climatic and operational
conditions, sufficient ventilation of service spaces shall be possible.
(2) In consideration of the working methods and the physical strain

of the insured persons, permanent workplaces in service spaces shall
have room temperatures and air ventilation rates which are
conducive to good health.
(3) Workshops in machinery spaces on ships engaged in long-

distance trade shall be fitted with an air cooling plant.
(4) Separator rooms, separator stations within the machinery space,

welding places in workshops and test stations for fuel injection valves
shall be equipped with suction ventilation.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if in the machinery spaces the

ad. (1) ventilation plants comply with DIN ISO 8861.
Under consideration of the room ventilation, sufficient supply air and

exhaust air conditions shall be ensured. If a mechanical ventilation
system is provided for the machinery space, the closed engine control
rooms, watch rooms, workshops, auxiliary diesel spaces and similar
auxiliary spaces in the vicinity of the machinery installation shall be
connected to it.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the ventilation system is

ad. (2) designed so that the room temperature at permanent workplaces in

main and auxiliary machinery spaces generally does not exceed 35 C,
and in workshops 33 C; if the outdoor temperature is more than
28 C, the room temperature shall not exceed it by more than 7 K, in
workshops by more than 5 K. If heated tanks exert a significant
influence on the room temperature, they shall be insulated
correspondingly. If an air cooling plant is installed for the engine
control room, the room temperature shall not exceed 28 C.
The air speed and direction within the range of permanent workplaces
shall - if necessary - be adjustable. Permanent workplaces shall not
lie directly in the stream of supply air.
Permanent working places are e.g. engine control rooms, watch rooms,
workshops, separator rooms, separator stations within the machinery
space, test stations for fuel injection valves, engine and boiler control
stations, and areas containing auxiliary machinery which requires
constant handling and servicing as well as cleaning.
D The installation areas of the separators include workplaces at which

ad. (4) objects or components soiled by oil or fuel, e.g. filter elements of fuel
oil or lubricating oil filters, are cleaned with cleaning lances,
compressed air or chemical cleaning agents.
65 b Sauna Cabins
(1) Sauna cabins and their equipment shall be arranged and finished
so that they can be operated safely and do not lead to danger of
burns.
(2) The doors of sauna cabins shall open outwards, shall open to
pressure and shall be fitted with a window.
(3) The inner panelling of the sauna cabin walls and ceiling, as well
as the benches for lying and sitting, shall be made out of a wood
type suitable for sauna construction. Metal parts shall be sunk away
out of contact. The surfaces of all visible wooden parts of the sauna
interior shall be made so that any risk of injury is excluded.
(4) Temperature limiters and time limiters of the heating system shall
be adjusted so that the risk of burns and danger to health are

prevented and there can be no hazard of fire.
(5) Sauna cabins shall be fitted with a sauna lamp, a thermometer,

an hourglass and a notice plate pointing out the hazard of fire.
(6) An electrical alarm device shall be provided in the sauna cabin,

which, on being triggered, shall activate an alarm in the accom-
modation area of the ships officers and switch off the heating system.
Status: May 1999

102 UVV-See
D See also the quality and assessment regulations Sauna Construction

RAL-RG 423 of the German Institute for Quality Assurance and
Labelling 1], which can be obtained from Beuth Verlag GmbH,
Burggrafenstrasse 6, 10787 Berlin.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled inter alia if the electrical

ad. (1) installations and equipment of the sauna cabin comply with 136
and 145. This applies in particular for the heating system, the
switching, regulating and safety equipment and the sauna lamp with
regard to protection against indirect contact and the heat resistance
of the electrical equipment.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the temperature of the

ad. (4) side jacket of the heating system does not exceed 100 C and the
jacket itself is protected against accidental contact. Sufficient distance
shall be provided between the heating system and the interior
panelling. The heating system shall switch itself off automatically after
3 hours; it shall only be possible to switch it on again from outside the
sauna cabin.
This regulation is considered fulfilled if the temperature limiter is
adjusted so that it switches off within 5 minutes after reaching a
temperature of 140 C. The regulating equipment and the temperature
limiter shall be fitted with temperature sensors and contacts which
are independent of each other.
66 Bilge Pumping and Sounding Equipment
(1) Each watertight compartment shall be provided with efficient
bilge pumping and sounding equipment. Sounding pipes are
necessary, even if electrical or other sounding equipment is provided
for this purpose.
(2) The suction heads shall be arranged so that water may drain
properly with the trims and heelings occurring in normal operation.
Attention shall also be paid to this aspect when laying the floor plates.
D Regarding sounding pipelines, see DIN 86 110.

D The arrangement of sounding pipes shall also consider any possible

ad. (1) deck cargoes.
67 Bilge Control of Machinery Spaces
An appliance is necessary for monitoring the fluid level in the
machinery space bilge. If the pre-set fluid level is exceeded, an alarm
1]
shall be activated there and, if the machinery space is unmanned,

also on the bridge. The alarm shall be retarded in such a way that
fluctuations of the fluid level caused by the ships movement do not
trigger it.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the alarm system is constructed

and arranged so that it is easy to check the operational readiness of
the alarm in accordance with 56.
68 Operating Positions
(1) Operating positions for appliances with endangering movements

shall be arranged and constructed in such a way that the appliance
may be operated and moved in an accident-proof manner.
(2) The operator shall be able to handle the operating elements

without impediment. He shall not be exposed to danger by a load,
by lines or running rigging, or by motion of the appliance being
handled.
(3) Operating positions shall be arranged in such a way that the

operator can easily see any endangering sequences of movement. If
this is not possible, the operator shall have visual contact, by means
of suitable arrangement of the operating platform or by additional
appliances, to a lookout who is able to monitor the endangering
movements. If visual contact between operator and lookout is not
ensured during the full sequences of movement, or if the distance
between operator and lookout exceeds 40 m, observation positions
shall be arranged which, in conjunction with the operating positions,
ensure a proper overview of the endangering sequences of
movement. It shall be possible to interrupt a movement in any phase
directly from the observation positions.
(4) Operating positions of winches shall be arranged in such a way

that the operator can watch the winch drum or the cable lifter and
- as far as possible - also the leading of the lines or the path of the
chain.
(5) Operating positions on which the insured person is employed

more than only temporarily shall be provided and equipped as far
as possible within the scope of the operational facilities so that the
insured persons
Status: May 1999

104 UVV-See
1. are protected against the influences of the weather;
2. are not exposed to any detrimental noise or mechanical vibra-

tions, gases, fumes, vapours or dust particles;
3. cannot slip and fall down;
4. have seats near to their working place that allow them to sit
down if the work process allows it.
(6) If an appliance can be controlled from more than one operating

position, the operating elements shall be interlocked so that control
is possible only from one preselected operating position.
D Such appliances are inter alia winches, cranes or other lifting gear,
ad. (1) hatchcovers, lifting platforms, ramps, shell doors, or any parts of the
vessel which may be lowered or folded, such as wheelhouses, masts
or funnels.
D At hatchcovers, sequences of movement can be considered not

ad. (3) dangerous in places where persons cannot stay during the handling
of the hatchcovers or where a stay is prevented by solid barriers.
69 Operating Elements
(1) Operating elements shall be designed and arranged so that risks

for the health and safety of the insured persons are avoided or at
least minimized. In particular, this means that it shall be possible to
operate and read them safely and unambiguously, and that they shall
be protected against unintentional actuation.
(2) Operating elements shall be furnished with durable signs

showing the direction of action.
(3) Operating elements at the operating positions of appliances with

endangering sequences of movement shall return to their zero-
position automatically after being released.
D Part of the unmistakable operability is the meaningful arrangement

of the operating elements. For operating elements at the operating
positions of appliances with endangering sequences of movement,
hand levers shall be provided by preference.
At hand levers for horizontal operation (even with more than one
transmission ratio), pulling of the lever towards the operator should
correspond to lifting movement, and pushing away from the operator
to a lowering movement.
With handwheels, the lifting movement should be effected by turning
it to the right, the lowering movement by turning it to the left.
This regulation is considered fulfilled for membrane keyboards if the
following parameters are observed for their actuating elements:
Distance between the centres of individual keys 20 mm or more
Actuating power: 0.8 - 3 N
Actuating distance: 1 mm
(2 - 6 mm for keyboards)
As protection against unintentional actuation, the following measures
inter alia apply for the actuating elements of membrane keyboards:
- Embedded within the surrounding parts, or arranged under a
protective collar
- Covered with a tunnel or stirrup, or through their positions
- Provided with an automatic locking device which must be
unlocked separately
- Inhibited in their function by higher-ranking appliances (release
switch or enabling switch)
Membrane keyboards consist of membrane switches and membrane
keypads.
Regarding operational elements, see also DIN EN 60447.
D With constant tension winches, this applies to manual operation only.

ad. (3)
70 Wire Rope Drums
Drums for the stowage of mooring ropes shall be provided with ring-
shaped handrails and a braking mechanism.
71 Spaces for the Storage of Coating Agents and Hazardous

Working Materials for Shipboard Requirements
(1) Service spaces in which hazardous working materials are to be
stored shall be located above the uppermost continuous deck and
shall be sealed off in a gastight manner from the other spaces in the
ship by steel partitions. They shall be directly accessible from the
Status: May 1999

106 UVV-See
open deck. Steel doors to these spaces shall be gastight and self-
closing. They shall open in the direction of escape. Hatches leading
to these spaces shall be gastight. Doors and other connections to
other spaces in the ship are prohibited.
If combustible liquids with a flash point of less than 60 C, or paints

and solvents, are to be stored in these service spaces, their facilities
shall be made explosion-proof.
(2) These spaces shall be provided with sufficient means of

ventilation and lighting. They may not be connected to other
ventilation systems.
(3) These spaces shall be protected against heating and especially

against solar radiation.
(4) The heating system of these spaces shall be so designed that it

cannot cause the ignition of any mixtures of solvent-vapour and air,
or of similar substances.
(5) At the entrance to these spaces, a clearly visible and permanent

warning shall draw attention to the dangers of handling the working
materials concerned.
(6) Tanks shall be equipped with filling and air pipes as well as with
a drawing-off cock or extraction pump. Filling and air pipes shall
be led above deck. The exposed ends of filling pipes and air pipes
shall be fitted with an approved flame arrester.
(7) Appliances on tanks for indicating the liquid level shall be

designed to prevent the escape of liquid or vapours. Glass stand
pipes shall be fitted with guards and shall be capable of being shut
off at the tank. The closing device shall be of the self-closing type
and may only be opened occasionally in order to determine the
contents of the tank. A drip pan shall be fitted below the drawing-
off cock.
D Besides for coating agents, these spaces are intended for the storage
ad. (1) of substances such as thinners, solvents, solvent mixtures, cleaning

agents, petroleum and petrol. Where the space on board is confined,
use may be made of well-ventilated steel cabinets which are accessible
from the open deck, protected against sunlight and marked in
accordance with sect. 5.
For all aspects of the electrical installation, see 136 sect. 3 and
163.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the ventilation of the space

ad. (2) ensures at least 10 changes of air per hour and the exhaust air is
discharged into the open in such a way that no explosion hazard or
health hazard occurs in other areas. The ventilation facilities shall be
so arranged that both lighter-than-air and heavier-than-air vapours
are removed.
See also Germanischer Lloyds Regulations for Ventilation Systems
on Board Seagoing Ships.
For lighting, see 137 and 139.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the spaces are protected

ad. (3) against excessive heating by non-combustible insulation in such a
way that the normal room temperature is not exceeded.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if warning signs of sufficient

ad. (5) size are fitted which bear the hazard symbols and designation stated
in the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1] (GefStoffV). The following
additional warning is to be mounted in the case of combustible liquids:
Vorsicht! Warning!
Brennbare Flssigkeiten. Combustible liquids
Explosionsgefahr! Explosion hazard!
Kein offenes Licht! No open light!
NICHT RAUCHEN! NO SMOKING!
D This regulation is considered fullfilled with regard to the flame arrester

ad. (6) if the latter has received type approval in accordance with 12 of the
Ordinance on Combustible Liquids 1] (VbF) dated 27th February 1980
(BGBl. I p.229; amended by BGBl. 1995 I p.836).
D Fuel systems are subject to 112.
ad. (7)
71 a Breathing Apparatus
(1) Breathing apparatus shall conform to the generally accepted
technical rules and shall meet the requirements of the proposed
application. They shall have been approved by See-Berufsgenos-

senschaft.
(2) Breathing apparatus and spare compressed-air bottles may not
be stored in the immediate vicinity of sources of heat or exposed to
direct sunlight.
1]
Status: May 1999

108 UVV-See
(3) Spare compressed-air bottles ready for use shall be carried for
each compressed-air breathing apparatus.
(4) Clear instructions for use shall accompany each breathing
apparatus.
D Approval is granted if the breathing apparatus has undergone a type
test (for compressed-air breathing apparatus and face masks according
to DIN EN 136 and 137, for filters with face masks (filter units)
according to DIN EN 136, 148, 141 or DIN 3181] at one of the test
institutes named below, and if recognition has been granted for the
compressed-air breathing apparatus by the Minister of the Interior
for the State of North Rhine-Westphalia in Dsseldorf; or if the test
institute confirms that the compressed-air breathing apparatus and
face mask comply with Guideline 0802 of the German Association for
the Promotion of Fire Protection1] and the additional conditions
contained in these regulations are fulfilled.
The test stations are as follows:
1. DMT1], Essen;
2. Professional Institute for Safety at Work1], St. Augustin.
Breathing apparatus are classified into two main categories:
1. Breathing apparatus which function independently of the
atmosphere immediately surrounding the wearer of the apparatus
(surrounding atmosphere) (self-contained breathing apparatus):
Compressed-air breathing apparatus;
2. Breathing apparatus whose function is dependent on the
atmosphere immediately surrounding the wearer of the apparatus
(breathing apparatus dependent on the surrounding air):
Filter units.
See B 4 Instruction Sheet on Breathing Apparatus on Seagoing Ships2]
dated 20th December 1963 (as amended in February 1982).
For the use of filter units in conjunction with the carriage of hazardous
goods, see 243.
D With regard to the available quantities of spare air prescribed for the
ad. (3) compressed-air breathing apparatus of fire fighting equipment, see
175 sect. 1 in conjunction with D ad. (1).
71 b Gas Measuring Instruments
(1) Gas measuring instruments shall be of an approved type.
1]
2]
(2) Gas measuring instruments with an electrical measuring system

shall be marked with the type of explosion protection provided in
addition to the approval mark and the details stipulated by the testing
institute.
D Gas measuring instruments include:

ad. (1)
- Gas detectors for measuring the content of atmospheric oxygen,
asphyxiating gases and toxic gases or vapours, and
- Explosimeters (gas concentration meters) for measuring
combustible gas/air or vapour/air mixtures.
The basic equipment of a gas detector using the test-tube method
comprises:
- Operating manual,
- Gas detector pump,
- Testing hose (extension hose),
- 10 test tubes each for the measurement of carbon (mon)oxide,
carbon dioxide, nitrous gases, oxygen, and for qualitative gas
readings.
The operating manual shall include a reference to the limited service
life of the test tubes.
In the case of gas detectors, the gas detector pump and the test tube
selected for the corresponding task constitute a unit and are therefore
designed to function together. The use in a gas detector of test tubes
produced by other manufacturers is therefore only allowed where this
is expressly permitted in the approval of the gas detector.
It is a prior condition for approval that the gas meter has been
successfully type-tested for functional safety and for its capability of
measuring the gases or vapours in question. Functional safety and
measuring capability may also be substantiated by an expertise issued
by one of the following recognized testing institutes:
1. Federal Institute for Materials Research and Testing 1] (BAM),
Berlin;
2. Federal Institute of Metrology1] (PTB), Braunschweig;
3. DMT1], Essen;
4. Professional Institute for Safety at Work 1], St. Augustin.
For the use of gas measuring instruments, see the F 4 Guidelines for
Work in Hazardous Spaces 2] dated 28th June 1988. See also 77.
1]
2]
Status: May 1999

110 UVV-See
For the scope of the equipment, see 48 and Annex 1 D to 48

(Inventory List) Nos. 24 and 25, and Annex 2 D to 48 (Inventory List
for Fishing Vessels) No. 12.
71 c Asbestos
Appliances and materials containing asbestos shall not be installed
or used on board.
D Because of its carcinogenic properties, asbestos is a dangerous

substance as defined in the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1]
(GefStoffV).
Since asbestos is still present in large amounts on existing vessels as
a component of e.g. wall panels, insulations, packings, seals etc., the
crew shall, particularly in the event of urgent repairs, receive
instruction in the safe handling of asbestos. This also applies to cases
where the work is performed by outside contractors.
The Ordinance on Hazardous Materials contains comprehensive
provisions on the handling of asbestos.
In addition to this, the Federal Ministry for Labour and Social Affairs
publishes the Technical Rules for Hazardous Materials 1] (TRGS), which
also incorporate the provisions of the Ordinance on Hazardous Mate-
rials1] and its annexes that are to be observed in all their details.
Only when it has been reliably established that no asbestos is present
on board can the applicability of these regulations be excluded. In
cases of doubt, they shall be observed and complied with.
TRGS 519 Asbestos - Demolition, Rehabilitation and Repair Work1]
and TRGS 555 Operating Instructions and Directions according to
20 GefStoffV1] are of particular importance for ship operation.
The provisions of TRGS 519 and TRGS 555 to be applied in ship
operation are reproduced in the F 7 Guidelines on Protective Measures
during the Handling of Asbestos2] published by See-Berufsgenossen-
schaft. Compliance with all the instructions given in these guidelines
ensures that the relevant provisions of the GefStoffV are complied

with simultaneously.
The guidelines shall also be applied if crew members come into contact
with asbestos as cargo, e.g. when lashing the cargo or cleaning the
hold.
1]
2]
72 Notices to Be Displayed
Tables and plans the display of which is requested by these Accident
Prevention Regulations or by other regulations of See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft shall be presented together in at least one constantly and
sufficiently lighted place on board which is always accessible to all
insured persons.
D Tables and plans of this kind are:
- Boards for helicopter retrieval and the use of pyrotechnical
apparatus,
- Fire control and safety plan,
- Muster list,
- Operating instructions for liferafts,
- Board Instructions for Leaving the Ship during an Emergency at
Sea,
- Table of life-saving signals,
- Membership plate of See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
72 a Safety Marking
(1) If dangers and risks cannot be prevented despite the proper
application of technical protection facilities and organizational
measures, the employer shall ensure that the safety signs comply
with the provisions of these Accident Prevention Regulations and
all other applicable regulations.
(2) Safety signs shall be clearly recognizable at all times and shall
be affixed in a durable manner.
(3) If the natural lighting at the place where the safety signs are
affixed is insufficient, their recognizability shall be ensured through
artificial illumination of the safety signs.
(4) Along escape routes and over emergency exits, safety signs shall
be affixed to indicate the direction of escape.
(5) Safety signs over the doors of stairway enclosures and to the
open deck in the accommodation area and to encased emergency

exits in the machinery space on ships with a tonnage of more than
4000 GT shall be constructed with translucent illumination which is
also connected to the emergency lighting system.
(6) The materials of the safety signs shall be selected in accordance
with the environmental conditions prevailing at the place of affixing.
D The safety signs include prohibition, warning, instruction and rescue
symbols as well as special warning symbols and informative signs.
Status: May 1999
112 UVV-See
The safety signs to be used on seagoing ships are grouped together

in Appendix B and in the manual Working and Living Safely on
Board.
Further symbols pertaining to ship safety have been agreed upon
internationally and are made mandatory by the Ordinance for the
Safety of Seagoing Ships1] (see also IMO Resolution A. 603(15) and
760 (18)). These shall be used by preference over the safety signs if
the same information is conveyed.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the minimum sizes for safety

ad. (2) signs and the letter heights are in compliance with Table I.
Prohibition, warning and instruction signs shall be affixed to be clearly
visible at a suitable height - movable or fixed - at the access to the
hazardous area with consideration of any obstacles. Obstacles or per-
manent hazards shall be marked with yellow/black stripes; the width
ratio of yellow stripes to the black stripes should be between 1:1 and
1.5:1. The stripes shall be slanted at an angle of about 45. At edges
with a relative shearing or crushing movement to each other, the stripes
shall be applied so that they are inclined to each other and form a V-
shape when the edges are brought together.
1]
Status: May 1999

Table I ad. 72a
Required Minimum Sizes of Safety Signs and Letter Heights
Warning and Warning Rescue symbols and fire Informative signs
instruction signs signs protection symbols; informative and additional
signs and additional symbols symbols
Recognition range Diameter Side length Side length Letter height

a h
m mm mm mm mm
2 100 50 52 8
3 100 100 52 10
4 100 200 52 14
5 200 200 52 16
7 200 200 105 24
8 200 400 105 28
10 315 400 105 34
13 315 400 148 44
14 400 400 148 48
15 400 630 148 50
16 400 630 200 54
20 630 630 200 66
22 630 630 250 74
113
25 630 250 84
114 UVV-See
B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured Persons

73 Use of Ladders for Leaning
(1) Ladders for leaning may only be used if they are set up safely
and secured against sliding and tilting.
(2) Ladders for leaning may only be placed on points of safe support.
(3) Ladders for leaning shall reach for at least 1.00 m beyond the
step out position if there is no equivalent means of support.
D See F8 Instruction Sheet on Ladders in Ship Operation1] dated 1st July

1980.
74 Providing the Shore Connections

(1) Shore connections shall be provided in a safe manner.
(2) If the shore connection consist of several parts, the transitions
shall be accident-proof.
(3) Under each shore connection, safety nets shall be fixed as far as
local conditions permit.
D The shore connection shall be especially secured against sliding and

ad. (1) tilting, sufficiently illuminated and, if slippery, non-slip conditions shall
be ensured, e.g. by gritting or salting.
D With passages across the railing, lockable stanchions shall be used.

ad. (2)
75 Rigging the Pilot Ladder
(1) Pilot ladders shall be rigged in a safe manner.
(2) If the pilot ladders consist of several parts, the transitions shall
also be accident-proof.
(3) A lifebuoy with line and a heaving line shall be at hand. With
darkness, sufficient lighting on deck and over the side has to be
provided.
(4) If the vessel is under way, the embarking and disembarking of
persons shall be supervised by an experienced crew member.
1]
D Pilot ladders shall be affixed to solid structural parts of the ship.

ad. (1) Bulwark stairs shall be secured against tilting and skidding.
This regulation is also considered fulfilled if pilot hoists are rigged
according to the provisions of the IMO Recommendation A. 426 (XI)
and MSC/Circ. 568.
See furthermore the provisions of SOLAS 1974/88 in chapter V
regulation 17 on pilot ladders and mechanical pilot hoists, as well as
supplementary local provisions for the pilots safety, e.g. in the pilot
regulations for German pilotage waters.
D If there are no bulwark doors and handles enabling direct transit from
ad. (2) the upper end of the pilot ladder to the deck, two lockable stanchions
shall be fixed on the railing.
76 Lifelines and Gangways

At sea with heavy weather, lifelines shall be rigged in a suitable
manner to protect the crew against breakers or slipping. If necessary,
gangplanks or gangways, both with guard rails, shall be arranged
at the height of the hatchcovers to ensure safe traffic between bridge
and other superstructures.
D With regard to the protection of the crew in the event of deck cargo,
see SchSV 31 sect. 8 and 9; on fishing vessels, see 255.
76 a Access to Cargo Holds

Entrances to cargo holds shall, as long as loading or unloading is
not taking place, be kept under lock and key. Access is permitted
only on the instructions of a ships officer.
D The nature and scope of the locking-up measures shall be specified

in accordance with the risk to persons. During the transport of bulk
cargo and other types of cargo which can possibly generate toxic or
combustible gases or are oxygen-depleting, the cargo holds shall be

secured so that any access is effectively prevented (see the Code of
Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes dated 30th August 1990). The
instruction to enter cargo holds may be given only if, before such
entry, it is ascertained that no danger exists. See 77 and the F 4
Guidelines for Work in Hazardous Spaces 1] dated 28th June 1988.
1]
Status: May
October
19992003
116 UVV-See
77 Access to Dangerous Spaces

(1) Dangerous spaces that have been cut off from the open air may
only be entered with an approved self-contained breathing
apparatus.
(2) If another self-contained breathing apparatus is available, this
has to be kept ready for use with the operational supervisors, outside
of the dangerous space.
(3) A dangerous space which has been cut off from open air may
only be entered without a self-contained breathing apparatus if the
space has been thoroughly ventilated immediately before entry and
if the examination with an approved gas detector has proved that
the room air contains sufficient oxygen.
(4) The same applies to a space where unhealthy air pollutants can
accumulate in a dangerous concentration or where explosive gas/
air or vapour/air mixtures can possibly gather. This space shall only
be entered if the gasfree condition has been ascertained after
examination with an approved gas detector and an approved gas
concentration meter.
(5) Even if a space has been found to be free from gas, it shall be
monitored as long as any persons are inside it. The operational
supervisors shall be informed about the possible dangers and shall
stay outside of the dangerous space. One of the possible dangers is
also the renewed generation of gas.
D For measuring the oxygen concentration in the air, as well as the

content of asphyxiating gases, toxic gases or vapours, only approved
gas detectors shall be used.
For the measuring of combustible gas/air or vapour/air mixtures, only
approved explosimeters (gas detection meters) shall be used.
If the presence of explosive vapour/air mixtures as well as toxic gases
or vapours, or lack of oxygen in conjunction with explosive or toxic
gases or vapours, has to be reckoned with, an examination in respect

of each of these gases or vapours is indispensable.
The measurements shall be carried out by a crew member familiar
with the measuring instruments or by an expert. The operating
instructions shall be observed carefully. See also the F 4 Guidelines
for Work in Hazardous Spaces 1] dated 28th June 1988.
1]
Dangerous spaces that have been cut off from the open air may include
in particular: cargo holds, cargo tanks, water tanks, void spaces, pipe
tunnels, cofferdams, fuel tanks, lubricating oil tanks and pump spaces.
In these spaces, the following dangers have to be reckoned with:
a) Absence of essential atmospheric oxygen
Oxygen deficiency can occur, for example, by simple oxidation of
steel parts in empty water tanks which have been sealed off from
the outside air for a long period. Oxygen deficiency can occur in
cargo spaces in which goods with a tendency to spontaneous
heating and spontaneous ignition (in particular bulk cargoes with
a tendency to spontaneous heating) are transported.
The latter include, inter alia: coal, briquettes, fish meal, wood,
vegetable fibres, copra, mill products, oil cake, scrap and also iron
and steel swarf (turnings, cuttings etc.).
During the transport of these substances, it is also possible that,
by reaction with oxygen, asphyxiating gases such as e.g. carbon
dioxide are developed. This gas is developed wherever carbon-
containing substances oxidize. Carbon dioxide also developes
during the fermentation, decay and putrefaction of animal and
vegetable substances.
See also in this connection the F 4 Guidelines for Work in Hazar-
dous Spaces 1] dated 28th June 1988 as well as the Code of Safe
Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes dated 30th August 1990.
b) Toxic gases and vapours
These include especially
carbon (mon)oxide;
vapours of crude oil, petrol and benzene;
vapours of numerous disinfectants, cleaning agents, and paint
thinners;
gases and vapours which may emerge from the cargo or its
ingredients;
marsh gas (methane).

These materials pollute the room air. If the concentration of air
pollution exceeds the permissible limit, a health hazard must
always be reckoned with.
1]
Status: May
October
19992003
118 UVV-See
Marsh gas (methane) develops e.g. when dirty ballast water mixes
with vegetable, animal or oily cargo residues.
c) Explosive gas/air or vapour/air mixtures
These include, inter alia, the vapours of crude oil, petrol and
benzene in combination with air. These and other gases or vapours
not only have toxic or asphyxiating effects but are also combustible
and, in certain proportions with atmospheric oxygen, even explo-
sive.
D With regard to the operational supervisor, see 9 and 15.

ad. (2)
and (5)
78 Access to Service Tanks

Before cleaning and internal examination, service tanks which are
connected with other service tanks by common pipelines shall be
separated from these common pipelines in a conspicuous and
effective manner.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if a safe and visible separation

is effected by blind flanges, by the removal of adapters or by other
reliable measures. The operation of a closing device is considered a
reliable measure if the handwheel is taken off and a notice plate is
attached with the words Do not operate! Danger!.
Service tanks in this sense are e.g. tanks for fuel, lubricating oil or
water.
See 9 Dangerous Work and 77 Access to Dangerous Spaces.
78 a Use of Breathing Apparatus

(1) Except for training purposes, only persons familiar with
breathing apparatus may wear this equipment.

(2) The apparatus shall be checked before use on each occasion.
(3) The wearer of the equipment shall be supervised continuously
during the period of use.
Operational supervisors and equipment wearers shall be able to
communicate at all times.
(4) Breathing apparatus shall not be used as diving appliances.
(5) Filter units shall not be used during fire fighting.

(6) Filter units shall be stowed in a conspicuous manner under lock
and key. The ships officers, or persons appointed to the task, shall
check that the filters remain locked up and are not universally
accessible. Breathing filters shall be suitable for the type of gases
and vapours concerned. A record shall be kept of the type and
number of the filters.
(7) Filter units may be used only in response to an express order
and under the supervision of a ships officer.
(8) Used filters and filters whose service life has expired shall be
destroyed.
D See the B 4 Instruction Sheet on Breathing Apparatus on Seagoing

Ships 1] dated 20th December 1963 (as amended in February 1982)
and the F 4 Guidelines for Work in Hazardous Spaces 1] dated
28th June 1988.
D Persons should not use breathing apparatus after their 50th birthday.
ad. (1) Young persons under 18 years of age should wear breathing apparatus
only for training purposes.
D Preparations for the use of breathing apparatus specifically include

ad. (2) the following measures:
Check of the bottle pressure
Tightness check of valves and fittings
Functional test of the artificial lung
Test of the warning device
Test of the correct fit and tightness of the mask.
D For the term operational supervisor, see the note in 15.

ad. (3)
79 Bilge Pumping and Sounding
Bilge pumping and sounding equipment shall be kept clean and ready
for use. Each watertight compartment shall be sounded regularly.

Bilges and drain wells shall be kept dry.
D In particular, pump strainers and pumps shall be protected against

clogging in a suitable manner.
1]
Status: May
October
19992003
120 UVV-See
80 Ventilators and Air Pipes

(1) Ventilators and air pipes shall be closed in good time if there is
any danger of water entering the ship in great quantities.
(2) The air pipe closing devices of tanks shall be opened before the
tank is filled.
81 - free -
82 Fumigation for the Control of Insects
After fumigation, spaces in the ship may be entered only after the
competent authority has certified that access is safe. Sleeping in
fumigated rooms is forbidden for the night following the fumigation.
Bedding shall be aired thoroughly before use.
D When fumigating spaces in the ship, including the cargo holds, during
the voyage, the provisions of the Ordinance on Hazardous Mate-
rials1], in particular 15d , 15 e, 25 and Annex V Nos. 5 and 6, as well
as the corresponding Technical Rules for Hazardous Materials
Fumigation (TRGS 512)1] dated June 1996 (BArbBl. 6/1996 p.31)
shall be observed. See hereto the Guidelines for Fumigation2] dated
30th September 1988.
1]
2]
V. Hull Equipment 121
V. Hull Equipment
83 Hull
(1) All vessels shall comply with the generally acknowledged rules
of shipbuilding technology. The type of the vessel, the material and
the strength of the hull shall comply with the requirements of the
intended operation and range of trade.
(2) Vessels with the class of Germanischer Lloyd are considered to
comply with the requirements of sect. 1 regarding design, material,
strength, and execution of the construction. For ships with the class
of another classification society, 37 shall apply.
(3) With ships without class, these details are examined by thorough
surveys including also the inner condition; the classification and
construction regulations of Germanischer Lloyd serve as a guideline
with adequate consideration of the year of construction.
D For the judgement of constructional safety, the necessary drawings

ad. (3) shall be submitted to See-Berufsgenossenschaft. See 45 sect. 3.
84 Bulkheads
Bulkheads between
cargo and service spaces,
cargo and accommodation spaces,
service and accommodation spaces
shall be gastight.
85 Guard Rails, Bulwark

(1) The open decks shall be provided with a bulwark or guard rails.
As far as necessary, protection against falling overboard shall also
be fitted on open or partly decked boats.

(2) The height of bulwark or guard rails shall be at least 1.00 m
above deck.
(3) With guard rails, the opening below the lowest guard rail shall
not be more than 0.23 m. The distance between the other guard rails
shall not be more than 0.38 m.
(4) A bulwark shall have enough freeing ports of sufficient size.
Status: May 1999
122 UVV-See
For regulations concerning guard rails and bulwark on passenger

vessels, see 327; on fishing vessels, see 247.
Open decks, apart from weather decks and superstructure decks, also
include the decks of deckhouses if they are accessible or are to be
walked on.
86 Gangway, Walkway on Deck

(1) Ships of type A in the sense of Rule 27 of the International
Loadline Convention 1966/88 (BGBl. 1969 II, p. 249) shall have a
gangway on a level with the superstructure deck in way of the
centreline between poop and midship bridge, when the latter is mis-
sing between poop and forecastle, and when the forecastle is mis-
sing between poop and the operating equipment on the foreship.
(2) On ships of type A, the height of the gangway in front of the
midship bridge, or when this is missing in front of the poop, may be
reduced to not more than 0.80 m above deck, as long as the level of
passage remains at least 4.00 m above the summer loadline mark.
(3) If with ships of type A the distance of the passage level from the
summer loadline mark is more than 4.00 m, a walkway on deck with
guard rails fixed on either side according to 85 sect. 2 and 3 in way
of the centreline is sufficient. Sentence 1 does not apply to the
connection between poop and a midship bridge.
(4) On ships of type A, gangways and walkways on deck extending
more than 70.00 m shall be equipped with shelters. The shelters on
gangways shall offer sufficient protection against spraywater, on
walkways on deck sufficient protection against breaking seas. The
distance between the shelters shall not exceed 45.00 m.
(5) Ships of type B in the sense of the International Loadline
Convention with a reduced freeboard according to Rule 27 sect.8 or
9 shall have walkways on deck with guard rails fixed at each side
according to 85 sect. 2 and 3 on both sides of the hatches. However,

with vessels of reduced freeboard according to Rule 27 sect. 8 where
the passage level is below 4.00 m from the summer loadline mark,
as well as with vessels of reduced freeboard according to Rule 27
sect. 9, sect. 1 shall apply correspondingly for the connection between
poop and midship bridge. In deviation from sentence 1, the inner
guard rails along the hatches may be substituted by the hatch coaming
if the height of the coaming is at least 0.80 m and a suitable handrail
is mounted.
(6) On ships of type B with reduced freeboard according to Rule 27

sect. 8, the guard rails of walkways on deck may be removable if
1. the stanchions are at a distance of not more than 3.00 m from
each other, and
2. fixed posts are installed at a distance of not more than 30.00 m
from each other.
With a distance of more than 4.00 m between passage level and
summer loadline mark, a continuous handrail or a lifeline with
stanchions spaced at not more than 10.00 m on each side of the vessel
will be sufficient.
(7) It is permissible for ships of type A and type B with a reduced

freeboard to have no gangways and walkways on deck if there is a
passageway below deck according to 92 sect. 3.
87 Hold Ladders, Access Hatches

(1) Cargo holds shall be provided with fixed steel hold ladders.
(2) In cargo holds with a length of more than 15.00 m, at least one
steel hold ladder shall be installed forward and aft.
(3) Vertical hold ladders longer than 10.00 m shall be arranged in

such a way that they offer the possibility of resting on landings, sitting
bars or similar arrangements.
(4) Raised decks shall be accessible by fixed hold ladders. At the

shaft tunnel, fixed hold ladders shall lead down on either side.
(5) Hold ladders shall be at least 0.30 m wide. The distance between
the rungs shall be 0.30m. The horizontal distance of the rung centre
from fixed parts shall not be less than 0.15m. The rungs shall be
aligned and made of square steel bars with one edge up.
(6) If the access hatch coamings are higher than 0.80 m, a sufficient
number of offset climbing irons or wall steps shall be fixed on the
outside.
(7) The free cross-section of access hatches shall be at least 0.60 m x

0.60 m. Deck openings and casings in which hold ladders are installed
shall have the same free cross-section.
Status: May 1999

124 UVV-See
(8) Access hatchcovers shall have a self-arresting fixing device to

prevent unintentional closing.
(9) In cargo holds with an overall depth of up to 3.00 m, fixed steel

hold ladders may be substituted by loose leaning ladders.
(10) Sect. 2 to 4 do not apply to cargo tanks.
(11) Hold ladders in cargo tanks shall be tilted and furnished with
hand rails on both sides. The steps shall have at least two square
steel bars set on edge at the same level or shall have other slip-
proof treads.
D Ladders in holds situated one above the other should be staggered.

ad. (1) They should be protected by a sheltered position and be suitably ro-
bust in construction or protected against damage (e.g. by grabs)
through special provisions.
With regard to vertical ladders, see DIN 83202 - parts 1 to 3.
D This regulation is fulfilled if cargo holds of a length up to 30.00 m are

ad. (2) provided with one ladder forward and one aft. With greater lengths,
further ladders shall be provided if necessary according to local
conditions. If a ladder is arranged directly at the shell, another ladder
is required on the opposite side of the ship.
D This regulation is fulfilled if the following reference values are

ad. (3) observed for the distances between landings, sitting bars or similar
arrangements:
Length of
ladder in (m) > 10 > 11 > 12 > 13
Distances 6 6 7 8
in (m)
from > 14 > 15 > 16 > 17
lower end 6; 10 6; 11 6; 11 7; 12
of ladder
> 18 > 19 > 20 > 21

8; 13 6; 11; 15 6; 11; 16 6; 11; 16
> 22 > 23 > 24 > 25

7; 12; 17 8; 13; 18 6; 11; 16; 20 6; 11; 16; 21
> 26 > 27 etc.

6; 11; 16; 21 7; 12; 17; 22
D Hold ladders consisting only of single rungs without sides may only
ad. (5) serve to bridge over small differences in level and shall not be arranged
alternatively with ladders having sides.
The free space for the feet above each step shall be 0.20 m in height
and 0.15 m in depth for the full width of the ladder.
If the lower end of a hold ladder leads onto a narrow landing area,
guard rails are necessary if there is any risk of falling down.
The top rung of a hold ladder shall not be more than 0.30 m below
deck and not more than 0.60m below the upper edge of the access
hatch coaming.
The lowest rung of a hold ladder shall be between 0.10 m and 0.40 m
above the floor.
D Wall steps shall be made according to DIN ISO 9519.

ad. (6)
D The free cross-section shall not be restricted by installations as ladders,

ad. (7) steps, footholds etc.
Within the range of passageways, access hatch coamings should be
at least 0.60 m high. With lower coamings, a suitable guard at least
0.90 m above deck with two rails shall be provided.
Regarding small hatches, see DIN 83404.
88 Masts and Posts

(1) At masts and posts which have to be climbed for operational
purposes, fixed steel ladders shall be installed at least up to 1.50 m
below the top. Above these ladders, suitable handgrips shall be
provided. As far as the structure permits, ladders should be at least
0.30 m wide and in construction comply with 87 sect .5.
(2) On masts and posts, additional arrangements consisting of foot,
back, and hand rings shall be installed to enable safe work at places
of servicing and maintenance.
(3) There shall be provisions for the fastening of safety belts.
(4) Cross-tree platforms and other platforms on masts and posts
which have to be used for operational reasons shall have guard rails
at least 0.90 m high with one intermediate rail. Safe access shall be
provided from the mast ladders to the platforms.
Status: May 1999

126 UVV-See
(5) Except in the case of lowerable masts, mast tops shall have a
device to reeve in a girtline. Masts without ladders shall have a
thin wire cable of stainless steel reeved in for rigging the girtline.
With regard to foot, back and hand rings, see DIN 83209.
89 Pipe Tunnel
(1) Pipe tunnels shall be constructed so that they are accessible and
can be entered at any time.
(2) The measurements of access and passage openings shall be at
least 0.40 m x 0.60 m.
(3) It shall be possible to lighten and ventilate the pipe tunnels
sufficiently.
(4) Pipe tunnels longer than 90 m shall have an emergency escape
according to 94 and passage openings with a clear width of at least
0.60 m and a clear height of at least 1.00 m; these measurements
shall not be restricted by ladders, steps, treads, ducts or similar
arrangements.
(5) Pipe tunnels not longer than 90 m shall have an emergency escape
according to 94 or access openings at distances of no more than
15.00 m from each other and no more than 5.00 m from the end of
the tunnel.
(6) Appliances in pipe tunnels serving for regular operation shall
be remote-controlled. This may be disregarded if the accesses to
these appliances have the measurements of passageways.
(7) Pipe tunnels according to sect.4 and pipe tunnels which have
the measurements of passageways shall be provided with a fixed
mechanical ventilation plant and sufficient lighting.

Accesses in this sense are doors, manholes and similar openings, e.g.
between service spaces and pipe tunnel.
This regulation is fulfilled e.g. if there are manholes of 0.40 m width
and 0.60 m length with end radius of 0.20 m.
With regard to manhole covers, see DIN 83402 and DIN 83412.
D With regard to ventilation, this regulation is considered fulfilled if at

ad. (3) least a fivefold air change is guaranteed.
and (7)
D Access openings in this sense are e.g. manholes between cargo space
ad. (5) and pipe tunnel.
D Operation is considered to be regular if e.g. the operation of the

ad. (6) appliances occurs while handling cargo, unloading, taking ballast,
pumping the bilges, heating the cargo tanks or bunkering.
90 Access to Service Tanks
(1) The measurements of the access openings shall be at least

0.40 m x 0.60 m.
(2) Each service tank exceeding 3.00 m in length, breadth or depth

shall have at least two access openings situated if possible at opposite
ends of the tank. These accesses shall not be more than 15.00 m apart
from each other and from the ends. A second access is not required
if none of the measurements exceeds 3.00 m or if the size of the
opening is at least 0.50m x 1.00m and may be reached without
impediment from all parts of the tank, and if none of the main
measurements of the tank exceeds 35.00 m.
(3) Fixed ladders or wall steps shall be installed below the access
openings if the distance to the tank bottom is more than 1.00 m.
D This regulation is fulfilled e.g. if there are manholes of 0.40 m width

ad. (1) and 0.60 m length with end radius of 0.20 m.
With regard to manhole covers, see DIN 83402 and DIN 83412.
D This regulation is fulfilled e.g. if the top rung is not more than 0.60 m
ad. (3) below the opening or if another suitable foothold is provided.
Ladders shall be constructed according to DIN 83202, wall steps
according to DIN ISO 9519.
91 Stairways
(1) Stairs shall be made in such a way that they provide safe passage.
(2) Stairs with more than three steps shall be provided with stair
rails or handrails at least on one side, in main and auxiliary
Status: May 1999
128 UVV-See
machinery spaces on both sides. If the stairs are 0.80 m wide or wi-
der, rails shall be arranged on both sides, with an additional rail in
the middle if wider than 1.80 m.
(3) The clear width of the stairs shall not be less than 0.60 m.
(4) The clear vertical height above the stairs shall be 2.00 m.
(5) The foothold area before stairs and landings shall not measure
less than 0.60 m x 0.60 m. Steps and landings shall have an anti-skid
effect.
(6) Stair rails shall be attached at a sufficient distance from

adjoining parts to exclude injuries to the hand.
(7) The inclination of the stairways towards the horizontal shall

be 45. If this inclination cannot be achieved because of confined
conditions, the inclination shall not exceed 55. In main and auxiliary
machinery spaces and other narrow spaces, the maximum
permissible inclination is 60.
(8) Stairs in service spaces shall be subdivided in such a way that

the height between two landings is not more than 3.70 m.
(9) In main and auxiliary machinery spaces, stairs shall have guard
plates if arranged to be free or above passageways.
(10) Deck openings for stairs leading to accommodation or service

spaces shall be located at least 1/5 of the full ships breadth from the
shell side. Where this is not possible, a second stairway shall be
provided, but not on the same side.
(11) Bulwark stairs shall be made in such a way that they can be
secured against sliding or tilting over.
For regulations concerning stairs on passenger ships, see 328; on

fishing vessels also 265.
D The height of steps should be 0.18 m up to 0.23 m maximum. The

ad. (1) steps of a stairway shall be at equal distances to each other. This
regulation is considered fulfilled
for outside stairs if constructed according to DIN 83210, DIN 83214,
DIN 83215 and DIN 83216;
for stairs in main and auxiliary machinery spaces if constructed
according to DIN 83204, DIN 83205, DIN 83206, DIN 83207 and
DIN 83208.
D The doors belonging to stairways shall be made correspondingly wide.

ad. (3)
92 Passageways
(1) The clear height of passageways on and below deck shall be at
least 2.00 m above deck, whilst the clear width shall not be less than
0.60 m, even with interior installations.
(2) Passageways on the weather deck between accommodation

rooms and operating equipment shall be provided on both sides of
the hatches.
(3) Passageways below deck of the same minimum dimensions are

admissible as a substitute. They shall be provided with handrails or
- if there is danger of falling down - with guard rails, and they shall
be sufficiently illuminated and ventilated.
(4) Passageways between the accommodation rooms for machinery

personnel and the machinery spaces shall be arranged so that they
are completely protected from wind and weather.
(5) Superstructures and deckhouses shall have handrails in the

vicinity of passageways.
(6) All weather decks shall have anti-skid coverings or coatings.
D Passageways are generally all alleyways in the accommodation and
ad. (1)
service area. The clear dimensions shall not be restricted by internal
installations and equipment items. The deck in this area shall not
have any protruding edges which could cause stumbling.
D See also 86.

ad. (2)
D For handrails, see DIN 81704.

ad. (5)
Status: May 1999

130 UVV-See
93 Escape Routes
(1) The possibility of quickly and safely leaving workplaces and
spaces shall be guaranteed by the number, location, construction
and condition of escape routes and exits; if necessary, additional
emergency exits shall be provided.
(2) In escape routes and above emergency exits, rescue symbols shall
be fitted to indicate the direction of escape.
(3) Escape routes and emergency exits shall lead to the open air or
into a safe area by the shortest possible way. They shall be sufficiently
illuminated, even if the main source of electrical power fails. Closures
in escape routes shall be accessible and operable from both sides.
Strikers for sliding bolts on emergency exits shall be fastened within
the escape route in the immediate vicinity of the exit.
(4) Escape routes and emergency exits shall not be confined and
are always to be kept clear. Emergency exits shall open easily.
Emergency exits - except for the doors of encased emergency escapes
in service spaces - shall open in the direction of escape.
(5) Lifts are not considered to be escape routes.
In general, each room shall have two escape routes leading in diffe-
rent directions.
This regulation is considered fulfilled if boards with symbols complying

with Appendix B to 72 a, Table 4.2 - Rescue Symbols for Escape
Routes and Emergency Exits/Doors within Escape Routes - are fitted.
In the case of closures in escape routes which can be locked from

outside, it shall always be possible to also open them from the inside.
94 Exits, Emergency Exits

(1) Stairs, ladders and emergency escapes leading to the open deck
shall be easy to reach and shall be built so that it is possible to leave
the spaces quickly at any time.
(2) Accesses to main and auxiliary machinery spaces shall be

provided with tightly closing steel doors. Doors leading from the
accommodation area and from engine control rooms to these spaces
shall be provided with self-closing devices.
(3) It shall be possible to open the doors of working places and of

cold and freezer rooms from the inside at any time without special
aids. Doors - especially sliding doors, insofar as it is not possible to
do without them - shall function reliably under all weather and sea
conditions.
(4) Doors to shaft tunnels and pipe tunnels shall open from both
sides. Trap doors or doors closing with drop weights are not
permitted as tunnel doors.
(5) Shaft tunnels shall have an emergency escape leading to a deck

provided with an escape route to the open air. If the emergency
escape leads directly to the open air, it shall be possible to close it to
be weathertight by means of a door or cover.
(6) Engine control rooms, watch rooms, workshops, auxiliary

machinery spaces and similar ancillary spaces in the vicinity of the
machinery shall have an emergency escape if there is a danger that,
in the event of fire, the escape route through the main machinery
space is cut off. If the escape route leads from an ancillary space to
the emergency escape of neighbouring closed ancillary spaces, the
doors leading from these neighbouring ancillary spaces to the main
machinery space shall be fitted with self-closing devices. Encased
emergency escapes shall be separated from service spaces by self-
closing doors.
(7) The clear cross-section of an encased emergency escape shall

be at least 0.60 m x 0.60 m; this dimension shall not be restricted by
ladders, steps, footholds, ducts or similar arrangements. An
emergency escape leading out of the shaft tunnel is considered to be
an emergency escape from the main machinery space as well.
D For emergency escape hatches, see DIN 83414.

For emergency escapes from pipe tunnels, see 89.
D This shall also be possible if the doors can be locked from the outside.
ad. (3)
D Spaces are defined to be closed if separated from the main machinery

ad. (6) space by bulkheads, even if they have windows.
Status: May 1999

132 UVV-See
94 a Handrails, Handholds
Handrails or other precautions for holding fast shall be fitted to the
extent necessary on bridges and in other navigation rooms -
especially at the bridge consoles, at the front bulkhead, at the chart
table and at free-standing navigation equipment - as well as in galleys
and pantries and in the passageways between accommodation rooms.
The bridge includes, amongst other areas, the wheelhouse and the
bridge wings. See also 92 and 103.
94 b Accessible Floor Surfaces and Floor Coverings
(1) Accessible floor surfaces and floor coverings shall have an anti-
skid effect.
(2) Floor coverings shall be manufactured, laid out and affixed such
that sufficient protection is provided against personal hazard through
stumbling, slipping or falling.
(3) If a danger of slipping can be expected in accommodation and
working areas as well as in passageways, special requirements apply
to accessible floor surfaces and floor coverings with respect to their
anti-skid effect; if there is an increased danger of slipping, more
stringent requirements shall apply.
This regulation is considered fulfilled for accessible floor surfaces in
service spaces if smooth surfaces are covered with welding naps or
with an anti-skid coating or covering.
Accessible floor surfaces are e.g. steel decks, pinned plates and metal
gratings. Floor coverings are e.g. elastic coverings of rubber and
plastic, carpeting as well as ceramic tiles and plates.

D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the anti-skid effect complies

ad. (3) with assessment group R9 for special requirements and assessment
groups R10 to R13 for increased requirements.
Accommodation and working areas as well as passageways with
danger of slipping are e.g. the entrance areas for the outer doors of
superstructures. Accommodation and working areas as well as
passageways with increased danger of slipping are e.g. galleys, service
spaces, passageways and working areas on the open deck, bridges
and other navigation rooms, and stairways.
Increased danger of slipping exists when lubricating materials, e.g.
oil, grease, water, foodstuffs, leftovers, dust, flour and vegetable
wastes, can be found on accessible floor surfaces and floor coverings.
However, there can also be an increased danger of slipping when
standing the bridge or engine watch during strong rolling motion of
the ship in a seaway.
For information on the anti-skid effect of floor coverings and on
assessment groups R9 to R13, see ZH 1/571 Instruction Sheet on Floors
in Working Rooms and Working Areas with Danger of Slipping 1].
This instruction sheet can be obtained from Carl Heymanns Verlag
KG, Luxemburger Strasse 449, 50939 Kln.
95 Windows, Skylights
(1) In outside windows and skylights, panes shall be framed on both
sides with metal or equivalent material.
(2) Panes in windows and skylights shall
1. comply with the respective safety aims;
2. guarantee a clear and undistorted view from the wheelhouse

and from observation rooms.
(3) Windows shall be designed so that a sufficiently large opening
is provided to climb through, after opening them or after breaking

the panes in the case of non-opening windows. Windows which may
be opened only with a key are regarded as equivalent to non-opening
windows. In spaces according to 43 No. 1 d and e and No. 3, round
windows may have a diameter of less than 0.30 m.
1]
Status: May 1999

134 UVV-See
(4) In spaces furnished with non-opening windows only, at least one

hammer with a hard-metal tip shall be provided and well visible.
(5) Skylights shall be tightly lockable from the outside. Skylights

provided as emergency escapes shall open from the outside and
inside.
(6) Skylights of main and auxiliary machinery spaces shall be

designed so that life-saving appliances are not endangered by a fire
in the machinery space.
(7) In main and auxiliary machinery spaces and in their ancillary

rooms, as well as in steering gear compartments, there shall be
neither hull windows nor windows leading to accommodation spaces.
With regard to navigation bridge windows, see also 96 sect. 2.

Panes in skylights shall be made of wired glass or an equivalent
material. The safety aims for panes are, inter alia: sufficient strength,
protection against injuries from broken glass, extensive form retention
when damaged or overheated, sufficient frangibility of non-opening
windows which are considered to be emergency escapes.
Apart from that, this regulation is considered fulfilled if the ship
windows comply with the following standards:
DIN ISO 1751 Round Sidescuttles,
DIN ISO 3903 Rectangular Windows,
DIN 81660 Clear-view Screens, ISO type A;

Measurements, Specification
DIN 81660 Clear-view Screens. ISO type A;

Glass Panes
DIN ISO 614 Panes of Single Safety Glass for Round and Rectan-
gular Ship Windows; Piston Pressure Test for Non-

destructive Testing of Strength
DIN ISO 1095 Panes of Single Safety Glass for Round Ship Win-
dows
DIN IS0 3254 Panes of Single Safety Glass for Rectangular Ship
Windows
D This regulation is fulfilled e.g. if the escape opening

ad. (3)
1. has a diameter of at least 0.40 m with round non-opening windows,
2. has a diameter of at least 0.385 m with round opening windows,
3. has an area of at least 0.16 m2 with rectangular windows, where

none of the dimensions of the opening shall be less than 0.35 m.
The hammer shall have a mass of at least 200 g.
96 Bridge, Wheelhouse, Bridge Wings
(1) The navigation bridge shall be arranged, constructed and

equipped in such a way that safe conning of the ship is possible even
under difficult operational and environmental conditions.
(2) The wheelhouse shall give the officer in charge clear sight ahead,
to the sides and aft. Bridge wings or equivalent arrangements shall
enable the officer in charge to observe all essential occurrences at
the ships sides.
(3) All control elements and other plants, units and instruments shall
be constructed and arranged in such a way that they can be read and
operated safely. An appliance shall be provided to enable the officer
in charge to look at the sea chart at any time without leaving the
wheelhouse. The illumination of the bridge, its ancillary rooms and
accesses shall not dazzle the officer in charge.
(4) An appliance shall be provided for intercommunication between

bridge and the manoeuvring stations.
(5) Operating elements for transverse thrusters shall be arranged

and constructed in such a way that they may be operated and read
unmistakably and without risk of accidents.
(6) It shall be possible to control the electrical navigation lights from

the bridge. The switchboard for the navigation lights shall be
arranged in the wheelhouse in such a way that the pilot lamps are
not reflected in the windows.
Status: May 1999
136 UVV-See
This regulation is considered fulfilled if the entire horizon can be

looked over from the bridge from dead ahead to 30 abaft the beam
on both sides of the ship and if the non-visible area ahead of the bow
in its largest extension does not exceed 200 m for ships up to 110 m in
length, and for ships longer than 110 m does not exceed 1.7 times the
ships length between the perpendiculars. The assessment is made
on the basis of visibility line plans for the ship loaded at summer
draught on an even keel. The point of reference for the calculation of
the visibility conditions is the fixed main workplace of the officer in
charge or, if such a workplace does not exist, one or more points within
the officer in charge main working area of the officer in charge in the
closed bridge.
Operations at the ships sides can as a rule be observed properly if

bridge wings or equivalent arrangements extend to the respective
ships breadth in that area.
Clear-view screens or window wash and wipe devices shall be

provided in sufficient numbers, at least, however, at the centre window
and in front of the main workplace of the officer in charge.
Bridge windows shall comply with the requirements of 95 sect. 1

and 2 and shall be made of safety glass. They shall be arranged with
inclination on all sides, in order to avoid reflection as far as possible.
Tinted bridge windows are not permissible unless the Federal Mari-
time and Hydrographic Agency (BSH) certifies that neither colour
displacement nor reduced recognizability of navigation lights take
place.
Compass bearings should be possible from the centre window of the

bridge. If the clear view from the centre window is impeded by cargo
handling gear or other appliances, compass bearings over the entire
visible horizon should be possible from another point within the bridge.
This requirement also applies if special workplaces in the bridge are

provided for the officer in charge.
The chart table or an equivalent arrangement shall not be separated

from the rest of the bridge by fixed bulkheads, in order that the officer
in charge can still observe all essential control elements and all
occurrences on the bridge when working at the chart.
D The device for intercommunication may be a telephone, a talk-back

ad. (4) system or an approved VHF mobile radio telephony unit (156 to 162
MHz) for internal communication during operation. Fixed installations
shall be protected against the influence of bad weather and breaking
seas. Manoeuvring stations are, inter alia: stations used for mooring
and unmooring, pilot boarding stations, boat launching (embarcation)
stations.
D
ad. (5) These operating elements shall be provided as pushbuttons or levers.
The operating direction of these elements shall correspond to the
desired heading of the ship.
Apart from that, this regulation is considered fulfilled if these operating
elements correspond to Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the
Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1,
Chapter 2.
97 Anchors, Chains, Moorings

(1) Anchors, chains and moorings shall be on board in sufficient
numbers and in good condition.
(2) Anchors, chains and moorings shall have been tested. The test
certificates shall be kept together with the other ship documents.
(3) Spare anchors shall be fastened on board in such a way that, if
needed, they can be shackled to the bow anchor chain and lowered.
See-Berufsgenossenschaft may agree to exceptions to the
requirement for carrying a spare anchor.
D
ad. (1) This regulation is considered fulfilled if the equipment with anchors,
chains and moorings complies with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for
the Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships; 37
remains unaffected.
With regard to moorings, see also the F 5 Instruction Sheet on the
Selection, Use and Care of Synthetic Fibre Ropes 1], dated 21st Sep-
tember 1989.
D
ad. (2) Details for the tests are given in Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the
Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, as amended;
37 remains unaffected.
D
ad. (3) This regulation is considered fulfilled if the spare anchor is kept in an
easily accessible place and can be shackled and lowered with
equipment on board or support from shore.
1]
Status: May 1999

138 UVV-See
98 Securing of Anchors, Fastening of Chains

(1) To secure anchors after they have been hoisted close-up,
appliances of sufficient holding strength shall be provided.
(2) These securing devices may only be released when the anchors
are to be ready for letting go.
(3) If chain stoppers are used for holding the anchor chains also
when the ship is at anchor, they shall be made of steel, cast steel or
equivalently tenacious material, shall have a suitable shape and shall
be of sufficient strength.
(4) The fastening of the chain ends in the chain locker shall enable
slipping of chains at any time in case of danger without endangering
persons.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the type of chain stoppers

ad. (3) and the fastening of the chain ends comply with Germanischer Lloyds
and (4) Rules for the Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships;
99 Windlasses
(1) For anchors, windlasses of sufficient size shall be provided.
(2) Manually operated windlasses shall have back-kick protection.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if type and construction comply

ad. (1) with the Rules of Germanischer Lloyd. 37 remains unaffected.
100 Mooring and Anchoring Arrangements

Anchoring and mooring arrangements shall be constructed,
equipped and arranged so that safe operation is ensured.
D With regard to mooring arrangements, this regulation is considered

fulfilled if the equipment complies with the G 3 Guidelines for Mooring

Arrangements1], dated 26th June 1992.
1]
101 Draught Marks

(1) Vessels of more than 15.00 m of overall length shall be
permanently marked with plainly visible draught marks in
decimetres on both sides of stem and rudder post.
(2) Sect. 1 does not apply to vessels in shallow water trade, to
tugboats and salvage vessels in small coastal trade, and to sporting
and pleasure craft.
D Apart from that, see also 9 (1) of the Register Law1] in the version of
ad. (1) the Notification dated 26.10.1994 (BGBl. I p.3140), last amended on
6.6.1995 (BGBl. I p.778) and 2 of the 3rd Executive Ordinance for the
Register Law dated 3rd August 1951 (BGBl. II p.155).
1]
Status: May 1999

140
UVV-See

141
VI. Machinery and Electrical Equipment
102 Machinery and Electrical Plants
(1) Main engine, auxiliary machinery and boiler plants, as well as

electrical plants shall comply with the generally acknowledged
technical rules of marine engineering and comply with the
requirements of the intended application and range of trade.
(2) With regard to type, material, construction and rating, the

conditions of sect. 1 are considered fulfilled with ships of the Ger-
manischer Lloyd class. If the ship has the class of another
classification society, 37 shall apply.
(3) For ships without class, these details are examined by thorough
surveys, including also the internal condition, whereby the
Classification and Construction Rules of Germanischer Lloyd shall
then serve as a guideline; the building year of the ship shall be
adequately considered.
(4) At the beginning of a voyage, the main engine plants and boiler
plants, as well as the auxiliary machinery required for the safety of
the vessel, shall be ready for operation.
102 a Engines, Steam Engines, Auxiliary Machinery and Machine

Tools
Engines, steam engines, auxiliary machinery and machine tools

which were or will be taken into operation for the first time after
31st December 1992 shall comply with the requirements of the
appendix to the Council Directive 89/655/EEC of 30th November 1989
concerning the minimum safety and health requirements for the use
of work equipment by workers at work. If already available on the
ships on or before 31 st December 1992, the above-mentioned
machinery shall at least comply with the requirements of the
appendix to Directive 89/655/EEC by 1st January 1997 at the latest.
Status: May 1999
142 UVV-See
D The requirements of Directive 89/655/EEC are fulfilled if the

machinery used is in accordance with the regulations expressed in
the Accident Prevention Regulations (UVV See).
103 Protection against Falling Down and against Falling Objects

(1) In service spaces and especially at free-standing auxiliary
machinery, handrails or other provisions for holding on shall be
provided to the extent necessary.
(2) Rails and handrails shall be fixed so that injuries to the hands by
jamming or by the touching of moving parts are excluded.
(3) Rails shall be accident-proof and provided with an intermediate

rail at half height.
(4) Skirting boards shall be provided where parts or tools may roll
down during repairs.
(5) In skylight openings, guard bars shall be installed if the danger

for persons of falling into the skylights is not prevented in another
way. The distance of the guard bars from the edge and from each
other shall not exceed 0.40 m.
(6) Installation openings shall be secured against the falling down

of persons and objects.
D This regulation is fulfilled if the rails are constructed according to

ad. (2) DIN 83 204 and DIN 83 205.
and (3)
D Sufficient protection against falling down is given e.g. if there is a
ad. (6) skirting board of at least 0.07 m height and a rail.
104 Protective Devices

(1) Exposed moving parts and rotating shafts shall be provided with
protective arrangements.
(2) Hot parts in range of passageways or within the working area,

such as steam pipes, exhaust pipes or fuel pipes, shall be insulated
or protected so that unintentional touching does not cause burns.
VI. Machinery and Electrical Equipment 143
D Flywheels, driving wheels, belt drives, couplings, protruding bolts

ad. (1) and parts of shaft couplings shall be provided with protecting plates
or boxes or protective gratings that are made of metal. Protective
equipment may be omitted if moving parts and rotating shafts are
sufficiently protected by other fixed parts of the construction. The
above-mentioned also applies to accessible areas under the floor
plates.
Safety distances (sr) between protective gratings and moving parts
and rotating shafts as well as openings (e) are given in the following
table (see also DIN 31 001 Part 1)*).
Dimensions in mm
Part of Sketch Opening Safety distance sr
the body Slot Square Circle
e4 2 2 2
Fingertip 4<e6 10 5 5
6<e8 15 5
6<e8 20
Finger up 8 < e 10 80 25 20
to the finger 10 < e 12 100 80 80
base or hand 12 < e 20 120 120 120
20 < e 30 200 120 120
30 < e 40 200 120

Arm up to 30 < e 40 850

shoulder
joint
40 < e 120 850 850 850
*) DIN 31 001 is currently being revised.
Status: May 1999

144 UVV-See
D For very short contact periods, danger of burning exists when the
ad. (2) limit surface temperature of the following materials is exceeded:
Danger of burning for

limit surface temperatures
Contact period Contact period
1 second 3 to 4 seconds
Piping and steel > 85 C > 70 C
sheets coated
with paint
Metals with > 65 C > 60 C
a smooth surface,
e.g. copper pipes
Insulation of > 95 C > 85 C
glass fibre
Limit surface temperatures for a contact period of 3 to 4 seconds shall

be maintained in the range of passageways and permanent
workplaces, and of 1 second in other areas.
If the limit surface temperature will be exceeded, means of protection
have to be provided such as insulations, with a certain distance
installed protecting plates or screen grids.
105 Dosing Devices for Corrosive Liquids

Where corrosive or otherwise hazardous liquids are regularly added
to operating media or waste water (sewage-effluents), permanently
installed dosing devices shall be provided which are supplied
through pipes from the storage tank. These dosing devices including
storage tanks and pipelines shall be so arranged and designed that
they withstand the service loads and do not endanger persons.
D Operating media include e.g. boiler feed water, cooling water and
fuels. Where hydrazine is used, any danger to humans is deemed to

be excluded if a permanently installed dosing device is provided which
is recognized by the Berufsgenossenschaft der Chemischen Indu-
strie according to Principles for the recognition of enclosed transfer
and dosing equipment for aqueous solutions of hydrazine 1) (ZH1/
109).
1]
105 a Ambient Air Humidifiers

Ambient air humidification systems shall be so designed that the
ambient air is not contaminated by corrosive or otherwise dangerous
substances.
D Ambient air humidification systems using hydrazine-containing steam

produced from boiler feed water are therefore prohibited. Such
installations may be replaced, for example, by air scrubbers, sprinkler-
type humidifiers, rotary atomizers etc. which are operated with
hydrazine-free water.
106 Boiler Plants

(1) Boiler plants not subject to the Ordinance on Steam Boilers 1)
dated 27th February 1980 shall be built and equipped so that safety
of ship operation is guaranteed.
(2) The settings of the safety valves shall be secured against shifting.
(3) Water level gauges and pressure gauges shall be sufficiently
lighted.
(4) Water gauge glasses which are not already protected against
cracking by their type of construction shall have protective devices
which do not impair the monitoring of water levels. Protective tubes
made of glass without wire strengthening are not admissible. Water
gauge glasses shall have closing devices which are easy to reach, so
that insured persons are protected against scalding when operating
them, even if the glasses break. For the purging of round water gauge
glasses, a protective screen shall be kept ready.
D Boilers are plants which require supervision according to 2 sect. 2a

ad. (1) of the Equipment Safety Law 1). Construction and operation of boiler
plants are regulated in the Ordinance on Steam Boilers dated
27th February 1980 (BGBl. I p.173, last amended on 22.6.1995 -
BGBl. I p.836) 1).
The general requirements for construction and operation according

to the Dampfkesselverordnung are considered fulfilled if the boiler
plant complies with the Technical Rules for Steam Boilers (TRD),
established by the German Steam Boiler Committee (DDA) and
published in the Federal Labour Gazette by the Federal Minister for
1]
Status: May
October
19992003
146 UVV-See
Labour and Social Affairs. The current status of the safety requirements
for materials, production, calculation, equipment, installation, testing
and operation of boiler plants is contained in the TRD. They are
continually adapted by the DDA to reflect the state of technology.
The requirements for type and equipment of boiler plants not subject
to the Ordinance on Steam Boilers 1) result from 3 and 102, as well
as from 106 sect. 2 to 4.
D
ad. (4) Reliable protective devices are e.g. protective tubes made of glass
with wire strengthening or wire baskets with a width of mesh not
exceeding 4 mm.
107 Heat Transfer Plants

(1) Heat transfer plants shall be constructed so as to comply with
the operational stresses, especially with regard to temperatures and
heat expansions encountered and so that the heat carrier cannot be
heated above the admissible temperature.
(2) The outer tightness of plants shall be guaranteed by proper
construction of the plant parts and appropriate selection of materials,
especially also of gaskets.
(3) Sufficient expansion space shall be provided to accommodate
an increase in volume of the heat carrier.
(4) Heat exchangers shall be constructed and sealed in such a way
that the medium which is to be heated cannot enter the heat carrier.
If heating coils in bunkers or cargo tanks are heated by heat carriers,
the expansion tank shall be arranged so high that the static pressure
in the heating coils is higher than that in the surrounding medium.
(5) The initial tests, acceptance tests, tests after significant
modifications and the periodical tests for heat transfer plants shall
be carried out according to 121 sect. 3 to 7 by a technical surveyor
according to 18 SBG VII or an expert approved by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft.
(6) The test certificates shall be kept on board.
1]
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the plants comply with

Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction
of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 2, and DIN 4754 Heat Trans-
fer Plants with Liquid Heat Carriers other than Water.
Heat transfer plants are plants in which liquids - except water, molten
salts, and liquid metals - are heated by means of either firing, gases,
vapours, hot liquids or electric energy to temperatures below their
boiling point at atmospheric pressure. Heat transfer plants are e.g.
thermal oil boilers and thermal oil heating systems.
D Plant parts are e.g. pumps, valves and pipe joints.

ad. (2)
108 Oil-Firing Plants

(1) Oil-firing plants not subject to the Ordinance on Steam Boilers 1)
dated 27th February 1980 shall be constructed and equipped so that
the safety of ship operation is safeguarded.
(2) No fuel oil with a flashpoint below 60 C may be used.
(3) At swing-out oil burners, the fuel supply shall be automatically
interrupted and the high-voltage ignition device shall be
automatically switched off when the swinging-out begins.
(4) In order to establish the correct handling sequence upon starting
and stopping the oil burner, the fuel and air shut-off devices shall be
interlocked such that, when starting up the burner, the fuel supply
can only be opened after the air supply has been opened and, when
shutting down the burner, the air supply can only be closed after the
fuel supply has been closed. With automatic oil burners, this sequence
has to be ensured by means of technical arrangements.
(5) At plants which can be operated manually, the danger of
explosion and instructions for safe operation shall be pointed out in
a clear and permanent manner.
1]
Status: May 1999

148 UVV-See
D Oil-firing plants are e.g. plants for steam boilers, water heating systems
and incinerators.
D See also the Guidelines on Technical Safety for the Oil-Firing Plants
ad. (1) of Steam Boilers (SR-l) 1), established and continually upgraded to
the state of technology by the German Steam Boiler Committee (DDA),
as well as DIN 4755 and DIN 4787-1.
The requirements on the type and equipment of oil-firing plants not
subject to the Ordinance on Steam Boilers 1) result from 3 and 102,
as well as from 108 sect. 2 to 5.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled with plants that are started
ad. (5) manually if they have sufficiently large warning plates affixed to them,
reading as follows:
Achtung! Explosionsgefahr!
Caution! Danger of Explosion!
1. Vor jedem Anznden Rauchgaszge gut durchlften!
Before each ignition of the oil burner, ensure proper ventilation of
the flues.
2. Beim Anstellen der lbrenner ist zuerst die Luftzufuhr und nach
Inbetriebnahme der Zndeinrichtung die lzufuhr zu ffnen.
When starting up the oil burner, open the air supply first and then,
after switching on the ignition, open the fuel supply.
3. Beim Abstellen der Brenner ist zuerst die lzufuhr und dann die
Luftzufuhr zu schliessen.
When shutting down the oil burner, first close the fuel supply, and
then the air supply.
At plants with automatic burner control which may also be operated
manually in case of emergency, the above text has to be headlined
Notbetrieb/Emergency Operation.
109 Steam Pipe Systems

(1) Steam pipe systems shall be constructed that they meet all stresses
to be expected during their working conditions, especially those
regarding pressure and temperature.
(2) Steam pipe systems shall be arranged and constructed so that

sufficient compensation for expansion is provided.
(3) Steam pipes shall have devices enabling safe drainage.
(4) If it is possible that a higher pressure than the design pressure
can occur, the steam pipe systems shall be fitted with a safety valve
which reliably prevents an undue rise in pressure.
1]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if, with regard to type, equipment

and testing, the steam pipe systems comply with Germanischer Lloyds
Rules for the Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships.
D Pressure-reduction valves are not considered to be safety appliances

ad. (4) against a rise in pressure.
110 Special Devices for Combustion Engine Plants

(1) Main propulsion engines shall have appliances which ensure an
automatic stop of the main propulsion engine as soon as the
lubricating oil supply fails.
(2) Exhaust pipes shall be constructed to prevent combustion gas
from escaping into service spaces and seawater from entering
through exhaust pipes into the engine.
(3) Driving engines with a total piston displacement of more than
900 cm3 for emergency fire pumps, emergency generators and similar
plants for emergency operation shall be equipped with a power-
driven starting device.
(4) Engines which are started up manually by starting crank shall
be equipped and installed so as to provide safe starting.
(5) Starting air pipes shall be made of standardized steel tubes. Only
high-pressure joints and high-pressure valves may be fitted in these
pipes; the use of fittings made of cast iron or malleable iron is not
admissible.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the appliance which ensures

ad. (1) an automatic stop of the main propulsion engine as soon as the
lubricating oil supply fails on coastal fishing cutters up to 100 GT
- is fitted so that its triggering by a manual operating element on

the bridge is delayed by a period of time which can be adjusted,
or
- can be switched off in the wheelhouse, insofar as the deactivation
is indicated by means of an visual warning device.
On fishing boats, failure of the lubricating oil supply shall be indicated
visually or acoustically.
Status: May 1999

150 UVV-See
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the starting crank disengages

ad. (4) automatically when the engine starts and cannot be thrown out of its
guide. Starting cranks of engines which can only be started manually
shall also be kick-back proof. The point of attachment of the starting
crank shall be at least 0.60 m above the operators foothold level. The
width and depth of the free space within the range of the starting
crank shall be both at least 1.00 m. If these measurements cannot be
observed, a power-driven starting device shall be provided.
111 Tanks and Fixed Containers

(1) Tanks and fixed containers for fuels and lubricants or auxiliary
materials shall be constructed and arranged to be accident-proof,
and connected by pipes with the areas where these fuels and
lubricants or auxiliary materials are generally used. There shall be
appliances for filling the tanks from the open deck as well as devi-
ces for drainage and ventilation.
(2) Barrels shall be arranged and set up so that an accident-proof

removal of fuels and lubricants or auxiliary materials is possible.
There shall be fixed holding devices. If barrels with a capacity of
200 litres or more are used for fuels and lubricant or auxiliary
materials, cranes for vertical transport shall be installed.
D For fuel tanks, see 112, for petroleum tanks 177, and for accesses
to service tanks 90.
112 Fuel Systems

(1) Free-standing fuel tanks shall be safely fastened and placed in a
leakage oil trough having drain pipes leading to a leak oil tank.
(2) Fuel tanks shall be constructed so that no fuels or vapours can
escape into service spaces.
(3) Fuel tanks shall be provided with openings to enable internal
surveys.
(4) For fuelling, permanently installed filling pipes shall be installed
which lead to the fuel tanks either from the open deck or from
enclosed bunkering stations located below deck. Fuel tanks shall
have at least one air pipe. Air pipes shall be permanently installed,
end on the open deck, and have a clear cross-section of at least 1.25
times the clear cross-section of the filling pipe. If fuel pipes cannot
be connected with the open deck by fixed pipelines, filling pipes

and air pipes shall be equipped with flame-resistant hoses or
expansion joints. Air pipes of unheated collecting tanks for leakage
fuel oil may end in the machinery space at a clearly visible point.
For fuel tanks which are only fitted for open filling, an air pipe with
at least 6 cm2 cross-section is sufficient.
(5) Small fuel tanks and fuel tanks in open boats are exempted from
the requirements of sect. 4; they shall, however, have an air vent.
(6) Settling tanks and service tanks arranged above the double
bottom shall have appliances for drainage and complete emptying.
The drainage appliances shall be equipped with self-closing stop
devices.
(7) Service tanks shall have appliances indicating the fuel level.
(8) Appliances indicating the fuel level shall be such that fuels or
vapours cannot escape. Fuel level indicators of glass, plexiglass or
similar material shall not be used.
(9) Sounding pipes for fuel tanks shall end on the open deck if not
intended for double bottom tanks. If sounding pipes are not led up
to the open deck for constructional reasons, they shall not end in the
vicinity of plants with high surface temperatures or of electrical plants
or in accommodation spaces. Sounding pipes not ending on the open
deck shall have self-closing cocks and self-closing test valves.
(10) The outlet pipe of a storage tank, settling tank, or service tank
above double bottom - with the exception of tanks according to
sect. 5 - shall have closing devices at the tank which can also be
closed from the deck or from a room adjacent to the installation
space.
(11) Fuel pipes shall be made of standardized steel tubes. In fuel

systems, hoses may be used only to a limited extent; they shall be

flame-resistant. Parts made of glass, plexiglass, or similar material
shall not be used within fuel systems.
(12) Fuel pipes shall be laid and fuel filters arranged in such a way
that escaping or overflowing fuel does not come into contact with
parts of high surface temperature. If this cannot be carried out for
constructional reasons, the fuel pipes and filters shall be provided
with cover plates.
Status: May 1999

152 UVV-See
Fuel filters shall be arranged so that they can be operated, serviced

and examined safely. Fuel filters shall not be arranged above the
flywheels of main and auxiliary diesel engines, unless the metal
protecting plates of the flywheels are of a closed type. Fuel leaking
out of filters, oil-fuel burning plants, pumps, and drains shall be
removed properly by leakage oil troughs or ensured in another way.
Drains of leakage oil troughs shall be connected by pipes with
leakage oil tanks. Fuel leakage pipes shall be protected against
backflooding into the oil leakage pipe system when the leakage oil
tank is overfilled.
(13) Boiler areas shall be separated from machinery bilges by

bulkheads or by coamings that are sufficiently high to prevent fuel
from flowing out of bilges or troughs in the boiler area into
machinery space bilges.
(14) The bilges in main and auxiliary machinery spaces and in the
boiler area shall be easily accessible for cleaning, and it shall be
possible to empty them by means of a pump. Troughs in the boiler
area - except leakage oil troughs - shall be easily accessible for
cleaning and shall have a drain pipe to the leakage oil tank. In open
boats, provisions shall be made to prevent any leaking fuel from
spreading over the whole vessel.
(15) Oil troughs, oil gutterways and coamings shall be arranged and
installed in such a way that in case of a leakage no fuel is able to
flow out into the working areas and the passageways.
D High surface temperatures are temperatures above 220 C; see 166.
D This regulation is also considered fulfilled if fixed decks or equivalent

ad. (1) structural parts which are not simultaneously part of the fuel tanks
are arranged between the fuel tanks and the plants of high surface
temperature, so that leaking fuel cannot ignite at parts of high surface

temperature. The surface temperatures of components shall apply,
regardless of insulations and sheathings.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if there are access openings

ad. (3) according to 90. If access openings cannot be provided at small
tanks for structural reasons, hand openings shall be provided in
sufficient number.
D See Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction

ad. (4) of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 2.
D Small fuel tanks are fuel tanks associated with diesel engines up to a
ad. (5) capacity of 50 litres and fuel tanks for oil stoves up to a capacity of 20
litres.
D In alleyways, the remote control devices for the shut-off valves shall
ad. (10) be arranged in the vicinity of exits to the open deck.
D See DIN 1626, DIN 1629, DIN 2448, and DIN 2458, as well as Germa-
ad. (11) nischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction of
Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 2.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled in the case of double-chamber

ad. (12) filtersin fuel systems, if they are fitted with safety appliances on the
pressure side to prevent the opening of a filter chamber that is under
pressure, or ensure forced venting under the prevailing conditions or
provide an equivalent level of safety. A protection against backflooding
of the leakage oil system is given if a level alarm or an equivalent
appliance is provided.
113 Oil Tanks and Lubricating Oil Systems
(1) Tanks for lubricating oils and other combustible oils shall not
be arranged above engines, turbines or other plants of high surface
temperature. Detached tanks shall be fastened safely.
(2) Hoses in lubricating oil pipe systems shall be flame-resistant.

(3) Filters for lubricating oil and other combustible oils shall be
arranged so that they can be operated, maintained and tested safely.
(4) Oil troughs, oil sumps and oil coamings shall be arranged and
constructed so that leaking oil cannot pass into passageways and
working areas.
D See Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction

of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 2.
Status: May 1999
154 UVV-See
D High surface temperatures are temperatures above 220 C; see 166.

ad. (1)
This regulation is considered fulfilled if fixed decks or equivalent
structural parts which are not simultaneously part of the tanks are
arranged between these tanks and the plants of high surface tem-
perature, so that leaking oil cannot ignite at parts of high surface
temperature. The surface temperatures of components shall apply,
regardless of insulations and sheathings.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled in the case of double-chamber

ad. (3) filters in systems for lubricating oil and other combustible oils, if they
are fitted with safety appliances on the pressure side to prevent the
opening of a filter chamber that is under pressure, or ensure forced
venting under the prevailing conditions or provide an equivalent level
of safety.
114 Power-Operated Devices
Power-operated devices the functions of which must be maintained

for reasons of technical safety, even if the power drive fails, shall
have appliances which make manual operation possible. Instead of
manual operation, a second, independent power drive or a second
power-operated device may be also provided.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the power-operated devices

comply with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 2.
See also D ad. 8 a
115 Turning Gear

(1) Turning gears of engines and turbines shall be constructed so

that only one control system is working at a time. If a detachable
hand crank is used for engagement which might turn with the turning
gear when this is started, the power drive shall automatically
disengage when the hand crank is attached. Moreover, the turning
gear of engines shall automatically switch off the power drive when
the control system is released or if the control line fails due to cable
damage or short circuit.
(2) Engine and turbine plants shall have appliances which allow
starting only if the turning gear is completely disengaged.
116 Engine Control Station
(1) The main propulsion plant shall have an engine control station
if the engine output is Pe = 500 kW (680 HP) or more. This shall be
arranged directly at the plant, at another place in the main machinery
space or in an engine control room, which shall be located within
the main machinery space.
(2) The control system of the engine control station shall be inde-
pendent of the remote-control systems.
117 Equipment of the Engine Control Station
(1) At the engine control station, there shall be appliances for the
operating and monitoring of the main propulsion plant, an engine
telegraph serving as a connection with the bridge, and a calling
system which is independent of the main source of electrical power.
With engine outputs up to Pe = 750 kW and for special crafts engaged
in national trade and having two completely independent propulsion
plants, it is permissible for the engine telegraph to be omitted. A
calling system which is independent of the main source of electrical
power may be missing on smaller ships with remote control from
the bridge if direct communication between bridge and engine is
possible.
(2) Operating elements for the means of going astern at the engine
control station shall be arranged and constructed so that they may
be operated and read safely and clearly. The operating element shall
be a handwheel or a hand lever. Designation plates with direction

arrows shall be fixed near the operating element of the reversing
device.
(3) At the engine control station, monitoring devices shall be

installed for at least: lubricating oil, cooling water, starting and
control air, as well as a revolution indicator and direction indicator
for the propeller shaft, and in the case of variable pitch propeller
systems an additional indicator of the actual blade position.
Status: May 1999
156 UVV-See
D With regard to the calling system which is independent of the main

ad. (1) source of electrical power, this regulation is considered fulfilled if a
sound-powered telephone or a calling system according to the G 2 -
Guidelines for Calling Systems 1) dated 29th June 1990 is provided.
D The handwheel shall preferably be arranged that for ahead the

ad. (2) wheel is turned to the right in the direction of the foreship, with
astern to the left in the direction of the aftship. The hand lever shall
preferably be arranged that with ahead the lever is moved in the
direction to the foreship, with astern in the direction of the aftship.
An arrangement at the control station referring only to the operators
position is admissible if the handwheel is turned to the right for
ahead and to the left for astern, or if the hand lever is pushed
away from the operator for ahead and pulled towards the operator
for astern. If these regulations cannot be fulfilled, the reversing
device shall be mechanically or electrically interlocked with the
telegraph receiver so that only the manoeuvre required by the engine
telegraph can be performed.
Reversing devices serve change the direction of propeller thrust.
118 Control Stations of Remote-Control Systems
(1) The operating elements of the reversing devices at the control

stations of remote-control systems shall be arranged and constructed
so that they may be operated and read safely, clearly and in an
accident-proof manner.
(2) At the control stations of remote-control systems, there shall be

devices according to 117 sect. 3 and alarm devices at least for
lubricating oil and cooling water.
D The operating elements of reversing devices at the control stations of

ad. (1) remote-control systems outside of the main engine room should be
constructed as levers: the lever position in direction of the foreship
shall indicate manoeuvring to ahead, in direction of the aftship

reversing to astern. The middle position of the lever shall signify
stop.
1)
See Appendix A for the original title in German
If these operating elements at the same time regulate the rates of

speed or thrust, then the heading and rates shall be clearly
recognizable at any time. The inscription of the heading shall be made
with the full wording and should be written on a white radiant field:
in black letters for ahead, in red letters for astern. If additional
indicator lights are required - e.g. for the position of the camshaft -
yellow shall be chosen for ahead and red for astern.
Otherwise this regulation is considered fulfilled if the control stations

of remote-control systems comply with Germanischer Lloyds Rules
for the Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships,
Part 1.
119 Engine Telegraph
The engine telegraph shall be arranged and constructed so that the

engine commands can be recognized clearly and that the danger is
therefore averted that the reversing device is operated incorrectly
as a consequence of a wrong reading of the command set at the
engine telegraph. The engine telegraph shall be equipped with a
repeating signal device.
D The operating elements of engine telegraphs may be provided as

pushbuttons or levers. At engine telegraphs on the bridge, the heading
ahead shall be arranged in the direction of the foreship, and astern
in the direction of the aftship. In the main engine room, engine
telegraphs shall be arranged so that in all cases their operating
elements are to be handled in the same sense as the operating elements
of the reversing device according to 117. The inscription of the speed
rates shall be made with full wording and should be written on a
white radiant field: in black letters for ahead and in red letters for
astern. If additional indicator lights are required, yellow shall be
chosen for ahead and red for astern. The engine command shall
be clearly recognizable from the control station, and with pushbutton
telegraphs the height of letters shall be at least 6 mm.
120 Pressure Vessels
(1) Pressure vessels shall be arranged and constructed so that they

meet the expected mechanical, thermal and chemical stresses and
so that they do not endanger any persons.
Status: May 1999
158 UVV-See
(2) As far as the type permits, pressure vessels shall be fitted with
openings so that an assessment of the walls is possible by means of
an internal survey.
(3) With regard to covers, closing devices and gaskets, the closures
shall be such that they are tight and can be opened and closed without
danger.
(4) Durable plates shall be affixed to pressure vessels, giving at least

the following details: manufacturer or supplier, manufacturing
number, manufacturing year, admissible operating pressure in bar,
and the capacity of the individual pressure spaces and, in the case of
working temperatures above 50 C or below -10 C, the admissible
working temperature.
(5) Pressure vessels shall be erected so that they may be operated,

maintained and examined safely.
(6) Pressure vessels which can be locked shall have a lockable

pressure gauge, suitable for the operational purpose, with a
measuring range up to the test pressure, and with a red mark for the
admissible operating pressure. The indication of the pressure gauge
shall be verifiable. In the case of pressure vessels for fire
extinguishers which are pressurized only when used, a threaded
connection is sufficient instead of a pressure gauge.
(7) Pressure vessels shall be equipped with a non-lockable safety

appliance, suitable for the operational purpose, which automatically
prevents the admissible operating pressure from being exceeded by
more than 10 %. The safety appliance against excessive pressure
shall be protected against an unintentional alteration of the threshold
pressure and the mode of operation. Blow-off pipes behind these
safety appliances shall not affect their function. For dangerous gases,
vapours and liquids, the outlet side of the safety appliances shall
have arrangements to ensure safe blowing off. Closed water heaters
shall have a diaphragm safety valve in the cold water supply. The
safety appliance against excessive pressure may be omitted for the
pressure accumulators of pneumatic and hydraulic control and
regulating systems, provided that these pressure accumulators cannot
be supplied with a higher pressure than the admissible operating
pressure and the product of pressure and capacity is p I 200.
(8) Heated pressure vessels shall have a temperature indicator and

a temperature limiter if the admissible operating temperature could
be exceeded through heating.
(9) Pressure vessels shall be constructed so that they can be made

pressure-free and can be completely emptied or drained. Pressure
vessels in which liquid condensation can endanger the pressure
vessel by liquid strokes, corrosion or thermal stresses, shall be fitted
with drains.
(10) If gauge glasses and liquid level gauges are provided at pressure
vessels, they shall be made and fitted such that they resist the
operational stresses and are protected against mechanical damage.
If the contents are inflammable, explosive or toxic, the gauge glasses
shall be covered by closing caps.
(11) Pressure vessels for water supply systems shall not be per-
manently connected to a compressed air system.
(12) Starting air vessels shall be fitted with a plate bearing the
following inscription:
Achtung!
Luftbehlter whrend des Betriebes stets geffnet halten!
Attention!
Always keep air vessel open during operation!
D Pressure vessels in the sense of these Accident Prevention Regulations

are vessels or pipe arrangements in which, through the mode of
operation, an operating pressure exists or may arise that is either more
than 0.1 bar or less than -0.2 bar.
Clause 1 applies to vessels with several chambers if at least in one

chamber an overpressure according to clause 1 exists or may arise.
In deviation from clause 1, the following vessels are not deemed

pressure vessels in the sense of these Accident Prevention Regulations:

- Vessels with a capacity of less than 0.5 litres, if their overpressure
is not more than 10 bar
- Cylinders and casings of engines, turbines, compressors and
pumps
- Pipe systems and pipe system extensions,
- Pressure vessels in hot-water heating systems with inlet
temperatures of not more than 120 C.
- Vessels and tanks which are integrated parts of the ships hull.
Status: May
October
19992003
160 UVV-See
The pressure of 1 bar can be set equal to the pressure of about 1 at.
Overpressure up to now has been given in at. After introduction of
bar as the new SI unit, the overpressure in bar corresponds with the
indication of overpressure in at as used until now.
See also 122 Pressurized Gas Vessels.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the pressure vessels comply

ad. (1) with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
With regard to plants such as independent cargo tanks for liquefied

gas, chemicals or other cargoes as well as manned compression
chambers of diving plants, this regulation is considered fulfilled if
these plants comply with the relevant regulations of Germanischer
Lloyd.
D With regard to examinations, this regulation is considered fulfilled if

ad. (5) the pressure vessel is accessible for internal and external surveys or
can easily be made accessible. The dismantling length, e.g. of tube
bundles, must be considered.
D Verification may be effected with a test pressure gauge, or by taking

ad. (6) off and checking the working pressure gauge on the test stand.
D Safety appliances as a rule are spring-loaded safety valves. Pressure-

ad. (7) reducing valves are not considered to be safety appliances against
excessive pressure.
D Gauge glasses should be avoided as far as possible and should only

ad. (10)be used where the intended operational purpose cannot be achieved
otherwise.
121 Type, Scope and Execution of the Tests on Pressure Vessels
(1) Pressure vessels are divided into test groups according to the
admissible operating pressure, the capacity of the pressure space,
the product of pressure and capacity, and the charging contents.
(2) The test groups A I to A IV include pressure vessels in which the

pressure is exerted by gases or vapours, by liquids or solids with
gas or vapour bolsters or by liquids whose temperature at
atmospheric pressure is higher than the boiling point. The test groups
B V to B VII include pressure vessels in which the pressure is exerted
only by liquids whose temperature at atmospheric pressure does
not exceed the boiling point. Furthermore, the division of the test
groups is derived from the diagrams of groups A and B shown furt-
her below.
(3) Before commissioning, pressure vessels shall be subjected to an

initial test. The initial test includes a preliminary test, an inspection
of the construction, and a pressure test. Before the pressure vessel is
commissioned, the acceptance test shall be completed at its place of
installation.
(4) If a pressure vessel has been subjected to significant modifica-

tions regarding its construction or mode of operation, sect. 3 shall
apply correspondingly. If a pressure vessel has been repaired
significantly, it may only be taken into operation again after its pro-
per condition has been tested to an extent justified by the repair
work.
(5) Periodical tests of pressure vessels shall be carried out as internal

surveys. Should a satisfactory survey not be possible or the
satisfactory condition not be clearly recognizable, a pressure test or
other suitable non-destructive test shall be carried out additionally.
With pressure vessels heated by firing, exhaust gas or electrical
means, the periodical test shall also include external examinations
which as a rule are to be carried out on the pressure vessel in the
operational state. With pressure vessels in refrigerating plants, the
periodical tests may be omitted. If, however, such a pressure vessel
is taken out of service to be overhauled, an internal survey shall be
carried out. Pressure vessels for fire extinguishers which are only
put under pressure when working, and stationary CO2 and halon
vessels for fire extinguishing purposes, require periodical tests after
expiration of the test periods only when empty. Such vessels need
not be emptied for testing purposes.
(6) Internal surveys shall be carried out every 5 years, and on fish-
ing crafts every 4 years. External surveys shall be performed yearly,
and on Fischereifahrzeuge every 2 years.
Status: May
October
19992003
162 UVV-See
(7) During the pressure test, the test pressure shall amount to 1.5
times the admissible operating pressure p, with operating pressures
of less than 2 bar, however, at least p + 1 bar. Pressure vessels for
water supply plants of a standardized design shall be tested according
to their standard specification. If the operating pressures are less
than -0.2 bar, the test pressure shall be 2 bar overpressure.
(8) For the groups A III, A IV, B VI and B VII, the initial tests, the
acceptance tests and the tests after significant modifications shall be
carried out by the authorized expert, for the groups A I and A II by
the manufacturer or another expert. The periodical tests for the
groups A IV and B VII shall be carried out by the authorized expert,
for the groups A I, A II, A III and B VI by another expert. The tests
for group A I only apply to pressure vessels for gases, vapours or
liquids that are combustible, corrosive or toxic.
(9) For pressure vessels in heat transfer plants, the authorized expert
shall carry out initial and acceptance tests if the product of pressure
and capacity is greater than 100, and periodical tests if the product
of pressure and capacity exceeds 500.
(10) With plate-type heat exchangers which consist of detachable

plates and have a operating pressure of more than 1 bar, a preliminary
test of the pressure-stressed parts of the plate-type heat exchangers
shall be carried out by the authorized expert, irrespectively of the
figure derived for the product of pressure and capacity. The
inspections of the construction, as well as the pressure tests,
acceptance tests and the periodical tests may then be dispensed with.
(11) Authorized experts in the sense of sect. 8, 9, and 10 are the

technical surveyors according to 18 SBG VII and the experts
approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(12) Initial and acceptance tests are not necessary with pressure
vessels which are delivered in operational condition and require
only mounting at the operation site, provided that type approval
has been granted.
(13) The test certificates shall be kept on board.

D Pressure vessels in the sense of these Accident Prevention Regulations

are vessels or pipe arrangements which are not pressurized gas vessels
and in which, as a result of the mode of operation, an operating
pressure exists or can arise that is greater than 0.1 bar. For vessels
with several spaces, clause 1 applies for the pressure spaces.
With respect to construction, equipment and testing, tank containers

are subject to the International Maritime Dangerous Goods (IMDG)
Code and the Ordinance on the Transport of Dangerous Goods on
Seagoing Vessels 1).
D Pressure vessels of group A are e.g. compressed-air receivers and

ad. (1) pressure vessels for water supply systems, feed water pre-heaters, oil
pre-heaters, seawater evaporators, degassers, steam transformers,
warm- and hot-water calorifiers, filter chambers and refrigerating
plants. Pressure vessels of group B are e.g. the pressure vessels of
heat transfer plants and hydraulic plants.
D The preliminary test covers, inter alia, the measuring of the pressure-
ad. (3) stressed components, the selection of suitable materials, and the
and (4) manufacturing process. The inspection of construction covers proper
manufacturing on the basis of the pre-approved documents. The
pressure test usually is a waterpressure test; other test methods require
special approval of the inspector. The acceptance test covers identifica-
tion, the test marks, the documents on the initial test, the installation
of the pressure vessel, the equipment and condition of the pressure
vessel, as well as the dimensioning, calibration, and arrangement of
the measuring and safety appliances.
D A repair is considered to be significant inter alia if welding work is

ad. (4) carried out at pressure-stressed parts.
D The internal tests include perusal of the test certificates, assessment

ad. (5) of the pressure vessel walls by surveys or - if a satisfactory assessment
is not possible - by supplementary non-destructive tests, and
examination of the condition of the equipment parts, as far as this can

be ascertained while the pressure vessel is not in operation.
1)
See page 18 for the original title in German
Status: May 1999

164 UVV-See
The external tests include a survey of the pressure vessel and its
equipment items as well as an examination of the calibration and
functional readiness of the safety appliances.
D The tests of pressure vessels shall be carried out within the scope of
ad. (6) the surveys according to 45.
D With regard to the examination of standardized pressure vessels for

ad. (7) water supply systems, this regulation is considered fulfilled if DIN
4810 is complied with and if the test is carried out at 1.3 times the
admissible operating pressure.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if a type approval is carried out

ad. (12)according to the Ordinance on Pressure Vessels 1), including an
acceptance test.
1)
See page 18 for the original title in German
Permissible
operating
Diagram of Group Divison
pressure Group A
p (bar) See 121 sect. 2
(for special provisions,
see 121 sect. 9 and 10)
1000
500 G >1
ro b
p
up ar
A an
200 II d
I Group A IV
p > 1 bar und p I > 1000
100
20
Group A II
0
p
<
25 bar < p
I
50
p
=
p I 200
I
10

00
25
10
00
20
10
p
I
=
5
20
0
2
Group A I
1 0,1 bar < p 25 bar
p I 200 Group A II
0,5 0,1 bar < p 1 bar
p I < 200
0,1
Pressure vessels not subject to the Accident Prevention Regulations
0
0,5 1 2 5 10 20 50 100 200 500 1000
I (l)
Capacity of
pressure
compartment
Inspection by a surveor
Groups AI A II A III A IV according to 18 SBG VII or
Inspections/tests
an expert approved by
Initial inspections, acceptance See-Berufsgenossenschaft
tests and inspections after major 1)
modifications Inspection by manufacturer
or expert
Periodical inspections
1) Inspection by
expert
1) Only for pressure vessels containing combustible, corrosive or toxic

gases, vapours or liquids.
Status: May
October
19992003
166 UVV-See
Permissible
Diagram of Group Divison
operating Group B
pressure
See 121 sect. 2
p (bar)
(for special provisions, see 121
sect. 9 and 10)
10.000
Group B VII
5.000
p > 500 bar and p I > 10.000
p
I
10 G =
00 ro 10
2.000 an < up .0
d p B 00
p I
> VI
50 10
p 0 .0
1.000 I ba 00
= r
1.
00
0
500
Group B V
p 500 bar, p > 500 bar and p I 1.000
0
1 2 5 10 20 50 100
I (l)
Capacity of
pressure
compartment
Inspection by a surveyor
Inspections/tests Groups B VI B VII according to 18 SBG VII or
an expert approved by
Initial inspections, acceptance See-Berufsgenossenschaft
tests and inspections after major
modifications Prfung durch Hersteller
oder Sachkundigen
Periodical inspections
Inspection by
expert
122 Compressed Gas Vessels

(1) Compressed gas vessels shall be constructed and fitted so that
they meet with the operational stresses and do not endanger persons.
(2) Compressed gas vessels shall be marked appropriately.
D In order to comply with this regulation, special attention has to be

paid to the test periods and markings if compressed gas vessels are
taken on board a seagoing ship outside of the region of validity for
the Ordinance on Pressure Vessels 1].
D Compressed gas vessels belong to the plants requiring supervision ( 2

ad. (1) sect. 2 a of the Equipment Safety Law 1]) and are subject to the Ordi-
nance on Pressure Vessels 1] in the version of the Notification dated
21.4.1989 (BGBl. I p.843).
Compressed gas vessels in the sense of this Ordinance are movable
vessels which are filled with compressed gases and, after filling, are
taken to another place for extraction of the compressed gases, if an
overpressure of more than 1 bar may result internally at 15 C. These
are inter alia carbon dioxide bottles, oxygen bottles and acetylene
bottles, even if they are connected to a permanently installed piping
system.
The test periods are e.g. 6 years for bottles containing ammonia,
acetylene, and hydrogen, and 10 years for bottles containing oxygen,
carbon dioxide, liquefied gas and the refrigerants dichlorodifluoro-
methane (R 12), chlorodifluoromethane (R 22) and chloropentafluor-
ethylene (R 115).
Regarding cylinders for breathing apparatus, see 175.
Bottles for diving appliances which are carried by the diver shall be
tested every 2 years. See the Technical Rules for Compressed Gases 1]
(TRG) and the applicable Resolutions of the German Compressed
Gas Committee 1] (DGA) dated December 1974, November 1977 and
March 1985.
For the arrangement and ventilation of the installation spaces, see
168 and the F 2 Guidelines for the Construction, Equipment, Testing
and Operation of Welding Plants on Seagoing Ships 2] dated 10th April
1985, and also the Conditions for the Approval of Combined CO2 Fire
Extinguishing Systems and Smoke Detection Systems 2] dated
20th December 1963.
When the test period has expired, a periodical test of compressed gas
vessels need only be carried out when the compressed gas vessels
are to be refilled.
1]
2]
Status: May 1999

168 UVV-See
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the marking includes inter

ad. (2) alia the name of the manufacturer, the serial number, the type of gas,
the dates (i.e. month and year) of inspection and of periodical tests.
123 Water Heating Systems, Steam Cooking Apparatus

(1) Water heating systems and steam cooking apparatus shall be
constructed so that they meet the operational stresses, especially
with regard to pressures, temperatures, and thermal expansions.
(2) Steam cooking apparatus shall be equipped with a reduction
valve if the admissible heating steam pressure is lower than the
working pressure of the steam boiler. Following the reduction valve,
a safety valve shall be fitted as protection against an impermissible
increase in pressure.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled for water heating systems if

ad. (1) they comply with DIN 4751.
124 Marking
Piping systems in service spaces, and valves and fittings, shall be
clearly and durably marked if, through confusion, danger could arise
with regard to contents, temperature or pressure.
D For the marking of fresh water pipes, see the Ordinance on Crew
Accommodation on Board Merchant Vessels 1] dated 8th February 1973
(BGBl. I p.66).
See also the F 2 Guidelines for the Construction, Equipment, Testing
1985.
Apart from that, these regulations are considered fulfilled if the ISO
recommendation DIS 14726-1 is observed for the marking of the piping
systems.
125 Cooling Water, Bilge and Ballast Systems

Cooling water, bilge and ballast systems shall be constructed and

arranged in such a way that they meet the operational stresses and
their designated functions; in particular, the ships spaces shall be
given sufficient protection against the penetration of seawater.
1]
2]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if, with regard to construction,

equipment and testing, the piping systems comply with the Germani-
scher Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction of Seagoing
Ships. 37 remains unaffected.
The devices for closing the shut-offs in main seawater inlet pipes shall
be arranged 1.00 m above the floor plates.
An ejector in combination with an independently operated high-

pressure seawater pump may be provided as an independent bilge
pump, provided that the requirements made of these bilge pumps as
regards the delivery rate are fulfilled.
126 Machine Tools
(1) The starting and stopping devices of powered machine tools shall
be easy to reach from the standing position of the machine operator;
they shall function safely and exclude unintentional switching
actions.
(2) Machine tools shall be fitted with an emergency stop appliance

that is appropriate for the hazards associated with the machine tools
and the stopping mode normally required.
D Powered machine tools are e.g. lathes and drilling machines. The
ad. (1) switchgear also includes the engaging and disengaging levers.
127 Hydraulic Equipment
(1) Hydraulic equipment shall be designed and arranged so that it

withstands the loads likely to occur in service and so that any
hydraulic oil which escapes or overflows does not come into contact
with parts with high surface temperatures.
(2) The operating positions of hydraulic equipment shall be

protected by devices or through suitable arrangement in order that
the operators are not endangered by jets of hydraulic oil.
(3) Movable hydraulic equipment shall be constructed so that

accident-proof installation and operation are guaranteed.
Status: May 1999

170 UVV-See
(4) Hydraulically operated equipment shall be constructed so that

the operational lowering speed is not exceeded by 1.5 fold when
leaks occur in the hydraulic oil piping system.
(5) Hoses in hydraulic oil piping systems shall be flame-resistant.

They may only be installed to a limited extent and shall not be laid
in the vicinity of parts with high surface temperatures.
(6) Oil troughs, oil gutterways and oil coamings shall be arranged
and constructed so that any hydraulic oil leaking out cannot get into
passageways and working areas.
D With permanently installed hydraulic equipment, this regulation is

ad. (1) considered fulfilled with regard to construction, equipment and testing
if the equipment complies with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the
Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships. 37 remains
unaffected.
High surface temperatures are temperatures exceeding 220 C; see

166.
D Operators are not endangered by jets of hydraulic oil if hydraulic pipes

ad. (2) and fittings are kept a minimum distance of half a metre from the
vertical boundary lines to the side of the operating position and from
the operating element. If arranged at closer distances, the pipes, fittings
and especially the pipe joints shall be covered by steel screens.
D Movable hydraulic equipment includes inter alia hydraulic tensioning

ad. (3) devices for expansion bolts.
D Hydraulically operated equipment includes winches, cranes or other

ad. (4) lifting devices, covers of skylights and installation openings,
hatchcovers, lifting platforms, ramps, shell doors, and any lowerable
or folding parts of the ship, such as wheelhouses, masts and funnels.
128 Blocking of Operating Elements during Maintenance Work
If insured persons can be endangered during maintenance work by

the operation of the equipment, its operating elements shall be
arranged and constructed that they may be blocked against actuation.
D Equipment in this sense is e.g. the main propulsion plants of multi-

engine propulsion plants and variable-pitch propeller systems.
Sufficient safety is achieved e.g. by safety bows at operating levers
and safety covers at control buttons, whereby the safety bows and
safety covers shall be locked in place.
129 Incinerators
(1) Incinerators shall be constructed, equipped and installed so that
fire risks are prevented and the plant may be charged without danger.
(2) A free room depth of 1.50 m shall be available in front of the
charging device.
(3) The charging devices shall be designed so that the operator is
protected against heat radiation and that the flames are prevented
from leaping out even if the material to be incinerated explodes.
(4) Incinerators shall be equipped with induced-draught ventilators
which safeguard that no combustion gases can escape from the
combustion chamber into the installation space of the incinerator.
(5) A notice plate with all details necessary for operation shall be
attached to the plant at a clearly visible spot.
(6) Containers made of sheet metal shall be provided for the
temporary storage of solid wastes.
D See also 38 and 39 of the Federal Immission Protection Law 1].

D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the incinerators comply with
ad. (1) Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction
of Seagoing Steel Ships. 37 remains unaffected.
With regard to the provisions on technical safety, see VDI guideline
2301 - Incineration 1]. See also 104, 108 and 166.
If incinerators are installed in main and auxiliary machinery spaces,
they shall be arranged at main-deck level; if they are installed in se-

parate spaces, any adjacent accommodation rooms, fuel tanks and
cargo spaces shall be separated by A class divisions. These
installation spaces shall not have accesses from the accommodation.
1]
Status: May 1999

172 UVV-See
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the charging device is

ad. (3) equipped with a filling sluice and if the filling sluice is connected
with the charging door in such a way that the door may only be opened
if the filling sluice shuts the combustion chamber.
130 Liquid Gas Plants

Liquid gas plants for household purposes shall be arranged and
constructed in such a way that they meet with the expected stresses
and that they do not cause any danger.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the liquid gas plants for house-
hold purposes comply with the G 4 Guidelines for the Construction,
Equipment, Testing and Operation of Liquid Gas Plants for House-
hold Purposes on Seagoing Ships 1] dated 25th October 1977 (in the
version of February 1982).
131 Refrigerating Plants

(1) Refrigerating plants and refrigerating transfer systems shall be
arranged and constructed to meet with the expected stresses in
operation and during standby - especially by pressure and chemical
influence of the refrigerants - and so that they do not endanger
persons.
(2) Only refrigerants of group 1 may be used in refrigerating plants.
As an alternative for R 22, ammonia may only be used for cargo
refrigeration systems.
(3) At each refrigerating plant, the following details shall be stated,
durably and clearly visible: manufacturer or supplier, year of
construction, refrigerant, admissible operating pressure in bar at
the respective pressure stage, and filling capacity in kg.
(4) The refrigerating plants shall be equipped with safety appliances
against overpressure. For refrigerating plants with a filling capacity
up to 25 kg, overpressure safety switches are sufficient as the only
safety device. For refrigerating plants with a capacity up to 10 kg,
the safety device may be omitted if a higher pressure than the design
pressure cannot develop, owing to their construction.
(5) Liquid collectors which can be separated completely by shut-off
devices which are equipped for operational actuation shall be fitted
with a safety valve.
1]
(6) Each pressure stage and each evaporating stage of a refrigerating

plant with a filling capacity of more than 10 kg shall be equipped
with a pressure indicator that is suitable for the refrigerants used.
For fully automatic refrigerating plants with a filling capacity up to
100 kg, connections for pressure gauges are sufficient.
(7) Pressure shut-off valves at the compressor that are equipped for
operational actuation shall be constructed so as to make their position
clearly recognizable.
D Refrigerating plants inter alia are also refrigerators, upright freezers

and chest freezers.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the refrigerating plants

ad. (1)
& (2) 1. comply with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1 Chapter 10, and
2. additionally, in the case of cargo refrigeration systems using

ammonia, meet the following requirements:
- Reduction to a minimum of the volume of the ammonia used,

e.g. through plate-type coolers or dry evaporation.
- Ventilation of the installation space of the ammonia plant

through suction ventilators from the lower part of the space.
- Arrangement of two direct accesses to the open deck if the

length of one of the spaces, or of all together, exceeds 8 m.
- Gastight separation of the spaces from the other spaces of the

ship by means of steel walls; doors or similar connections are
not permissible.
- Steel doors to these spaces shall be self-closing.
- Installation spaces of the ammonia plant can be arranged

- above the uppermost continuous deck, or alternatively
- on the deck below the uppermost continuous deck,

provided that the following conditions are met:
- an automatic water-spraying system for the entire

installation space that is triggered for an ammonia
content of 200 ppm,
- accesses are provided via stairways.

Status: May 1999
174 UVV-See
- Personal protective equipment to be provided

- for two crew members:
safety gloves, eye protection, compressed-air breathing
apparatus
- To be kept in readiness during maintenance and repair
work:
additionally two sets of compressed-air breathing
apparatus and two sets of protective clothing.
See Ordinance on Crew Accommodation on Board Merchant
Vessels 1] dated 8th February 1973 (BGBl. I p.66).
According to their qualities, refrigerants are divided into these groups:
Group 1: Non-combustible refrigerants, without an appreciable
detrimental effect on human health, e.g. R 11, R 12, R 22
and R 502.
Group 2: Toxic or corrosive refrigerants, or those whose mixture
with air has a lower flammability limit (explosion limit)
of at least 3.5 vol.%, e.g. ammonia.
Group 3: Refrigerants whose mixture with air has a lower
flammability limit (explosion limit) of less than 3.5 vol.%.
132 Arrangement of Combustion Engines

(1) Drive engines of generators - with the exception of emergency
generators - and other combustion engines which are regularly in
operation shall be installed in special spaces if arranged outside of
the main and auxiliary machinery spaces and not on the open deck.
(2) Combustion engines not regularly in operation and installed
outside of the main and auxiliary machinery spaces shall be arranged
so that they are separated from other plants or equipment items by
suitable measures.
D Operation is considered regular if combustion engines are necessary

ad. (1) for the operation of the main propulsion machinery, for transverse
thrusters, or for loading and unloading.
Special spaces include those where other auxiliary engines are
mounted.
1]
D Combustion engines are e.g. drive engines for emergency fire pumps.
ad. (2) Suitable measures are e.g. distances of 1.00 m from other plants or
equipment items, or separation by wire mesh. For the arrangement of
emergency generators, see SOLAS 74/88 regulation II-1/25 and 26.
133 Liquid Pressure Indicators
(1) Open pressure indicators with indicating liquids of a toxic or

corrosive nature shall be constructed so that the liquid cannot escape
from the indicator even if it suddenly shoots up.
(2) Open pressure indicators with indicating liquids of a toxic or

corrosive nature shall not be fitted in engine control rooms or similar
closed spaces.
D Toxic or corrosive indicator liquids are e.g. mercury and abolin.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if e.g. plastic hoses which lead

ad. (1) to a collecting vessel are fitted to the vents of the liquid pressure
indicators.
134 Grinding Machines, Grinding Wheels
(1) Grinding machines and grinding wheels shall be constructed,

and fixed grinding machines also arranged, in such a way that they
can be operated in an accident-proof manner.
(2) Grinding machines shall have an plate attached which states the
manufacturer, year of construction and idling speed.
(3) Grinding machines shall be equipped with adjustable protecting

hoods made of tenacious material. However, this is not necessary for
grinding machines fitted with grinding wheels with a diameter up to
50 mm, and for electrically powered hand grinders up to 150 W
input with peripheral speeds up to 10 m/s.
(4) Grinding wheels shall have the following details attached:

manufacturer, type of bond or type of grinding wheel, dimensions
of the wheel and admissible revolutions.
Status: May 1999

176 UVV-See
(5) Grinding machines shall have no organically bonded wheels

containing lead or other constituents or coatings dangerous to health.
(6) Grinding machines shall only have wheels whose admissible

revolutions are equal to or greater than the idling speed.
(7) Within the vicinity of stationary grinding machines, a signboard

shall be fitted demanding eye protection.
D See 157 Work with Grinders, Drilling Machines and Lathes
D The idling speed is the maximum speed of the spindle at no load,

ad. (2) with the grinding wheel attached.
& (6)
D Grinding wheels include abrasive wheels, parting wheels and cutting
ad. (4) discs.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if a signboard with the sign G 1

ad. (7) Augenschutz tragen / Wear eye protection according to DIN
4844-1 sheet 16 is used.
135 Laundry Equipment
(1) Washing machines, dryers and spin-drying machines shall be

constructed and arranged so that they can be operated in an accident-
proof manner.
(2) Electric installations at these appliances shall be arranged or

provided with protective appliances to prevent splashwater from also
seeping in from other sanitary facilities. If these appliances are not
connected to the mains by plugs, switches shall be provided in the
same room by which all parts under current may be de-energized.
(3) Washing machines and dryers shall be constructed so that the

drum can be put into motion only after the protective lid has been
closed, and so that the driving force is stopped when the protective
lid is opened.
(4) Spin-drying machines shall be constructed so that the drum can

start moving only after the protective lid has been tightly closed and
so that either the protective lid can be opened only after the drum
has reached a standstill, or so that opening the lid stops the drum
turning.
D Spin-drying machines are inter alia tumble-dryers and automatic

ad. (4) washing machines with a spinning device.
136 General Requirements for Electrical Installations

(1) Electrical plants and equipment shall be arranged and
constructed so that they in particular meet the electrical stresses
which are to be expected, as well as the stresses of vibration and
other environmental conditions, and so that they do not endanger
persons.
(2) Electrical plants and stationary equipment shall be arranged and
constructed so that their operational safety is not impaired by other
devices.
(3) Electrical plants and equipment in explosion-endangered spaces
shall be constructed to be explosion-proof with a suitable degree of
protection. Spaces endangered by explosion shall only be illuminated
by permanently installed ex-proof lamps or from the outside through
gastight windows.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the electrical plants and

equipment comply with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the
Classification and Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1,
Chapter 3. 37 remains unaffected.
Insofar as the regulations of Germanischer Lloyd do not contain special
provisions, the rules to be considered result from the DIN VDE
standards or the publications of the IEC (International Electrotechnical
Commission). In certain cases, See-Berufsgenossenschaft may decide
that the DIN VDE standards or the publications of the IEC shall be
applied for permanently installed electrical equipment.
With regard to explosion-protected installations or spaces endangered
by explosion, see also the Ordinance on the Transport of Dangerous
Goods on Seagoing Vessels 1] in the version of the Notification dated
24.8.1995 (BGBl. 1, p.1077).
Electrical equipment includes all objects which - as a whole or as

individual parts - serve for the application of electric energy (e.g.
objects for generation, conduction, distribution, storage, measurement,
conversion and consumption) or for the transfer, distribution and
processing of information (e.g. objects belonging to telecommunication
and information technology).
1]
Status: May 1999

178 UVV-See
A distinction is made between stationary and mobile electrical

equipment. Mobile electrical equipment includes e.g. instruments,
tools and hand lamps.
Electrical plants are formed by a combination of various items of

electrical equipment.
D Explosion-endangered spaces are areas where a hazardous quantity

ad. (3) of explosive atmosphere (dangerous explosive atmosphere) may arise
due to the local and operational conditions. These are especially spaces
or areas where combustible liquids with a flash point below 60 C are
kept or used, as well as paint, lamp and accumulator rooms.
An explosive atmosphere is a mixture of air and combustible gases,

fumes, smoke or dust under such atmospheric conditions that a rapid
combustion process (explosion) automatically spreads from the point
of ignition after the mixture has been ignited.
137 Safety Precautions for Electrical Installations
(1) Active parts of electrical plants and equipment shall be arranged

and constructed so that they are protected against direct contact in a
manner appropriate to their voltage, frequency, type of application,
and place of operation. This does not apply to electrical plants and
equipment up to a voltage of 50 V.
(2) Electrical plants and equipment shall be arranged and

constructed so that the active parts can be safely de-energized or
deactivated whenever removal or deactivation of the contact
protection according to sect. 1 is unavoidable for maintenance work.
If it is not possible to de-energize all of the active parts of the plant,
additional protection against direct contact shall be provided for
those parts which remain active. The provision of such measures

shall be practicable without the risk of danger, such as electric current
flowing through the body or the formation of electric arcs.
(3) Electrical equipment which is to be handled in areas where

complete protection from direct contact is not required or not
possible, shall have at least partial protection against direct contact
at neighbouring active parts.
(4) Electrical plants and equipment shall provide protection upon

indirect contact that is appropriate to their voltage, frequency, type
of application, and place of operation, in order to also safeguard
against hazardous contact voltages in the case of a fault in the
electrical plant or equipment.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the active parts of the electrical

ad. (1) plants and equipment are protected by insulation, suitable arrange-
ments or permanently installed devices.
Active parts are conductors or conductive parts of the equipment which

are energized under normal operational conditions.
D Additional protections are e.g. covers or barriers.

ad. (2)
D If an equipment item contains parts within its casing (housing, lid,

ad. (3) cover) which are to be handled occasionally (e.g. adjustment or
resetting of a relay, changing of a lamp or a fuse), a partial covering
within the casing shall be provided in order that, with proper handling,
any contact with unprotected active parts is prevented. Such a
covering, however, need not prevent contact that would be possible
if the hand is willfully passed behind the cover.
Such a covering, however, only fulfils its purpose if it can be removed

solely with a tool or key.
D Exposed metal parts of electrical plants and equipment which may

ad. (4) come under voltage due to a fault and which function with a voltage
above 50 V shall have a protective earthing or shall be made with
protective insulation. Protection upon indirect contact includes safety
measures such as protective insulation, protective earthing, protective
low voltage, protective isolation and earth leakage (fault current)
circuit breakers.
138 Switchboards
(1) Switchboards should be of the detached type. Switchboards with

an input of more than 500 kVA shall be of the detached type and
shall be installed in a separate room.
(2) Non-detached switchboards shall be constructed so that

maintenance work may be carried out from the front without danger.
Status: May 1999

180 UVV-See
(3) If the rear panels of detached switchboards are closed by single

doors, these doors shall be arranged and made so that they may be
fixed in their open position and enable unimpeded work.
(4) Service and maintenance alleyways shall provide a minimum

clear cross-section 0.90 m wide and 2.00 m high in front of the
switchboards, and 0.60 m wide and 2.00 m high behind detached
switchboards. Service and maintenance alleyways behind
switchboards shall have two accesses; for switchboards up to a length
of 4.00 m, a second access may be omitted.
(5) Service and maintenance alleyways shall not be constricted by

open doors.
(6) The accesses of service and maintenance alleyways behind

opened switchboards with a working voltage from 50 to 1000 V shall
have lockable doors. Warning signs shall be fixed to these doors,
bearing a flash symbol and the inscription
Warnung vor Berhrung der elektrischen

Einrichtungen! Vorsicht!
Beware of touching the electrical equipment! Caution!
(7) In the service and maintenance alleyways of main switchboards

and emergency switchboards, the standing areas shall be insulated.
Handrails at switchboards and emergency switchboards shall also
be insulated.
(8) Piping for water, fuel and oil shall not be arranged above or
behind switchboards.
(9) Switchboards with a voltage of more than 1000 V shall also be

closed at the rear. The doors of the switchboards shall have safety
locks. Warning signs shall be fixed to the doors, bearing a flash
symbol and the inscription
Hochspannung! Vorsicht! Lebensgefahr!

High voltage! Caution! Danger!
In deviation from sect. 4, the service and maintenance alleyways

behind these switchboards shall be 0.90 m wide.
D Switchboards are main switchboards and the associated main

distribution switchboards.
D Closed rooms are e.g. switchboard rooms, engine control rooms and
ad. (1) watch rooms.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the switchboards are of mo-

ad. (2) derate depth only or if withdrawable units are used.
D The doors shall not open towards the inside. It shall not be possible to
ad. (6) open the locks other than with a ward or a safety key from the outside,
but from the inside they shall open without a key.
139 Lighting Equipment
(1) Lighting equipment shall be arranged and constructed that no

risk of accident or dangers to health can result from the type of
lighting.
(2) The type of lighting depends on what has to be seen. The intensity
of the general lighting shall be at least 15 lux.
(3) In service spaces which are not continuously illuminated, the

switches shall be within easy reach and installed near accesses and
exits.
(4) The luminaires shall be arranged and made to permit the

changing of bulbs without danger.
(5) Bilges, troughs and oil gutterways in main and auxiliary

machinery spaces and in the boiler area shall be sufficiently
illuminated.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the lighting equipment

ad. (1) complies with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
The luminaires should be arranged so as to avoid any blinding caused

by lamps or reflections on glossy surfaces.
Status: May 1999

182 UVV-See
For lighting equipment in the accommodation area, see the Ordinance

on Crew Accommodation on Board Merchant Vessels 1] dated
8th February 1973 (BGBl. I, p.66) and Technical Standard for the
Construction and Equipment of Accommodation on Seagoing Ships.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled for the illumination intensities

ad. (2) in service spaces if the values of the following table are observed:
Illumination
intensity (lux)
1. Service spaces
1.1 Main and auxiliary engine rooms
1.1.1 Units on which operating, maintenance and
cleaning work is regularly performed,
or parts of these ...................................................................... 200
1.1.2 Passageways ............................................................................ 50
1.1.3 Stairways in main passageways ........................................... 100
1.1.4 Stairways and ladders in secondary passageways................ 50
1.1.5 Engine control rooms and watch rooms ............................... 300
1.1.6 Desk lighting in ship operation centres,
engine control rooms and watch rooms ............................... 500
1.2 Service rooms, general ............................................................ 50
1.3 Areas of service rooms in which operating,
maintenance and cleaning work is
regularly performed ............................................................... 100
1.4 Passageways outside the main
and auxiliary engine room ...................................................... 50
1.5 Workshops .............................................................................. 300
1.6 Metalworking machines, e.g. lathes, drilling machines
and grinders ........................................................................... 500
1.7 Working areas of fish-processing machines *) .................... 300
2. Illumination on the open deck
2.1 General deck illumination ...................................................... 15
2.2 Winch and hawser area on the forecastle,
when the ship is in port ......................................................... 300
2.3 Winch and hawser area on the forecastle,

when the ship is under way .................................................... 50
*) Fish-processing machines are e.g. machines used for gutting, deheading and filleting
fish.
1]
2.4 Stairs from the poop and forecastle to the main deck........... 50
2.5 Other stairways ........................................................................ 50
2.6 Passageways between hatches and the railing
as well as passageways arranged athwartships between
the container stowing areas .................................................... 20
2.7 Container areas at which lashing work is necessary,
and the top surfaces of containers .......................................... 30
2.8 Areas of the pilots ladder on deck and over the side ........... 50
2.9 Lifeboat station ........................................................................ 50
2.10 Working areas on the catch deck of fishing vessel ............. 150
2.11 Area of the hauling-up slip of fishing vessel
and the fish chute located in the direct vicinity .................. 800
3. Holds
3.1 Passageways in holds .............................................................. 50
3.2 Ramps of RoRo ships ............................................................... 50
4. Areas with a danger of falling or stumbling
as well as passage heights which do not comply
with the regulations ................................................................. 50
5. Access to the towers of deck cranes ....................................... 50
The listed illumination intensities represent minimum nominal values.

The illumination intensities - with the exception of the numbers 1.1.3,
1.1.4, 1.6, 2.1, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7 and 2.8 - may be as much as 50 %
below the required nominal value at some measuring points. For
planning purposes, the nominal intensities shall be multiplied by a
factor of 1.25. For the ship areas listed, the corresponding light colours
should be used as far as possible, in addition to the required
illumination intensities.
The lamps for lighting up the winch and hawser area on the forecastle
when the ship is under way shall be arranged so that there is no
blinding effect for the officers on the bridge. These lamps shall be
switched on from the bridge.
The lamps in the passageways between the hatch and the railing and
in the transverse passageways between the container stowage places
shall be arranged so that there is no risk of glare in the areas to be
walked in, no blinding effect for the officers on the bridge and no
shadow zones. Shadow zones arise e.g. through the stiffeners of hatch
coamings.
Status: May 1999

184 UVV-See
140 Emergency Sources of Electrical Power, Emergency

Consumers
(1) Emergency sources of electrical power and emergency consu-

mers shall be arranged and constructed that no dangers of accident
result upon failure of the main source of electrical power. Emergency
lamps shall be marked red.
(2) Ships of less than 500 GT shall be equipped with independent

installations for the emergency lighting in the accommodation area
and the service spaces.
D Emergency lighting installations in the machinery area should be

ad. (1) provided especially for the illumination of the engine control room,
the watch room, the engine control station, the main switchboard, the
boiler water level gauges, as well as for the stairs, exits, and emergency
exits.
For the arrangement and type of the emergency source of electrical

power and for the number and types of the emergency consumers
which are to be supplied, see SOLAS 74/88 regulations II-1/25 and
26, and SchSV 36 sect. 2 and 3.
D Equipment for the emergency lighting may be stationary or mobile,

ad. (2) such as e.g. self-charging battery hand lamps which switch on
automatically in the event of mains failure.
141 Electric Cables and Wiring

(1) Electric cables and wiring shall be manufactured and installed

so that they meet the expected stresses - especially for the electrical
loads and the stresses resulting from vibration and other environ-
mental conditions - and so that no dangers of accident result.
(2) Cable penetrations through bulkheads and decks shall be

executed so that their strength, watertightness and fire safety are
not impaired.
(3) The casings of plugs and connecting sockets for mobile electrical
equipment shall be made of moulded materials.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the cable network complies

ad. (1) with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 3. 37 remains
unaffected.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the casings of plugs and

ad. (3) connecting sockets comply with DIN 89267 and 89266 with regard to
their manufacture with moulded materials according to DIN 16911,
or if the moulded materials comply with the test requirements of the
standards DIN EN 60309-1 and 2. Suitable moulded materials are
impact-resistant thermoplastic materials (plastics).
142 Accumulator Batteries
(1) These regulations apply to accumulator batteries with a capacity

of more than 15 Ah.
(2) Accumulator batteries shall be arranged and constructed that

they meet the expected stresses - especially the electrical loads and
the stresses caused by vibration and other environmental conditions.
(3) Accumulator batteries shall be installed in accumulator rooms,

cabinets or boxes. If installed in main and auxiliary machinery spaces,
accumulator batteries with a charging capacity up to 2 kW are
excepted from this regulation. Accumulator batteries shall only be
placed in engine control rooms, watch rooms and workshops if they
are installed in completely closed cabinets or boxes with ventilation
from and to main and auxiliary machinery spaces. Accumulator
batteries shall not be installed in accommodation rooms.

Accumulator batteries with a charging capacity of more than 2 kW
shall be installed in accumulator rooms if they are installed under
deck.
(4) Accumulator rooms, cabinets and boxes shall have inlet and
outlet air ducts which prevent the aggregation of ignitable gas
mixtures. They shall be equipped with suction ventilators if their
charging capacity exceeds 2 kW.
Status: May 1999
186 UVV-See
(5) Only those electric appliances which are required for lighting
and ventilation shall be arranged in the accumulator rooms, cabinets
or boxes. They shall be explosion-proof.
(6) Free-standing accumulator batteries in main and auxiliary

machinery spaces shall be protected against falling objects and dirt
by means of suitable coverings.
(7) The doors of accumulator rooms shall be marked with a warning

sign Accumulator Battery / Akkumulator . Prohibition signs shall
be fixed to the doors of accumulator rooms and cabinets, and to the
lids of accumulator boxes, bearing the inscription Fire, open light
and smoking prohibited / Feuer, offenes Licht, Rauchen verboten.
D See hereto Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and

Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1, Chapter 3. Accumulator
batteries are rechargeable electro-chemical energy stores.
D Warning sign Accumulator Battery / Akkumulator: W 2 according

ad. (7) to DIN 40 008;
Prohibition sign Fire, open light and smoking prohibited / Feuer,

offenes Licht, Rauchen verboten: V 2 according to DIN 4844-1
sheet 2.
143 Electric Alarm Devices

(including Tables and Legend)
(1) Electric alarm devices shall be provided to the extent necessary

to guarantee the safety of the persons on board and of ship operation.
(2) Electric alarm devices shall be arranged and constructed so that

the persons within perception range of the signals may react as
intended to the acoustic and visual signals under all operating con-
ditions.
(3) Electric alarm devices shall be equipped so that a combination

of signal devices does not impair the operational readiness of the
alarm devices.
(4) On being triggered, it shall be possible for the automatic signal

generator to automatically produce the general emergency alarm
and the abandon ship signal.
(5) The engine control room, the watch room, and the workshop
shall each be provided with an illuminated signal board or column
each, and the main and auxiliary machinery spaces with illuminated
signal boards or columns in sufficient number. If the watch room or
workshop have a window through which a signal board or column
is clearly visible, then such a signal board or column may be omitted
in these rooms.
D This regulator is in compliance with the requirements of the Code on

Alarms and Indicators (IMO Resolution A.686 (17) dated November
1991).
D With regard to the general emergency alarm, see SOLAS 74/88

ad. (1) regulation III/50 in conjunction with the Ordinance for the Safety of
Seagoing Ships 1] 50.
See hereto inter alia SOLAS 74/78 regulation II-I/38, and regulation
III/50; SchSV 45 (9);
Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction
of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1 Chapter 3 and 4; Ordinance on Crew
Accommodation on Board Merchant Vessels 1] dated 8th February 1973
(BGBl. I p.66), appendix No. 1.42; Ordinance on Lifts 1] dated
27th February 1980 (BGBl. I p.205), appendix No. 2.7.3.; 8 sect. 2
dated the Ordinance for the Medical Care on Seagoing Vessels 1] in
the version of 25th April 1972 (BGBl. I p.734), in the version of the
2nd Amendment Ordinance 1] dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl. I p.631).
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the electric alarm devices

ad. (2) comply with Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and
Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships, Part 1 Chapter 4, and if they
are manufactured and arranged according to tables I and II (see DIN
80010 parts 1 to 3).
The signals may also be generated electronically if their tone
characteristics comply with those of the required signals.
1]
Status: May 1999

188 UVV-See
Table I
Signals in the Machinery Area
General CO2 Automatic General Telephone Engine-

emergency alarm fire alarm in machinery room
alarm machinery alarm telegraph
space
Illuminated 12
)
signal board
column with
symbols11)
Colour of White/ Red Red White White White

radiant field Green
Main engine
Visual alarm
All-round White/ Red Yellow- Yellow- Yellow-

area
light Green Orange Orange Orange
Colour of White/ Red Red White White White

radiant field Green
control room
(ECR) 1)
Engine
Alarm Siren Siren Horn or multitone horn (fanfare)

device
Main engine area
Course of 7 short Continuous Continuous Delayed Delayed Intermittent

signal 9) tones and tone tone intermittent intermittent tone
Audible alarm
1 long tone tone3) tone3)4)5)

13)
Alarm Siren Horn

control room
Course of 7 short Continuos Intermittent Intermittent Intermittent

(ECR) 1)
Engine
signal9) tones and tone tone tone4) tone

1 long tone
13)
For legend to the tables, see page 191

Table II
Signals in the Accommodation and Bridge Area
General General Automatic General Engineer Telephone
emergency bridge fire alarm in machinery call (ECR -
alarm alarm 8) machinery alarm (ECR - bridge)
space (standby accomm. of
alarm) T.O.)
12
)
Radiant field
Symbol
Alleyways
Colour White/
Green
Symbol Red
Radiant field
Day rooms
Colour Red White White
Symbol
Visual alarm
Radiant field
for T.O. 10)
Accomm.
Colour Red White White

Radiant field
for N.O. 10)
Accomm.
Symbol Text field
Colour White
Symbol
Symbol or
Radiant field
Text field
Bridge
Colour White Red Red or White (at

Yellow 6) telephone
Status: May 1999

190 UVV-See
Table II continued
Signals in the Accommodation and Bridge Area
General General Automatic General Engineer Telephone
emergency bridge fire alarm in machinery call (ECR -
alarm alarm 8) machinery alarm (ECR - bridge)
space (standby accomm. of
alarm) T.O.)
Alarm Siren 7)
device
Alleyways
Course of 7 short
signal 9) tones and
1 long tone
Alarm Horn
device
Day rooms
Course of Continuous Intermittent tone

signal 9) tone
Audible alarm
Alarm Horn
device
for T.O. 10)
Accomm.
Course of Continuous Intermittent tone

signal 9) tone
Alarm Summer
for N.O. 10)
device
Accomm.
Course of Continuous
signal 9) tone
Alarm Buzzer Bell

device
Bridge
Course of Continuous Continuous Intermittent Intermittent

signal 9) tone tone tone tone

Legend to the Tables

1) This also applies to watch rooms or engine workshops.
2) This signal shall be definitely noticeable in all spaces which can be flooded with
CO2 in the ECR and in other enclosed neighbouring spaces.
3) An activation delay of 10 seconds maximum is permissible.*)
4) The telephone ringing shall be switched off automtically after about 1 minute
even if the recciver (handset) was not taken off the hook.
5) The acoustic call may be switched off for the time of watch-free operation, provided
that it is ensured that the alarm device is operational during the remaining time.
e. g. through interlocking with the standby selection switch.
6) See the Germanischer Lloyd Rules for the Classification and Construction of
Seagoing Steel Ships. Part. I Chapter 3.
7) The siren shall be definitely noticeable in all service and accommodation spaces,
and shall also wake up sleeping persons.
8) The general bridge alarms include, amongst others, the following alarm signals:
steering gear alarm, gyro-compass alarm, autopilot or off-course alarm, mooring
winch alarm, hospital call, fire alarm from the accommodation and cargo spaces,
lift alarm, reefer space locking alarm, bridge duty watch safety alarm insofar as
these are installed. The alarms shall be indicated on the bridge in a common
illuminated table and in the accommodation area of the N. O.; the essential alarms
for port operation shall generally be produced in the alleyway as a collective alarm
and collective indication.
9) Course of signal
Continuous tone
Intermittent tone
Hz
Hz
r(s)
t (s)
Hz
Hz
0 2 4
0 2 4
10) N.O.: nautical officers

T.O.: technical officers
11) Specimens of the symbols in original size may be obtained from See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
12) Symbol for general alarm in the passenger spaces:
* Can be increased to 1 minute for the machinery area.
Status: May 1999

192 UVV-See
144 Circuits
(1) Circuits shall be installed so that the consumer circuit, including
the auxiliary and control circuits, are free of voltage at all poles if
the main switch is in the off position or if the fuses have been
removed. Auxiliary or control circuits with a voltage up to 24 V are
exempted from this requirement.
(2) A warning sign shall be fixed at a suitable place if, in addition to
the consumer circuit, there exist any external circuits which cannot
be de-energized by means of the main switch or by removing the
fuses.
D External circuits are e.g. circuits for standby heating or for interlocks
ad. (2) with other consumers. The warning sign should have the wording:
Achtung! Fremdstromkreis! Getrennt abschalten! / Attention!
External circuit! Disconnect separately!
144 a Test Stations for Electrical Equipment

(1) Test stations for electrical equipment shall be arranged and
equipped, and the equipment within reach of the test stations shall
be insulated with regard to the hull, so that any hazard due to electric
current flowing through the human body is excluded.
(2) Test stations shall be equipped with a earth leakage protection
device and with a point of connection for the auxiliary earth.
(3) Test stations and electrical workshops shall be equipped with
two emergency shut-down switches marked red.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the upper and side surfaces

ad. (1) of test benches do not consists of conductive material. Electrically
conductive built-on units shall be insulated with regard to the hull.
D Earth leakage protection devices shall comply with DIN VDE 0663
ad. (2) part 1 and shall be designed for a rated fault current of less than
30 mA.
145 Water Protection for Electrical Equipment

(1) Openings of ventilation ducts and similar installations shall be
arranged and constructed so that no water can leak into switchboards,
generators or similar electrical equipment which is not protected
against splashwater.
(2) Plug-in sockets shall not be arranged below windows which can
be opened.
(3) Electrical equipment in areas which may be exposed to wetness

or splashing water shall at least be splashwater protected.
D Areas which may be exposed to wetness or splashing water are

ad. (3) especially washrooms; bathrooms; toilets; rooms for the washing,
drying and ironing of laundry; galleys; as well as areas below windows
which may be opened, and areas in the vicinity of washbasins and
sinks.
146 Spare Parts
(1) Spare parts for the machinery and electrical equipment shall be
carried on board to a sufficient extent.
(2) Spare parts shall be replaced as soon as they have been used up.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the spare parts according to

ad. (1) the list given in Germanischer Lloyds Rules, Part 1 Chapters 2 and 3,
are carried on board. 37 remains unaffected.
For diesel engines which drive emergency fire pumps and for diesel
engines in lifeboats, this regulation is considered fulfilled if the
following spare parts are carried:
1 For each diesel engine:

1.1 1 set of normal tools with special wrenches
1.2 1 set of V-belts
1.3 1 set of filter cartridges
1.4 1 pump impeller for the cooling water pump
1.5 starting aids, such as blasting fuses, ignition spirals.
2 For each type of diesel engine and for up to 3 diesel engines of

the same type on a ship:
2.1 1 fuel injection nozzle
2.2 1 set of fuel injection pipes
2.3 1 set of gaskets and packings
2.4 1 set of valves with springs and valve seats for one cylinder
2.5 1 set of piston rings of each type.
Status: May 1999

194 UVV-See
B. Operational Requirements and Regulations

for Insured Persons
147 Operating of Engine Plants
(1) Before starting the engine, the operational readiness of the plant
shall be ensured. Before the closing of openings - especially of
crankshaft drive openings at diesel engines - an inspection has to be
carried out to ensure that there is no foreign matter within the plant.
(2) The engines shall only be started with the designated starting
arrangements. The starting of engines with oxygen is dangerous and
therefore not admissible.
(3) Compressed air for manoeuvring and for pneumatically operated

signal and safety appliances shall always be available when under
way. The necessary compressed-air vessels shall be kept continually
open during operation.
148 Handling of Filters
(1) The repositioning and opening of fuel oil and lubricating oil
filters shall only be carried out by or under the supervision of a
ships officer.
(2) Filters may only be opened, carefully, after measures have been
taken to ensure that no pressure exists or can build up.
D As measures before opening the filter, the opening and keeping open
ad. (2) of drain or vent valves shall be considered. The careful opening of
covers is effected by slightly loosening the nuts and lifting the lid
slightly until it no longer adheres to, or lies on, its seat.
149 Operating and Maintenance of Refrigerating Plants
(1) Refrigerating plants may only be operated, maintained, and

repaired by persons who have been especially instructed for the
purpose. The instruction shall be given before the first occasion of
performing the work, and shall be repeated at adequate intervals.
Instructions shall include especially information detailing:
1. the dangers of working at refrigerating plants,

2. the safety requirements, and
3. the necessary behaviour in the event of accidents and
malfunctions, and the measures to be taken.
(2) The employer shall provide an operating manual. The manufac-

turers operating instructions shall be taken into account.
(3) Before starting repair work at parts containing refrigerant, the

medium shall be removed as far as necessary for safe execution of
the work.
(4) In the liquid state, refrigerants may only be filled into closable
vessels until a gas space of at least 5 % remains at the highest possible
ambient temperatures.
(5) Storage of refrigerants shall be within the respective designated

spaces, or separately in the open.
150 Testing and Maintenance
(1) Before starting maintenance and cleaning work, measures for

the prevention of accidents shall be taken. Operating instructions of
the employer and operating manuals of the manufacturers shall be
observed.
(2) Before starting maintenance and cleaning work, steps shall be

taken to ensure that powered units cannot start automatically.
(3) An appliance may be tested only if the necessary measuring,

safety and warning devices are ready for operation and fully
functional.
(4) During tests of arrangements for maintenance work, nobody is

allowed to stay in the endangered area except the persons indispen-
sable for the supervision and execution of the test.
(5) Safety measures provided for maintenance and cleaning work

may only be withdrawn by the person responsible for these measures.
Status: May 1999

196 UVV-See
D See 9 sect. 1 in conjunction with D ad. (1) and 17.

Maintenance work includes servicing, inspections and repair work.
Servicing work comprises measures for upholding the condition
established for the respective purpose; inspections are measures for
the assessment and estimation of the condition at a certain time; repair
work consists of measures for re-establishing the condition for the
respective purpose.
With regard to the special dangers connected with work on electrical
equipment, see the F 6 Instruction Sheet on the Handling of Electrical
Equipment 1] dated 27th June 1991.
D Automatically starting powered units are e.g. standby units, pres-

ad. (2) surizer pumps and bilge pumps.
151 Maintenance of Machinery Equipment

(1) During work at powered units, starting and switching arrange-
ments shall be fitted with a board Do not switch! Danger! / Nicht
schalten! Gefahr!
(2) Before beginning maintenance work at pneumatically started
engines, the shut-off valves of the compressed air pipe shall be closed.
The turning devices of main propulsion engines shall be engaged.
(3) If maintenance work is to be carried out at a main propulsion
engine which has been stopped, and if this engine is part of a multi-
engine plant in which one main propulsion engine is still working,
measures shall be taken to prevent with certainty the starting of the
main propulsion engine that has been taken out of operation.
(4) Before operating the control systems, the operator of turning
devices at the main propulsion engines shall make sure that no per-
sons are endangered by moving parts.
(5) Securing nuts of fuel injection valves may be loosened only after
the engine has come to a standstill. It is not permissible to loosen
any jammed fuel injection valves by using the compression pressure

in the cylinder.
(6) Before undertaking maintenance work at pressurized systems,
the respective plant parts shall be safely separated from systems
remaining under pressure.
1]
(7) Pressure vessels and units operating under pressure may be

carefully opened only after it has been ensured by two independent
measures that no pressure exists or can built up.
(8) Flexible connections between pressure vessels for water supply

plants and the pressure-reduced air system (working air system) shall
be removed immediately after the air cushion has been refilled.
(9) Installation openings, accesses to openings made by removing

floor plates, and areas in which rails have been removed shall be
secured in an accident-proof way.
(10) Synthetic fibre ropes shall not be used in the machinery area.
(11) Maintenance and cleaning work at liquid pressure indicators

with toxic or corrosive measuring liquids shall be carried out in
conjunction with the safety measures that are necessary in each
individual case.
(12) Maintenance work at components under spring tension, and at

pneumatically or hydraulically operated components shall be carried
out in an accident-proof manner.
D Units in this sense are e.g. engines and compressors.

ad. (1)
D This regulation is considered fulfilled for multi-engine plants with
ad. (3) clutch couplings if
- the operating elements can be secured by arrestable safety bows

in the case of operating levers, and by safety covers in the case of
control buttons, and if
- compressed-air couplings are secured by a lockable vent valve,

hydraulic couplings by a lockable drain valve, and electromagnetic
couplings by safe disconnection of power supply.
This regulation is considered fulfilled for multi-shaft plants - as long

as they are not equipped with clutch couplings - if the braking or
locking device of the respective propeller shaft is effective.
Status: May 1999

198 UVV-See
Braking or locking devices in this sense are plants which are designed
in such a way that the resulting torque is held effectively. With vari-
able-pitch propeller systems, the torque at full pitch shall be taken as
the basis.
If the measures listed above are not practicable, the shaft connection
between main propulsion engine and the propeller shall be
disconnected.
D For example: before starting a diesel engine, steps shall be taken to

ad. (4) ensure that powered turning devices have been disengaged and hand-
operated turning bars have not been inserted.
D The closing of shut-off valves can only be regarded as sufficient

ad. (6) separation if the handwheels have been removed or secured against
turning. Nonreturn valves, even two fitted in series, do not constitute
sufficient safety of separation.
In the case of systems bearing steam, or toxic or corrosive media, this

regulation is considered fulfilled if a safe and visible separation is
produced by blind flanges, by removing adapters or by other reliable
measures. The closing of shut-off valves is considered as sufficient
separation only if the handwheels are taken off and the space between
the locking devices is drained and remains open.
See also 77.
D As measures to be taken before opening a vessel, the following shall

ad. (7) be considered: the opening and keeping open of drain valves, vent
valves and test cocks. If only one of these possibilities exists, the
pressure gauge or its pipe shall be removed from the vessel. The careful
opening of covers (lids, valves) is effected by slightly loosening the
nuts and lifting the lid slightly until it no longer adheres to, or lies on,
its seat.
D The safety measures include inter alia the removal of the liquid
ad. (11)pressure indicator and the execution of maintenance and cleaning
work in an area with a jointless floor by using suitable personal
protective equipment.
See 133.
D Maintenance work shall be carried out with due observance of the

ad. (12) notes given in the operating instructions. Before starting maintenance
work, the load on the above-mentioned systems must be removed.
The working location and body posture shall be chosen for the
disassembly work such that there is no danger through components
not completely relaxed, taking into account the possible flying
direction. Spring-loaded, pneumatically operated or hydraulically
operated components are e.g. induction and exhaust valves as well
as safety valves of diesel engines, valves and slide valves in bilge,
ballast and cooling water systems, regulators and actuating cylinders.
Components shall also include tools.
152 Floor Plates and Accessible Platform Decks
(1) Floor plates, accessible platform decks and stair steps shall be
kept free of oil and grease.
(2) Floor plates shall be tightly screwed together again after the
maintenance work has been completed.
153 Bunkering of Fuel Oil
The bunkering of fuel oil shall be supervised by a ships officer. A

reliable means of communication shall be provided between the
fuelling station on deck and the machinery space. The self-closing
devices of sounding pipes in the double-bottom fuel tanks may be
opened briefly during the sounding procedure only if the test valves
have been opened beforehand.
154 Boilers, Steam Pipes, Oil-Firing Plants
(1) When starting the burner and watching the flame, the operator
shall position himself to the side of the respective openings.
(2) Blasting fuses for the ignition of burners shall be inserted into
the designated extinguishing pipes after use.
(3) A protective shield shall be used when purging any round water
gauge glasses.
(4) The boiler shall be taken out of service upon failure of the safety
devices of automatic oil burners. If emergency operation is necessary,
this shall be carried out according to the directions in 108 sect. 5.
During emergency operation, the functions of the inoperative safety
devices shall be taken over by continuous and competent supervision.
Status: May 1999
200 UVV-See
(5) Boilers may be accessed, whether on the water side or the flue-
gas side, only after sufficient ventilation and cooling.
(6) Before accessing, the boiler shall be safely and visibly separated
in all piping systems from other boilers connected to it and still in
operation, by means of blind flanges, by removing adapters, or by
other reliable measures.
(7) When cleaning the boiler with chemicals, the manufacturers

handling instructions shall be observed.
(8) Immediately before opening a steam pipe, the pipes which are
to be connected shall be effectively drained before and after the shut-
off valves.
(9) While opening the steam pipe, the pipe shall be effectively
drained after the shut-off valve.
(10) When opening a steam pipe, the feed valve shall be opened in
such a way that dangerous water hammer or impermissible thermal
stresses are avoided. If slide valves with compensating lines are
provided, the slide valve may be opened only after pressure balance
has been achieved by the compensating lines.
D The closing of at least two connecting valves with the removal of the
ad. (6) handwheels is considered as sufficient only if the handwheels are
kept under lock and key, if special safeguards are fitted on the valve
stems to preventing opening of the valves, and if the space between
the two connecting valves is drained and kept open.
D An effective drainage requires that the drain pipes and steam traps
ad. (8) are examined to ensure that they are clear. This examination is made
by checking the temperature rise at the drain valve or steam trap.
The drain pipes shall be opened immediately before opening the steam
pipes, because the formation of condensate has to be reckoned with,
even after a brief interval.
D The valves in the drain pipes should be throttled during the supply of
ad. (9) steam while observing the escaping water-steam mixture, and should
be closed upon escape of steam.
D Even after effective drainage, condensate may be present, possibly

ad. (10)leading to dangerous water hammer. This, as well as impermissible
thermal stresses, can be prevented if e.g. in the case of slide valves
without compensating lines, or in the case of other valves, the process
of opening is initially interrupted when water or a water-steam mixture
escapes from the completely opened drain pipe of the steam pipe
system which is to be supplied, and if the feed valve is then opened
slowly and with periodical interruptions until pressure balance is
achieved.
155 Handling of Heat Transfer Plants
(1) Heat transfer plants may be filled or refilled only under the
supervision of a ships officer. Changing to another heat carrier may
be carried out only with the consent of the manufacturer or supplier
of the heater.
(2) Only those liquids for which the manufacturer guarantees a

usability of at least one year may be used as heat carriers. The
continued usability of the heat carrier shall be tested by the
manufacturer or other qualified testing body three months after the
plant was put into operation or after another heat carrier was chosen,
otherwise at least once a year. The test results shall be entered into
the engine logbook. Heat carrier fluids which have escaped from
the plant shall not be refilled into the plant.
(3) The starting up of a heat transfer plant from its cold condition
shall only be carried out under the supervision of a ships officer.
(4) While in service, the regulating and safety appliances shall be

checked once a month by a ships officer with regard to their

effectiveness. The test results shall be entered into the engine
logbook.
(5) If regulating and safety appliances of heat transfer plants fail

and their operation is absolutely necessary to continue a voyage
already started, their functions shall be taken over by continuous
and competent supervision. If this is not possible, the plant shall be
taken out of service.
Status: May 1999

202 UVV-See
(6) The reservoirs shall be dewatered regularly.
156 Purifiers
The operational reliability of purifiers shall be checked at least every

two years in the dismantled condition. The result of the inspections
shall be entered into the engine logbook.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the purifier is stripped for this

inspection to a degree which permits a thorough inspection of the
relevant parts. This includes the inspection of the shut-off devices in
the fuel system and the cover fastenings.
157 Work with Grinders, Drilling Machines and Lathes
(1) When grinding brittle material or turning such material on a

lathe, safety goggles shall be used.
(2) The use of organically bonded grinding wheels containing lead

or other constituents or coatings dangerous to health is not
permissible.
(3) When cutting with grinders, care shall be taken not to twist the
tool or workpiece.
(4) Grinding wheels may be mounted only by persons authorized to

do so.
(5) The protective covers of grinders shall be re-adjusted regularly

to account for the wear of the grinding wheel.
(6) Workpiece supports shall always be placed close to the grinding

wheel on all sides.
(7) For drilling work, the workpieces shall be clamped in such a

way that they cannot be turned with the drill.
(8) When working at drilling machines or at lathes, gloves shall not

be worn.
D Grinding wheels with such constituents are marked as detrimental to

ad. (2) health.
D When working with abrasive cloth at lathes, a clamp or a similar aid

ad. (8) should be used as far as possible to prevent the abrasive cloth from
being caught in the rotating workpiece.
157 a Maintenance and Operation of Electrical Plants and Equip-

ment
(1) The employer shall take steps to ensure that maintenance work
at electrical plants and equipment is only carried out a crew member
with sufficient expert knowledge, or that such work is only performed
under the supervision of this crew member. Furthermore, the
employer shall ensure that the electrical plants and equipment are
operated in compliance with the rules of good electrical practice.
(2) A crew member with sufficient expert knowledge is a person
who - on account of his specialist training, knowledge, skills and
experience as well as familiarity with the applicable regulations -
can properly assess the work entrusted to him and recognize any
possible hazards.
D Crew members with sufficient expert knowledge are

ad. (2) 1. Ships electrotechnician
2. Ships electrician
3. Ships officers with a certificate of technical proficiency and trained
for defined activities concerning the operation of electrical plants
and equipment.
Defined activities are related and repeated activities undertaken
at electrical plants and equipment. These defined activities may
only be carried out on plants with rated voltages up to 1000 V AC
or 1500 V DC, and as a matter of principle only in the isolated
condition. Only fault finding, ascertaining of the de-energized state
and the removing of low-voltage fuses are permitted while the
voltage is applied.
Defined activities are inter alia upholding the operational readiness
through servicing of the electrical plants and equipment; regular
starting up and operating of electrical and electronic systems;

replacement of plug-in cards, resistors, contactors, brushes, slip-
rings, commutators and heating elements, if this is possible with
shipboard means; maintaining of brush and fuse holders;
connection and disconnection of electrical plants; setting and
adjustment of magnetic amplifiers, motor circuit-breakers,
generator controls and other control circuits and alarm systems;
care of the accumulator batteries; performing of megger-tests; fault
finding and diagnosis (systematically, according to drawings and
Status: May 1999

204 UVV-See
plans); phase-testing; measurement of output, current, voltage,

resistance, temperature and frequency; functional checks of the
electrical plants including the safety circuits; performing of check
measurements on monitoring plants (filling level, oil content,
dissolved solids content).
In order to assess the specialist training, a period of work spanning

several years in the relevant field can also be taken into account.
158 Inspections of Electrical Installations
(1) Electrical plants and stationary electrical equipment shall be

subjected to periodical inspections.
The performance of the periodical inspections shall be confirmed in

the ships logbook or engine logbook.
(2) Mobile equipment, connecting lines with plugs, extension cables

and cables with plug connections for appliances shall be submitted
to periodical tests at least every 6 months, and stationary protective
earthing systems at least every two years.
D As far as the Rules of Germanischer Lloyd do not contain special

ad. (1) provisions, the periodical inspections shall be carried out every 4 years.
D For mobile equipment, see 136.

ad. (2)
159 Work at Active Electrical Parts
(1) No work may be carried out at active parts of electrical plants or

equipment. 160 remains unaffected.
(2) Before beginning work at active parts of electrical plants, the

electrically de-energized condition shall be established and secured
for the duration of the work. This also applies to any adjacent active
parts of the electrical plant or the electrical equipment if they are
not generally protected from direct contact, or have not been
protected from direct contact for the duration of the work by means
of coverings or barriers.
D The safety rules are considered fulfilled for this kind of work if
ad. (2) measures have been carried out in the following order:
- Isolation
- Securing against reconnection
- Ascertainment of the dead condition
- Earthing and short-circuiting
- Covering or barring off of adjacent active parts.
Isolation and securing against reconnection are achieved as

follows: turning off the switches for electrical plants and equipment
at the main switchboard or distribution boards, providing them with a
notice saying Do not switch! Danger! / Nicht schalten! Gefahr!,
removing the fuses or securing the circuit breakers (automatic circuit
breakers) against switching e.g. by adhesive tape.
Ascertainment of the dead condition is achieved by using a voltage

tester which has been checked beforehand for proper functioning.
Apart from the main circuits, attention shall also be paid to the
associated auxiliary circuits and control circuits.
See 137 sect. 2.
160 Work at Active Parts under Voltage
For a working voltage of less than 1000 V, it is permissible to deviate

from the regulations of 159:
1. if the design of the plant excludes the danger of electric current

flowing through the human body or the formation of electric
arcs, or
2. if for urgent reasons the de-energized condition cannot be

established or secured, as long as sufficient protection from
electric current or the formation of electric arcs is guaranteed
by the type of protective devices and personal protective equip-
ment, tools and aids which are used for the work,
and if the work is carried out by an adequately skilled expert in the

presence of a ships officer.
Status: May 1999

206 UVV-See
D Danger is excluded if the electrical plants and equipment are operated

ad. with a voltage up to 24 V.
No.1
D Urgent reasons for the work at active parts may exist if a change-over
ad. to standby units is not possible and if by cutting the voltage e.g.
No.2
- danger to life and health is to be feared, or
- the traffic safety of the vessel is endangered.
For personal protective equipment, see 5 sect. 2 No. 5 in conjunction

with D ad. (2); for protective devices, see Annex 1 ad. D ad. 48
(Inventory List), Nos. 8 to 20, and Annex 2 ad. D ad. 48 (Inventory
List for Fishing Vessels), Nos. 16 to 27.
High boots according to DIN 4843-100 in the form of rubber boots

shall not be used.
161 Electrical Service Spaces and Work in Narrow Spaces
(1) Enclosed electrical service spaces containing freely exposed parts

of the electrical plant with a working voltage of more than 250 V
shall be kept locked up. Moreover, the keys shall be kept so that
they are inaccessible to unauthorized persons.
(2) For work in narrow spaces, mobile electrical equipment may

only be used if the following protective measures are applied:
- protective low voltage up to 50 V against earth, or

- protective isolation, or
- earth leakage (fault current) circuit breakers.
(3) For work in narrow spaces, mobile equipment with protective

insulation and earthing may be used only in connection with
protective isolation or earth leakage (fault current) circuit breakers.
(4) Mobile electrical equipment shall be checked with regard to its

operational reliability and the effectiveness of the protective
measures immediately before it is used in narrow spaces.
D Enclosed electrical service spaces are e.g. service and maintenance

ad. (1) alleyways behind open switchboards.
D Isolating transformers for protective isolation shall be marked with

ad. (2) the symbol 00. Only one electrical appliance with a rated current at
& (3) most 16 A may be connected to an isolating transformer.
D Earth leakage (fault current) circuit breakers shall release at a nomi-

ad. (2), nal fault current of 30 mA at the most. They may be permanently
(3) & installed or be provided in the form of a safety plug with a protective
(4) earth leakage function.
A narrow space in the sense of increased electrical danger is given if

conductive parts facing each other may be touched at the same time,
or if it is impossible to stand upright. This is already the case if only
one of the dimensions of the space (length, width, height or diameter)
is less than 2.00 m. Narrow spaces are e.g. tanks, steam boilers,
crankcases and charge air receiver of combustion engines, bilges of
main and auxiliary machinery spaces, steam boiler plants etc.
For mobile electrical equipment, see 136.
162 Other Mobile Electrical Equipment
(1) Earthing conductors of equipment which are connected to a

protective circuit via plugs and sockets may not be interrupted, even
if extension cables are used.
(2) Portable electric heating units shall be fitted and operated in

such a way that they cannot cause a fire.
D For equipment, see 136.

ad. (1)
D Portable heating units are e.g. cooking plates, radiators, soldering

ad. (2) irons and electric irons.
163 Explosion-Protected Equipment
In spaces endangered by explosion, mobile electrical appliances may

only be used if they have the proper ex-proof class.
Status: May 1999

208 UVV-See
Only mobile electrical appliances with their own power source, or

units with a removal cable connection of the intrinsically safe type
EExi, may be used in the cargo area of tankers.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the appliances comply with

one of the following ignition protection types:
Explosion group II C
Temperature class T4
With regard to spaces endangered by explosion, see 136 D ad. (3)

and 184.
The intrinsically safe construction EExi is defined in DIN VDE

0170/0171, DIN EN 50020 and in IEC publication 79-3.
Measurement, alarm, regulating, control and communication circuits

can be constructed in compliance with EExi.
Circuits for appliances such as luminaires, electrical machines and

heaters cannot be constructed in compliance with EExi, since the
required power exceeds the stipulated limit values.

209
VI a. Hazardous Working Materials
163 a Use of Hazardous Working Materials

(1) Hazardous working materials for application on board ship may
only be brought on board and used for shipboard applications if the
ships operator has taken all the measures required to avert accidents
and health hazards.
(2) Benzene, carbon tetrachloride, tetrachloroethane, pentachloro-
ethane, trichloromethane, as well as working materials containing
more than 1 part in a hundred by weight of these substances, may
not be brought on board or used for shipboard applications.
D Hazardous working materials include, for example, materials that are

ad. (1) ignitable, easily flammable, highly flammable, fire-supporting, ex-
plosive, toxic, injurious to health, corrosive or carcinogenic as well as
their derivatives, such as mixtures and solutions of these materials
with each other or with other substances. On board ship, these
materials are mainly used as detergents, agents for removing rust
and scale, paints and coating media, paint thinners and removers,
and additives to boiler water and fuels. These working materials are
supplied under various designations and trade names.
The safety measures to be taken when hazardous working materials
are used are detailed in the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1] dated
26th October 1993 (BGBl. I, p.1782), last amended by the Ordinance
dated 19th September 1994 (BGBl. I, p.2557). Under these regulations,
each hazardous working material must be packed safely and marked
with certain details, including the following:
- Hazard symbols and hazard designations
- Advice on safety measures
- Designation of the dangerous constituents.
The transport of dangerous goods is subject to special regulations.
However, where the danger of a health hazard arises from the
possibility of direct contact with the cargo or its vapours during work
associated with loading, unloading, hold or tank cleaning or the re-

moval of cargo residues, the regulations of the Ordinance on
Hazardous Materials 1] shall also be applied. With regard to fumigation
for pest control, see 82.
1]
Status: May 1999

210 UVV-See
In foreign countries, the regulations of the Gefahrstoffverordnung

[Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1]], particularly where these relate
to packaging and markings, and to the advice on safety measures to
be provided by the manufacturer or distributor, are only met in
exceptional cases. In all other cases, the ships operator shall always
take measures which are as effective as those specified in the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1]. Where hazardous working
materials are obtained abroad, it is therefore advisable to ask the
manufacturer or distributor to supply written details of their com-
position, any possible dangers and the recommended safety measures,
with the primary aim of applying the appropriate markings and
instructing the insured persons.
With regard to painting and cleaning work in cargo holds, this
regulation is considered fulfilled if the Technical Rules for Hazardous
Materials 1] (TRGS) 507 are applied.
For the use of detergents and solvents, see the F 9 Instruction Sheet
on Detergents and Solvents 2] dated 1st January 1984.
Regarding dosing devices for corrosive liquids, see 105.
The following summary provides details of the properties and dangers
of commonly used working materials.
Caustic Soda
Use: boiler water additive
Chemical formula: NaOH
Physical condition: solid, flaky
Colour: white, sometimes pale grey
Odour: odourless
Properties: strongly hygroscopic; dissolves in water with the
generation of much heat, producing soda lye, which is strongly alka-
line. Severely attacks skin, eyes and mucous membranes!
Chromates
Use: fresh cooling water additive
Chemical formula: CrO42-
Physical condition: generally in liquid form as solution

Colour: chromate solutions are yellow.
Odour: odourless
Properties: oxidizing agent, irritating effect on skin and mucous
membranes; carcinogenic.
1]
2]
VI a. Hazardous Working Materials 211
Halogenated Hydrocarbons
Use: cleaning and degreasing agents
Chemical formula: various; mixtures of chlorinated hydrocarbons and
fluorocarbons
Physical condition: generally liquid; volatile compounds are used as
coolants (freon) and fire extinguishing agents (halon).
Colour: colourless
Odour: 1. Gases odourless
2. Liquids sweetish, often agreeable, depending on solvents
Properties: powerful degreasing and deoiling effect
See the F 9 Instruction Sheet on Detergents and Solvents dated
1st January 1984.
Hydrazine
Chemical formula: N2H4
Physical condition: hydrazine for shipboard use is an approximately
24 % hydrazine hydrate solution in water with a hydrazine content of
about 15 %.
Colour: colourless
Odour: weak smell of ammonia
Properties: solutions for shipboard use are alkaline. Strong corrosive
effect! Toxic if swallowed or if the vapours are inhaled or allowed to
touch the skin; carcinogenic.
Nitrates
Use: fresh cooling water additive
Chemical formula: NO3
Colour, physical condition: white powder; solutions are colourless.
Odour: odourless
Properties: oxidizing agent; fire hazard on contact with combustible
materials; when heated, toxic brown nitrous gases are formed.
Hydrochloric Acid
Use: removal of boiler scale

Chemical formula: HCl
Physical condition: hydrochloric acid is an aqueous solution of
hydrogen chloride gas. A 30 - 35 % solution (fuming hydrochloric
acid) is used on board ship. The fumes evolved consist of hydrogen
chloride gas.
Colour: colourless
Odour: strongly acidic, pungent, asphyxiating
Properties: strongly acidic and corrosive.
Status: May 1999

212 UVV-See
Trisodium Phosphate
Chemical formula: Na3PO4
Physical condition: solid, flaky
Colour: white or pale grey
Odour: odourless
Properties: solutions are strongly alkaline. Caustic effect on skin, eyes
and respiratory passages!
163 b Storage and Provision
(1) Hazardous working materials shall be stored in the original

packages in service spaces designated for that purpose.
(2) Hazardous working materials with a flash point of less than 21C
for use on board shall be enclosed in robust, well sealed containers
with a maximum capacity of 20 l which must be appropriately
marked. They may only be stored in spaces designated for that
purpose.
(3) Working materials liable to react with each other in a hazardous

manner shall be stored in such a way that they are effectively isolated
from each other.
(4) Hazardous working materials may be held in readiness for use

at the workplace in not more than one original package. Provision
shall be made for the safe restraint of these containers when subjected
to the motions, inclinations and loads prevailing in shipping. After
the removal of partial quantities, the containers shall be closed again
in an effective manner. Hazardous working materials with a flash
point of less than 21C may not be held in readiness for use at the
workplace.
D For the construction and equipment of spaces for the storage of coating
ad. (1) agents and hazardous working materials for use on board, see 71.
D Ignitable liquids with a flash point of less than 21C shall be classed
ad. (2) as easily flammable liquids. This category comprises such materials
as petrol, cleaning agents, thinners, solvents and solvent mixtures.
D The following table provides a summary of the hazardous reactions

ad. (3) that are possible between the hazardous working materials commonly
used on board ship.
D The safe restraint of the containers includes provisions against

ad. (4) frictional perforation, leakages and their consequences.
Chlorinated hydrocarbons,
fluorocarbons, detergents
trisodium phosphate
Hydrochloric acid
Caustic soda,
Chromates
Hydrazine
Nitrates
Caustic soda, R R R
trisodium phosphate WB W W
R
Chromates W
Chlorinated hydrocarbons, R
fluorocarbons, detergents WB
Hydrazine R R R
W W W
R
Nitrates
WG
R R R R
Hydrochloric acid W W W WG
R: Hazardous reaction CKW: Chlorkohlenwasserstoffe

W: Generation of heat FKW: Fluorkohlenwasserstoffe
G: Toxic gas formation
B: Formation of ignitable, fire-supporting
or explosive gases
163 c Instruction Manual

The operator of the ship is required to formulate the applicable
regulations into an instruction manual which must be displayed
suitably on board.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the commercially available

operating instructions relating to the different classes of material are
used.
163 d Instructions to Insured Persons

Prior to handling the hazardous working materials in use at their
workplaces, the insured persons shall be instructed about the dangers
involved and about the appropriate preventive measures.
Status: May 1999

214 UVV-See
163 e Work Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment
(1) Suitable personal protective equipment shall be worn when

handling toxic, corrosive or irritant working materials.
(2) Work clothing and personal protective equipment which have

been fouled by hazardous working materials shall be cleaned on
completion of the work. If this is not possible immediately, these
articles shall be stored outside the accommodation area and
separately from other clothing and personal protective equipment.
If breathing apparatus has been used, this shall at once be brought
into a serviceable condition and returned to the prescribed place of
storage.
D For the selection of protective equipment, see 5.

ad. (1)
Because of the ease with which liquids can be sprayed, the eyes are
exposed to great danger during work with corrosive working materials,
such as acids and caustic solutions. When performing such work, it is
therefore essential to wear safety goggles in addition to safety gloves
and, where necessary, also an apron and rubber boots.
163 f Work on Deck and in Ship Spaces
(1) Wherever possible, work involving the use of hazardous working

materials should be performed on the open deck.
(2) Where work with hazardous working materials has to be

performed in ship spaces, this shall only be conducted under the
supervision of a ships officer. Before the work is started, this officer
shall establish any possible dangers and issue working instructions
embodying the necessary safety measures.
D The Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1] stipulates that the working

ad. (2) instructions shall be in writing in those cases where the cargo hold
cannot be quickly and smoothly evacuated through doors. The

measures necessary when hazardous working materials are used in
cargo holds include, in particular:
- Effective through ventilation from prior to the commencement until
after the termination of the work,
1]
- Effective equipment or other means whereby crew members

outside the hold can be alerted in case of danger. The alarm may
be given by a safety guard or by technical means, such as a
telephone, an approved portable VHF mobile radio telephony unit
for internal communications, or special alarm systems,
- Availability of suitable rescue and fire-extinguishing systems.
1]
See the F 4 Guidelines for Work in Hazardous Spaces dated
28th June 1988.
For personal protective equipment, see 4, 5, 5 a, 9 and 163 e.
For explosion protection, see 136.
163 g Sources of Ignition and Heat

The use of hazardous working materials is not permitted in the
vicinity of sources of ignition and heat.
D The use of ignitable, easily flammable and highly flammable working

materials may cause the formation of explosive vapour/air mixtures.
Even where non-ignitable working materials are used, heat may gene-
rate decomposition products which are seriously injurious to health.
The following sources of ignition and heat shall therefore be specially
avoided:
Smoking
Open flames
Hot surfaces
Sparks
Electrostatic charges.
163 h Handling of Hazardous Liquids

(1) Devices which prevent splashing and spillage shall be used when
removing hazardous liquids from their storage containers.
(2) Hazardous liquids may not be siphoned up orally.

(3) Hazardous liquids may be transported, even if this is done by
hand, only in closed, breakproof vessels or closed bottles with
protective jackets.
D Such devices include pumps and flask tipping and lifting appliances.
ad. (1)
1]
Status: May 1999

216 UVV-See
163 i Blasting Appliances

Work with blasting appliances which use or liberate hazardous
working materials may only be performed if personal protective
equipment is worn.
D Blasting appliances include, for example, units which project high-

pressure jets, steam, liquids, copper slag and metal shot.
163 j Wastes
Auxiliary substances and objects which have been fouled with
hazardous working materials shall be destroyed after use or stored
in sealed steel containers.
D Such auxiliary substances and objects include, for example, cotton

waste, cleaning rags, mops, swabs and brushes.
See 181.

217
VII. Fire Protection

164 General
Construction and equipment of all vessels must ensure the most
effective fire protection according to generally accepted safety
standards.
D See hereto:
1. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS
74/88), chapter II-2,
2. Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1],
3. Germanischer Lloyds Rules for the Classification and Construction
of Seagoing Steel Ships,
4. Conditions for the Approval of Combined CO2 Fire Extinguishing
Systems and Smoke Detection Systems 2] dated 20th Decem-
ber 1963.
165 Means of Closing Compartments
(1) On all vessels, the inlets and outlets of all ventilation systems
shall be capable of being closed from outside the spaces in case of
fire.
(2) The handling of the closing devices shall be conspicuously and
durably marked. The same applies to the open and closed
position of the devices.
(3) The bearings of the closing devices shall be maintenance-free
and easily accessible.
(4) Funnels which are not separated from main and auxiliary
machinery spaces shall be provided with appliances so that they can
be closed from the outside.
(5) It shall be possible to close off service spaces connected to the
CO2 fire extinguishing system, and separately floodable, from

adjoining service spaces in a gastight manner.
(6) In doors of living and bedrooms, of messrooms, day rooms and
offices, ventilation openings shall be arranged in the lower third of
the doors, to be closed at least from the side of the emergency escape.
Ventilation covers shall be made of non-combustible material.
1]
2]
Status: May 1999

218 UVV-See
D This regulation is considered fulfilled
a) if supply air and exhaust air fans can be closed or covered from
the deck with steel fire dampers, sliders or covering plates,
b) if the thickness of the closing devices in ventilator connections

and ventilation ducts complies with the following table:
Diameter of the ventilator in mm, Thickness of the closing

or cross-section of equal area devices in mm
up to 200 4
above 200 to 400 5
above 400 to 600 6
above 600 to 800 7
above 800 8
c) if covering plates are at least 4 mm thick,
d) if the closed condition of covering plates of 15 kg or more is

achieved by a mechanical device,
e) if the closing device in its closed condition touches a steel strip on

all sides, and is arrestable and easy to handle.
166 Components with High Surface Temperatures
(1) Components with high surface temperatures shall be so

constructed and arranged as to prevent fire risks.
(2) If high surface temperatures arise at the components of exhaust

gas and steam systems, these parts shall be completely insulated in
main and auxiliary machinery spaces.
(3) The insulation of exhaust pipes in the vicinity of diesel engines

and of superheated steam pipes in the vicinity of turbines shall be
covered with steel sheeting. Moreover, in other endangered areas,
insulated exhaust pipes and superheated steam pipes shall also be
covered with steel sheeting. The steel sheet coverings shall be
constructed in such a way that no fuel oil or lubricating oil can enter
the insulation.
VII. Fire Protection 219
(4) Insulations and coverings shall be constructed in such a way that

high surface temperatures can arise neither at the outside of the
insulation nor at the steel sheet covering.
D High surface temperatures are temperatures of exceeding 220 C. With

regard to contact protection, see 104 sect. 2.
D Insulations and steel sheet coverings, especially in way of the

ad. (3) connections between exhaust pipes and heads or jackets of the
cylinders, shall be constructed so that they may easily be removed
and reinstalled during repair work.
Endangered areas are e.g. areas where fuel or lubricating oil may
drop or splash onto insulated pipes.
167 - free -
168 Spaces and Installations for Acetylene and Oxygen Cylinders
(1) Acetylene and oxygen for autogenous welding shall be stored

in steel cylinders in specially prepared spaces, separated according
to the type of gas, above the uppermost continuous deck. If only up
to 4 cylinders are carried in total, these may also be stored in lockable
steel cabinets or lockers above the uppermost continuous open deck.
(2) Compartments for cylinders shall be separated in gastight

construction from the other ship spaces by steel bulkheads. They
shall be directly accessible from the open deck through self-closing
gastight steel doors. The doors shall open in the direction of escape.
Compartments for cylinders shall have gastight screwed joints for

the penetration of gas hoses to the open deck. Compartments for
cylinders shall not have any connections to other ship spaces.
Cylinder cabinets and lockers shall not be arranged in the immediate
neighbourhood of accesses to ship spaces.
(3) Cylinder compartments, cabinets and lockers shall be marked

appropriately.
Status: May
October
19992003
220 UVV-See
(4) Cylinder compartments, cabinets and lockers shall be protected

against extreme warming, especially by solar radiation, and shall
be sufficiently sheltered and ventilated. They shall not be connected
to the ventilation arrangements of other ship spaces. It shall be
possible to illuminate compartments for cylinders sufficiently.
(5) Cylinders shall be secured against falling over and protected

from impact, shock and vibration. In an emergency, it shall be
possible to quickly remove them from the cylinder compartments,
cabinets or lockers.
(6) Permanently installed piping for acetylene and oxygen shall lead
from the cylinder compartments, cabinets or lockers to the workshops
in which the welding work is carried out. The pipes shall be made of
seamless steel tubes, and furthermore constructed and arranged so
that they are protected against external damage. Pressure-reduction
valves shall be arranged directly at the cylinders. Hose connections
may only be provided in workshops. The hose connections shall be
provided with shut-off valves and flashback arresters. At the
connections, a notice plate shall be displayed, with the words:
Gasflaschen nach Gebrauch sofort schlieen!
Cylinders must be closed off immediately after use!
(7) Over its entire length, permanently installed piping for acetylene
or oxygen shall be marked in the colour of the corresponding
cylinders and fittings.
(8) After installation, and after every alteration or after repair work,
the piping for acetylene or oxygen shall be examined by a technical
surveyor according to 18 SBG VII or by an expert approved by
D See the F 2 Guidelines for the Construction, Equipment, Testing and

Operation of Welding Plants on Seagoing Ships 1] dated 10th April
1985.
Compartments for cylinders, and areas in which cylinder cabinets or

lockers are arranged, are considered as endangered by explosion.
Grease, oil and glycerine spontaneously catch fire in pure oxygen.

Grease, oil and glycerine shall therefore be kept away from oxygen
fittings and pipes. Furthermore, other combustible materials shall
never be stored together with cylinders, even if they are empty.
1]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled with regard to marking if

ad. (3) sufficiently big warning plates are displayed, with the inscription:
Vorsicht! Caution!
Acetylen! Acetylene!
Explosionsgefahr! Danger of explosion!
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the compartments for cylinders

ad. (4) are protected by a sufficiently thick non-combustible insulation and
if a complete air renewal is effected 10 times per hour, for which the
exhaust air is led to the open deck so that the danger of explosion in
other areas is avoided.
This regulation is also considered fulfilled if cylinder cabinets or lockers
are protected from direct solar radiation, and if they are provided with
openings in such a way that the cylinders are constantly flushed by
fresh air and the exhaust air cannot enter any ship spaces.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the cylinders are secured by

ad. (5) clamping collars or brackets which may be opened without the aid of
tools in a case of emergency.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the steel tubes are constructed

ad. (6) and arranged according to DIN 2470.
See also the Ordinance on Acetylene Plants and Calcium Carbide
Stocks 1] dated 27th February 1980 (BGBl.I p.220), last amended on
12.12.1996 (BGBl.I p.1914), and the Technical Rules for Acetylene
Plants (TRAC) 1], issued by the German Acetylene Commission 1], and
further the F 2 Guidelines for the Construction, Equipment, Testing
1985.
Piping for acetylene and oxygen shall not pass through the
accommodation spaces. See the Ordinance on Crew Accommodation
on Board Merchant Vessels 1] dated 8th February 1973 (BGBI. 1 p.66).
169 Welding Equipment

(1) Construction of welding equipment must ensure accident-proof
operation and compliance with generally approved safety standards
for welding work.
1]
2]
Status: May 1999

222 UVV-See
(2) Gas welding equipment shall only be operated with acetylene

and oxygen from steel cylinders.
(3) Soldering appliances may also be operated with other
pressurized gases if these are taken from non-returnable steel
cylinders with a capacity of not more than 150 ml. These pressurized
cylinders shall be kept in the workshop, and protected against
warming and tipping over.

the cylinders comply with the Ordinance on Pressure Vessels 1], and if
the acetylene fittings, appliances and hoses comply with the Ordinance
on Acetylene Plants and Calcium Carbide Stocks 1] and the Technical
Rules for Acetylene Plants (TRAC) 1] issued by the German Acetylene
Commission 1], and if the oxygen fittings, appliances and hoses comply
with the applicable DIN standards.
See the F 2 Rules for the Construction, Equipment, Testing and Ope-
ration of Welding Plants on Seagoing Ships 2] dated 10th April 1985.
170 Accommodation Equipment

(1) Curtains of any type, and tablecloths with the exception of table
linen, shall be made of approved non-combustible material.
Wastepaper baskets shall consist of non-combustible material and
shall be designed so as to prevent a supply of oxygen to a sufficient
extent for their contents in the event of fire.
(2) Decorations shall be made of material which will not readily
ignite.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the decorations are not readily

ad. (2) ignitable according to DIN 4102.
Decorations are e.g. festoons, artificial flower decorations.
171 Ovens and Stoves

(1) The construction of ovens and stoves intended for liquid and
solid fuels shall comply with the generally approved safety rules.
Safe operation shall be guaranteed also during the movements and
tilting occurring at sea.
(2) Each oven and stove shall be provided with clearly structured
operating instructions.
1]
2]
(3) Ovens, stoves and smoke tubes shall be safely fixed and located
sufficiently away from other components to avoid fire risks. Com-
bustible components in the vicinity of ovens, stoves and smoke tubes
shall be protected against the effects of heat.
(4) Under oil-fired ovens and stoves, oiltight trays shall be arranged
which can safely collect and lead off any leaking fuel oil. In areas
where ovens and stoves for solid fuels are located, the floors shall
be made of non-combustible material.
(5) Smoke tubes shall be made of steel sheeting that is safely fixed
and tight, joints included. They shall lead to the open air by the
shortest route and shall be arranged to provide the necessary
updraught. They shall have a sufficient cross-sectional area and shall
be provided with smoke hoods or H-heads. Foldable smoke hoods
are not admissible. Smoke tubes shall not be led through other
installations.
(6) Flaps for limiting the updraught through the smoke tube shall
leave one quarter of the tube cross-section free when in the closed
position.
(7) Ovens and stoves for solid fuels shall be so constructed as to

exclude blocking-off of the smoke outlet in the event of over-filling.
(8) Rooms in which ovens and stoves are located shall have non-
lockable ventilation openings which ensure a sufficient supply of
combustion air from the open.
(9) Above ovens and stoves, and in their immediate vicinity, no hooks
or other devices shall be fixed on which clothes can be hung or other
objects can be placed.
(10) In the vicinity of ovens and stoves, the dangers of flue gases and
careless handling shall be pointed out clearly and durably.
D These requirements are considered fulfilled if design and construction

ad. (1) comply with the Rules of Germanischer Lloyd. 37 remains unaffected.
See also DIN EN 1 and DIN 4787-1. For fuel tanks and fuel pipes, see
112.
D These operating instructions shall in particular contain directions for

ad. (2) the installation, handling and operation of the oven or stove. For oil
ovens and stoves, an additional notice is necessary, pointing out the
need for regular functional checks of the oil regulating valve, which
have to be carried out by a competent firm every two years.
Status: May 1999
224 UVV-See

ad. (3)
a) if the safety distance between ovens, stoves and smoke tubes and
any components or stationary inventory (e.g. cupboards) made of
combustible material or material which will not readily ignite (e.g.
coatings) is at least 500 mm,
b) if, for a distance of less than 500 mm but not less than a minimum
distance of 250 mm, components and stationary inventory are fitted
with sufficiently large panels of steel sheeting about 0.5 mm thick,
and if between the panels and the grounds a free space at least
30 mm wide, together with another efficient method of heat pro-
tection, are provided,
c) if, where smoke tubes are led through components of combustible
material or material which will not readily ignite, the smoke tube
is encased in another tube of double the smoke tube diameter,
and if the all-round safety distance between the encasing tube
and the components is at least 50 mm, and if this area is filled
with non-combustible material.
D This regulation is also considered fulfilled if the floor is furnished with
ad. (4) a non-combustible covering.
D The non-lockable opening should have the same cross-sectional area
ad. (8) as the smoke tube, but at least 150 cm2.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if sufficiently large warning
ad. (10) plates are displayed, with the following inscription:
Vorsicht!
Lebensgefahr!
Bei Betrieb des Ofens (Herdes) stets fr guten Abzug der Rauchgase
und eine stndige Belftung des Raums sorgen! (Keine Feuerung in
die Rauchabzugsffnung werfen!) Keine Kleider am oder ber dem
Ofen trocknen!
Caution!
Danger of Life!
Ensure proper updraught of flue gases and constant room ventilation
during operation of the oven (or stove). (Do not throw fuel into the
smoke outlet!) Do not dry clothes at or above the oven!
172 Pyrotechnical Distress Signals

Pyrotechnical distress signals shall be kept safely on the bridge and
far away from sources of heat in suitable, non-lockable containers
with appropriate marking.
D With regard to marking and packing of the signals, see chapter IV of

the First Ordinance on the Explosives Law 1] in the version of the
Notification dated 31.1.1991 (BGBl.I p.169).
173 Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1) Fire extinguishing systems according to the type and size of the
vessel shall be provided for the purposes of fire fighting.
(2) The positions of essential, permanently installed parts or of

manually operated parts of fire extinguishing systems shall be clearly
and durably marked. It shall be possible to reach them quickly and
easily at any time.
(3) Automatic fixed fire-extinguishing systems shall be equipped

with automatic alarm devices.
(4) Fire hydrants shall be distributed and arranged on the various

decks so that any part of the vessel can be reached simultaneously
by two water jets.
(5) In the shaft tunnel and in the alleyways to the machinery space,
a fire hydrant with a fire hose, a multi-purpose spray/jet fire nozzle
and a coupling wrench shall be provided in the vicinity of the access
to the machinery space.
(6) Fire hoses shall be fitted with multi-purpose spray/jet fire nozzles
and coupling wrenches, and hung up in the passageways. Fire nozzles
shall be always coupled to the hoses. The doors of chests or niches
provided for storing the hoses shall not be lockable.
(7) Multi-purpose spray/jet fire nozzles with a personal protective

spray shall be provided.
(8) It shall be possible from the open deck to shut off the branches
of the fire mains for hawse pipe washing. It shall be possible to shut
off, directly at the fire pumps, other branches not serving the purpose
of fire extinction.
(9) Fire mains shall not pass through cargo holds. They shall be
drainable.
1]
Status: May 1999

226 UVV-See
D See hereto:
ad. (1)
1. International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/
88), chapter II-2,
2. Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1],
3. Conditions for the Approval of CO2 Fire Extinguishing Systems
and Combined Smoke Detection Systems 1] dated 20th December
1963.
of Seagoing Ships.
D Such positions are especially fire and smoke detection stations, release
ad. (2) stations, storerooms for extinguishants (e.g. compartments for CO2
cylinders), locations of fire hoses with nozzles and coupling wrenches.
This regulation is considered fulfilled with regard to the marking if
e.g. doors of the hose boxes are provided with a red F, at least 10 cm
high and on a white field.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if an acoustic and visual warning
ad. (3) signal is perceived in the service space that is to be protected, before
the extinguishing agent, e.g. carbon dioxide (CO2), is discharged. The
release of the alarm shall be independent of the flooding system.
For electric alarm devices, see 143.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled with regard to multi-purpose

ad. (6) spray/jet fire nozzles if the nozzle complies with DIN 14 365 and is
arranged for the switch positions stop, solid jet and spray jet.
D For fire hydrants and couplings, see DIN 86 200.

ad. (4)
& (6)
174 Portable Fire Extinguishers
(1) Extinguishers shall comply with the recognized technical rules

for fire extinguishers and meet the requirements of the intended fire
extinguishing purpose. They shall be approved by See-Berufsge-
nossenschaft.
(2) Extinguishers shall be equipped with a pressure hose and a
stopping device.
1]
(3) Extinguishers shall have a minimum capacity of 6 kg and shall

be kept ready for use in sufficient number according to the fire hazard
and the size of the ship spaces.
(4) Water extinguishers and chemical foam extinguishers are not

admissible.
(5) Carbon dioxide extinguishers or other gas extinguishers shall

not be provided in accommodation spaces.
(6) In control stations, engine control rooms, watch rooms in the

machinery area, and other ship spaces containing electrical
installations and electronic equipment necessary for the safety of
the vessel, only extinguishers may be provided which function with
an extinguishing agent that is neither conductive nor can cause
malfunctions at the installations or the equipment.
(7) Within the vicinity of radio transmission appliances, an

extinguisher for fighting fires at electric installations shall be
provided.
(8) In accommodation rooms with oil ovens and oil stoves, an

extinguisher for the fighting of oil fires shall be kept ready for use.
(9) At the accesses to spaces containing combustible liquids and

paints for shipboard use, and at the accesses to spaces and areas
containing acetylene and oxygen cylinders, extinguishers for fighting
liquid or gas fires respectively shall be provided.
(10) In the vicinity of incinerator charging devices, a suitable

extinguisher shall be provided.
(11) For extinguishers which cannot be refilled on board, a number

of spare extinguishers corresponding to the required spare fillings
shall be carried.
(12) The extinguishers shall be located at clearly visible places,

within quick and easy reach at any time in case of fire. These locations
shall be durably marked.
(13) Extinguishers shall be constructed and located in such a way

that their functional readiness cannot be impaired by the influence
of the weather, vibrations, or other external effects.
(14) Extinguishers shall be secured against unauthorized use.
Status: May 1999

228 UVV-See
D Portable fire extinguishers are considered as extinguishers.

ad. (1) This regulation is considered fulfilled if the extinguishers comply with
DIN 14 406-4 supplement 1.
The approval is given if the extinguishers have been submitted to a

type test according to DIN 14406-4 supplement 1 (edition dated No-
vember 1976) by the Official Inspection Office for Fire Extinguishing
Agents And Appliances 1] in Mnster, and if the identification number
has been granted by the Minister of the Interior of North Rhine-
Westphalia, and further if the conditions of this regulation are fulfilled.
D With regard to the prescribed number of extinguishers for ship spaces

ad. (3) which have not been listed, see
1 International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/
88), chapter II-2,
2. Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1].
D This regulation is fulfilled by CO2 extinguishers or other approved

ad. (6) gas extinguishers.
If powder extinguishers are used, the crystalline powder extinguishing

agent can cause failures in the electric installations and electronic
equipment; inter alia the extinguishing powder, together with the
humidity and warmth, forms conductive coatings on the insulating
structures, thereby impairing their dielectric strength.
See also the Information Sheet on the Fighting of Fire in Electrical

Plants and in their Vicinity (DIN VDE 0132) 1].
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if powder extinguishers of the

ad. (9) fire classes B C, or CO2 extinguishers with snow tube, are used against
flammable liquids, and if powder extinguishers of the fire classes B C
or CO2 gas extinguishers, or other approved gas extinguishers, are
used against acetylene gas fires.
D A powder extinguisher for the fire classes A B C is considered suitable.

ad. (10)
D With regard to spare charges and spare gas charges, see the Ordinance
ad. (6) for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1].
to (10)
D This regulation refers to extinguishers in which the extinguishing
ad. (11) agent permanently contains the propellant.
1]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled with regard to marking if a red

ad. (12) F on a white field, at least 10 cm high and visible from the distance, is
provided in the vicinity of where the extinguisher is fastened. This
applies also to the marking of the doors of cabinets and boxes in which
extinguishers are located.
ad. (13)
a) if the fittings of the extinguishers are corrosion-resistant and
protected from the effect of seawater and chemicals,
b) if plastic parts and metal bearing parts of the fittings are coordi-
nated in a way that prevents destruction of the plastic material,
c) if the fittings provide the same time of service as the extinguishing
agent receptacle.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if unauthorized use is not

ad. (14) possible without damaging the seal.
175 Fire Fighting Equipment

(1) Fire fighting equipment shall be stored in a serviceable condition
and positioned to be easily visible and ready to hand at all times in
the event of fire. These positions shall be durably marked.
(2) Heat protection suits shall be compatible with the self-contained
breathing apparatus.
D For the type, contents and quantity of fire fighting equipment, see the
ad. (1) International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/88),
regulation II-2/17. See also the additional provisions in the Ordinance
for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1] 39 sect. 10, 50 sect. 1 and 2, in
conjunction with 56 sect. 7 and 57 sect. 6.
The prescribed spare air quantity for compressed-air breathing
apparatus is specified in the Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing
Ships 39 sect. 10 No. 3, 50 sect. 1 and 2, in conjunction with 56
sect. 7 and 57 sect. 6.
For the approval of breathing apparatus, see 71 a.

If use is to be made of the breathing apparatus for purposes other
than fire fighting, the spare air quantity for these purposes shall be
provided additionally or a suitable charging compressor shall be
available; see 183.
1]
Status: May 1999

230 UVV-See
D Only breathing apparatus independent of the surrounding atmosphere

ad. (2) may be used for fire fighting.
See hereto the B 5 Instruction Sheet on the Use of Heat Protection Suits1]
dated 18th August 1970 (in the version dated 30th September 1988).
176 - free -
B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured Persons
177 - free -
178 - free -
179 Welding and Other Work with Open Flames

(1) All safety measures to be taken during welding work shall be
supervised by a ships officer.
(2) Measures to ensure safe working in ship spaces shall be taken
before the welding work is begun.
(3) Welding work shall be carried out neither at places where
smoking or the use of fire are prohibited, nor at or near open ship
spaces in which combustible or explosive materials or objects are
kept, nor shall welding work be carried out at components with
flammable materials, nor at walls or ceilings of ship spaces in which
explosive or combustible gases may develop.
(4) Welding work on deck shall not be carried out near air pipes of
tanks or receptacles with flammable materials.
(5) Constructional components adjoining ship spaces which are not
gasfree shall not be heated when welding work is carried out.
(6) Welding work at or near tanks or receptacles which have
contained combustible gases or liquids may be carried out only after
these have been emptied, cleaned and made gasfree, and an expert
certificate on the gasfree condition is in hand. The associated piping
and air pipes shall also be emptied, cleaned and made gasfree before
welding work is begun.
(7) Welding work at ship parts, boilers, pressure vessels and other
vessels which have to meet special strength requirements may only
be carried out with shipboard equipment in cases of emergency. This
1]
welding work shall be reported to See-Berufsgenossenschaft without

delay. At the next opportunity, these weldings shall be inspected by
the technical surveyors of See-Berufsgenossenschaft or by the
surveyors of an approved classification society.
(8) Immediately upon finishing welding work, the place of work

shall be examined for objects or materials which might have caught
fire or begun to smoulder. Special attention shall be paid to any
hidden places, cavities, joints or cracks. This examination shall be
repeated within short intervals until a notably excessive temperature
or a smouldering is no longer to be found.
D See the F 2 Rules for the Construction, Equipment, Testing and Ope-
ration of Welding Plants on Seagoing Ships 1] dated 10th April 1985.
Welding work includes welding and cutting (i.e. flame cutting) and
other work using flames, such as preheating, hardening and soldering.
Special care in all such work is essential. Only in this way can fire
damage due to welding work be prevented.
The dangers of welding work are due to
1. the high temperature of the visible flame (up to 3200 C),
2. the fact that sparks and melting drops retain an ignitable

temperature for several seconds, even though they no longer have
a glowing colour, and
3. the possibility of sparks leaping far.
D The safety measures require in particular:

ad (1)
1. that all objects or materials near the place of work, also to the rear
of the welding point, e.g. at bulkheads or decks, are removed or
protected from flying sparks by steel panels or non-combustible
covers,
2. that, in machinery spaces, tank tops and bilges are thoroughly

cleaned of oil and grease,
1]
Status: May 1999

232 UVV-See
3. that flames, sparks or glowing metal particles are prevented from

entering other ship spaces through the covering or closing of
openings and vents,
4. that portable fire extinguishers of the fire classes ABC are kept
ready near the place of work,
5. that a fire guard is organized.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if precautionary measures are

ad. (2) taken for escape of the gases, and if a sufficient supply of fresh air is
guaranteed.
D Ship spaces where explosive and combustible gases or vapours may

ad. (3) form are e.g. accumulator rooms, compartments for the storage of
acetylene and oxygen cylinders, and spaces for the storage of flamm-
able liquids for shipboard use. Special care is required wherever insu-
lation which is combustible or not readily ignitable is used with glues
e.g. in cargo reefer spaces.
D For access to dangerous spaces, see 77.

ad. (6) 1]
See also the F 4 Guidelines for Work in Hazardous Spaces dated
28th June 1988.
Care shall be taken that, after cleaning, no residues remain which
may lead to the renewed generation of gas.
180 Handling of Ovens and Stoves for Liquid and Solid Fuels
(1) During the operation of ovens and stoves, the ventilation
openings of the installation spaces shall not be closed.
(2) Neither may clothes be dried, nor may other objects be placed,
above ovens and stoves or in their immediate vicinity.
(3) In stoves or ovens intended for solid fuels, flammable liquids
shall not be used to start the fire.
(4) While refilling solid fuels, the cross-section of the smoke tube
shall be left free.
(5) Vapourizing pot burners shall be inspected for cleanliness, and
then cleaned if necessary to ensure their operational safety.
1]
181 Combustible Wastes
Combustible wastes and wastes liable to spontaneous combustion

shall not be stored on board in an unprotected condition. For
temporary storage, receptacles made of sheet steel with tightly
closing covers shall be installed and marked accordingly. These
receptacles shall not be located in spaces exposed to the risks of fire
and explosion.
D Combustible wastes and wastes liable to spontaneous combustion

include e.g. cotton waste and rags soaked with oil or grease.
182 - free -
183 Availability of Fire Fighting Appliances
(1) Fire fighting appliances for the prevention or elimination of

dangers shall be kept in good condition. They shall always be ready
for instant use.
(2) If the water supply for fire fighting cannot be ensured by

shipboard plants while in port, the supply shall be ensured in another
way.
(3) The condition and availability of the fire fighting equipment shall
be examined on board every 6 months - with the exception of the
fire dampers in A class divisions and the closing devices of the
ventilation systems, which shall be examined every month. The
examinations shall be supervised by a ships officer. The results shall
be entered into the logbook. Every deficiency and its removal shall
expressly be entered.
(4) After every use, the face mask and artificial lung of the breathing
apparatus shall be cleaned.
(5) Used fire extinguishers - even if only partly emptied - shall be

refilled without delay. Only approved spare charges may be used
for refilling.
(6) Completely or partly emptied compressed air cylinders for

breathing apparatus shall be replaced by full cylinders immediately.
The cylinders shall be marked with the inscription breathing air.
Status: May 1999

234 UVV-See
(7) A compressor for the refilling of compressed air cylinders shall

be able to take in clean air. It shall be possible to produce enough
compressed air for one refilling within not more than 30 minutes.
(8) The contents of the pressure cylinders of gas fire fighting systems
shall be examined yearly. The results shall be entered into the test
book.
(9) The availability of portable and mobile fire extinguishers shall

be examined every two years by an expert approved by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft. A endorsement about the examination shall be
durably attached to the apparatus.
(10) The availability of gas fire extinguishing systems, fire detection

systems and foam fire-extinguishing systems shall be examined every
two years by an expert approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft, and
that of sprinkler installations and of pressure water-spraying fire-
extinguishing systems every year. The examination of the plants shall
be entered into the logbook.
D Fire fighting equipment includes e.g. closing devices / dampers for

ad. (1) ventilation ducts, fire extinguishing systems, fire extinguishing
appliances and fire detection systems. Automatic fire detectors, e.g.
early warning detectors, shall be cleaned or replaced if they generate
false alarms because of their increasing sensitivity of response.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if water for fire fighting can be

ad. (2) delivered to the fire main on board with pressure hoses from the supply
system on shore or in the dock.
With differing sizes of the hose connections, the international shore

connection shall be used. See the International Convention for the
Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/88), chapter II-2.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the fire extinguishing agents,

ad. (3) fire extinguishing appliances, fire pumps, emergency fire pumps, CO2
fire extinguishing systems, remote-controlled shut-offs for the fuel tank

discharge lines, dampers for ventilation ducts, emergency switching
arrangements for electrically driven ventilation motors, fuel pumps,
boiler blowers, separators, cargo pumps and shaft tunnel doors etc.
are checked during the fire drills.
D For hygienic reasons, the equipment parts shall be disinfected after

ad. (4) cleaning.
D With regard to spare charges, see the Ordinance for the Safety of
ad. (5) Seagoing Ships 1].
D The requirement stated in sentence 1 is considered fulfilled if the

ad. (7) aspirated air is sufficiently free from harmful gases, vapours and
suspended particles to enable the compressor to supply breathing air
in conformity with DIN 3188.
If the necessary technical facilities are available, a compressor for
charging the compressed air cylinders for breathing apparatus should
be capable of being operated independently of the main source of
electrical power.
D The test book for recording the examination results shall be available
ad. (8) in the compartment in which the cylinders are stored. The test book is
a sub-logbook of the ships logbook and is subject to the same rules
for entries, safekeeping etc.
As a rule, the CO2 cylinders are weighed when on board. Measure-
ments of the cylinder filling levels by means of an isotope tester may
only be carried out by a radiation expert.
D Approved experts are especially the manufacturers of the fire

ad. (9) extinguishers, and their representatives.
D Approved experts are the manufacturers of the fire extinguishing

ad. (10) systems and fire detection systems, and their representatives.
184 Smoking, Use of Open Light and Other Sources of Ignition

(1) Open light and other sources of ignition shall be kept away from
areas which are marked as endangered by fire or explosion. Smo-
king in these areas is prohibited. This prohibition shall be pointed
out in a clearly visible and durable manner.
(2) Smoking is prohibited in the cargo holds and near open hatches.
At the inside of hatch coamings, warning signs shall be fixed with
the inscription Rauchen verboten / Smoking Prohibited .
(3) In cargo holds where flammable gases or vapours can accumu-

late, the use of open light and other sources of ignition is prohibited.
(4) In the accommodation spaces, smoking is prohibited in the berth
and when lying on a sofa.
1]
Status: May 1999

236 UVV-See
D Areas endangered by fire or explosion are spaces for storing flammable

ad. (1) liquids, compartments for acetylene and oxygen cylinders, and areas
which must be considered as temporarily endangered by fire or
explosion.
Lamps which are not protected against explosion are also sources of
ignition.
The regulation in sentence 3 is considered fulfilled if in the spaces
and areas, and at the accesses to the spaces, sufficiently large warning
plates are displayed, with the inscription:
Vorsicht! Caution!
Brennbare Flssigkeiten! Flammable liquids!
Explosionsgefahr! Danger of explosion!
If other dangerous materials, such as propane, butane and acetylene,
are kept in these areas, these materials shall be named on the warning
plate, instead of Flammable liquids.
Areas endangered by fire are also rooms in which fuels are stored
and main and auxiliary engine rooms with the exception of engine
control rooms and watch rooms. The regulation of sentence 3 is
considered fulfilled here if the warning sign Fire, open light and
smoking prohibited are fastened at the accesses to the spaces which
contain fuel or the main and auxiliary engine rooms. See V 2 according
to DIN 4844-1 supplement 2.
D Prohibition signs Rauchen verboten / Smoking prohibited V 1

ad. (2) according to DIN 4844-1 supplement 1.
237
VIII. Protection against Noise and Vibration

A. Protection against Noise
185 Definitions
(1) Noise in the sense of this chapter is the effect of sounds on insured
persons which may lead to
1. an impairment of health, particularly in the sense of a hearing
hazard, or to
2. an increased danger of accidents, or to
3. disorders of the autonomous nervous system with effects on
health and general condition.
(2) The reference sound level in the sense of these Accident
Prevention Regulations characterizes the effect of a sound on the
hearing. It is the constant level of a sound for a period of 8 hours, or
with a fluctuating level, an equivalently weighted level. When
determining the reference sound level, the effect of any ear protection
that may be in use at the time is not taken into account.
(3) Noise areas in the sense of these Accident Prevention Regulations
are areas in which the local reference sound level attains or exceeds
a reference sound level of 85 dB(A) or in which the maximum value
of the unweighted sound pressure level attains or exceeds 140 dB.
D 1. See VDI 2058 sheet 2 Judgement of noise at the places of work

ad. (1) with regard to hearing hazard 1], DIN 45641 Equivalent reference
& (2) sound levels of fluctuating noises 1], and DIN 45645 Standard
calculation of reference sound levels for noise immissions 1].
2. Reference sound level in service spaces
If insured persons are employed within noise areas, there is a
general risk that they may suffer hearing damage. In the case of
reference sound levels of 85 dB(A) to 89 dB(A), hearing impairment

can only occur for a noise stress taking place over a long period of
time; however, the risk of damage increases considerably for
reference sound levels of 90 dB(A) or more.
In the case of noise with reference sound levels of less than
85 dB(A), impaired hearing due to noise is not very likely to occur.
1]
Status: May 1999

238 UVV-See
Permanent reduction of hearing acuity as the preliminary stage

of hearing impairment can already occur even if the noise remains
only slightly below the reference sound level of 85 dB(A).
Hearing impairments are permanent reductions of hearing acuity

with the audiometrically verifiable characteristics of a hair cell
damage exceeding 40 dB at 3 kHz. In the case of extremely high
sound pressure levels - i.e. of more than 140 dB (e.g. bangs,
explosions) - hearing impairment can already arise as a result of
single noise events.
If the time spent in noise areas is considerably less than 8 hours,

hearing impairment is not to be expected, provided that the
following conditions are met:
The personal reference sound level is less than 85 dB(A). For

the following sound pressure levels and times, an effect
equivalent to that caused by a reference sound level of
85 dB(A) is attained:
088 dB(A) 4 hours,
091 dB(A) 2 hours,
094 dB(A) 1 hour,
097 dB(A) 30 minutes,
100 dB(A) 15 minutes,
105 dB(A) 4.8 minutes,
The local sound pressure level within the noise area is less
than 105 dB(A),
The peak value of the unweighted sound pressure level does

not reach 140 dB(A) at any time.
This sound pressure level is, for example, measured with a

sound level meter as per DIN 45657 in the time evaluation
mode Peak and the frequency evaluation mode Lin. It
may also be assumed that the unweighted sound pressure level
does not attain 140 dB if the peak value of the A-weighted
sound pressure level, measured with a sound level meter (as
per DIN 45657) in the time evaluation mode Impuls, does

not exceed 130 dB(A) (see also article 4 sect. 1 of Directive 86/
188/EEC dated 12th May 1986 on the protection of workers
from the risks related to exposure to noise at work).
Noise can, for example, lead to an increased danger of accidents

if the perception of acoustic signals, warning calls or noises
indicating danger is impaired; see 189.
VIII. Protection against Noise and Vibration 239
3. Reference sound level in accommodation spaces

For accommodation spaces, the reference sound level in the sense
of this chapter is based on an evaluation period of 8 hours. With
regard to the time off work , see the Seamens Law 1] in conjunction
with the collective agreement on industrial tariffs.
With a reference sound level in living and sleeping rooms
exceeding 60 dB(A) over a long period of time, a considerable
part of the exposed persons may suffer disorders of the autonomous
nervous system. This may also be the case at lower levels of
reference sound level if fluctuating noise levels occur. For the
persons exposed, the intensity of the stress essentially depends
upon the peak value, increase gradient, duration and course of
the noise levels. During sea voyages, constant sound pressure
levels usually prevail in accommodation spaces, and are primarily
caused by the main propulsion engines and propellers. The sound
pressure level is then simultaneously the reference sound level.
Fluctuations caused by wave action are not considered.
Accommodation spaces are defined in the Ordinance on Crew
Accommodation on Board Merchant Vessels 1] dated 8th February
1973 (BGBl. I p.66).
D The reference sound level is determined with respect to location or

ad. (2) person, averaged over time as an equivalent continuous sound
pressure level and expressed with frequency weighting in dB(A).
For workplaces in fixed noise areas, the reference sound level is
generally determined with reference to the location. Even for a
working day consisting of more or of less than 8 hours, local reference
sound levels shall be preferred to personal reference sound levels.
D Determination of the personal reference sound level is suitable for

ad. (3) ships officers and deck personnel who enter the engine room for
inspection purposes, and also for moving workplaces.
Service spaces with main or auxiliary engines are generally regarded
as noise areas.
Noise areas may also be of a moving nature, e.g. in the case of mobile
machinery, vehicles and portable working appliances.
1]
Status: May 1999

240 UVV-See
In the case of moving workplaces which do not belong to noise areas,

the personal reference sound level in a noise area is set to be equal to
the local reference sound level.
Apart from temporary stays in noise areas, the personal reference
sound level is of significance if e.g. moving noise sources are used
briefly outside of noise areas.
For the marking of noise areas, see 190.
186 Noise Reduction
(1) The employer shall ensure that working devices which could
contribute to a noise hazard for the insured persons are constructed
and operated according to advanced or proven rules of noise
reduction technology.
(2) The employer shall arrange, select and apply working procedures
in accordance with advanced or proven rules of noise reduction
technology, in order that the noise hazard for insured persons is
reduced as far as possible.
(3) The employer shall ensure that working spaces are constructed
so that the sound propagation is reduced in accordance with
advanced or proven rules of noise reduction technology if a noise
hazard for the insured persons exists or may be expected.
(4) The employer shall ensure that facilities which generate

vibrations as well as the hull structures of the ship are constructed,
and the accommodation spaces arranged and fitted, in accordance
with advanced or proven rules of noise reduction technology, in order
that the sleep and recreation of the insured persons are not impaired
by noise.
(5) Seagoing vessels of 1000 GT or more that are operated outside

of small coastal trade shall be equipped with
1. an enclosed engine control room or watch room, and with
2. an enclosed workshop,
if the reference sound level exceeds 85 dB(A) in spaces where main

or auxiliary drive engines are installed. Watch room and workshop
may also be combined as one enclosed space.
(6) On seagoing vessels with a tonnage of 4000 GT or more, the

diesel engine units (or diesel engine unit) which are provided as the
main source of electrical power for the ships mains shall be installed
separately from other units and in enclosed spaces. On ships with a
tonnage from 1000 to less than 4000 GT, at least one diesel engine
unit shall be installed in an enclosed space within or outside of the
engine room, or the diesel engine unit shall be encapsulated against
noise.
D With regard to noise protection, the following special regulations are

ad. (1) valid:
& (2)
1. 80 of the Seamens Law 1],
2. 17 sect. 1 of the Seventh Volume of the Social Security Code 1],
3. Ordinance on Crew Accommodation on Board Merchant Vessels 1]

dated 8th February 1973 (BGBl. I p.66); see appendix item 1.14,
4. 38 of the Federal Immission Protection Law 1],
5. 8.08 of the Ordinance on the Inspection of Rhine Vessels 1] dated

29.12.1994 (BGBl. II No. 61).
D In the term advanced or proven rules of noise reduction technology,

ad. (1) advanced means that not only the latest level of the approved
to (4) technology shall be considered, but also that the application of
innovations is admissible, desired and to be promoted.
Working spaces in the sense of this chapter are e.g. service spaces on
seagoing vessels. Working procedure is e.g. the method of performing
maintenance work. As far as possible, the work shall be carried out in
the workshop or in areas with a correspondingly low noise level.
The following shall be considered as basic noise reduction measures:

1]
Status: May 1999

242 UVV-See
a) Selection and application of low-noise and low-vibration

working arrangements or of low-noise working procedures.
b) Reduction of noise and vibration at the place of generation by
appropriate design and construction.
c) Transfer of the locality of, or postponement of, noise-inten-
sive work.
d) Sufficiently long and frequent breaks in the exposure to noise.
e) Noise-cancelling equipment.
1. Special noise abatement measures for service spaces are, for

example:
1.1 Noise reduction along the propagation paths, e.g. by means

of
1.1.1 encapsulation and structure-borne noise attenuation for the
sources of noise;
1.1.2 screening walls and sound-absorbing room linings;
1.1.3 silencers.
1.2 Noise reduction at the exposed locations (point of reception)
by means of sound-dampened engine control rooms, watch
rooms, recesses and workshops etc.
1.3 Appliances for transferring work to areas with lower noise
levels, e.g. lifting gear, travelling cranes, or transport rails.
2. Special noise reduction measures for accommodation spaces are,

for example:
2.1 Arrangement of accommodation spaces - except for stores,
sanitary rooms, alleyways and staircases -
2.1.1 as far away as possible, horizontally and vertically, from the
noise sources, such as propellers, main propulsion engines
and thrusters;
2.1.2 not directly along the engine room trunk;
2.1.3 not directly along the shell, but within the superstructure.
2.2 Arrangement of spaces such as sanitary rooms between the
alleyways of the accommodation area and the machinery
spaces.
2.3 Arrangement of the engine room trunk outside of the

superstructure.
2.4 Selection of main propulsion engines with suitably balanced

free forces and torques.
2.5 Selection of main propulsion gears with regard to VDI 2159.
2.6 Noise reduction in way of the aft ship area, by
2.6.1 optimizing the aft ship area with regard to hydrodynamic

forces;
2.6.2 design and arrangement of the propeller and shaft according

to noise reduction criteria (e.g. number of blades, tip
clearance, blade positions, skew, Grim shaft);
2.6.3 arrangement of a propeller nozzle;
2.6.4 tunnelling of the propeller.
2.7 Noise reduction in way of the thrusters by suitable design

of the thruster propeller and construction of the pipe tunnel
with regard to sound attenuation (e.g. wall thickness of the
cross tunnel and measures according to item 2.9)
2.8 Noise reduction along the propagation paths of the structure-

borne sound, by
2.8.l elastic mounting of auxiliary drive engines, compressors,

hydraulic units, ventilators etc.;
2.8.2 elastic mounting of the exhaust pipes of main and auxiliary

drive engines;
2.8.3 elastic fitting of pipes (e.g. of hydraulic systems);
2.8.4 elastic bedding of the superstructure;

2.8.5 elastic construction of the individual accommodation units;
2.8.6 space-in-space construction by means of elastic or floating

bottoms (e.g. floating floor), elastic suspension of linings for
cabin ceilings and elastic fitting of cabin walls;
2.8.7 provision of suppressor materials, and widely spread

arrangement of sound absorbing compound.
Status: May 1999
244 UVV-See
2.9 Rigid or high-mass constructions (e.g. foundations, con-

tinuous vertical bulkheads, web frames, wing bulkheads).
2.10 Design and arrangement of low-noise systems for ventilation

and air-conditioning.
2.11 Use of insulation for sound absorption and damping.
2.12 Sound-absorbing outfitting of living, sleeping, and recreation

rooms (e.g. floor carpeting, curtains).
3. In way of the bridge and for the recreation spaces on deck, special
noise reduction measures are, for example:
3.1 Silencers within the exhaust pipes of diesel engines.
3.2 Arrangement of the supply air inlet and exhaust air outlet
openings of ventilation systems, especially for engine room
ventilation systems, as far away as possible from bridge and
recreation spaces.
3.3 Noise reduction measures (e.g. sound absorbing damper) at

the supply air inlet and exhaust air outlet openings of
ventilation systems.
D Working devices producing noise are e.g. diesel engines, gears,

ad. (1) hydraulic motors and pumps, compressors, blowers, turbo-generators,
pumps, derusting machines.
D Working procedure is e.g. the method of performing maintenance

ad. (2) work. As far as possible, the work shall be carried out in the workshop
or in areas with a correspondingly low noise level.
D Working spaces in the sense of this chapter are e.g. service spaces on
ad. (3) seagoing vessels.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled for superstructures located on

ad. (4) the aft ship area of seagoing vessels with a tonnage of 4000 GT or
more if the natural frequencies have been calculated for the plate
panels of the decks and bulkheads and compared to the main
excitation frequencies of the propeller and the main propulsion engine,
with a positive result, and if the provisions of 191 have been met.
Such a calculation is not required if the superstructure has an elastic
mounting. Superstructures located on the aft ship area are those whose
front edges lie no more forward than frame number 15.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if, instead of the engine control

ad. (5) room or watch room, a ship operation centre is arranged on the main
deck with direct access to the main engine room.
D A diesel engine unit is regarded as encapsulated against noise if the

ad. (6) reference sound level within the engine room does not exceed
85 dB(A).
187 Measurement of Noise Levels
(1) Compliance with the regulations in this chapter is evaluated by

See-Berufsgenossenschaft on the basis of sound level measurements.
(2) Working facilities will be evaluated according to the sound

pressure level of the 1-metre measuring surface.
(3) Suitable precision-grade sound level meters or impulse sound

level meters shall be used for measuring.
D Sound level measurements will be carried out according to DIN

ad. (1) 80 061.
In deviation from DIN 80 061,
- the sound pressure level measurements in the wheelhouse and

bridge wings shall also be taken at the full service revolutions of
propellers and propulsion engines and with full propeller
efficiency,
and additionally to DIN 80 061

- the sound pressure level measurements in deck recreation spaces
shall be taken from the centre of the recreation spaces, whereby
the microphone must not be influenced by wind, and
- the sound pressure level shall be taken in front of the ventilation
outlet of the engine room.
Measurement reports shall be drawn up from the sound level

measurements. These reports should also contain information on any
sources of interference that have been identified and the noise
protection measures to be carried out.
D In order to evaluate whether working facilities comply with the

ad. (2) advanced or proven rules of noise reduction technology, noise
characteristics determined according to DIN 45 635 part 1, and the
respective consecutive sheets, will be considered.
Status: May 1999

246 UVV-See
The evaluation shall be based upon
a) the measuring surface sound-pressure level at a measuring

distance of 1.0 m, and
b) if certain working places can be attributed to the working

facility, additionally the sound pressure level at these places.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if precision-grade sound level

ad. (3) meters according to DIN EN 60651 (IEC) or impulse sound level meters
according to DIN EN 60651 and octave filters according to DIN
EN 61260 are used.
188 Personal Ear Protection
(1) The employer shall supply personal ear protectors to the insured
persons who work within a noise area, notwithstanding 186. This
also applies if the insured persons are employed outside of noise
areas, but are still exposed to noise with a reference sound level
that can attain or exceed 85 dB(A).
(2) In the noise areas designated according to 190, the insured

persons shall make use of the personal ear protectors that have been
provided. This also applies if the insured persons are employed
outside of the designated noise areas, but the personal reference
sound level can attain or exceed 90 dB(A).
D Portable working appliances generating a personal reference sound

ad. (1) level of 85 dB(A) and more are e.g. cutting-discs, derusting machines.
& (2)
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if ear plugs or other equivalent

ad. (1) types of ear protection are provided. When choosing personal ear
protection, the sound pressure level and the frequency spectrum of
the noise shall be considered. For information on the selection and
use of personal ear protection, see the I 3 Instruction Sheet on the
Selection and Use of Ear Protectors 2], dated 30th September 1980, and
also the Instruction Sheet on Ear Protectors ZH 1/565.3 1] (to be

obtained from Carl Heymanns Verlag KG, Luxemburger Strasse 449,
50939 Kln).
1]
2]
Personal ear protectors are considered suitable if

- they have been tested with positive results and a valid certificate
to this effect can be presented, or if they have received the GS
symbol,
and
- they have been selected for the individual crew member according
to his particular working conditions, having considered his safety
and health.
188 a Additional Sources of Sound

(1) During work, audio reproduction devices with headphones may
not be used by insured persons.
(2) When not on duty, insured persons shall adjust audio repro-
duction devices with headphones so that danger signals can be
recognized without impairment.
D These include e.g. cassette players and radio devices with headphones.
Audio reproduction devices in this sense are not VHF radio
installations and watch receivers as per SOLAS 74/88 chapter IV. For
requirements concerning headphones as personal ear protectors, see
the D (implementation regulations) ad. 188 sect. 1.
189 Perception of Signals

(1) If the recognition of acoustic signals, warning calls or noises
indicating danger is impaired and if there is a resulting increase in
the danger of accidents, the employer shall reduce the noise
according to advanced or proven rules of noise reduction technology,
in order that the signals, warning calls or noises indicating danger
can be perceived to a sufficient degree.
(2) If sufficient reduction of the noise is not possible, the employer

shall ensure that the signal generators are improved accordingly.
190 Noise Areas

(1) The employer shall mark noise areas appropriately wherever
the local reference sound level attains or exceeds 90 dB(A).
Status: May 1999
248 UVV-See
(2) Noise areas may only be entered if personal ear protectors are
worn.
(3) In noise areas, the stay of the insured persons shall be reduced
to the duration necessary for operational reasons only.
(4) In noise areas with sound pressure levels exceeding 110 dB(A)
but not higher than 120 dB(A), only such working facilities may be
installed which require at most a brief inspection during operation.
At the accesses to these noise areas, additional warning signs shall
be fitted, reading: Starker Maschinenlrm! Nur zu Inspektionen
betreten! / High noise level of machiner
machinery! y! Admission only for
inspection!
(5) Noise areas with sound pressure levels above 120 dB(A) shall be
kept closed and shall not be entered during operation. At the accesses
to these noise areas, additional warning signs shall be fitted, reading:
Halt! usserst starker Maschinenlrm! Whrend des Betriebes
Betreten verboten! / Stop! Extr emely high noise level of machiner
Extremely machinery!y!
No entrance during operation!

ad. (1) 1. if, inside enclosed spaces, instruction signs are fitted
at each door leading into a noise area, and
at both sides of each door between two noise areas, or
2. if, outside of enclosed spaces, a barrier and instruction signs are
fitted at sufficient distances. Barriers and warning signs may only
be removed after e.g. mobile noise-generating working facilities
have been removed.
Instruction signs include identification marks (signs with symbols or
inscriptions) according to VDI 2560 or DIN 4844 part 2.
For the definition of noise areas, see 185.
D Such noise areas are also accessible capsules in which noise sources
ad. (4) are arranged. Inspections are considered to be brief if they last no
longer than 5 minutes.
191 Limit Values and NR Curves

(including tables and picture)
(1) The limit values in dB(A) of the sound pressure levels according
to Table I shall not be exceeded when measuring according to 187.
(2) In main and auxiliary machinery spaces - except those with noise
areas according to 190 sect. 4 and 5 - the sound pressure level
should not exceed 85 dB(A), and shall not exceed 110 dB(A);
furthermore, the NR curve 105 shall not be exceeded at any
measuring point.
(3) On the individual decks, the average value obtained from the
measurement values of living and sleeping rooms shall not exceed
60 dB(A).
The limit value for single rooms may be exceeded by up to 3 dB(A).

After recording the sound pressure spectra and comparing these
spectra with the NR curve 55, See-Berufsgenossenschaft will decide
whether the exceeding of the limit value may still be considered as
admissible.
(4) The other limit values, as stated in Table I , may be exceeded up

to 3 dB(A) - except for items 1.1.1, 1.2.2, 1.2.3.1, 1.2.7, 1.4.1 and 1.4.2.
After recording the sound pressure spectra and comparing these
spectra with the NR curves, See-Berufsgenossenschaft will decide
whether the exceeding of the limit value may still be considered as
admissible.
(5) For fluctuating sound pressure levels in sleeping rooms,

messrooms and recreation rooms, neither the limit values shall be
exceeded, nor the standard values as established for the peak values
of sound pressure levels in Table II.
D Fluctuating sound pressure levels are levels caused by noise-

ad. (5) generating installations - except for main propulsion engines and
propellers. Operating periods in the sense of item 3 in Table II are
times in which the peak value of the fluctuating sound pressure level
attains or exceeds the limit value of the continuous sound pressure
level as per items 1.2.1. 1.2.2, 1.2.3.1 and 1.2.3.2 in Table I.
Status: May 1999

250 UVV-See
Table I ad. 191

Limit NR
values curves
dB(A)
1. Limit values for constant sound
pressure levels
1.1 Service spaces
1.1.1 Machinery spaces with main
or auxiliary engines
( 191 sect. 2) 110 105
1.1.2 Workshops 85 80
1.1.3.1 Engine control rooms
and watch rooms on ships
below 6000 GT 85 80
1.1.3.2 Engine control rooms
and watch rooms on ships
of 6000 GT or more 75 70
1.2 Accommodation rooms
1.2.1 Living and sleeping rooms 60 55
1.2.2 Messrooms 65 60
1.2.3.1 Recreation rooms on ships
below 8000 GT 65 60
1.2.3.2 Recreation rooms on ships
of 8000 GT or more 60 55
1.2.4 Hobby and games rooms 70 65
1.2.5 Hospital 60 55
1.2.6 Treatment room 65 60
1.2.7 Offices 65 60
1.2.8 Galleys, pantries 70 65
1.3 Other rooms in the
accomodation area
1.3.1 Radio room, measured without
radio operation 60 55
1.4 Bridge area
1.4.1 Wheelhouse 65 60
1.4.2 Bridge wings 70 *)
1.5 Crane operator cabins 85 80
*) See also IMO Resolution A.343 (IX), according to which 68 dB at 250 Hz and 63 dB
at 500 Hz may not be exceeded at 3/4 of the vessels speed.
Table I ad. 191
Standard NR
values curves
dB(A)
2. Standard values for constant

sound pressure levels
2.1 Recreation spaces on deck 70 65
Table II ad. 191
Standard
values
dB(A)
3. Standard values for fluctuating
sound pressure levels in living
and sleeping rooms, messrooms
and recreation rooms with vessels
under way or in berth
3.1 Sound pressure levels caused dB(A)

by facilities with operating values as for
periods longer than 4 hours limit value in
within 24 hours item 1.2
3.2 Sound pressure levels caused

by facilities with operating
periods of 10 minutes and up to
a maximum of 4 hours within
24 hours 65
3.3 Sound pressure levels caused

by facilities with operating
periods of less than 10 minutes
within 24 hours 75
Status: May 1999

252 UVV-See
Diagram ad. 191

130
120
NR 115
110
NR 105
100
90
NR 80
80
NR 70
70
NR 65
NR 60
60
NR 55
50
dB 40
31,5 63 125 250 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
Hz NR curves
NR-Kurven
192 Special Provisions
(1) On ships below 1000 Gross Tonnage, all possible measures which
can be implemented with economically justified costs shall be carried
out to avoid exceeding the sound pressure levels in living rooms of
60 dB(A) and in messrooms of 65 dB(A).
(2) On vessels below 1000 Gross Tonnage not transgressing the

range of trade for small coastal trade and sailing only during minor
parts of the day or night, the sound pressure level may attain
70 dB(A) in living rooms and messrooms, provided that:
1. the insured persons do not constantly live on board, or
2. if the insured persons live constantly on board, the noise sources

are not in operation during the lay time in port.
193 Air-Sound Damping of Walls in Accommodation
(1) Walls in the accommodation area shall have sufficient damping

of the noise originating in adjacent rooms.
(2) If there is a justified reason for assuming that the existing air-
sound damping of the walls after installation - together with the
sound-absorbing furnishings and fittings of the living and sleeping
rooms - is insufficient, a measurement of the air-sound damping shall
be carried out.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the material of the walls was

ad. (1) subjected to type approval according to DIN 52210 and the weighted
insulation standards Rw have been verified by test reports and forms
to be:
- 30 dB for walls between living rooms and between living rooms

and alleyways,
- 45 dB for walls between living rooms or hospital on one side, and

messrooms, recreation rooms or hobby and games rooms on the
other side.
The provision for living rooms also applies to sleeping rooms.
The measurements of air-sound damping of the wall material shall be

carried out without ventilation outlets and doors. Walls in this sense
are not the partitions subdividing the living module of a crew member.
Status: May 1999
254 UVV-See
D There is a justified reason inter alia if

ad. (2) - material without type approval was used, or
- a type-approved material was used with a weighted insulation
standard Rw that was lower than that prescribed in D. ad. (1).
The air-sound damping is considered insufficient if the weighted

insulation standard Rws, measured at installed partitions without doors
and openings, undercuts the Rw value prescribed in D. ad (1) by more
than 3 dB.
194 free
B. Protection against Vibration
195 Protection against Vibration (Mechanical Vibrations)
(1) The employer shall ensure that working devices which could
contribute towards a vibration hazard for the insured persons are
constructed and operated in accordance with advanced or proven
rules of vibration reduction technology.
(2) The employer shall ensure that facilities which generate

vibrations, as well as the hull structure of the ship, are so constructed
and the accommodation space so arranged and designed that the
sleep and recreation of the insured persons is not impaired by
vibration.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the conditions expressed in

the I 6 Guidelines for Permissible Mechanical Vibrations on Seagoing
Vessels 1] dated 24th October 1987 are met.
1]
255
IX. Galley and Catering

196 General
Galleys, provision stores, messes and pantries shall be arranged so
as to ensure safe working and to be accident-proof.
D See also the Ordinance on Crew Accommodation on Board Merchant

Vessels 1], and the Technical Regulations for the Construction and
Equipment of Accommodation on Board Seagoing Ships 1] dated
8th February 1973 (BGBl. I. p.66). For electrical plants and equipment,
136 shall apply.
197 Arrangements
(1) Arrangements shall be made seaworthy and accident-proof.
Seaworthy fastenings shall be provided for equipment parts.
(2) Galley ranges, and frying and baking ovens, shall be provided
with stove bars. Separate cooking plates shall be surrounded by anti-
rolling ledges. Adequate shelving space shall be provided to a
sufficient extent, in order to secure the galley utensils in a heavy
sea.
(3) It shall be possible to secure cabinet doors and drawers indi-
vidually when they are closed.
(4) Galleys shall be provided with at least one securable seat.
198 Equipment
(1) Clamping fixtures shall be provided for knives, choppers,
skewers and other pointed or sharp-edged articles.
(2) Cooking pots, frying pans, or deep-fat fryers shall have a capacity
which guarantees sufficient free space above the filling level, even
in heavy seas.
(3) A safe position not endangered by spraying water and sufficiently
far away from passageways shall be provided for the operation of
deep-fat fryers.
(4) Deep-fat fryers shall have a safety temperature limit switch.
1]
Status: May 1999

256 UVV-See
(5) Drain cocks of deep-fat fryers, soup kettles, and hot-water boilers
shall be provided with safety devices which prevent unintentional
opening of the cocks or unintentional unscrewing of the cock cones.
(6) Labour-saving apparatus and utensils shall comply with the
generally acknowledged rules of technical safety and occupational
medicine, and shall guarantee accident-proof handling.
D French fryers also belong to deep-fat fryers.

ad. (2)
D When these apparatus and utensils are purchased, it shall be ensured
ad. (6) that they comply with the generally acknowledged rules of technical
safety and occupational medicine, and can withstand the specific
stresses of ship operation.
If electrical equipment is taken on board when abroad, it shall be
ensured that such equipment complies with the VDE regulations.

for Insured Persons
199 Handling of Special Equipment
(1) Knives, choppers, skewers and other pointed or sharp-edged

articles shall be safely deposited immediately after use.
(2) For soup kettles, frying pans or deep-fat fryers, a filling level
that is appropriate to the sea conditions shall be maintained.
(3) Deep-fat fryers containing hot fat may not be transported.
(4) Neither water nor foodstuffs that are dripping water or are still
covered with ice may be placed into hot fat.
(5) Grease filters in exhaust air plants or recirculate air systems shall
be inspected regularly, and if necessary cleaned or replaced.
257
X. Hatches, Shell Doors, Ramps
Hatches, shell doors and ramps shall be constructed and arranged

to meet the expected stresses - especially with regard to their load-
carrying capacity and locking devices - and to protect persons in the
range of these appliances from falling down and other hazards.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if for these appliances the type,

construction, materials, dimensions and tests comply with the
regulations of the International Convention on Loadlines of 1966/88
and with the Rules for the Classification and Construction of Germa-
nischer Lloyd, unless otherwise provided in this chapter.
201 Hatches and Coamings
(1) The covers of cargo and fish holds, stores and access hatches on
the weather deck shall be made of steel.
(2) Cargo and fish holds, stores and access hatches on the weather
deck shall have a coaming height of at least 0.80 m to prevent the
danger of falling down. For hatches of a clear cross-section up to
1.00 m x 1.00 m, a coaming height of 0.60 m is sufficient. For store
hatches out of the passage area, deviations from this coaming height
are permissible. The lower edges of the coamings shall be rounded.
The fitting of flush deck hatches requires the approval of See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft.
D Store hatches are e.g. rope store hatches and provision hatches.
For access hatches, see 87 and DIN 83 404.
202 Securing of Steel Hatchcovers, Shell Doors and Ramps
(1) Hatchcovers, shell doors and ramps shall have appliances with
which they can, in an accident-proof manner, be secured and released
in their open position and in the designated partly open positions.
Status: May 1999

258 UVV-See
(2) For steel hatchcovers which are piled up during operation, lash-
ing and securing arrangements shall be provided to store them safely
without the risk of sliding.
(3) Steel hatchcovers or hatch beams shall be provided with

arrangements to secure them in their set positions.
(4) Movable hatch beams and their guides shall be so constructed

as to prevent the beams from falling into the holds when moved.
D For operating positions and operating elements, see 68 and 69.

ad. (1)
D Steel hatchcovers for piling up are e.g. pontoon hatchcovers or piggy-

ad. (2) back type hatchcovers.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if suitable provisions effectively

ad. (3) prevent cargoes, loose gear and lifting attachments, hooks or wire
weights from breaking loose.
203 Wooden Hatchcovers
(1) Wooden hatchcovers shall be fitted with steel end fittings with
minimum dimensions of 50 mm x 3 mm.
(2) Wooden hatchcovers shall have seats at coamings and beams of

at least 65 mm. The weight of manually operated hatchcovers shall
not exceed 50 kg - with the exception of hatchcovers passing in one
piece from one side of the ship to the other.
(3) Wooden hatchcovers for different hatches of one hold that lie
over each other shall be equal in length or of such different lengths
that an exchange by mistake is excluded when putting on the covers.
(4) Only well-fitting wooden hatchcovers of faultless structure may

be used. For each hatch with wooden hatchcovers, at least five
hatchcovers shall be carried on board as spares.
(5) As handles for wooden hatchcovers, U-shaped round steel grips

passing through the cover, or handles of an equivalent type, shall be
used. Rings or bars fixed with wood screws shall not be used.
X. Hatches, Shell Doors, Ramps 259
204 Hatch Securings
(1) Watertight steel hatchcovers shall be so arranged and constructed

as to enable the seaworthy watertight integrity.
(2) Non-watertight hatchcovers on the weather deck shall be

provided with at least two layers of good quality tarpaulins for
covering and securing. The tarpaulins shall be watertight and of
sufficient strength. For intermediate trade and long-distance trade,
three tarpaulin layers shall be provided.
(3) The tarpaulins shall be fixed with steel battening bars at least
10 mm thick and 65 mm wide, and with battening wedges. The
distance between the batten cleats shall not be more than 0.60 m,
and not more than 0.15 m from the hatch corners. Spare wedges
shall be kept ready in sufficient number.
(4) For the further securing of non-watertight hatchcovers, longitu-

dinal steel bars shall be arranged on transverse hatchcovers, and
transverse steel bars on longitudinal hatchcovers. The shape of this
hatchcover securing shall be such as to offer as little area of attack
by the sea as possible. Each cover section shall be held down by at
least one bar. For hatchcovers longer than 1.50 m, at least two bars
across each cover section are required. Longitudinal bars shall be
held down by transverse bars at a distance of 3.00 m. Bars clutching
two adjoining cover sections are not permissible.
D See the D 1 Guidelines for Hatch Tarpaulins 1] dated 15th July 1960 (in
ad. (2) the version dated February 1982).
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if steel bars made of flat steel or

ad. (4) flat U-shaped steel are provided.
205 Protective Devices at Open Hatches, Shell Doors and Ramps

(1) For cargo and store hatches on the weather deck with a coaming
height of less than 0.80 m, guard rails or equivalent devices shall be
provided and shall extend to at least 0.90 m above the deck. With
coamings of less than 0.45 m height and with flush deck hatches, the
guard rails shall have an intermediate bar at half height.
1]
Status: May 1999

260 UVV-See
(2) Guard rails, chains, nets or hand lines together with adequate
devices to fix them, shall be provided as protection at partly or
completely opened tweendeck hatches.
(3) For trim openings and other small openings in tweendecks,

adequate securings or covers shall be provided.
(4) At shell doors and ramps, jamming and shearing zones shall be
avoided by ensuring a sufficient safety distance between movable
parts or between movable and fixed parts, or - where this is not
possible - they shall be protected in another way to prevent danger
to persons.
(5) As far as possible, shell doors and ramps shall be provided with
fixed guard rails or barriers as a protection against falling down.
For movable barriers, additional visual or acoustic warnings shall
be provided if necessary.
(6) At ramps, details of the maximum permissible load shall be

durably and visibly affixed.
(7) Leaning ramps shall be provided with a protection against

sliding.
(8) At shell doors and ramps, the dangerous area shall be well
illuminated and properly marked.
D For operating positions and operating elements, see 68 and 69.

ad. (4)
and (5)
for Insured Persons
206 Handling of Steel Hatchcovers, Shell Doors and Ramps
(1) Hatchcovers, shell doors and ramps may be handled only after
the operator has made sure that no persons are present in the
dangerous area and that the appliance is ready for operation.
(2) Hatchcovers, shell doors and ramps may be handled only if the
operator has a clear overview of the endangering movements. If
this is not possible from the operators position, a lookout shall be
posted who, together with the operator, has a good overview of the
endangering movements.
(3) If observation platforms according to 68 are provided, they

shall be manned for the entire duration of the endangering
movements. In all other cases, visual contact between operator and
lookout shall be ensured. If this is not possible temporarily for
operational reasons, proper communication shall be ensured in an
adequate way.
D Ascertaining of operational readiness involves not only inspecting the

ad. (1) appliance for evident, dangerous deficiencies, but e.g. also checking
launchways, stowage spaces and hatchcovers for loose objects, and
clearing any obstructions from storage spaces and from movement
and slewing zones. For the handling of balanced rolling hatchcovers
(single pull), see also the F 3 Instruction Sheet on the Handling of
Steel Hatchcovers 1] dated 20th June 1967.
207 Securing Open Hatches
(1) In the open position, cargo and store hatches with a coaming
height of less than 0.80 m shall be protected by guard rails, chains,
hand lines or by other equivalent devices.
(2) During loading or discharging in tweendecks and the spaces

below, the open part of the tweendeck hatch shall be safely secured
from the covered part by nets or other adequate methods to prevent
persons or cargo from falling down.
D Should it become necessary during loading and discharging to

ad. (1) temporarily remove the protective devices at the hatch sides, this
regulation is considered fulfilled if the dangerous area is simul-
taneously barred off or protected in some other adequate manner.
As long as no cargo operations are going on, this regulation is

considered fulfilled for open tweendeck hatches if access to these
tweendecks is effectively prevented, e.g. by locking up the accesses.
1]
Status: May 1999

262 UVV-See
208 Work at Hatches
(1) During work at hatches, the working positions shall be easily

accessible, especially when taking on and off wooden hatchcovers,
when shifting the hatch beams and when handling other types of
hatchcovers.
(2) During the loading or discharging in tweendecks, a passage

width of at least 0.60 m shall be left free on accessible decks for the
opening or closing of the tweendeck hatches.
(3) Suitable devices, but no open hooks, shall be used when lifting
and inserting the hatch beams. Beams shall not be walked on. Sliding
hatch beams shall be secured in their end positions.
(4) Hatch beams or steel pontoon hatchcovers shall be secured if

they are left in the hatches during loading and discharging. Such
securings shall be checked regularly in the course of the work.
(5) During loading and discharging, wooden hatchcovers shall be

piled up in an accident-proof manner, and secured against sliding
and falling down.
(6) Hatchcovers shall not be used for a purpose for which they are
not intended and which might damage them.
(7) When piling up pontoon hatchcovers, the lashing and securing

arrangements provided shall be used.
(8) When it is dark, adequate illumination shall be provided for work

on deck, at the hatches and in the holds.
(9) It is prohibited to throw down loose gear and lifting attachments,

tools and other objects into the cargo holds.
D Suitable devices are e.g. bridles with chain ends.

ad. (3)
209 Maintaining the Watertight Integrity
(1) When at sea, hatchcovers and hatch securings on the weather

deck shall be checked regularly. Battening wedges shall be tightened
again frequently; the securings of weathertight steel hatchcovers also
shall be adjusted if necessary.
(2) In hatches on the weather deck, all hatch beams shall be put in
at their intended places during the voyage.
D With regard to the watertight integrity, see also 32 SchSV.

Status: May 1999

264
UVV-See

265
XI. Cargo Handling Gear and Other Lifting Gear
(1) Cargo handling gear and other lifting gear shall be constructed
and arranged to meet the requirements of the intended operation -
especially with regard to the maximum carrying capacity (safe
working load) - and to prevent any persons working with these
appliances from being exposed to danger.
(2) Insofar as this chapter does not contain special requirements on

the construction, arrangement, installation, material and equipment,
the cargo handling gear and other lifting gear shall comply with the
generally acknowledged rules of technical safety.
(3) As far as necessary, every vessel shall have rigging plans and
other relevant documents which allow safe rigging of cargo handling
gear and other lifting gear.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the type, construction,

ad. (1) materials, dimensions, and tests of cargo handling gear and other
lifting gear, comprising:
1. cargo handling devices, e.g. masts, posts, derricks, and cranes
with the associated winches, components and substructures,
and the running and standing rigging;
2. shipboard forklifts and other industrial vehicles;
3. shipboard mobile cranes;
4. shipboard loose gear and lifting attachments;
5. lifts and lifting platforms; and
6. other lifting gear in service spaces and on deck, e.g. engine

room cranes, trolleys, hand- and power-driven chain hoists,
lifting gear for hatchcovers, provisions, stores, and for the
holding of hoses
comply with Germanischer Lloyds Regulations for the Construction
and Survey of Cargo Handling Appliances and other Lifting
Appliances, as amended, unless otherwise expressly provided in this
chapter.
Status: May
October
19992003
266 UVV-See
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the rigging plans comply with

ad. (3) the Germanischer Lloyds Regulations for the Construction and Survey
of Cargo Handling Appliances and other Lifting Appliances, as
amended, and if they are attached to the register book.
211 Marking
(1) At winches, cranes, industrial vehicles, lifts and lifting platforms,
a durable plate shall state the manufacturer or supplier, year of
construction, serial number, and - if available - designation of type/
model.
(2) To each cargo handling gear or other lifting gear, data on the
safe working load shall be attached to be durable and clearly visible.
(3) To each loose gear and lifting attachments and sling with a dead
weight of more than 0.1 ton, an indication of the dead weight shall
be attached to be durable and clearly visible.
212 Additional Requirements for Operating Positions

and Operating Elements
(1) Operating positions of cranes shall be constructed as closed
operator cabins which are adequately lighted, heated and ventilated.
They shall be fitted with accident-proof panes, sunblinds, screen
wipers, and protective grids.
(2) Operator cabins of shipboard cranes shall be constructed,
arranged, and designed so that they are easily accessible for any
crane position. If access is not possible when the operator cabin is
manned, an emergency escape of sufficient dimensions shall be
provided. In the area of the operator cabin, an accident-proof
standing position shall be provided for a second person.
(3) If an appliance for the limitation of heel and trim is required to
work simultaneously for the accident-proof operation of cranes, this
appliance shall be either built to work automatically or its operating

position shall be constructed and arranged so that the operator of
this appliance is given a proper overview of the operations of all
shipboard cranes. Approved appliances shall be provided or
appropriate measures taken to ensure that the operational supervisor
can convey instructions to the operator in an accident-proof manner.
The appliance for instant interruption of movements from the
operating positions, as prescribed in 68 sect. 3, does not apply to
crane installations of this type.
XI. Cargo Handling Gear and Other Lifting Gear 267
(4) Rope and winch drums which cannot be overviewed properly

by the operator at all times shall have a rope spindling guide for
winding.
(5) Portable control devices are admissible only if the movements

are so slow that an operating error contrary to the intended move-
ment does not cause danger. Such devices are not permissible for
work with fixed derricks and coupled cargo runners.
(6) If the operator has to walk with the control device of a lifting
gear, its speed shall not exceed 0.5 m/s.
D See also 68 and 69.
D With regard to accident-proof panes, see 95.

ad. (1)
D This second person may be e.g. a lookout man, a guide, or an assisting
ad. (2) person.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if a detailed concept exists

ad. (3) concerning the communication possibilities for the passing of orders
between the stations, such as lookouts, crane operator cabins, and
the operating position of the appliance for the limitation of heel or
trim.
Judgement is made for the visual signalling on the basis of visibility

line plans, or for intercom stations on the basis of a concept scheme.
The point of reference for this communication system is the

commanding station.
The conveyance of orders shall be unmistakable and clear.
A clear view can be guaranteed to a large degree if the operating

position of the appliance for the limitation of heel and trim is arranged
on the bridge.
213 Accessibility
Working positions or platforms shall be made easily accessible for

the safe performance of maintenance and repair work, insofar as
this work cannot be done from deck. If crane arms or derricks are
laid down, at least three safety windings shall remain on the drums
of luffing or topping winches.
Status: May 1999

268 UVV-See
D For ladders and platforms, see 88.
214 Safe Distances
(1) Between the fixed and moving components of cranes, a distance

of at least 0.50 m in each direction shall be observed in accessible
areas; adjoining passageways shall maintain a width of at least 0.60 m.
Rails for the separation of working areas and passage areas shall
have a minimum distance of 0.10 m to moving parts.
(2) If the distance of 0.50 m cannot be maintained at certain points,

the affected areas shall be marked by conspicuous black-and-yellow
painting. Warning signs shall be attached.
D With regard to rails, see 85.

ad. (1)
215 Limit Switches for Cranes
(1) Limit switches shall be provided at cranes for

hoisting of the cargo hook;
drawing in of the topping or luffing wire;
movement of cranes along their rails, with the load;
movement of cranes exceeding the length of supply cables.
(2) Moreover, limit switches shall be provided if the operator cannot

obtain a complete overview of the movement. This does not apply
to such cargo movements for which visual contact to the lookout
exists.
(3) Limit switches shall be constructed and arranged so as to exclude

the risk that their effectiveness is influenced by weather conditions
or dirt. When activated, they shall allow for the opposite movement.
Limit switches shall be of approved types.
D Limit switches shall be provided i.a. at the following cranes: shipboard

ad. (1) mobile cranes, travelling cranes, gantry cranes, A-trestle cranes, and
& (2) also jib cranes, the arms of which are turned mechanically at the heel.
Limit switches are not required at derricks which are slewed from the
boom head by guys or twin luffing tackles.
D See 68 (3).
ad. (2)
D Non-contact limit switches are to be preferred.

ad. (3)
216 Indicating Devices
(1) If crane jibs can lift different safe working loads with different
outreaches, then indicating devices shall be arranged for these dif-
ferent outreaches.
(2) Overload indicators shall be provided if the load is lifted by more

than one cargo handling gear, and an overload is not excluded in
some other way.
217 Other Safety Devices
(1) Rail-bound cranes and trolleys shall be secured against

derailment, overthrowing, falling down, and unintended shifting in
a seaway or during operation. Track stoppers, warning devices and
rail sweepers shall be provided.
(2) For derricks and crane jibs, sufficient depositing devices shall
be prepared, also in the event of deck load.
(3) In service spaces, sufficiently dimensioned fixing devices for

lifting gear and securing arrangements shall be provided at suitable
locations for the safe transport of heavy machinery parts.
Furthermore, adequate devices for the depositing of heavy machinery
parts shall be provided.
D For engine room cranes with a safe working load of more than 1.5
tonnes, this regulation is considered fulfilled if the danger of shifting
ad. (1)
is prevented by means of a positive-locking construction, and the
danger of uncontrolled rolling by means of self-locking drive or brakes.
218 Arrangement of Winches
(1) Winches shall be arranged so as to allow safe working at winches

and hatches.
Status: May 1999

270 UVV-See
(2) The running rigging shall be guided so that it cannot be damaged.
219 Safety Devices of Winches
(1) Winches shall be provided with a braking mechanism which is

in accordance with the pulling force. Self-locking hand operated
winches shall have a brake if used as a luffing winch.
(2) The braking mechanisms of power-driven cargo winches shall

work automatically and catch the load in its lowering movement as
smoothly as possible.
(3) Rope drums shall have devices for safe fastening of the running
rigging.
(4) The rotating direction of the drum when winding up shall be

clearly marked.
(5) The flange sides of the drums shall be high enough to extend at
least 2 times the rope diameters above the top rope layer, unless
other measures prevent the rope from slipping over the drum side.
(6) The moving parts of the winches - with exception of heads, drums
and spindling devices - shall be provided with contact protection.
(7) Escaping steam or exhaust gases shall be led to the open air so
that persons are not endangered and the operators view is not
impaired.
D Such fastening devices are e.g. rope hooks, wedge locks or clip arrester
ad. (3) pockets.
220 Manually Operated Winches
(1) The hand cranks of manually operated winches shall have devices
to prevent a back-kick.
(2) While winding up, the trigger pin of the manually operated
winches shall rest on the rack wheel.
(3) The rotating direction of the hand crank shall be maintained for
all transmission ratios.
(4) Hand cranks shall be secured against sliding off or unintentional

pulling off.
(5) Hand cranks shall have turnable sleeves that are unremovable.
Contusion points shall exist neither between the sleeves and other
crank parts, nor between the cranks and fixed or turnable winch
parts.
(6) Winches for both power drive and hand operation shall be so
constructed that the hand crank cannot be turned upon starting of
the power drive.
221 Interchangeable Components

(1) Interchangeable components such as chains, rings, hooks,
shackles, swivels and blocks shall be made of materials which do
not require periodical heat treatment.
(2) Sheaves shall be smooth and without openings.
(3) Only such cargo hooks shall be provided which cannot get caught
on obstacles. This does not apply to the double hooks of heavy lift
gear.
D For components, see also DIN 82 003.
ad. (1)
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the cargo hooks comply with
ad. (3) DIN 82 017 and the double hooks with DIN 15 402. For lifting gear
under deck, this regulation is considered fulfilled if hooks with a safety
flap according to DIN 15 401 are used.
222 Wire and Fibre Ropes

(1) Only ropes with test certificates may be used for the running
and standing rigging at cargo handling gear and other lifting gear.
(2) Vessels in service beyond small coastal trade shall carry one spare
cargo runner of each size for each cargo handling gear with a safe
working load of up to 10 tonnes. In respect of cranes, spare cargo
runners are not necessary if special measures are taken for the
protection of the cargo runner.
D Special measures are e.g. grooved drums, large sheave diameters, or

ad. (2) wire ropes with a steel core.
223 Loose Gear and Lifting Attachments

Loose gear and lifting attachments shall be constructed to withstand
the expected operational stresses - especially with regard to their
safe working load.
Status: May 1999

272 UVV-See
D Loose gear comprises e.g.

crossbeams, spreaders, grabs, hooks, claws, cargo nets.
Lifting attachments include e.g.

straps, chains, bands, special lifting gear.
224 Lifts and Lifting Platforms
(1) Lifts not subject to the Ordinance on Lifts dated 27th February
1980 and lifting platforms shall be constructed to meet the expected
operational stresses and to prevent persons in the range of lifts and
lifting platforms from being exposed to danger.
(2) Equipment according to sect. 1 whose load bearing structure is

held by ropes or chains, and equipment with mechanical drive shall
be constructed to exclude movement of the load bearing structure
by more than 0.10 m upon breaking of the rope, chain, retaining nut
or driving gear. The safety appliance shall be effective in the resting
position as well as during the lifting and lowering movement. When
it is triggered, operation shall be switched off automatically. Equip-
ment with hydraulic or pneumatic drive shall be constructed so as
to ensure that its lowering speed does not exceed 1.5 times the nor-
mal operational speed if leakages occur in the pipe system.
(3) Jamming and shearing zones shall be avoided by providing a

sufficient safety distance between moving parts or between moving
and fixed parts, or - where this is not practicable - shall be protected
in another way to avoid danger to persons near the equipment.
(4) Equipment according to sect. 1 shall be provided with fixed

barriers to protect persons from falling down. Movable barriers shall
function automatically and shall be connected with the drive so that
lifting or lowering movements are only possible with the barriers
closed.
D Lift installations belong to equipment subject to supervision in the

sense of 2 sect. 2a of the Equipment Safety Law 1]. The installation
and operation of lifts is regulated in the Ordinance on Lifts 1] (AufzV)
dated 27th February 1980 (BGBl. I. p.205).
1]
The general requirements for installation and operation according to

the Ordinance on Lifts 1] will be considered fulfilled if the lift installation
complies with the Technical Rules for Lifts 1] (TRA), established by
the German Lift Committee 1] (DAA) and published by the Federal
Minister of Labour and Social Welfare in the Federal Labour Gazette1],
part Occupational Safety. The Technical Rules for Lifts contain the
standard of technical safety requirements on materials, manufac-
turing, calculation, equipment, installation, and testing, and for the
operation of the lifts. They are continually adapted to the latest state
of technical developments by the DAA.
The requirements for construction and equipment of lifts not subject
to the Ordinance on Lifts 1] also result from 3 and 102.
D Movable barriers are e.g. gates and doors.
ad. (4)
225 Transportation of Persons

(1) Special devices shall be provided for rescuing persons out of
person lifting equipment when the power drive fails.
(2) In presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII and before
initial commissioning of person lifting equipment, it shall be
submitted to a 1.25-fold test load of its safe working load, both at
rest and in motion. After alterations and repair work, this test shall
be repeated.
(3) In presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII and before
initial commissioning, swing derricks for the transportation of
persons shall be tested, either statically with a test load of 300 kg, or
in slewing motion with a test load of 200 kg, including lowering and
braking of the load.
(4) Equipment for the transportation of persons shall be demon-
strated to the surveyor according to 18 SBG VII during the
periodical inspections.

1. the person lifting equipment complies with the valid edition of

the Safety Rules for Hoistable Person Lifting Equipment1] of the
German Federation of statutory accident insurance institutions for
the industrial sector1] (HVBG);
2. power-driven cargo handling gear and other lifting gear are used
that have a safe working load of at least double the total weight of
the occupied person lifting equipment;
1]
Status: May
October
19992003
274 UVV-See
3. the lifting, lowering, and setting-down speeds, and the arrange-

ment of limit switches, comply with the Safety Rules for Hoistable
Person Lifting Equipment 1].
With regard to the transportation of persons by means of cargo
handling gear and other lifting gear, see also 20 sect. 1.
226 Floating Cranes and Salvage Vessels

(1) When working in calm waters, the pontoons of floating cranes
shall maintain a minimum safety distance between deck side and
water surface of 0.50 m at the lowest corner, and when working in
open waters a minimum safety distance of 1.0 m.
(2) The lifting facilities of floating cranes and salvage vessels shall
meet the special requirements of their purpose. These appliances
shall be constructed so that they cannot capsize when the load breaks.
Sufficient stability of the vessel, even if the load breaks loose, shall
be proved.
227 Initial Inspections

In presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII and prior to
initial commis-sioning, cargo handling gear and other lifting gear
shall be submitted to a load test in ready working condition, and
shall be thoroughly examined by the surveyor. Other lifting gear
with a safe working load of less than 1.0 tonnes is excepted from the
load test.
D A thorough examination includes a detailed visual inspection by a

surveyor according to 18 SBG VII - supplemented if necessary by
other appropriate means or actions - to achieve a reliable assessment
of the functional safety of the cargo handling gear or other lifting
gear to be inspected.
228 Inspection of Interchangeable Components

The interchangeable components of all cargo handling gear and

other lifting gear shall be submitted to individual load tests in
presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII. The inter-
changeable components shall be issued a test number. The safe
working load shall be stamped on the interchangeable components.
Interchangeable components of other lifting gear with a safe working
load of less than 1.0 tonnes are exempted from an individual load
test.
1]
229 Periodical Inspections
(1) Cargo handling gear and other lifting gear shall be submitted to
a thorough examination by a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII at
least once a year. In the case of cranes, a functional test shall be
included. Other lifting gear with a safe working load of less than 1.0
tonnes are exempted from the thorough examination.
(2) At least every 5 years, a new load test shall be carried out in the
presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII.
230 Inspections after Repairs
After repairs of components which cannot be subjected to individual

load tests, the corresponding cargo handling gear or other lifting
gear shall be tested again under load.
231 Certificates and Register Book
(1) Certificates on the inspections of cargo handling gear and other

lifting gear shall be kept on board.
(2) A register book according to the scheme prescribed by See-Be-

rufsgenossenschaft shall be kept on board for the collection of all
certificates. The surveyor according to 18 SBG VII shall enter the
inspection results into the register book. Certificates lose their
validity if the examinations prescribed according to 229 are not
carried out and confirmed in time. Other lifting gear with a safe
working load of less than 1.0 tonnes shall also be listed in the register
book.

for Insured Persons
232 Operating
(1) The operating of cargo handling gear and other lifting gear may
only be delegated to persons familiar with their handling. During
operation, the operator shall not be otherwise occupied.
(2) Running rigging may only be fastened to devices attached to the

winch drum. Running rigging under load may be slackened only so
far that at least three turns remain on the drum.
Status: May
October
19992003
276 UVV-See
(3) For topping winches with lazy wires, the safety devices provided
shall be used. Only unloaded derricks may be topped or lowered
with lazy wires. The luffing tackle may be adjusted only with lazy
wires that are properly fastened and wound up. At least three turns
shall remain on the winch head.
(4) Lifted loads shall be set down at the intended places without
delay. Loads shall not be left hoisted without supervision.
(5) Maintenance and repair work at cargo handling gear and other
lifting gear shall not be carried out during operation.
(6) If loads are transported by lifting gear in a seaway, they shall be

protected against swinging. The securing devices provided for this
purpose shall be used.
D With regard to adequate clothing, see 27.

ad. (1)
D Such devices are e.g. rope hooks (finger shackles), wedge locks, clip
ad. (2) lock pockets.
233 Use of Industrial Vehicles or Mobile Cranes
(1) Fuel-driven industrial vehicles or mobile cranes may be used in

cargo holds only with sufficient ventilation. If the ventilation is
insufficient, only electrically driven industrial vehicles or mobile
cranes shall be used.
(2) The use of fuels with a flash point below 60 C is not permissible.
(3) In explosion-endangered areas and spaces, no industrial vehicles

or mobile cranes shall be used if they are driven by combustion
engines or by electric motors which are not protected against
explosion.
(4) At flush deck hatches, industrial vehicles or mobile cranes may

be used only if the hatch openings are protected by safety devices
against falling down or barriers which have been approved by See-
Berufsgenossenschaft, or if the hatches are completely closed.
(5) Industrial vehicles or mobile cranes may only be driven by

persons specially appointed to operate them.
(6) The operator shall take measures to prevent the unauthorized

use of industrial vehicles or mobile cranes.
(7) The operator may leave the industrial vehicle or mobile crane
only after the vehicle has been secured against unintentional motion.
(8) The operator shall not leave industrial vehicles or mobile cranes
with a raised or swinging load.
(9) During transport, the load-carrying means of forklift trucks

should be in their lowest possible position. Movement with raised
load-carrying means may take place only for the purposes of
receiving or depositing the load.
D Fuels with a flash point below 60 C are i.a. petrol, benzole, methanol,
ad. (2) propane and butane.
D Areas and spaces endangered by explosion are i.a. the tank area on
ad. (3) tankers.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the drive is put out of operation

ad. (6) and the key is removed from the switch or starter.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the brake has been pulled

ad. (7) and - if necessary - additional safety measures have been taken, e.g.
by fitting wedges or lashings.
234 Working in Union Purchase
(1) For work with fixed derricks and combined cargo runners (union
purchase), the reduced safe working load for this type of operation
shall be observed.
(2) The derricks shall be arrested by preventers at the outer sides.

The guy may be used as a preventer if adequate in size. The

preventers may only be fastened to the pad eyes, cleats or bollards
provided for the purpose.
235 Exceeding the Safe Working Load
The safe working load shall not be exceeded. Upon written

application, a limited exceeding of the safe working load may be
Status: May 1999

278 UVV-See
permitted in special cases; this does not apply to shipboard mobile

cranes.
D Such permission is given only for special loading procedures, with

specification of the loading or discharging port and the date of the
operations. Permission for increased loads can be given only up to
the weight of the test load.
236 Regular Maintenance

(1) The cargo handling gear and other lifting gear shall regularly
be controlled and maintained by crew. The result shall be entered
into the register book.
(2) Splices in wire and fibre ropes shall be made in a proper manner.
Running rigging and slings shall not be spliced together at all, and
round slings only in one place.
(3) The shackles between winch runners and cargo hooks shall have
slotted bolts and shall be put in with the opening downwards.
(4) Chains and ropes shall not be shortened or combined by knots.
Chains shall not be joined by provisional links. Luffing chains shall
only be fastened with the shackle resting properly in the curve of
the chain link.
D Special attention shall be paid to the safety devices, such as braking

ad. (1) mechanisms, limit switches, operating elements, as well as the
condition of the running and standing rigging and of components
under heavy stress.
D For splices in wire ropes, this regulation is considered fulfilled if they

ad. (2) are made according to DIN 3089 or in an equivalent and proven
seamanlike manner, and if the strands at eye splices are passed
through at least six times.
For splices in fibre ropes, this regulation is considered fulfilled if they
are made according to the usual seamanlike practice, and if the strands
are passed through at least three times.
237 Replacement of Interchangeable Components and Wires

(1) Chains, rings, hooks, shackles, bolts, block fittings etc. shall be
replaced if their thickness has been reduced by 10 % or more, or if
they are visibly deformed.
(2) Wire ropes shall be replaced if, over a length of eight times of
the rope diameter, the number of visible single broken wires is bigger
than one tenth of all the wires in the rope, or if the rope shows
breaking points or considerable formation of rust.
(3) When new interchangeable components and wire ropes are
acquired, the test certificates shall be added to the register book.
D With regard to certificates and register book, see also 231.

ad. (3)
238 Transportation of Persons

(1) When rigging the person lifting equipment, a secured shackle
or another connection approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft shall
be used instead of the cargo hook.
(2) Before starting operation, the special devices for rescuing persons
out of the person lifting equipment shall be installed.
(3) Appliances for the transportation of persons shall be thoroughly
examined before beginning operation. The result of this examination
shall be entered into the register book.
(4) The operator shall not leave the operating position of the winch
as long as the person lifting equipment is occupied. In addition, a
crew member with seafaring experience shall be present for
supervision.
Status: May 1999

280 UVV-See
XII. Dangerous Goods
239 - 244 free
Note: 239 - 244 have been deleted, because the Ordinance on

the Transport of Dangerous Goods on Seagoing Vessels 1] (GGV
See) dated 24th July 1991 (BGBl. I p.1714) in the new version
dated 24.08.1995 (BGBl. I p.1077) contains detailed provisions
on the transportation of dangerous goods. For further
particulars, see also 52 a.
1]
281
XIII. Fishing Vessels

D This chapter contains supplementary and special regulations relating
to the other chapters.
XIII.-1 Hull Equipment, Stability

245 Stability Criteria, Inclining Test and

Stability Documentation
(1) Before commissioning and after conversion affecting stability,
an inclining test shall be performed in the fully equipped condition
in the presence of a surveyor according to 18 SBG VII. For the
most important operational conditions, the righting lever curves shall
be generated, and before being placed on board they shall be
submitted to See-Berufsgenossenschaft for examination. The
approved stability documentation shall be put on board and
explained to the master. The masters attention shall be drawn to
any special stability characteristics of the ship.
(2) The following stability criteria and minimum values shall be
achieved:
Righting lever at 30 deg inclination 0.20 m
Initial metacentric height, corrected 0.35 m
for free surfaces (GM)
Area under the righting lever curve
up to 30 deg inclination 0.055 m x radian
up to 40 deg inclination 0.090 m x radian
between 30 and 40 deg inclination 0.030 m x radian
Range of the righting lever curve 60 degrees

The righting lever curves shall be calculated and presented with a
centre of gravity above keel (KG), raised by the amount equivalent
to the effect of free surfaces. In the case of fishing vessels with
complete superstructure or with a minimum length of 70 m, the initial
metacentric height GM can be less than 0.35 m. However, it shall
not fall below 0.15 m.
Status: May
October
19992003
282 UVV-See
(3) For fishing vessels operating with twin-boom fishing gear, a

righting lever of at least 0.25 m at 30 deg inclination shall be
demonstrated, unless there are automatic devices ready for quick
release of snagged fishing gear.
D Important operational conditions are as follows:

ad. (1)
Departing for the fishing grounds with complete load of fuel,
supplies, ice, fishing gear etc.;
Leaving the fishing grounds with a full catch and 50 percent of

supplies, fuel etc.;
Arriving in the home port with a full catch and 10 percent of

supplies, fuel etc. and
Arriving in the home port with 20 percent of a full catch and 10

percent of supplies, fuel etc. (an unsuccessful trip);
Less favourable operational conditions, if these occur.
In this connection, the following factors shall be taken into account:
Consideration of the weight of the wet fishing nets, tackle etc.;
Consideration of any ice accretion;
Homogeneous distribution of the catch in the fish hold, if this is

practically feasible;
Catch on deck, in the above-mentioned operational conditions;
Water ballast if there are tanks provided for this;

Consideration of the effect of free surfaces of liquids and, if

applicable, of fish.
246 free
XIII. Fishing Vessels 283
247 Guard Rails, Bulwark, Freeing Ports
(1) On fishing vessels of less than 24 m in length, the total height of

the bulwark and guard rails shall not be less than 0.70 m in the
hauling-in and setting-out area of the fishing gear.
(2) On fishing vessels, the total cross-section of the freeing ports on

each side shall comply with Regulation 24 of the International
Convention on Load Lines 1966/88, but at least 0.06 m2 per running
metre of bulwark length at 0.8 L from the rudder post.
(3) Fixing-devices on freeing ports are permissible in the catch

processing area only if they are always accessible and easy to open.
(4) The pond boards and the equipment for stowing the fishing gear
shall be arranged in such a way that the effectiveness of the freeing
ports is not impaired.
(5) Freeing ports with a height of more than 0.30 m shall be provided
with bars spaced not more than 0.23 m and at least 0.15 m apart, or
with other suitable protective devices.
(6) In the case of a decked fishing vessel, any well or cockpit in the
weather deck shall be of a self-bailing kind.
D For bulwark and guard rails, see also 85.

ad. (1)
248 Accommodation Spaces
(1) On new fishing vessels, the effects of the ships movements and
accelerations on the accommodation spaces shall be minimized by
suitable positioning of these rooms, insofar as this is permitted by
the design, dimensions and/or purpose.
As far as possible, suitable measures shall be taken to protect non-

smokers from the nuisance caused by tobacco smoke.
(2) On existing fishing vessels, accommodation spaces, if any exist,

shall be designed in such a way that the effects of noise, vibration
and odours from other areas and the effects of the ships movements
shall be minimized.
Status: May 1999

284 UVV-See
248 a Companionways, Doors, Watertight Integrity
(1) On the weather deck, the height of the coamings above deck
shall be at least 0.60 m at the companionways of fishing vessels.
(2) In watertight bulkheads, doors shall be installed only with the

permission of See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(3) Doors leading directly from the weather deck into the main or
auxiliary engine room are not permissible.
(4) The watertight integrity shall be satisfactory. In the case of fish-

ing vessels with a length of 24 m and over with weathertight doors,
deadlights, sounding pipes, air pipes, and with closing devices in
the processing area, the watertight integrity shall comply with
Regulations 12, 13, 18 and 23 of the International Convention on
Load Lines of 1966/88.
249 Hatches
(1) On fishing vessels, the covers and securings of non-watertight

hatches shall comply at least with 203 and 204 sect. 2 to 4, or a
weathertight sheet-metal box shall be provided. This box shall be
secured by means of a strong iron bale whose fixing bolts pass
through the deck planks. For hatches without seals at the edges, at
least two layers of good-quality tarpaulin, or at least three in the
case of deep sea fishing, shall be provided to cover and secure such
hatches. These tarpaulins shall be watertight and of sufficient
strength.
(2) For coal bunkers and ice rooms, only covers having a triple
bayonet lock and a screw-on securing bale are permissible.
(3) Fish hold hatches shall be capable of being operated and secured
safely on failure of the power drive. To ensure this, there shall at
least be a fixing facility on the hatch for a runner and a pin lock for
the open hatch.
D For hatches on fishing vessels, see also 201 and 202. For fishing
ad. (1) vessels whose keel was laid before 1st January 1985, see also the D 1
Guidelines for Hatch Tarpaulins 1] dated 15th July 1960, version dated
February 1982.
1]
250 Steering Gear
(1) The steering gear for fishing vessels shall comply with the
generally acknowledged rules of shipbuilding technology. The
steering gear compartments shall be designed in such a way that,
during operation, the steering gear is at all times accessible and
capable of being properly serviced. The rudder stock shall be capable
of being fixed in position. In the case of hydraulic steering gear,
such fixing can be adequately achieved by means of shut-off valves
on the cylinders or on the blade casings. Insofar as is possible in
view of the forces that occur, equipment shall be provided with which
the rudder blade can be operated by hand in the event of breakage
of the rudder stock.
(2) Hand steering gear shall be built with back-kick protection or

shall be provided with hand steering wheels having a tubular frame
going round on the spokes to prevent injuries caused by the hand
spokes.
(3) Horizontal handles on steering wheels shall be detachable or

foldable.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the steering gear complies

ad. (1) with the rules of Germanischer Lloyd for the Classification and
Construction of Seagoing Steel Ships. 37 remains unaffected. For
rudder angle indicators, see also SchSV Annex 6 No. 20.
250 a Wheelhouse Exits
The wheelhouse shall on each side have an exit which assures quick
and safe exiting onto the open deck. These exits shall consist of doors
which open in the direction of escape. These exits shall consist of

doors which open in the direction of escape. On deep sea fishing
cutters and coastal fishing cutters that do not operate with twin-
boom fishing gear, one of these doors can be replaced by a hinged
window which leads directly to the open deck, if a second door is
not possible for constructional reasons. The hinged window shall
have a minimum width of 0.75 m and a minimum height of 0.63 m.
D See also 93 and 94.
Status: May 1999

286 UVV-See

for Insured Persons
251 Loading
(1) Fishing vessels may only be loaded to an extent such that they
retain sufficient stability and freeboard. Freeboard is the vertical
distance from the upper edge of the deck to the waterline, measured
amidships. The catch and the fishing gear shall be stowed and lashed
in a seaworthy manner.
(2) Deck cargo shall be of a quantity such that during the voyage the
fishing vessel shall not develop any significant list due to inadequate
stability. In this connection, special attention shall be paid to dangers
caused by an increase in weight, e.g. due to icing in winter, or caused
by the unrestricted movement of quantities of liquid in tanks.
(3) All stability information especially the vessels approved stability
documentation, shall be available on board and shall be accessible
to the officer in charge.
D As far as freeboard is concerned, this regulation is considered fulfilled

ad. (1) if the freeboard is at least 5 percent of the ships breadth but not less
than 0.20 m and no other conditions require or permit a different
freeboard, and the stability and strength of the hull are proven to be
adequate for this freeboard.
See also 47 sect. 3.
251 a Use of Handles on Steering Wheels

Horizontal handles on steering wheels may only be used temporarily.
251 b Fixing of Freeing Ports

It shall be ensured that the water on deck can at all times drain away
quickly through the freeing ports. Fixing devices on the freeing ports
in the catch processing area shall only be used temporarily while

the catch is being processed.
XIII.-2 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment
252 Engine Power for Going Astern
Every fishing vessel shall have sufficient power for going astern in
order to secure proper control of the vessel in all normal circum-
stances.
253 Exits, Emergency Exits
In addition to the exit from the main engine room, there shall be an
emergency exit from the floor, unless such an exit is rendered
unnecessary by the small size of the room. On fishing vessels of
800 GT and over, this emergency exit shall be encased by a trunk
accessible from the floor through a self-closing door.
254 Generation of Electrical Power,

Emergency Source of Electrical Power
(1) On every fishing vessel on which electrical power is the only

means of operating the auxiliary machines that are absolutely es-
sential for the propulsion engines and for the safety of the ship, there
shall be at least two main electrical power generating units. These
units shall be powerful enough to ensure that operation of the above-
mentioned consumers remains assured even if one of the units is out
of action. The water cooling of the units shall be capable of being
operated independently of the main engine plant. The feeding of
power to the consumers shall be ensured by suitable means.
(2) If the electrical power for the ships mains is also provided by
generators driven by the main propulsion machinery, then, after a
power failure caused by unforeseen manoeuvres or other
disturbances, the power supply to the systems necessary for the safety
of passengers, crew, ship and main propulsion machinery shall
automatically begin to be supplied within 45 seconds by standby
units. In narrow waters, in high-density traffic, in difficult waters
and in conditions of reduced visibility, these consumers may be
powered by a generating set of that kind if, and only if, it is ensured
that they can be operated with adequate power irrespectively of the
currently existing propulsive output and the propellers direction of
thrust.
Status: May 1999

288 UVV-See
(3) Fishing vessels up to a length of 24 metres may be exempted

from the requirements of sect. 1 and 2.
(4) On fishing vessels with a length of 24 metres and over, an
emergency source of electrical power shall be present to supply
power to the emergency consumers.
(5) The emergency source of electrical power shall be capable of
simultaneously serving the following items of equipment for a period
of at least three hours:
1. internal communication equipment, fire detecting systems
and signals which may be required in an emergency;
2. the navigation lights if solely electrical; and
3. the emergency lights
a) of launching stations and overside of the vessel in the
launching area of the life-saving appliances;
b) in all alleyways, stairways and exits;
c) in spaces containing machinery or the emergency source
of power;
d) in control stations; and
e) in fish handling and fish processing spaces; and
4. the operation of the emergency fire pump, if any.
(6) For emergency generating units, only fuels with a flash point
above 43C may be used.
D A generating set driven by the main propulsion machinery can also

ad. (1) be deemed to be the main electrical power generating unit if it can be
operated with adequate power independently of the revolution rate
and revolution direction of the main propulsion engine and shafting
in all conditions of sea state, speed and manoeuvring.
D See also 140 sect. 2 for seagoing ships below 500 GT.
ad. (4)
254 a Protection against Flooding

In the case of fishing vessels of length 45 metres and over with
automated engine plants, the operating equipment of all sea valves,
of the discharge valves below the waterline or of the bilge drainage
systems shall be configured in such a way that, in the event of an
inrush of water into the space concerned, sufficient time will be
available to operate them.
D A ship with an automated engine plant is a ship having equipment

for an unmanned engine room or for a remotely controlled engine
plant with an engine output of up to 1500 kW. See also D ad.
125.
254 b Emergency Source of Electrical Power

The emergency source of electrical power shall be tested weekly.
The result shall be entered in the engine logbook.
XIII.-3 Special Equipment

255 Protection against Bad Weather, Withdrawable Railing
(1) To provide protection against bad weather, the height of the
bulwark shall, if permitted by the fishing technique, be at least 2.00 m
on at least one side of the catch deck in the case of side trawlers and
on both sides in the case of stern trawlers. On stern trawlers, this
protection against bad weather shall extend as far back towards the
stern as possible. If, as protection against bad weather, a shelter
extending to the midship area is provided in addition to the
heightened bulwark, then the freeing port area shall be increased
beyond the requirements of 247 sect. 2 by an amount such that
rapid drainage of the water coming aboard continues to be ensured.
(2) A withdrawable railing of height 0.40 m to 0.50 m which can be

installed quickly and safely and having two rails shall be provided
above the bulwark, on both sides and round the stern in the case of
side trawlers and on both sides of the catch deck in the case of stern
trawlers. The stanchions of the withdrawable railing shall be secured
against being pulled out and shall be situated not more than 3.00 m
apart. The withdrawable railing may be omitted where the height of
the bulwark above deck is 1.40 m or more.
Status: May 1999
290 UVV-See
(3) The upper part of the ramp on stern trawlers shall be provided
with a fence or some other safety arrangement at the same height as
the adjacent bulwarks or other protective devices in order to protect
persons working there from the danger of falling onto the ramp.
This fence or other device shall be easy to open and close, preferably
by remote control in the case of new vessels, and may be open only
while the net is being paid out or hauled in.
D A raised, solid bulwark or other suitable measures, such as stretched

ad. (1) pennants and tarpaulin covers, can be considered to be sufficient
protection against bad weather.
255 a Hand Lines, Safety Belts, Lifeline

(1) On stern trawlers, precautions shall be taken on the forebody
which will make it possible to stretch hand lines on either side of
the fish hold hatches along the entire length of the deck.
(2) In the region of the stern gate on stern trawlers, a sufficiently

strong cordon rope or a chain shall be present at a height of 1.00 m,
positioned transversely over the entire width of the ramp. In addition,
a strong wire rope to which lifelines are attached at intervals of 1.00 m
shall be stretched transversely over the deck at a height of 2.00 m
and a distance of 0.50 m in front of the ramp.
(3) At the stern gate, there shall be at least one safety belt with lifeline
on each side of the ship. The lifeline shall be provided with a snap
hook and shall be of a size such that the man cannot fall over the
ramp into the water.
D See also 5, 19; safety belt as per DIN 7470.

ad. (3)
255 b Fish Pounds

Fixed and removable parts of the fish pounds for holding the catch
on and below deck shall be of adequate size. Fish pounds on deck

shall be constructed in such a way that water can drain out of them
without hindrance.
256 Warning Notice

(1) On side trawlers, the following notices shall be written legibly
and permanently:
1. In the forebody area:

Vorsicht Lebensgefahr!
Nicht ber laufende Leinen treten!
Caution! Danger!
Do not step over moving wire ropes!
2. Also in the area of the messenger sheave:
Vorsicht!
Nicht zwischen Schanzkleid und Haktau treten!
Caution!
Do not step between bulwark and messenger wire!
(2) On stern trawlers, the following notices shall be written legibly
and permanently:
1. To the right and left of the ramp in the vicinity of the stern gate:
Bei geffneter Heckpforte Absperrseil oder
Kette vorziehen! Sonst Mnner anseilen!
When stern gate is open, pull cordon rope or chain forward!
Otherwise attach ropes to men!
2. On both sides of the catch deck and on the superstructure, if
possible over the entire width of the deck:
Vorsicht bei laufenden Leinen!
Abstand halten!
Caution when wire ropes are running!
Keep your distance!
D See also 8 sect. 5.
ad. (1)
and (2)
256 a Withdrawable Railing, Hand Lines

(1) The withdrawable railing and the hand lines shall be set up as
early as the time of departure from the port. They may be removed
during fishing, but only where the net is paid out and where parts of
the fishing gear have to be taken over the bulwark.

(2) When the stern gate is opened on stern trawlers, an adequately
strong cordon rope or a chain shall immediately be stretched
transversely over the entire width of the ramp in the vicinity of the
gate. If this is impossible because of the fishing technique being
used, it shall be ensured that every man attaches a rope to himself.
Furthermore, the strong wire rope with the lifelines ( 255a sect. 2
sentence 2) shall be installed.
Status: May 1999

292 UVV-See
(3) If the catch or the cargo is situated on deck and if the bulwark or
railing therefore no longer reliably prevents crew members from
falling overboard, then the bulwark or railing shall be heightened
by suitable means to an extent such that the original protection for
the crew is restored.
256 b Additional Equipment for Fishing in Sea Areas

in which Chemical Warfare Ammunition has been Dumped
For fishing with a trawl net or stationary net in sea areas in which
chemical warfare ammunition has been dumped, suitable protective
equipment and first aid equipment shall be carried on the vessel.
D Areas in which chemical warfare ammunition has been dumped are

indicated in the charts.
The protective equipment is considered adequate if it comprises the

following:
Face mask with ABEK-P3 filter for each person on board

Long rubber gloves made of butyl for each person on board
2 protective suits
25 kg chlorinated lime
The first aid equipment shall comprise the following:
}
Detoxification powder
Detoxification soap in the form of a
Wooden spatula rolled-up pack for
Cotton wool / swabs each person on board
Cloths
Sodium carbonate tablets to make solutions

Auxiloson dosing aerosol for each person on board
10 ampoules of atropine (1 mg/1 ml) including an appropriate
number of disposable syringes (2 ml) for each person on board.
(Only for the chemical warfare ammunition dumping area in the
Little Belt.)
See I 5 Instruction Sheet on Procedure in the Event of Poisoning by

Chemical Warfare Ammunition on Fishing Vessel 1], dated 30th Sep-
tember 1994. With regard to the approval of breathing apparatus, see
71 a.
1]
XIII.-4 Fishing Equipment

257 Centre Fairleads

(1) The centre fairleads on side trawlers shall be provided with a
protective guard extending at the sides at least 0.30 m beyond the
outer periphery of the fairleads.
(2) Portable guide rollers which are positioned in or on the guard
rails or other parts of the ship are prohibited unless they have an
effective and sufficiently strong facility for arresting the deflected,
stressed rope.
257 a Fishing Winches and Other Equipment

(1) Operation positions of fishing winches and net drums shall be
configured in such a way that the operator has an unobstructed view
of all areas at which work is being done with the aid of fishing
winches and net drums, and so that he can observe the course of the
bridle and dan leno assembly, the winch rope and the net.
(2) Trawl warp drums shall have rope-spooling devices to forcibly
guide the rope when it is being coiled up.
(3) Lazy halyards for hauling up and paying out the bridle and dan
leno assembly of the net shall be wound on auxiliary drums of the
trawl winch or auxiliary winch. These auxiliary drums, in common
with the trawl warp drums, shall be provided with a fairlead or
equivalent equipment. Dumpers, cod end gilsons, gilsons, gin tackle
and similar runners should be operated via winch drums.
(4) For the trawl winches and auxiliary winches, emergency stop
switches shall be provided in the region of the gallows, trawl winches,
bridge and operating position.
(5) In the region of fishing winches and net drums, a passageway at
least 0.60 m wide shall be maintained.

(6) Net drums shall have adequate foundations.
(7) In the case of power-driven stern gates, the operating elements
shall be positioned in the region of the stern gate as well as on the
bridge or at the central operating position.
(8) To keep off the trawl warps in the region of the gallows and,
where necessary, at other places on deck, protective bars or equi-
Status: May 1999

294 UVV-See
valent arrangements shall be provided on stern trawlers for the

protection of the crew.
(9) To secure upheaved trawl doors, a securing arrangement of
adequate strength shall be provided.
(10) To secure spare trawl doors, equipment shall be provided which
makes it possible to fasten each trawl door individually.
(11) Guards shall be provided to minimize the risk of touching ropes,
trawl warps and moving parts of equipment.
(12) Suitable arrangements shall be provided to keep the swinging
movement of the cod end under control.
D For operating elements and operating positions, see also 68, 69.
D If unobstructed vision is prevented by local circumstance, See-Be-

ad. (1) rufsgenossenschaft may permit the installation of cameras with
monitors, for example, on application.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the design, structure, material

ad. (6) and size conform to the basic principles of Germanischer Lloyd for
the construction and testing of cargo-handling gear and other lifting
gear.
D The protective bars of the trawl warp ejectors are also considered to
ad. (8) be equivalent devices in the area of the gallows.
257 b Fish Meal Plants

(1) Fish meal plants shall be designed in such a way that nobody will
be endangered in the course of maintenance and cleaning work or
when blockages in the plant are being cleared.
(2) The control systems of the electric drives of the dosing screw in
the raw material bunker, raw material screw, digester, press, crusher,
drier, dry material sluice, dust sluice, exhauster and bagging sluice
shall be equipped with key-operated safety switches. The key-
operated safety switches shall be designed in such a way that any

one key will fit only one safety switch and so that the key can only
be pulled out in the switched-off position.
(3) Openings providing access to raw material bunkers shall be
equipped with doors having gratings. These doors shall be designed
in such a way that blockages can be cleared without anyone entering
and so that, when the door is opened, the drive for the dosing screws
switches itself off automatically. The grating bars of the doors shall
be formed in such a way that the entire raw material bunker can be
inspected with the door closed, and blockages can be cleared by
means of rods.
(4) Access covers and manholes of plant parts that can be accessed
shall be secured by means of padlocks.
(5) Inspection openings posing a danger of injury by rotating parts

shall be secured by means of rods.
(6) In fish meal bunkers and in the region of fish meal bagging
stations, electrical installations and equipment shall be designed with
a suitable explosion-proof enclosure as per 136 sect. 3.
(7) In the bagging sluice, a warning plate with the text
Vorsicht! Nachlaufzeiten beachten!

Warning! Wait until machinery stops completely!
shall be posted.
257 c Fish Processing Spaces
(1) To remove waste and rinsing water, it is necessary to provide

sludge pumps, spiral conveyors or similar devices. If water is
additionally sucked in from the outboard area in order to operate
sludge pumps, there must be an interlock which will prevent the
tweendeck from being pumped full of water when the gate valve in
the delivery pipe is closed. Instead of a gate valve, a fixable non-
return valve can be used for the ejector facility, provided that it will
close reliably even when the ship is listing badly. Fish processing
spaces in the tweendeck shall not have any scuppers leading to the
outside.
(2) Chutes for waste and stones on the fish processing deck shall
each be provided with a surge valve and shall be capable of being
closed by means of a watertight cover operated from the fish
processing deck. With a full load and a 15 degree list, water from
the outside shall not pass through the open chutes.
(3) Entrances to the fish processing spaces shall be provided with

tightly sealing steel doors. Doors leading from the accommodation
area to these spaces shall be equipped with self-closing devices.
Status: May 1999

296 UVV-See
(4) Escape routes and exits from fish processing spaces shall be
provided in accordance with the number and arrangement of the
workplaces.
(5) Fish processing spaces shall be provided with an adequate

emergency lighting system.
D See also 43, 65, 140; concerning noise protection: 185 - 195.
D See also 93, 94.

ad. (4)
257 d Fish Processing Machinery, Conveyor Belts,

Fish-Block Lifting Appliances and Other Installations
(1) Fish processing machines and fish washing drums shall be

designed and arranged in such a way that they can be operated
without risk of accidents.
(2) Depending on the type of machinery, handrails or other gripping

possibilities shall be provided for the operating personnel.
Workplaces at fish processing machines shall be safe to stand on
and skid-inhibiting, shall offer sufficient space to stand on, and shall
have a clear height of at least 2.00 m. An adequate possibility of
access and escape towards both sides of the ship shall be ensured on
the processing deck.
(3) Fish processing machinery, conveyor belts and fish-block lifting

appliances shall have an adequate number of emergency stop
switches, which shall be easy to reach from the workplaces.
(4) Conveyor belts which have to be stepped over during operation

shall be covered in a skid-inhibiting manner in the crossing area.
Crossings over conveyor belts shall be made safe by means of a
handrail. In the case of crossings over 0.30 m in height, platforms
having suitable spaces to stand on shall be provided with handrails
on both sides. Overhead conveyor belts in the passageway area shall
be provided with contact protection.
(5) Fish-block lifting appliances shall be designed and arranged in

such a way that fish-blocks will not fall out.
D The other installations include high-pressure cleaning units. For these,

the General Guidelines for Equipment Emitting Jets of Liquid 1] are
applicable.
1]
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the fish processing machinery

ad. (1) and the fish washing drums comply with the accident prevention
regulation VBG 7a and the testing principles of Berufsgenossenschaft
Nahrungsmittel und Gaststtten, and an examination has been
conducted at the manufacturers premises by a surveyor from See-
D See also 92 Passageways and 93 Escape Routes.
ad. (2)
D This requirement concerning emergency stop switches on fish
ad. (3) processing machinery is fulfilled if the fish processing machinery
complies with the accident prevention regulation VGB 7a and the
testing principles of Berufsgenossenschaft Nahrungsmittel und Gast-
sttten.
258 Lifting Gear in Fishing Operations

(1) Appliances used for lifting and lowering shall be designed and
arranged in such a way that they meet the requirements of their
intended use - especially with regard to their maximum permissible
loading - and so that persons working with this lifting gear in fish-
ing operations are not exposed to danger. In this connection,
attention shall be paid to possible oblique forces exerted by the loads,
the effects of sea state, and simultaneous loading of different
appliances attached to a supporting structure. If estimation of the
load is not possible in the case of trawl warps, the lifting frame shall
be dimensioned in accordance with the minimum breaking tension
of the trawl warp.
(2) Single parts and runners for lifting the trawl warps into or out of
the warp blocks shall be adequately dimensioned and shall have
spliced eyes. In this connection, testing of single parts is usually
unnecessary.
(3) During fishing operations, single parts of lifting gear on masts,
funnels, derricks, cap stays, discharging stays and similar items of
equipment situated above deck shall be attached by means of
adequately dimensioned C-shackles.
(4) Lifting gear in fishing operations shall be subjected at least once

every two years to an inspection by a surveyor according to
18 SBG VII.
D Such installations are, for example: gallows, fixed or swivelling portal
ad. (1) gallows, bobbin-type derricks and cod end derricks, gilsons, gin
tackles, cap stays, other lazy halyards, discharging gear and equipment
for fishing in ice, and all accessories.
See also 45, D ad. (3) letter r.
Status: May
October
19992003
298 UVV-See
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the design, structure,

ad. (1) material and size conform to the basic principles of Germanischer
to (3) Lloyd for the construction and testing of cargo-handling gear and other
lifting gear.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the splicing conforms to

ad. (2) DIN 3098.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the C-shackles conform to

ad. (3) DIN 82 101.
259 Chains
Chains used in fishing gear under load, including the snatch chains
for trawl doors, shall withstand the stresses expected to occur during
operation. This also applies to stopper chains for the stopping of
parts of the gear.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the chains have been tested

in accordance with the basic principles of Germanischer Lloyd for the
construction and testing of cargo-handling gear and other lifting gear
or in accordance with DIN 685; the entire chain shall be loaded with
the test force.
260 Messenger Sheave, Trawl Warp
(1) Messenger sheaves shall be situated in the bulwark only.
(2) Wire shall not be used to mark the trawl warps.
(3) Towing blocks, chains, pelican hook and single parts for picking
up and hauling in the trawl warps on side trawlers shall withstand
the loading expected during operation and shall be secured in such
a way that they cannot whip back over the bulwark.
260 a Fishing Vessels with Twin-Boom Fishing Gear
(1) Masts and outrigger booms and all other parts of the gear shall
be strong enough to ensure that they can withstand the forces that
occur when one or both sets of fishing gear get snagged.
(2) To avoid bending-stresses on the mast, span connections shall be

situated in the immediate vicinity of the shroud connections.
(3) The trawl warp drums of the fishing winches shall be provided
with friction clutches which can disengage under load.
(4) In the immediate vicinity of the winch and in the wheelhouse,

there must be a bolt-cutter mounted in a holder and accessible from
all sides for the purpose of cutting the trawl warps and the aft guys.
D See H 1 Guidelines for Procedure in the Event of Destabilizing

Influences on Fishing Vessels 1], dated 21st September 1989.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the design, structure,

ad. (1) material and size conform to the basic principles of Germanischer
and (2) Lloyd for the construction and testing of cargo-handling gear and other
lifting gear.

for Insured Persons
261 Nets and Fishing Gear
(1) Nets, fishing gear and bobbins not being used during the voyage
shall be properly stowed on board and lashed securely enough to
ensure that they cannot impede the drainage of water through the
freeing ports. Bobbins and fishing gear with a tendency to jibe shall
be secured immediately when overhauling work is done on the fish-
ing gear.
(2) Upheaved trawl doors shall immediately be secured by an

arresting arrangement; this also applies if the design of the winches
makes it possible to leave the trawl warps on the trawl doors while
the net is being picked up.
(3) Spare trawl doors shall be secured individually.

(4) Trawl warps shall be secured against jumping out of the span
blocks. These securing devices shall be inspected regularly and kept
in good condition.
(5) Portable guide bars placed in or on the bulwark or other parts of

the ship shall be used only to guide the net onto a net drum and not
for deflected, stressed ropes.
1]
Status: May 1999

300 UVV-See
(6) Runners, stays, pennants, blocks, shackles and other parts of

equipment for guiding, hauling in and paying out the trawl warps
during ice fishing shall have their condition investigated at least
once per day during fishing operations.
(7) Before and during the voyage, the fishing gear shall be checked
in detail for wear and tear.
(8) The lifting of stressed trawl warps into and out of span blocks is
not permissible, except during ice fishing and in the event of
snagging. After ejection of the trawl warps out of the span block
onto the ramp, the runners (ice haulers) shall be removed from
the trawl warp.
261 a Fishing with Twin-Boom Fishing Gear

(1) The ends of the trawl warps shall be secured on the winch drums
by means of fibre ropes or in some other self-releasing manner.
(2) During fishing, there must a man be present continuously in the
vicinity of the winch, so that he can immediately release the trawl
warp if the fishing gear gets snagged.
(3) During the voyage to the fishing grounds and back, fishing gear
may be hoisted close-up on the booms if, and only if, the wind force
does not exceed 4 on the Beaufort scale (= 5.5 7.9 m/s).
(4) Sleeping and being present below deck during fishing operations
are permitted only if there is a man continuously present directly at
the winch so that he can operate it immediately.
(5) Loose catch on deck shall be secured by means of fish pounds.
(6) During fishing, the outrigger booms shall be moved in the hori-
zontal position.
(7) Unprotected openings in the weather deck shall be kept closed
during fishing.
D See H 1 Guidelines for Procedure in the Event of Destabilizing

Influences on Fishing Vessels 1], dated 21st September 1989.
D Trawl warps shall not be deformed in such a way, and parts shall not
ad. (1) be fixed on or in them in such a way, that the trawl warps are hindered
or prevented from running out when the winch brakes are released.
1]
The ends of trawl warps shall be fixed on the winch drums by means
of fibre rope lanyards which will break easily at raised tension to allow
the trawl warps to run out in an emergency. In this connection, it is
recommended that, between the end of the trawl warp and the fixing
point of the fibre rope, a weak wire (seizing wire) be provided which,
when the outrigger boom is veered away, extends from the winch
drum to the trawl warp block in the boom head and which will break
easily at raised tension. When the trawl warps are running out, this
seizing wire should keep the end of the trawl warp taut, to prevent it
from getting caught on any part of the booms as a result of kinking or
coiling.
262 Dangerous Work
(1) For work on the net or on the net accessories during fishing which
necessitates climbing onto the railing or onto parts of the ship at the
railing, foldable rails and footrests or equivalent devices shall be
provided as protection against falling overboard. Where devices of
this kind cannot be installed, safety belts with lifelines shall be used
during this work.
(2) During work on deck and on winches, clothes that fit properly
shall be worn. This also applies to weather protection clothing. Wide
oilskin jackets are prohibited.
(3) It is not permissible to step over moving ropes. During hoisting

of the trawl doors, nobody shall position himself in such a way that
he blocks the winch operators view.
(4) On stern trawlers in particular, nobody shall step on fishing gear

that is being paid out, or step near such gear. During work in front
of the ramp or on it, everybody shall rope up with a safety belt and a
lifeline. This applies especially to the men who put on the sling for
hoisting the net.
(5) During the paying-out and hauling-in of the fishing gear, nobody
shall be present in the danger zone unless their presence at these
operations is absolutely necessary.
(6) After paying-out and hauling-in of the fishing gear, the stern gates
shall be closed immediately or an equivalent method of cordoning
off shall be applied.
Status: May 1999

302 UVV-See
(7) If, during work on deck, there is a danger of falling into the water,
the ships officer appointed for this matter shall ensure that approved
working safety vests are worn. In the case of one-man operation,
the approved working safety vest shall be worn at all times. The
condition of the working safety vests shall be investigated by the
ships officer appointed for this matter before every departure but at
least at intervals of one month, and shall be subjected annually to a
test according to the manufacturers maintenance instructions.
(8) In heavy weather, fishing operations must be stopped in good

time.
(9) Trawl warp winches shall be greased only when they are not
operating and only under the supervision of an observer.
(10) A reliable communication system shall be used between the

bridge and the working deck.
(11) Maximum vigilance shall be exercised at all times, and during

fishing operations or other work on deck the crew shall be warned
of impending danger from heavy seas about to come over the vessel.
D See also 19.

ad. (2)
D This work includes, for example, the deployment and retrieval of the
ad. (7) fishing gear, especially on stern trawlers during activities in front of
and on the ramp, and the use of launches.
263 Operating the Winches
Work with ropes via the winch head may take place only if a second
man controls the winch. For every winch with a head, the following
notice shall be posted at a clearly visible place:
Achtung! Beim Hieven unf Fieren ber den Spillkopf

zweiter Mann an der Windensteuerung

Attention! During hauling-in and paying-out via the winch
head, a second man is required at winch controls!

263 a Work on Fish Meal Plants

During maintenance and cleaning work and the clearing of blockages
in the plant, the keys of the padlocks and of the key-operated safety
switches of driers and exhausters shall be taken into safekeeping by
the person in charge of the machinery. The keys of the key-operated
safety switches for all other plant parts of the fish meal plant shall
be pulled out and taken into safekeeping by the person doing the
work.
263 b Operating of Fish Processing Machinery, Fish Washing

Drums, Conveyor Belts, Fish-Block Lifting Appliances
and Other Installations
(1) Before fish processing machinery, conveyor belts and fish-block
lifting appliances are started up, it shall be ensured that the systems,
including the emergency stop switches and protective devices, are
in proper working order.
(2) Before commencement of maintenance and repair work, it shall
be ensured that fish processing machinery, conveyor belts and fish-
block lifting appliances cannot be switched on by unauthorized
persons.
(3) The operating and maintenance of the fish processing machines,
conveyor belts, fish-block lifting appliances and other installations
shall be entrusted only to persons familiar with this work.
(4) On the weather deck, the extension rods of scupper closures and
their releasable couplings on the fish processing deck shall be
accessible at all times.
(5) Before initial commissioning, and thereafter at intervals of two
years, fish-block lifting appliances shall undergo inspection by an
expert recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.

ad. (1)
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the test is performed by the

ad. (5) Technical Control Board (TV).
Status: May 1999

304 UVV-See
XIII.-5 Fire Protection
264 Definitions
(1) For the terms used in this section, the definitions contained in
SOLAS 74/88 chapter II-2 are applicable.
(2) Within this chapter, definitions are as follows.
1. Category I
Fishing vessels with a length of 55 m and upwards.
2. Category II
Fishing vessels with a length from 24 m up to but not including
55 m, and over 300 GT.
3. Category III
Fishing vessels with a length of 24 m and over, and up to
300 GT, if the hull, superstructure, structural bulk-heads,
decks and deckhouses are made of steel.
4. Category IV
Fishing vessels with a length of 24 m and over, and up to
300 GT, if the hull, superstructure, structural bulk-heads,
decks and deckhouses are made of glass-fibre reinforced
plastics or wood.
5. Category V
Fishing vessels with a length from 12 m up to but not including
24 m, and over 50 GT.
6. Category VI
Fishing vessels with a length of 12 m up to but not including
24 m, and up to 50 GT.
7. F class divisions: bulkheads, walls, decks, ceilings or
linings complying with the following rules:
a) They shall be so constructed as to be capable of preventing
the passage of flames to the end of the half-hour standard
fire test,
and
b) they shall be insulated such that the average temperature of
the unexposed side will not rise more than 139 C above the
original temperature, nor will the temperature at any one
point, including any joint, rise more than 225 C above the
original temperature within the first half-hour.
D For the definition of length, see 42 No. 1.

ad. (1)
D By a test of a prototype division, it has to be demonstrated that the

ad. (2) requirements for integrity and temperature rise are met.
No. 7

The requirements of this section are applicable as follows on fishing
vessels of
1. Category I:
264 sect. 1, 266, 267 sect. 1, 2 and 5, 268 sect. 1, 3 and 4,
269, 270 sect. 1, 3 to 6 with Tables 1 and 2, 271 sect. 1 to 5,
7 to 16, 272, 273, 274 sect. 1 to 6, 12 to 22, 275 sect. 1, 3 to 5,
276 sect. 1, 277, 278, 279;
2. Category II:
7 to 16, 272, 273, sect. 1 to 8, 10 to 13, 274 sect. 1, 2, 7, 8, 10 to
22, 275 sect. 1, 4 and 5, 276 sect. 1, 278, 279 sect. 1;
3. Category III:
7 to 16, 272 sect. 1, 2 and 4, 273 sect. 1 to 8, 10 to 13, 274
sect. 1, 2, 7, 8, 10 to 22, 275 sect. 1, 276 sect. 1, 279 sect. 1;
4. Category IV:
264 sect. 1, 2 No. 7, 267 sect. 3 to 5, 268 sect. 2 to 4, 269,
270 sect. 1, 3 to 6 with Tables 4 and 5, 271, 272 sect. 1, 2 and 4,
273 sect. 1 to 8, 10 to 13, 274 sect. 1, 2, 8, 11 to 22, 275 sect. 2,
276 sect. 1, 279 sect. 1;
5. Category V:
264 sect. 1, 2 No. 7, 266 sect. 2, 267 sect. 5, 269 sect. 1

sentence 1, sect. 4 and 5, 270 sect. 2, 271 sect. 2, 3 sentence 2,
sect. 5 to 8, 14 to 16, 273 sect. 1, 7, 274 sect. 1 sentences 2 and 3,
sect. 2, 9, 21 sentence 1, 276 sect. 2, 279 sect. 1;
6. Category VI:
264 sect. 1, 271 sect. 2, 3 sentence 2, sect. 5 to 8, 14 to 16, 273
sect. 1, 276 sect. 2.
Status: May 1999

306 UVV-See
266 Hull, Superstructures
(1) The hull, superstructures, structural bulkheads, decks and

deckhouses shall be made of steel or some other equivalent material,
unless provided otherwise in sect. 3.
(2) If components made of light alloy are used, the insulation of the
A or B class divisions shall be such that, while fire is acting
during the standard fire test, the temperature of the component core
does not rise by more than 200 C above the ambient temperature.
(3) Ceilings and trunks of machinery spaces of category A shall be

made of steel and insulated. Openings therein shall be arranged or
protected in such a way that fire is prevented from spreading.
267 Bulkheads, Walls and Ceilings in Accommodation

and Service Areas
(1) Bulkheads, walls and ceilings shall at least consist of C class

divisions, unless, according to this or some other regulations, they
have to consist of A or B class divisions.
(2) In accommodation and service areas, all bulkheads and walls

required to be of B class divisions shall extend from deck to deck
and to the shell or other boundaries. If there are continuous B
class ceilings and/or linings fitted on both sides of the wall, then the
wall may terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
(3) On fishing vessels of Category IV, the bulkheads, walls and

ceilings shall at least consist of F class divisions, unless, according
to this or some other regulation, they are required to be A, B,
F or C class divisions.
(4) In the accommodation and service areas of fishing vessels of

Category IV, all bulkheads and walls that are required to be B or

F class divisions shall extend from deck to deck and to the shell or
other boundaries. If there are continuous B or F class ceilings
and/or linings fitted on both sides of the wall, then the wall may
terminate at the continuous ceiling or lining.
(5) A, B, C and F class divisions shall not contain any

openings that do not have means of closing.
268 Stairways and Lift Trunks
(1) Stairways which connect only two decks shall, at least on one
deck, be enclosed by B-0 class divisions with self-closing B-0
class doors. Stairways extending through several decks shall be
surrounded by at least A-0 class divisions and shall on all decks
be provided with self-closing A-0 class doors. On fishing vessels
of Categories II and III, these stairs shall be surrounded by at least
B-15 class divisions, and the trunks shall be provided with self-
closing B-15 class doors.
(2) On fishing vessels of Category IV, stairs which connect only two
decks shall, at least on one deck, be surrounded by F class divisions
with self-closing F class doors. Stairs extending through several
decks shall be surrounded by F class divisions and shall be
protected by self-closing F class doors at all levels.
(3) All stairs shall be of steel frame construction.
(4) Lift trunks shall be surrounded by at least A-0 class divisions.
269 Doors in Divisions
(1) The fire integrity of doors shall be equivalent to that of the division
in which they are fitted. Doors and door frames in A class divisions
shall be constructed of steel. B class doors shall be non-com-
bustible. Doors fitted in the boundary bulkheads of machinery spaces
of category A shall be self-closing and reasonably gastight. Door
fittings and handles shall be made of non-combustible material.
(2) Doors required to be self-closing shall not be fitted with hold-

back hooks.
(3) Ventilation openings in and under doors in the passageway walls

may be permitted, but not in and under doors of stairway enclosures.

The openings shall be provided only in the lower third of the doors.
Where such opening is in or under a door, the total net area of any
such opening or openings shall not exceed 0.05 square metres. Ven-
tilation closures shall consist of non-combustible material.
(4) A, B and F class doors shall be of an approved type.
(5) Watertight doors need not be insulated.
Status: May 1999

308 UVV-See
270 Fire Integrity of Bulkheads, Walls and Decks

(1) The fire integrity of the bulkheads, walls and decks must comply
not only with the special requirements mentioned elsewhere in this
part, but also with the requirements of Tables 1, 2 and 3, and - in the
case of fishing vessels of Category IV - the requirements of Tables 4
and 5.
(2) On fishing vessels of Category V, walls and ceilings in
accommodation areas shall be constructed of non-combustible
materials. If hulls, structural bulkheads and the deck and deckhouse
are constructed of steel, B-15 class divisions shall be provided
between the machinery space and accommodation areas. The
divisions may be F class if the hull, structural bulkheads and the
deck and deckhouse are made of glass-fibre reinforced plastics or
wood.
(3) The requirements in the tables about the fire integrity of the
divisions between adjacent spaces are based on the fire hazard of
the individual spaces.
(4) External boundaries may be pierced for the fitting of windows
and sidescuttles, provided that there is no requirement for such
boundaries to have A class integrity elsewhere in this part.
(5) A, B and F class divisions shall be of an approved type.
(6) Openings in decks and trunks of main machinery spaces shall be
arranged and protected in such a way that a fire is prevented from
spreading.
D For the assignment of spaces to the categories of spaces, see SOLAS

ad. (3) 74/88 regulation II-2/3.
Table 1
Fire integrity of bulkheads and walls separating adjacent spaces
on fishing vessels of category I
Spaces (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Control (1) A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-15 A-60 A-15 A-60 A-60 X
stations c)
B-0
Corridors (2) C B-0 A-0 B-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
a)
B-0
Accommodation (3) C A-0 B-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
spaces a)
B-0 B-0
Stairways (4) A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
a) a)
Service spaces (5)
of low fire risk
(small lockers
and store-rooms C A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
with < 2 m2 ,
drying rooms,
laundry)
Machinery (6)
spaces of X A-0 A-0 A-0 X
category A
Other (7) A-0 A-0 A-0 X

machinery spaces d) b)
Cargo spaces (8) X A-0 X
Service spaces (9)
of high fire risk
(galleys, pantries
containing cooking A-0 X

appliances, paint b)
rooms, lockers
and store-rooms
2 m2) f)
Open decks e) (10)
See also the notes given after Table 5!

Status: May 1999
310 UVV-See
Table 2
Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces on fishing
vessels of categories I, II and III
Space Space
below above (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Control A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
stations (1)
Corridors (2) A-0 X X A-0 X A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
Accommodation
spaces (3) A-60 A-0 X A-0 X A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
Stairways (4) A-0 A-0 A-0 X A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
Service spaces (5)
of low fire risk
(small lockers
and store-rooms A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 X A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
with < 2 m2 ,
drying rooms,
laundry)
Machinery (6)
spaces of A-60 A-60 A-60 A-60 A-60 X A-60 A-30 A-60 X
category A
Other (7) A-15 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 X A-0 A-0 X
machinery spaces d)
Cargo spaces (8) A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 X A-0 X
Service spaces (9)
of high fire risk
(galleys, pantries
containing cooking A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
rooms, lockers
and store-rooms
2 m2) f)
Open decks e) (10) X X X X X X X X X

Table 3
on fishing vessels of categories II and III
Spaces (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
Control A-0 B-15 A-60 B-15 A-15 A-60 A-15 A-60 A-60 X
stations (1) c)
Corridors (2) C B-15 B-15 B-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 B-15 X
Accommodation
spaces (3) C B-15 B-0 A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
Stairways (4) B-15 B-15 A-60 A-0 A-0 B-15 X

Service spaces (5)
of low fire risk
(small lockers
and store-rooms C A-60 A-0 A-0 A-0 X
with < 2 m2 ,
drying rooms,
laundry)
Machinery (6)
spaces of X A-0 A-0 A-60 X
category A
Other (7) A-0 A-0 A-0 X
Cargo spaces (8) X A-0 X
Service spaces (9)
of high fire risk
(galleys, pantries
containing cooking A-0 X
rooms, lockers
and store-rooms
2 m2) f)
Open decks e) (10)

Status: May 1999
312 UVV-See
Table 4
on fishing vessels of category IV
Spaces (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
F F F
Control or or or
stations (1) B-15 F F F F B-15 F F B-15
c)
F F
Corridors (2) C B-15 F F or F or
B-15 B-15
F F
Accommodation C F F or F or
spaces (3) B-15 B-15
F F
Stairways (4) F F or F or
B-15 B-15
Service spaces (5)
of low fire risk
(small lockers F F F
and store-rooms or or or
with < 2 m2 , B-15 B-15 B-15
drying rooms,
laundry)
Machinery (6) F
spaces of F or
category A B-15
Other (7) F F
Cargo spaces (8)
Service spaces (9)
of high fire risk
(galleys, pantries
containing cooking F
rooms, lockers
and store-rooms
2 m2) f)
Open decks e) (10)

Table 5
Fire integrity of decks separating adjacent spaces on fishing
vessels of category IV
Space Space
below above (1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6) (7) (8) (9) (10)
F F
Control F F F F F or F or
stations (1) B-15 B-15
Corridors (2) F F F F F
F F
Accommodation F F F F or F or
spaces (3) B-15 B-15
Stairways (4) F F F F F
Service spaces (5)
of low fire risk
(small lockers
and store-rooms F F F F F F
with < 2 m2 ,
drying rooms,
laundry)
Machinery (6) F F F F F F F
spaces of or or or or or F or F or
category A B-15 B-15 B-15 B-15 B-15 B-15 B-15
Other (7) F F F F F F F
machinery spaces d)
Cargo spaces (8) F F
Service spaces (9)
of high fire risk
(galleys, pantries F F F
containing cooking or or or
appliances, paint B-15 F B-15 F F B-15 F F
rooms, lockers b)
and store-rooms
2 m2) f)
Open decks e) (10)
Status: May 1999

314 UVV-See
Notes to be applied to tables 1 to 5:

a) For details, see 268.
b) Where spaces belong to the same category and the index b)
appears, a bulkhead or deck of the type stated in the tables is
necessary only if the adjacent spaces, e.g. those of category 9,
serve some other purpose. For a galley next to another galley, a
bulkhead is not necessary; however, for a galley next to a space
used for the storage of paints and hazardous working materials
for shipboard requirements, an A-0 bulkhead is necessary; in
the case of fishing vessels of category IV, an F bulkhead is
required.
c) Walls which separate the wheelhouse, chart room and radio room
from each other may be of class B-15.
d) The machinery spaces also include spaces which contain the
steering gear, accumulator batteries, pumps, fish processing plants
and fish meal plants and similar spaces, engine control rooms and
watch rooms in the machinery area, shaft tunnels, workshops, and
also similar spaces as well as the trunks belonging to these spaces.
e) The open decks also include open deck areas and open fish
processing spaces, as well as comparable spaces without any
danger of fire.
f) The spaces of category 9 also include spaces for the storage of
paints and hazardous working materials for shipboard require-
ments.
X If an X appears in the tables, the division shall be made of steel or
an equivalent material; however, it does not have to be of class
A.
If a appears in the tables, the division shall be made of the basic
material used for the ship; it does not have to be of class F.
271 Details of the Construction

(1) In accommodation spaces, all linings, ceilings and their
associated grounds shall be made of non-combustible materials. On
fishing vessels of categories I, II and III, the linings, ceilings and
their grounds shall be made of non-combustible materials in service
spaces and control stations as well.
(2) All insulations shall be of non-combustible, approved types. This

does not apply to the floor insulation including wall insulation up to
a height of 1.00 m in compartments used for the stowage of fresh
fish.
(3) A, B and C class divisions and insulations in control

stations, accommodation spaces and service spaces and in machinery
spaces shall be made of non-combustible materials. For cargo spaces
and for the refrigerated compartments of service spaces, See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft may permit material which will not readily ignite
if the grounds are non-combustible and the insulation material is
covered with tightly-closing, non-combustible materials.
(4) Air spaces enclosed behind the ceilings and linings shall be
divided by close-fitting non-combustible draught stops spaced not
more than 14 m apart. In the vertical direction, these air spaces,
including those behind the linings of the stairs, trunks etc., shall be
closed at the level of every deck. On fishing vessels of categories II,
III and IV, these intervals shall not exceed 7 m.
(5) In accommodation spaces and service spaces, control spaces and

machinery spaces, only approved paints and coating materials which
will not readily ignite may be used. Coatings shall not be thicker
than 1.5 mm. This does not apply to the paints or coatings of movable
equipment.
(6) On fishing vessels of categories IV, V and VI, all exposed areas
of glass reinforced plastic components in accommodation spaces and
service spaces, control stations, machinery spaces of category A and
other machinery spaces with a similar fire hazard shall be coated
with an approved synthetic resin which will not readily ignite, or
painted with an approved paint which will not readily ignite, or
covered with non-combustible materials.
(7) Covered areas made of combustible material on all bulkheads,

walls, linings and grounds shall be rendered not readily ignitable
by means of foam stratificating coatings or by other means of fire
protection.
(8) Coatings shall not be capable of producing excessive quantities

of smoke and toxic products.
(9) Primary deck coverings in accommodation spaces and service

spaces and in control stations shall be made of approved material
which will not readily ignite or give rise to toxic or explosive hazards
at elevated temperatures.
Status: May 1999

316 UVV-See
(10) Where A or B or F class divisions are penetrated for the

passage of electric cables, pipes, ducts and trunks or for the
installation of terminals for air conditioning ducts, lighting fixtures
and similar devices, arrangements shall be made so that the fire
resistance of the divisions is not impaired.
(11) Cable penetrations in A class divisions shall be of approved

types.
(12) Pipe penetrating A or B or F class divisions in accom-

modation spaces and service spaces, and in control stations, shall be
made of approved materials.
(13) Materials readily rendered ineffective by heat shall not be used

for outboard scuppers, sanitary discharges and other outlets which
are close to the waterline or at a place where the failure of the
material in the event of fire would give rise to the danger of flooding.
(14) Machines for the driving of fuel delivery pumps, fuel service
pumps and other similar fuel pumps shall be provided with remote-
control arrangements situated outside the installation space, so that
they can be turned off in the event of a fire in the installation space.
(15) Funnels and exhaust ducts of the galley ranges and suchlike
shall be provided with insulation wherever they are routed through
accommodation spaces or otherwise pose a fire hazard for com-
ponents in the vicinity.
(16) Cupboards and other containers for cleaning-agents and work

clothing shall be made of non-combustible material.
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if the materials which will

ad. (3) not readily ignite conform to DIN 4102, building material class B 1.
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if the surfaces are not readily

ad. (7) ignitable as per DIN 4102-1 due to treatment with some fire-protecting
means.
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if it is proven by means of an

ad. (8) appropriate test that the smoke and gases are toxicologically harmless.
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if the primary deck covering,

ad. (9) not readily ignitable, conforms with the provisions of IMO Resolution
A.214 (VII).
272 Means of Escape

(1) In the accommodation area and in spaces where the crew is
normally employed, at least two widely separated means of escape
shall be provided. In the accommodation area below a closed deck,
at least one of the means of escape shall consist of an enclosed steel
stairway leading to the open deck or to a deck from which a means
of escape to the open air is ensured. From the open decks, it shall be
possible to reach the embarkation deck safely. Above the closed
decks on fishing vessels of categories II, III and IV, the means of
escape may consist of large windows or hatches which, if applicable,
shall be protected against ice accretion. On fishing vessels of
categories III and IV, a steel stairway without enclosure and no se-
cond means of escape may be permitted if due regard is paid to the
nature and location of the spaces and to the number of persons who
normally might be accommodated or work there.
(2) On fishing vessels of category I, the corridors in the accom-

modation area shall be divided into sections not exceeding 14 m in
length by doors of class B-15. A corridor or part of a corridor
from which there is only one means of escape shall not be longer
than 7 m. On fishing vessels of categories II, III and IV, a corridor or
part of a corridor from which there is only one means of escape
shall not be longer than 2.5 m.
(3) On fishing vessels of categories I and II, accommodation spaces

and service spaces, as well as machinery spaces, shall not be directly
accessible from the stairway enclosures.
(4) Every machinery space of category A shall have two sets of steel
ladders, as widely separated as possible, leading to doors in the upper
part of the space similarly separated and from which access is
provided to the open deck. If this is impossible on fishing vessels of
categories II, III and IV because of the size of the machinery space,
only one set of ladders may be permitted.
(5) On fishing vessels of categories I and II, at least one of these sets
of ladders shall be enclosed by a steel trunk and shall be directly
accessible from the floor or via a short stairway having no more
than four steps; if necessary, there shall also be accesses from higher
platforms. This means of escape shall lead to a place which is situated
above the machinery space and from which the open deck can be
safely reached.
D See also 93 Escape Routes and 94 Exits, Emergency Escapes.
Status: May 1999

318 UVV-See
273 Ventilation
(1) Ducts, trunks, closures and other parts of the ventilation systems
shall be made of non-combustible materials.
(2) Short ducts at the end of the ventilation system for accom-
modation spaces which are not longer than 2 m and have a cross-
section not exceeding 0.02 m2 do not have to be made of non-
combustible material if the following conditions are fulfilled:
a) These ducts shall be made of material not readily ignitable at
least on the inside, and of non-combustible material on the
outside, and
b) measured along the duct, they shall be situated not less than
600 mm from an opening in a A or B and F class division,
including continuous B and F class ceilings.
(3) Where trunks or ducts serve spaces on both sides of class A
bulkheads or decks, fire dampers shall be installed to prevent the
spread of fire and smoke between the compartments. On fishing
vessels of category IV, these fire dampers shall be provided if trunks
or ducts lead into spaces on both sides of B or F class bulkheads
or decks which separate machinery spaces, accommodation areas,
service spaces and control stations from one another.
(4) Manually operated fire dampers shall be capable of being
operated from both sides of the bulkhead or deck. If trunks or ducts
having a clear cross-section of more than 0.02 m2 pass through the
above-mentioned bulkheads or decks, fire dampers which close
automatically shall be installed.
(5) Fire dampers are not required where ducts pass through spaces
surrounded by A, B or F class divisions without serving those
spaces, provided those ducts have the same fire integrity as the
bulkheads through which they pass.
(6) In the penetration area, ducts shall have a wall thickness of at
least 3 mm. In the case of a clear cross-sectional area exceeding
0.02 m2, they shall be provided with fire protection insulation. The
insulation shall have at least the same fire integrity as the bulkhead
or deck through which the duct passes.
(7) Ventilation ducts for machinery spaces of category A or galleys
shall generally not pass through accommodation areas and service
areas or control stations. If such an arrangement is unavoidable, the
ducts shall be arranged in such a way that the fire integrity of the
divisions is retained.
(8) Ventilation ducts for accommodation spaces and service spaces

or control stations shall generally not pass through machinery spaces
of category A or through galleys. If such an arrangement is
unavoidable, the ducts shall be arranged in such a way that the fire
integrity of the divisions is retained.
(9) On fishing vessels of category I, two supply fans which shall be

operated optionally and are separate from one another shall be
provided for the control stations situated outside the machinery areas;
their inlets shall be so arranged that the risk of both inlets drawing
in smoke simultaneously is minimized. These requirements need not
apply if the control stations are situated on an open deck and can be
opened onto such a deck, or where local closing arrangements
provided in the control station have the same effect.
(10) Power-driven fans for accommodation spaces and service

spaces, control stations and machinery spaces, shall be capable of
being switched off from an easily accessible place outside the space
concerned. This space shall not easily be cut off in the event of a fire
occurring in the space concerned. The facilities for switching off the
power-driven fans for machinery spaces shall be completely
separated off from the facilities used for switching off the fans for
other spaces.
(11) The ventilation systems for machinery spaces shall be indepen-

dent of the systems serving other spaces.
(12) There shall be facilities for closing the openings of the funnel
space from a safe position.
(13) Spaces in which easily flammable substances are stored shall

be provided with ventilation arrangements which are separate from
the other ventilation systems. The ventilation shall serve the ceiling
and floor area. The inlet and outlet openings of the fans shall be
situated in safe areas and shall be equipped with spark arresters.
(14) On fishing vessels of category I, the exhaust ducts of the galley

ranges which pass through accommodation spaces or spaces
containing combustible materials shall be constructed of A class
divisions. Each exhaust duct shall be fitted with
a) a grease trap readily removable for cleaning,
b) a fire damper located in the lower end of the duct,
Status: May 1999

320 UVV-See
c) arrangements, operable from within the galley, for shutting down

the exhaust fan,
d) fixed means for extinguishing a fire within the duct.
D See also 165.

ad. (1)
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if devices such as fire dampers

ad. (12) and doors are hinged in such a way that, when operating them, the
operating person does not need to enter or reach into the region of
the cross-sections that are to be closed. See also 165 (4).
274 Fire Pumps, Pipes, Fire Hydrants and Fire Hoses
(1) There shall be at least two mechanically driven fire pumps inde-
pendent of the main engine and each having its own individual drive.
On fishing vessels of categories II, III, IV and V, there shall be at
least one mechanically driven fire pump independent of the main
engine and having its own individual drive. On fishing vessels of
categories III, IV and V, instead of this pump it is permissible to use
a fire pump driven by the main engine if the propeller shaft can be
uncoupled easily.
(2) Sanitary pumps, ballast pumps, bilge pumps or general service

pumps can be recognized as fire pumps. Pumps which are used
continuously or occasionally for pumping oil are not applicable as
fire pumps and shall not have any connections to the fire extingui-
shing system.
(3) On fishing vessels of category I, the fire pumps shall, at a

minimum pressure of 0.25 N/mm2, be able to produce a total volume
flow rate (Q) of water equal at least to
Q = (0.15 L (B + D) +2.25)2 cubic metres per hour

where L, B and D are in metres. However, the total volume flow rate
of the fire pumps does not have to be greater than 180 cubic metres
per hour.
(4) Each of the fire pumps specified in sect. 3 shall have a volume
flow rate of at least 40 percent of the total volume flow rate specified
in sect. 3, and shall in all cases be capable of supplying at least two
powerful jets of water from different fire hydrants towards any place
on the ship.
(5) On fishing vessels of category I, the diameter of the fire hoses

and branch pipes shall be adequate for effective distribution of the
largest prescribed water flow rate from two fire pumps working
simultaneously or for the production of 140 cubic metres per hour,
whichever value is the smaller.
(6) If, on fishing vessels of category I, a fire that has broken out in
a single compartment can put all fire pumps out of action, a further
independent pump with its own energy source and a volume flow
rate of at least 25 cubic metres per hour at a pressure of 0.4 N/mm2
shall be available outside the compartment. On vessels of length 75
metres or more, this other pump shall be a permanently installed
emergency fire pump. It shall be capable of supplying powerful jets
of water and shall be able remain in operation for a period of at
least three hours.
(7) On fishing vessels of categories II and III which do not have a

permanently installed CO2 or halon 1301 fire extinguishing system
in the machinery spaces, a permanently installed, independent
emergency fire pump with its own energy source shall be provided
outside the compartment in which the main fire pump is situated.
This pump shall be able to remain in operation for at least three
hours.
(8) On fishing vessels of categories II, III and IV, the volume flow
rate (Q) of the fire pump prescribed in sect. 1, working with a nozzle
exit pressure of at least 0.25 N/mm2, shall be at least
Q = (0.15 L (B + D) +2.25)2 cubic metres per hour.
(9) On fishing vessels of category V, the pump, working with a sin-

gle length of hose, shall be capable of supplying a powerful jet of
water towards any place on the ship.
(10) On fishing vessels of categories II and III, fire pumps as

prescribed in sect. 1 and 7 shall have a total volume flow rate at
least equal to the value of Q in sect. 8; each pump shall have a volume
flow rate of at least 40 percent of the total volume flow rate.
(11) On fishing vessels of categories II, III and IV, the diameter of
the fire main shall be adequate for the effective distribution of the
water quantities produced by the fire pumps.
Status: May 1999

322 UVV-See
(12) In the case of the water quantities prescribed in sect. 3 and 8,

which shall be produced via adjacent fire hydrants and two hoses
with nozzle exit diameters of at least 12 millimetres, the minimum
pressure of 0.25 N/mm2 shall be maintained at all fire hydrants.
(13) The number and distribution of the fire hydrants shall be such
that at least two water jets coming from different fire hydrants, one
of these jets being fed by a hose consisting of a single length of
hose, can reach any place on the ship. On fishing vessels of categories
III and IV, one powerful jet of water which can be produced by a
single length of hose and directed towards any place on the ship
shall be adequate.
(14) Fire pumps shall have safety valves which prevent an excessively
high pressure in the fire pipes, hydrants and hoses. Furthermore,
these pumps shall be equipped with nonreturn valves or with similar
devices.
(15) Emergency fire pumps, sea intake valves and other necessary
valves shall also be capable of being operated from a place situated
outside the compartment in which the fire pumps are situated and
which, if possible, cannot be cut off in the event of a fire.
(16) There shall be a fire hydrant situated near the access to the
spaces that are to be especially protected. On fishing vessels of
categories I and II, machinery spaces of category A shall contain at
least one fire hydrant.
(17) The number of fire hoses available shall be equal to the number
of fire hydrants as defined in sect. 13, plus one spare hose. This
number does not include the hoses prescribed for machinery spaces
or boiler spaces. Wash-deck hoses present in the fish processing area
may be accepted.
(18) Fire hydrants shall be equipped with fire hoses, and these shall
be fitted with multi-purpose spray/jet fire nozzles with personal

protective sprays and coupling wrenches.
(19) Pipes and fire hydrants shall be mounted in such a way that the
fire hoses will be easy to connect and will not get kinked.
(20) Taps and valves shall be mounted on the pipes in such a way
that any fire hose can be taken off while the fire pump is operating.
(21) The fire hoses shall be made of approved material. Their

greatest length shall not exceed 20 metres; in machinery spaces, it
shall not exceed 15 metres.
(22) As hose couplings and nozzle couplings, only standardized

52-mm Storz couplings shall be used.
D Regarding the definitions of length (L), breadth (B) and depth (D), see
ad. (3) 42 No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 and the International Convention on Ton-
and (8) nage Measurement of Ships, 1969, Annex I Regulation 2 (2)
(BGBl. 1975 II p.65).
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if the fire pumps together

ad. (4) achieve100% of the total volume flow rate.
and (10)
D The spaces to be specially protected include machinery spaces of

ad. (16) category
A, spaces containing fish meal plants and fish meal storage
rooms, spaces for the storage of paints and hazardous working
materials, and galleys.
D This requirement is considered fulfilled if the fire hoses comply with

ad. (21) the
latest German standard.
275 Fire Extinguishing Systems
(1) Spaces containing either combustion engines for the main

propulsion or combustion engines with a total power of at least
375 kilowatt for other purposes, and spaces with oil-fired boilers or
oil regeneration plants shall be equipped with an approved CO2 fire
extinguishing system or a halon 1301 fire extinguishing system.
(2) On fishing vessels of category IV, machinery spaces with oil-

fired boilers or combustion engines shall be equipped with an
approved CO2 fire extinguishing system or halon 1301 fire extin-

guishing system.
(3) In machinery spaces of fishing vessels of category I, a portable

foam applicator unit shall be provided. This shall consist of an air-
foam nozzle, a mixer and a portable tank with at least 20 litres of
foam-making liquid and a spare tank. The air-foam nozzle, which
shall be connected to the fire main via a fire hose, shall generate
1.5 cubic metres of effective foam per minute.
Status: May 1999

324 UVV-See
(4) If the machinery spaces and boiler spaces are not completely
separate from each other or if liquid fuel can pass from the boiler
space into the machinery space, those machinery spaces and boiler
spaces that belong together shall be regarded as single compart-
ments.
(5) Fish meal product storage rooms and fish meal storage rooms
shall be connected to a CO2 fire extinguishing system.
D Regarding explosion protection in these rooms, see 136 sect. 3.

ad. (5)
276 Fire Extinguishers
(1) Portable and mobile fire extinguishers, as well as spare charges

and spare gas charges, shall comply with the following table as far
as the type, number and arrangement are concerned. *)
(2) On fishing vessels of categories V and VI, the accommodation

space shall be equipped with a fire extinguisher of fire classes A B
C. In the region of a cooking place, there shall be a fire extinguisher
of fire class A B C. If the cooling place is situated in the accom-
modation area, one fire extinguisher is sufficient for this area.
Furthermore, a fire extinguisher shall be provided in the wheelhouse.
Up to an engine output of 200 kW, at least two fire extinguishers of
fire classes A B C or B C shall be provided for the machinery space.
On fishing vessels of category VI, the number of fire extinguishers
for the machinery space can be deemed to include the fire extin-
guisher for the machinery space in the wheelhouse if there is direct
access from the wheelhouse to the machinery space. Spare charges
and spare gas charges shall correspond to the number of fire
extinguishers of the same type.
D See also 174.
D Shrimp kettles are not regarded as cooking places.

ad. (2)
277 International Shore Connection
(1) At least one international shore connection shall be provided.
*) See Appendix G, sheet 3

(2) Facilities shall be available enabling such a connection to be

used on either side of the ship.
(3) Standard dimensions of flanges for the international shore

connection shall comply with the following table:
Description Dimensions
Outside diameter 178 millimetres
Inside diameter 64 millimetres
Bolt circle diameter 132 millimetres
Slots in flange 4 holes of 19 millimetres diameter
spaced equidistantly on a bolt
circle of the above diameter,
slotted to the flange periphery
Flange thickness 14.5 millimetres minimum thickness
Bolts and nuts 4, each of 16 millimetres diameter
and a length of 50 millimetres
(4) The connection shall be made of steel or some other appropriate

material suitable for 1.0 N/mm2 service pressure. The flange shall
have a flat face on one side and the other shall have a coupling
permanently attached thereto that will fit the vessels hydrant and
hose.
The connection shall be kept aboard the vessel together with a gasket
of any material suitable for 1.0 N/mm2 service pressure, together
with four 16 mm bolts 50 mm in length and eight washers.
278 Firemans Outfits
(1) At least one firemans outfit shall be kept on board. On fishing

vessel of 750 GT or more, there shall be at least two sets of firemans
outfits on board.
(2) As breathing apparatus, only self-contained compressed-air-

operating breathing apparatus may be used.
(3) A set of firemans outfit shall consist of:
1 self-contained compressed-air-operating breathing apparatus

with face mask
Status: May 1999
326 UVV-See
1 fireproof lifeline 30 metres long, with adequate strength

1 rigid helmet
1 heat protection suit, consisting of trousers, jacket and hood
1 pair of safety gloves
1 pair of safety boots made of rubber or some other non-conducting
material
1 explosion-proof electrical safety lamp (portable lamp) with a
minimum burning duration of three hours
1 firemans axe with handle insulated against high voltage
1 crowbar
1 portable electric drill (maximum drilling diameter at least
10 mm) or 1 cutting-off wheel. The connecting cable of a drill or
cutting-off wheel shall be at least 10 metres long.
On fishing vessel less than 75 metres long, only one drill or cutting-
off wheel needs to be carried on board.
(4) The set of firemans outfit, except for the firemans axe, the
crowbar and the electric drill or cutting-off wheel shall be of a type
approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(5) For each compressed-air breathing apparatus, ready-to-use spare
air cylinders with a total air quantity of at least 9,600 litres shall be
carried on board.
D See also 175.

ad. (1)
279 Fire Control and Safety Plans

(1) On board, fire control and safety plans shall be displayed in the
number specified by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(2) A duplicate of the fire control and safety plan shall be stored in
a prominently marked weatherproof enclosure outside the
superstructure or deckhouses.
D See also 45 concerning documents suitable for approval.

ad. (1)
XIII.-6 Life-Saving Appliances

280 Equipment with Boats and Other Life-Saving Appliances
(1) Fishing vessel shall be equipped with life-saving appliances as
follows:
1. A number of lifeboats under launching appliances such that, on
each side of the ship, there is lifeboat space for 75 percent of all
persons present on board, and float-free liferafts for 50 percent
of all persons present on board.
or
each side of the ship, there is lifeboat space for 50 percent of all
persons present on board, and float-free liferafts for 100 percent
of all persons present on board.
or
one side of the ship, there is lifeboat space for 100 percent of all
persons present on board, and, on the other side, float-free
liferafts for 100 percent of all persons present on board.
(2) Furthermore, fishing vessels with a length of 75 m or more shall
additionally carry float-free liferafts with capacity for at least 50
percent of all persons present on board. On fishing vessels with a
length of 75 m or more, one of the lifeboats mentioned in sect. 1, 2
or 3 shall be a motor lifeboat.
(3) Moreover, a rescue boat and a lifeline at least 60 m long with a
buoyant safety belt - both capable of immediate use - shall be carried
by the ship.
(4) In contrast to sect. 1, high sea fishing cutters with a length of less
than 24 m shall carry a float-free liferaft with a total capacity large

enough for all persons present on board. High sea fishing cutters
with a length of 24 m or more shall on each side of the ship carry at
least one float-free liferaft for all persons present on board; however,
half of the prescribed liferaft space shall suffice if a float-free liferaft
with a total capacity large enough for all persons present on board
is situated at a place from which it can either be thrown amidships
over the stern or easily be taken by one man to either side of the
ship, and be put into the water reliably and quickly. In addition,
Status: May 1999

328 UVV-See
high sea fishing cutters with a length of 24 m or more shall in addition

carry a rescue boat ready for immediate use.
280 a Radio Equipment

(1) All new fishing vessels engaged in coastal fishing shall be
equipped with a VHF marine radio installation for the handling of
radio telephone communications at frequencies of 156.300 (chan-
nel 6), 156.650 (channel 13) and 156.800 (channel 16).
In the case the coverage area of VHF coastal radio stations is
exceeded, an intermediate wave marine radio installation shall be
carried by the ship. From 1st February 1999 onwards, the above-
mentioned installations shall meet the requirements of the Global
Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS).
As an alternative, other radio installations suitable for the intended
ranges of trade, such as satellite radio installations or mobile radio
installations, can be approved as equipment by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
(2) All new and existing fishing vessel engaged in coastal fishing
shall carry the following radio life-saving appliances on board:
a) VHF hand-held radiotelephone apparatus
b) Radar transponder
c) Satellite EPIRB (preferably Inmarsat-E).
The devices mentioned in b) and c) can be combined to form a sin-
gle installation.
(3) Existing fishing vessels engaged in coastal fishing shall, by 23rd
November 2002 at the latest, be equipped with the devices mentioned
in sect. 1.
280 b Line-Throwing Appliance

Fishing vessels with a length of 24 m or more shall carry a line-
throwing appliance of an approved type.
281 Types of Boat

(1) Lifeboats within the meaning of this chapter consist of
1. double-tube inflatable lifeboats divided into several compart-
ments
2. rigid lifeboats
(2) Rescue boats within the meaning of this chapter consist of sin-
gle-tube inflatable boats each having several compartments and
space for 4 persons.
(3) Only those lifeboats and rescue boats may be used that have been
approved and measured by See-Berufsgenossenschaft according to
their type of construction. Approval does not include the equipment
described in 284.
281 a Markings on Lifeboats and Rescue Boats

On rigid lifeboats, the ships name, the port of registry and the
dimensions, as well as the number of persons that they are permitted
to carry, shall be written legibly and durably on both sides of each
boats bow. On rescue boats and double-tube inflatable boats, the
ships name and the port of registry shall be written.
281 b Retro-Reflective Materials

All life-saving appliances shall be provided with approved retro-
reflective materials.
D See also the notification dated 28th February 1979 concerning retro-
reflective materials on life-saving appliances.
281 c Immersion Suits

(1) Fishing vessels over 20 m long and fishing vessels over 10 m long
whose keels were laid after 31st December 1988 shall carry approved
immersion suits with inherent insulation for all persons present on
board. Immersion suits with inherent insulation shall be designed
so that the body core temperature of the wearer drops by no more
than 2 C when the wearer jumps from a height of at least 4.5 m into
calm, flowing water at a temperature between 0 C and +2 C and

then stays in that water for at least 6 hours. When the wearers are
jumping into the water and while they are in the water, the quantity
of water entering each immersion suit shall not exceed a mass of
500 g.
(2) Fishing vessels equipped with totally enclosed lifeboats shall,

for every lifeboat present on board, carry at least three approved
immersion suits with inherent insulation.
Status: May 1999
330 UVV-See
(3) The immersion suits shall be stored in an easily accessible way

at the assembly station designated in the ships muster list. If there is
no central assembly station, the immersion suits shall be stored in
the vicinity of the embarkation deck and in such a way that they are
easily accessible from both sides of the ship. Upon application, See-
Berufsgenossenschaft may approve different storage.
282 Motor Lifeboats
(1) Motor lifeboats shall be equipped with a diesel engine of a type

approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft. The motor must be quickly
startable under all conditions. Each motor lifeboat shall be provided
a fuel reserve in rigid tanks that will be adequate for 24 hours of
non-stop travelling. The speed ahead in calm water with a full
complement of persons and complete equipment shall be at least
6 knots. There shall be a reverse gear.
(2) The engine and its accessories shall be suitably enclosed in order
to ensure operational capability even in unfavourable weather
conditions. The engine casing shall be flame-resistant and shall be
capable of being removed with only a small number of manual
operations and without tools.
(3) Each motor lifeboat shall be fitted with an approved daylight

signalling lamp equipped for sending morse signals.
(4) An approved 6-kg powder fire extinguisher shall be stored in a

holder in the boat.
(5) For double-tube inflatable boats, See-Berufsgenossenschaft may,

upon application, approve petrol-driven outboard motors. The fuel
supply shall be adequate for 24 hours of non-stop travelling. The
fuel system shall be of an approved design and the tanks shall be

protected against fire and explosion. The speed ahead in calm water
with a full complement of persons and complete equipment shall be
at least 6 knots. There shall be a reverse gear. In the case of outboard
motors, the rudder and tiller may form part of the engine.
(6) For persons in the water, appropriate protection against the

propeller shall be provided.
ad. 282:
D See also the Conditions for the Testing and Approval of Lifeboat
ad. (1) Drives 1] dated 27th March 1987 (VkBl. 1987 p.346).
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if the engine casing is flame-

ad. (2) resistant within the meaning of DIN 4102, building material class B1.
283 Liferafts
(1) Liferafts within the meaning of this chapter consist of inflatable
or rigid liferafts.
(2) Only those liferafts and hydrostatic release units may be used
that have been approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft according to
their type of construction. Approval includes the equipment.
284 Equipment of the Lifeboats, Liferafts and Rescue Boats

(1) The equipment of a double-tube inflatable boat shall com-prise:
1. 1 complete set of buoyant oars,
2 buoyant spare oars and
1 buoyant steering oar,
2. 1 set of thole pins and 1 steering-oar thole pin permanently
attached to the boat,
3. 1 buoyant safety boat-hook,
4. 2 captive screw-in stoppers for each water drainage hole,
5. 2 bailing buckets made of plastic, with lanyards,
6. 1 bailer made of plastic, with lanyard, 1 sponge
7. 2 cutting knives with rounded points in leather sheaths,
8. 1 hurricane lamp with sufficient oil to keep the lamp

burning for 12 hours,
9. 2 boxes of stormproof matches sealed within plastic film,
10. 1 tested liquid compass in a binnacle with suitable means
of illumination,
1]
Status: May 1999

332 UVV-See
11. 1 lifeline running round the upper tube of the boat both
outside and inside,
12. 2 grablines running through under the keel from upper

tube to upper tube,
13. 1 boarding ladder with securing patch and pocket, enabling

the person in the water to climb into the double-tube
inflatable boat,
14. 1 approved sea-anchor with two spliced-in lines,
15. 2 painters, each 30 m long (at least three times the height
of the boat deck when the ship is in the ballasted
condition), diameter 18 mm, with snap hooks,
16. 3 litres of drinking water for each person in several
watertight containers, each having 1 rustproof dipper
with lanyard,
17. 1 drinking vessel made of plastic, with graduations and
lanyard,
18. 1 or more watertight containers with an approved food
ration in airtight receptacles and containing a total of at
least 10,000 kilojoules for each person,
19. 1 tested first aid outfit in a watertight container,
20. 2 light and buoyant heaving lines, orange, each 30 m long,
21. 1 signalling whistle,

22. 1 table of life-saving signals.
1 set of Instructions for Survival at Sea and of Recom-
mendations on Behaviour in Rescue Craft sealed within
plastic film,
23. 1 or more watertight containers with:
4 approved rocket parachute flares, red,
6 approved hand flares, red,

2 approved buoyant smoke signals, orange,
1 approved daylight signalling mirror with instructions for
its use,
1 approved watertight electric torch for morse signalling
with
1 spare set of batteries and
2 spare bulbs, sealed within plastic film,
1 approved set of fishing tackle,

1 jack-knife having a tin-opener and marline spike, with
lanyard,
24. 1 repair kit with contents, sealed within plastic film,
25. 1 bag of stoppers with 2 large beechwood stoppers and
2 small ones,
26. 2 bellows with filling hoses
27. 1 approved thermal protective aid for each person,
28. 1 approved radar reflector,
29. 1 approved protective covering of a clearly visible colour,
which can protect the occupants against rough weather,
30. 1 pressure gauge for checking the pressure of the air filling,
31. 1 device permitting immediate towing of the boat.
D 1 oar for each rowing thwart constitutes a complete set of oars.
ad. (1)
No. 1.
D The composition is given by the Ordinance for the Medical Care on
ad. (1) Seagoing Vessels 1] dated 25th April 1972 (BGBl. I p.734), as amended
No. 19 by the 2nd Amendment Ordinance dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl. I p.631).
(2) The equipment of a rigid lifeboat shall comprise:
1. 1 complete set of buoyant oars,

2 buoyant spare oars and 1 buoyant steering oar,
2. 2 hinged rowlocks for each rowing thwart and
1 hinged rowlock for the steering oar,
3. 2 captive screw-in stoppers for each water drainage hole,
4. 1 buoyant boat-hook,
5. 1 bailer with lanyard,

6. 2 bailing buckets with lanyards,
7. 1 approved manually operated bilge pump,
8. 1 rudder attached to the boat, with tiller,
1]
Status: May 1999

334 UVV-See
9. 1 hurricane lamp with sufficient oil to keep the lamp

burning for 12 hours,
10. 2 boxes of stormproof matches sealed within plastic film,
11. 1 or more masts with galvanized wire stays and orange-

coloured sails,
12. 1 tested floating compass in a binnacle with suitable means

of illumination,
13. 1 lifeline running round the outside of the lifeboat,
15. 2 hatchets, one attached at each end of the boat,
16. 2 painters, each 30 m long (at least three times the height
of the boat deck when the ship is in the ballasted
condition), diameter 22 mm, one of these being attached
at the forward end of the lifeboat by means of a strap and
toggle in such a way that it can easily be cast off, the
other being attached permanently and ready for use on
the stem post,

18. 3 litres of drinking water for each person in several
with lanyard,
19. 1 drinking vessel made of plastic, with graduations and
lanyard,
20. 1 or more watertight containers with:
2 approved buoyant smoke signals, orange,

1 approved electric torch for morse signalling with
1 spare set of batteries and
2 spare bulbs, sealed within plastic film,
its use,
1 jack-knife having a tin-opener and marline spike, with
lanyard,
1 signalling whistle,
1 table of life-saving signals,
mendations on Behaviour in Rescue Craft, sealed within
plastic film,
21. 1 approved thermal protective aid for each person,
29. 1 approved radar reflector,
23. 1 tested first-aid outfit in a watertight container,
24. arrangements which make it possible for persons to cling
onto the capsized boat, in the form of bilge keels or keel
rails and at least two grablines running through under
the keel from gunwale to gunwale,
25. 1 approved protective covering of a clearly visible colour,
which can protect the occupants against rough weather,
26. 2 light and buoyant heaving lines, orange, each 30 m long,
27. 1 boarding ladder enabling persons in the water to climb
into the boat.
D 1 oar for each rowing thwart constitutes a complete set of oars.

ad. (2)
No. 1
D The composition is given by the Ordinance for the Medical Carre on
1] th
ad. (2) Seagoing Vessels dated 25 April 1972 (BGBl. I p.734), as amended
No. 23. by the 2nd Amendment Ordinance dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl. I p.631).
(3) The equipment of the liferafts shall comprise:

1. 1 buoyant rescue quoit attached to not less than 30 m of
buoyant line,
2. 1 safety knife and 1 bailer if the liferaft is approved for not
more than 12 persons,

2 safety knives and 2 bailers if the liferaft is approved for
more than 12 persons,
3. 2 sponges,
4. 2 approved sea-anchors, one of these being permanently
attached to the liferaft and the other being a spare,
1]
Status: May 1999

336 UVV-See
5. 2 paddles,
6. 1 repair kit with which punctures in the compartments of
the floating body can be mended,
1 topping-up pump or 1 bellows with filling hose, unless
the liferaft is a rigid one,
7. 3 tin-openers, if necessary,
8. 1 tested first-aid outfit in a watertight container,
9. 1 5 litres of drinking water for each person in several
with lanyard,
10. 1 drinking vessel made of plastic, with graduations,
11. 1 or more watertight containers with
1 approved watertight electric torch for morse signalling
with 1 spare set of batteries and 2 spare bulbs, sealed
within plastic film,
its use,
1 signalling whistle,
13. 6 anti-seasickness tablets for each person,
14. 1 table of life-saving signals,
mendations on Behaviour in Rescue Craft, sealed within
plastic film.
D The composition is given by the Ordinance for the Medical Care on

ad. (3) Seagoing Vessels 1] dated 25th April 1972 (BGBl. I p.734), as amended
No. 8 by the 2nd Amendment Ordinance dated 22nd April 1996 (BGBl. I p.631).
(4) The equipment of a rescue boat shall comprise:

1. 5 buoyant oars,
1]
2. 1 buoyant safety boat-hook,

3. 2 painters of adequate length and strength (with a length
of at least three times the height of the boat deck when
the ship is in the ballasted condition), with snap hooks,
4. 1 lifeline running round the rescue boat both outside and
inside,
5. 1 jack-knife with rounded point, attached by lanyard,
6. 1 signalling whistle,
7. 1 approved electric lifebuoy light with 8 m of line, attached
to the thwart,
8. 1 repair and stopper bag with contents,
9. 1 bellows with filling hose,
10. 6 approved red hand flares,
11. 1 bailer and 2 sponges,
12. 2 buoyant rescue quoits, each attached to 30 m of buoyant
line, orange,
14. 1 captive screw-in stopper for each water drainage hole,
15. 1 approved electric torch for morse signalling with
1 spare set of batteries and 1 spare bulb,
16. 1 approved daylight signalling lamp if the rescue boat has
an engine or motor.
285 Stowage of the Lifeboats and Liferafts; Launching Appliances

(1) Lifeboats and liferafts shall be stowed in accordance with a plan

approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft at places from which they
can be launched safely. In particular, they shall be far enough away
from the ships propeller and from the overhanging parts of the ships
aft quarters, and if possible shall be capable of being launched at
the vertical part of the ships side. This must also be possible safely
and quickly at a trim of 10 degrees and a list of 15 degrees. All life-
saving appliances shall be continuously ready for use, and before
the departure of the ship from the port and throughout the entire
Status: May 1999

338 UVV-See
duration of the voyage they shall at all times be accessible and usable
easily and immediately. The stowage of the life-saving appliances
shall not obstruct the view astern from the bridge. It shall permit
fast, orderly embarkation into the lifeboats and liferafts, and shall
be arranged so as not to hinder the handling of other boats and
liferafts.
(2) When the ship is sinking, the liferafts shall be able to float free
from their stowage position, to inflate automatically, and to free
themselves from the ship. If fastenings are used, they shall be
equipped with an approved hydrostatic release unit.
(3) Every double-tube inflatable boat and every rigid lifeboat shall
be installed under its own launching appliance.
(4) Only those launching appliances may be used which have been
approved by See-Berufsgenossenschaft according to their type of
construction and which permit the launching of lifeboats complete
with their entire equipment and a full complement of persons.
(5) For embarkation into the lifeboats and liferafts, fishing vessels
with a length of 24 m or more shall carry an adequate number of
embarkation ladders on each side.
(6) It shall be ensured that there is adequate lighting on deck and
over the side within the launching area of the lifeboats and liferafts.
(7) Effective precautions shall be taken to prevent any ingress of
water into the liferafts and lifeboats.
286 Lifebuoys
(1) Only those lifebuoys, lifebuoy lights and combined light and
smoke signals may be used that have been approved by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft.
(2) The following minimum number of lifebuoys shall be provided:
a) 8 lifebuoys on fishing vessels with a length of 75 metres or more,

b) 6 lifebuoys on fishing vessels with a length of less than 75 metres
or on high sea fishing cutters engaged in deep sea fishing,
c) 4 lifebuoys on high sea fishing cutters.
(3) At least one lifebuoy shall be positioned on each side of the
wheelhouse or bridge, plus another one near the stern. In the case
of stern trawlers, at least one lifebuoy shall be positioned on each

side of the stern.
(4) At least half of the lifebuoys mention in sect. 2 shall be equipped
with a lifebuoy light, and another two shall be equipped with a
buoyant line having a length of 28 m. On fishing vessels with a length
of 45 metres or more, and on all vessels engaged in high sea fishing,
the two lifebuoys on the wheelhouse or on the bridge shall be
attached in a slippable manner and fitted with combined light and
smoke signals.
(5) The lifebuoys shall be hung up in such a way that they can be
thrown easily at any time. They shall not have any attachments for
permanent fastening.
(6) Lifebuoys shall be labelled with the name of the ship and the
port of registry.
287 Lifejackets
(1) For each person present on board, the ship shall carry one
lifejacket which shall be accessible at all times. The storage location
shall be clearly marked.
(2) Only those lifejackets may be used that have been approved by
See-Berufsgenossenschaft according to their type of construction.
(3) On fishing vessels with twin-boom fishing gear, the prescribed
lifejackets shall be accommodated on deck or in the wheelhouse in
an easily accessible manner.
288 General Alarm Arrangement

Fishing vessels shall be equipped with electrical systems to alarm
the crew in case of emergency.
Operational Requirements and Regulations

for Insured Persons
289 Checking the Life-Saving Appliances

(1) Lifeboats, rescue boats and their equipment, liferafts, lifebuoys,
lifejackets and immersion suits shall be checked before the ships
Status: May 1999
340 UVV-See
departure and during the voyage, and shall be examined for proper
condition and for completeness at least once every 3 month.
(2) Before every outward voyage, but at least at intervals of one
month, the lifeboats shall be swung out under the supervision of the
shipmaster. If possible, they shall be launched and exercises involving
rowing and manoeuvring exercises shall be performed.
(3) On the occasion of the monthly exercise, the crew shall be
familiarized with all life-saving appliances and their equipment.
(4) Arrangements shall be made for inflatable liferafts and hydro-
static release units to be overhauled once a year by a servicing station
recognized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(5) Damaged or unusable life-saving appliances and their equipment
shall immediately be repaired or replaced.
(6) In the case of ships which are obliged to keep a ships logbook,
the results of the checks and exercises described in sect. 1, 2, 3 and
5, the launching of the lifeboats, the performing of exercises involving
rowing and making headway and the rectification of defects shall
be entered in the said ships logbook.
XIII.-7 REGULATIONS FOR COASTAL FISHING

CUTTERS AND FISHING BOATS
290 Scope of Applicability

(1) For coastal fishing cutters up to 50 gross tonnage, these Accident
Prevention Regulations (UVV) are applicable with the exception of
the following:
1. the provisions of Chapter II 51;
2. the provisions of Chapter IV 62 sect. 2 and 5, 63, 65 a
sect. 2;
3. the provisions of Chapter V 96 sect. 4 and sect. 6, clause 2,
97 sect. 2 and sect. 3 clause 1, 98 sect. 1 and 2;

4. the provisions of Chapter VI 111 sect. 1, 112 sect. 2 and 9,
sect. 12 clause 6, 117, 131, 138, 139 sect. 5, 140
sect. 3, 146, 153 clause 2, 158 with the exception of
electrical systems and equipment with more than 50 Volt;
5. the provisions of Chapter XIII 255 sect. 2, 255 a sect. 1,
256, 257 sect. 1, 263 clause 2, 280, 284, 286 sect. 3.
(2) For coastal fishing cutters over 50 gross tonnage and up to

100 gross tonnage, these Accident Prevention Regulations (UVV)
are applicable with the exception of the following:
2. the provisions of Chapter IV 62 sect. 2 and 5, 65a sect. 2;
3. the provisions of Chapter V 96 sect. 4, 97 sect. 3 clause 1;
4. the provisions of Chapter VI 112 sect. 12 clause 6, 117,
139 sect. 5, 140 sect. 3, 146, 153 clause 2, 158 with the
exception of electrical systems and equipment with more than
50 Volt;
5. the provisions of Chapter XIII 255 sect. 2, 255 a sect. 1,
256, 280, 284, 286 sect. 3,
(3) On coastal fishing cutters up to 100 GT, the provisions of Section
VIII shall be applied if specially ordered by See-Berufsgenossen-
schaft.
(4) For fishing boats, these requirements are applicable with the
exception of the following:
2. the provisions of Chapter IV 62, 63, 67, 69 sect. 2 and 3;
3. the provisions of Chapter V 96 sect. 4 and sect. 6 clause 2,
97 sect. 2 and sect. 3 clause 1, 98 sect. 1 and 2, 99 sect. 1;
4. the provisions of Chapter VI 111 sect. 1, 112 sect. 3 and
sect. 12 clause 6, 139 sect. 5, 146, 158 with the exception
of electrical systems and equipment with more than 50 Volt;
5. the provisions of Chapter VII and VIII shall be applied if
specially ordered by See-Berufsgenossenschaft;
6. the provisions of Chapter XIII 245, 255 sect. 2, 263
clause 2.
291 Medical Fitness for Maritime Service

The master and the crew members shall be in possession of a valid
certificate documenting their medical fitness for maritime service,
issued by a physician authorized by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
Status: May
October
19992003
342 UVV-See
D See also 81 to 83 of the Seamens Law and the Ordinance on Fit-

ness for Maritime Service dated 19th August 1970 (BGBl. I p.1241;
amended 1975 I p.2507).
292 Stability
For coastal fishing cutters with the conventional form of hull and
less than 18 m of length, a simplified verification of stability shall be
sufficient. For this purpose, a combined inclining and rolling test
shall be performed in the presence of a surveyor according to 18
SBG VII. If the evaluation of the combined test yields stability values
that are inadequate or only just adequate, See-Berufsgenossenschaft
may demand complete verification of stability with curves of righting
lever.
293 Life-Saving Appliances for Coastal Fishing Cutters and

Fishing Boats
(1) In addition to the lifejackets prescribed by 287, fishing boats
shall carry at least one lifebuoy on board.
(2) In addition to the lifejackets prescribed by 287, coastal fishing
cutters shall carry a lifebuoy with lifebuoy light and a lifebuoy with
a buoyant line 28 m in length. In the case of voyages beyond the
shallow water trade defined in 40 No. 1 and otherwise outside the
sea boundary, approved liferaft shall provide enough space for all
persons present on board, but at least for 6 persons.
(3) The liferafts shall be equipped with hydrostatic release units and
shall be equipped and marked in accordance with regulation III/
38.5.3 of SOLAS 74/88 and 45 sect. 3 No. 4 of the SchSV. CD-ROM 06-2004 See-BG
343
XIV. Diving Work
The chapter XIV, comprising 294 to 325 is not printed here; with ist
five appendices, it contains additional and special regulations
governing work to be performed by divers. If required, please order
the full version as an offprint from See-Berufsgenossenschaft - Ship
Safety
Status: May
October
19992003
344 UVV-See
XV. Passenger Ships, Excursion Boats,

Sports Fishing Vessels

326 Stability, Number of Passengers

Sufficient damage and intact stability shall be provided for the
maximum permissible number of passengers.
See D 3 Guidelines for the Permissible Number of Passengers on
D Passenger Ships in Day-Trip Service, on Excursion Boats and on Sports
Fishing Vessels 1] dated 30th September 1988 and the Notification
concerning Application of the Rules of Stability for Cargo Ships,
Passenger Ships and Special Vessels 1] dated 24th October 1984.
327 Guard Rails, Bulwark

(1) The height of bulwark or guard rails shall be at least 1.10 m
above deck.
(2) With guard rails, the openings between the guard rails shall not
be more than 0.23 m. The lower part shall be protected with a safety
net.
328 Stairways, Emergency Exits

(1) The height of steps should be from 0.17 m to 0.18 m. The
inclination of the stairways towards the horizontal shall not exceed
40.
(2) With passenger spaces below the open deck that are intended
for more than 50 persons, there shall be, in addition to a stairway
leading to the open deck, at least one further emergency exit.
329 Holders of Certificates of Proficiency According to

Regulations VI/1 to VI/3 STCW 95
(1) For passenger ships, there shall be a sufficient number of holders
of a Certificate of Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats
(lifeboatmen).
1
XV. Passenger Ships, Excursion Boats, Sports Fishing Vessel 345
(2) For ro-ro passenger ships, a sufficient number of lifeboatmen

mentioned in paragrapf (1) above shall hold a Certificate of
Proficiency in Fast Rescue Boats.
(3) As a minimum requirement, the number of holders of a Certificate

of Proficiency in Advanced Fire-Fighting specified below shall be
present on passenger ships:
Permissible number Firemen in advanced

of passengers fire-fighting
Up to 50 passengers 3
Over 2000 passengers 18
(4) Each seafarer employed or engaged in any capacity on board

ship on the business of that ship as part of the ships complement
with designated safety or pollution prevention duties in the opertion
of the ship shall hold a Certificate on Familiarization, Basic Safety
Training and Instruction.
(5) For excursion boats und sports fishing vessels, the number of
holders of certificates of proficiency according to regulations VI/1
to VI/3 STCW 95 is determined by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
D See also 55.
D This regulation is fulfilled if the number of holders of a Certificate of

ad. (1) Proficiency in Survival Craft and Rescue Boats (lifeboatmen) at least
complies with regulation III/10 of the International Convention for
the Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/88).
D This regulation is fulfilled if the number of holders of a Certificate of

ad. (2) Proficiency in Fast Rescue Boats (lifeboatmen) at least complies with
regulation III/26.3.3 of the International Convention for the Safety of
Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/88).
Status: October
May 19992003
346 UVV-See
XV a. Tankers

329 a General
(1) Construction and equipment of tankers must meet the require-
ments of the intended use.
(2) As regards type of construction, material and equipment, the
requirements of sect. 1 are regarded as fulfilled in the case of tankers
with the class of Germanischer Lloyd. If a tanker has the class of
another classification society, 37 applies.
(3) In the case of tankers without class, details are checked by
thorough surveys including surveys of the internal condition,
whereby the Classification and Construction Rules of Germanischer
Lloyd are used as guidelines; due account shall also be taken of the
year of construction of the vessel.
(4) If crude oils or mineral oil products are transported on tankers
constructed for the transport of dangerous chemicals or of liquefied
gases, the provisions of subsection I shall apply.
D See also in this connection:

ad. (1)
1. International Convention on Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS 74/88),
chapter II-2, with the amendments which entered into force on
1st May 1981 through its protocol of 1978
2. Ordinance for the Safety of Seagoing Ships 1]
3. Ordinance on the Transport of Dangerous Goods on Seagoing
Vessels 1]
4. Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying

Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk
5. International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships
Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk (IBC Code)
6. Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Liquefied Gases in Bulk
1]
XV a. Tankers 347
7. International Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships

Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk (IGC Code)
of Seagoing Ships
9. International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers & Terminals
I. TANKERS FOR THE TRANSPORT OF CRUDE OILS,

MINERAL OIL PRODUCTS
AND OTHER FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS
329 b General
(1) The provisions of this subsection apply to tankers for the
transport of crude oils and mineral oil products whose flash point
does not exceed 60 C and whose Reid vapour pressure lies below
atmospheric pressure.
(2) Tankers which transport flammable liquids with a flash point
over 60 C are subject to 329 i, 329 j, 329 m, 329 q, 329 r, 329 s
sect. 1 and 3, 329 t, 329 w, 329 z 1 and 329 z 2.
329 c Devices to Prevent the Passage of Flame into the Cargo Tanks
(1) Devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks shall
be provided in the inlet and outlet openings of stand-pipes and
combined pipes of the venting system and shall be shown to have
adequate effect.
(2) Devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks shall
be so designed and arranged that they are protected against damage
and the effects of seawater and rainwater.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled if a type approval for the devices

ad. (1) to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks has been granted
according to 12 of the Ordinance on Combustible Liquids 1] dated
27th February 1980 (BGBl. I p.229; amended in BGBl. 1982 I p.569).
1
Status: May 1999

348 UVV-See
329 d Monitoring Equipment for Loading

and Unloading Operations
(1) Cargo pumps, including residue pumps, shall be capable of being
shut down by emergency stop appliances from a point above the
cargo tank deck.
(2) In the case of tankers with a cargo tank deck length of 150 m and
more, an additional emergency stop device shall be provided for
the pumps. This emergency stop device shall be arranged in the cargo
control station together with the central monitoring equipment for
the loading and unloading operations or, if such a station is not
provided, in the area of the manifold.
(3) On vessels where the valves of the loading and unloading
equipment cannot be controlled centrally by means of the central
monitoring equipment, appliances shall be provided by means of
which reliable communication between the valves and the moni-
toring equipment is guaranteed.
329 e Sounding and Ullage Openings

Sounding and ullage openings may not be used for pressure
compensation. They shall be provided with tight, self-closing covers.
Devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks are not
permitted in these openings.
329 f Tools
Sparkless tools shall be kept ready for carrying out work at points
where flammable or explosive vapour/air or gas/air mixtures can
occur.
329 g Hoses
Cargo hoses and tank washing hoses shall be provided over their
entire length, and also at the coupling points, with devices for the
elimination of electrostatic charges.
329 h Transportable Fans

Transportable mechanical fans for supplying fresh air in cargo tanks
and cofferdams shall be driven by water, compressed air or steam.
XV a. Tankers 349
329 i Cargo Tank Hatches

Access hatches in the cargo tank deck shall have a clear diameter of
at least 0.90 m.
D With this hatch cross-section, a sufficient headroom of 2.00 m is ob-

tained on the inclined stairs in the cargo tank.
329 j Stairways and Rails in Cargo Tanks

(1) Stairways in cargo tanks shall be inclined and fitted with a
handrail. The steps shall consist of at least two square steel bars
standing on edge at the same level, or shall have other non-slip treads.
(2) The stairs shall be subdivided in such a way that the height
between two landings is not more than 9.00 m.
D These regulations are considered fulfilled if the stairs comply with

ad. (1) DIN 83 217 and 83 218.
and (2)
329 k Radio Antennas

Transmission antennas shall not be installed in the endangered zone
of tankers. Reception antennas, if they are installed in the endangered
zone in exceptional cases, shall be fitted with automatic devices for
the safe elimination of electrostatic charges.
329 l Ropes and Hawsers

(1) Lines and hawsers provided for the mooring of the tankers shall
be in good condition and shall withstand the tensile stresses to which
they are expected to be exposed.
(2) In addition, in the case of moored tankers, wire ropes or steel
hawsers belayed from the foreship and aftship shall hang overboard
ready for towing. These lines or hawsers shall be capable of being
lowered to just above the surface of the water.
D If the mooring lines and hawsers are not of the same material, it shall
ad. (1) be borne in mind that the elasticities of the individual materials can
differ greatly from one another.
329 m Drip Trays

Drip trays shall be provided in the area of the manifold, for the
collection of cargo residues which have remained behind in cargo
lines and hoses.
Status: May 1999
350 UVV-See
B. Operation
329 n Function and Handling of the Devices

to Prevent the Passage of Flame into the Cargo Tanks
Devices to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks shall
operate reliably also at low outdoor temperatures.
D At low outdoor temperatures, the reliable functioning of the devices

to prevent the passage of flame into the cargo tanks, e.g. high-velocity
valves, can be assured only by regularly checking the ease of
movement of the valves with the special lifting device provided for
that purpose.
329 o Smoking, Use of Flames, Welding

and Other Operations involving Flames
(1) Smoking, the use of flames or naked lights and the use of devices
with glowing parts are permitted on loaded or empty, non-gasfree
tankers only in accommodation areas and on the deck surfaces
approved for this purpose and so marked by the tankers master in
the area of the aftship.
(2) Welding and other operations involving flames are permitted
on loaded or empty, non-gasfree tankers only in the engine workshop
and in the areas of the open deck approved for this purpose by the
tankers master. 179 remains unaffected.
(3) During cargo handling, degassing and the taking in of ballast,
smoking, the use of naked flames or lights and the use of devices
with glowing parts are permitted only in the day rooms which are
specified by the tankers master and approved by the competent local
authority. These rooms shall be marked accordingly.
(4) There shall be provided in full view, next to each gangway on
the tanker, a warning plate indicating that smoking and the use of
flames, naked lights and devices and tools with glowing or spark-
producing parts are prohibited. The warning notice shall be
illuminated at night.
D The approved areas for smoking, for the use of naked flames or light
ad. (2) and for the use of devices with glowing parts, as well as the appointed
and (3) areas on the open deck for welding and for other operations involving
flames, can be determined from case to case by the master.
XV a. Tankers 351
329 p Use of Portable Lamps

(1) In cargo tanks, in cargo pump rooms and in other spaces and
areas in which explosive vapour/air or gas/air mixtures can occur,
only portable electric lamps with their own power source of
explosion-proof design may be used.
(2) Portable lamps shall be tested by a recognized test institute for
use in explosion zone 0 and shall be approved by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
D With regard to the types of construction of the explosion-protected
ad. (1) lamps, see 48 Annex 1 No. 11.
D Zone 0 consists of areas where, owing to the presence of explosive

ad. (2) vapour/air or gas/air mixtures, a dangerous explosive atmosphere is
present continually or for a long time.
The Federal Institute of Metrology (PTB)1] in Braunschweig is accepted
as a test institute.
329 q Mooring of Tankers

Tankers shall be reliably moored so that tensile stresses can occur
neither in the hoses nor in any electric cables which may be laid.
Hoses and cables may not be exposed to any risk of damage caused
by movements of the vessel.
329 r Operational Reliability of Ships Installations

Ships installations which are used for the handling of the cargo shall
be operationally reliable and oil-tight. In particular, only operation-
ally reliable cargo hoses and connections shall be used.
329 s Cargo Handling and Tank Cleaning

(1) All operations connected with the handling of the cargo and the
ballast and with the tank cleaning may be carried out only on the
instructions and under the supervision of a ships officer.
(2) Prior to the start of the handling of cargo or ballast and the tank
cleaning, the supervising ships officer shall ensure that effective
measures have been taken to prevent spark-over between the vessel
and the shore-side installations. These measures shall be maintained
during the whole period of the above-mentioned operations.
1
Status: May 1999

352 UVV-See
(3) Prior to the start of the operations, the supervising ships officer
shall secure agreement with the terminal representative concerning
the intended procedure.
(4) Tank washing hoses and the ships own cargo hoses shall be
checked prior to use in order to ensure that the equipment for
eliminating electrostatic charges is operating efficiently.
D Depending on the local equipment and the respective safety

ad. (2) regulations of the oil terminals, spark-over between the vessel and
shore-side installations can be avoided either by equipotential bonding
with earthing cable or by insulation of the cargo hose connection with
the aid of an insulation flange or an electrically non-conductive section
of hose.
The cross-section of the earthing cable that is used shall be at least
50 mm2. If insulating flanges or insulating hoses are used, an earthing
cable may not be installed.
See also the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers & Terminals.
D With regard to cooperation, the following items among others shall

ad. (3) be considered:
1. Local safety regulations
2. Emergency stop
3. Capacity of the pressure compensation system and of the cargo
lines
4. Determination of the day rooms where smoking is allowed
5. Conditions for the use of galley ranges and other cooking facilities
6. Safety checklist
7. Alerting of the fire brigade and medical aid
329 t Operational Watches

(1) During the handling of the cargo, a continuous operational watch
shall be kept on board, under the direction of a ships officer. It shall
be capable of initiating measures to combat an emergency situation.
(2) The members of the operational watch shall continuously monitor
all hoses and shut-off devices during cargo handling.
XV a. Tankers 353
D The measures to combat an emergency situation include in particular

ad. (1) shutting down the cargo handling process.
329 u Outer Doors

All outer doors on the uppermost continuous deck and on the two
decks above the latter shall be kept closed during the cargo handling,
taking in of ballast and tank cleaning. They may be opened only for
access. The doors to the cargo pump rooms are an exception.
D With regard to the arrangement of outer doors in superstructures and

deckhouses, see Chapter II-2 of SOLAS 1974/88.
329 v Skylights and Openings of Ventilation Arrangements

Skylights and openings of ventilation arrangements in the vicinity
of hoses and pipes containing cargo under pressure shall be tightly
closed.
329 w Cargo Residues

Suitable measures shall be taken prior to uncoupling the connections,
in order to prevent cargo residues left in the cargo lines and hoses
from flowing onto the deck or overboard.
329 x Pressure Compensation during Cargo Handling

(1) On loaded or empty non-gasfree tankers, only the pressure-
compensating pipes may be used for pressure compensation.
(2) The pump rate during loading and unloading shall be adapted
to the free cross-sectional area of the pressure-compensating pipes
of the cargo tanks and to the free cross-sectional area of the cargo
lines.
329 y Sounding and Sampling

(1) Sounding and ullage openings shall be opened only for as long
as is necessary to determine the liquid level and for sampling.
(2) Manually operated sounding rods and sampling devices of metal
may be used for sounding and sampling outside the sounding pipes
provided they are earthed. In addition, in the case of white cargo at
least 30 minutes shall have elapsed after the end of handling, and in
the case of tank washing at least 5 hours after shut-down of the tank
washing machines.
Status: May 1999
354 UVV-See
(3) Manually operated sounding rods and sampling devices which,

including the cord, consist of non-conductive material may only be
used for sounding and sampling if it is ensured that no friction occurs
between the non-conductive device and other non-conductors.
(4) Metal sounding rods and sampling devices insulated by a non-
conductive cord may only be used for sounding and sampling if, in
the case of white cargo, at least 30 minutes have elapsed after the
end of handling, and, in the case of tank washing, at least 5 hours
after shut-down of the tank washing machines, and also if it is ensured
that no friction occurs between the non-conductive part of the device
and other non-conductors.
D Sounding and sampling with electrically conductive and earthed

ad. (2) sounding rods and sampling devices in sounding pipes during cargo
handling and during tank washing do not create any danger through
electrostatic charges.
D With regard to the meaning of white cargo, also called clean cargo,
ad. (2) see also the International Safety Guide for Oil Tankers & Terminals.
and (4)
D A friction process of this kind can occur, for example, between the
ad. (3) polypropylene cord of the device and the operators gloves of PVC or
and (4) other non-conductive plastic materials. Therefore, preference shall
be given to devices with cords made of natural fibres.
329 z Precautions during Thunderstorms

On the approach of a thunderstorm or during a thunderstorm, the
handling of the cargo, the taking in of ballast, tank washing and
degassing shall be stopped immediately.
329 z 1 Ventilation of the Cargo Pump Rooms

The ventilation plant of the pump rooms shall be in continuous
operation while loading or discharging cargo or ballast and during
tank washing.
329 z 2 Entering of Cargo Pump Rooms

(1) Prior to the entering of a pump room, the supervising ships
officer shall be notified. Thereafter the pump room may be entered
only if the ships officer has given instructions for emergency
situations which require that crew members outside the pump room
be alerted.
XV a. Tankers 355
(2) The mechanical ventilating arrangements shall have been in

operation for at least 15 minutes prior to the entering of a pump
room. It shall be kept in operation during the entire period in which
persons are present inside.
(3) Warning plates worded as follows shall be displayed in the area
of the entrance doors to cargo pump rooms:
VORSICHT BEIM BETRETEN DES PUMPENRAUMES!

1. Wachoffizier verstndigen und dessen
Anweisungen strikt befolgen!
2. Vor Betreten 15 Minuten belften!
3. Bei Lftungsausfall SOFORT Pumpenraum verlassen!
TAKE CARE WHEN ENTERING THE PUMP ROOM!

1. Inform the officer of the watch
and follow his instructions carefully!
2. Ventilate for 15 minutes prior to entry!
3. Leave pump room IMMEDIATELY if ventilation breaks
down!
D The alarm can be given by telephone, an approved VHF mobile radio

ad. (1) telephony unit for intercom purposes, or through an alarm device
which can be triggered from the pump room.
329 z 3 Entering of Cargo Tanks and Other Dangerous Spaces

(1) Cargo tanks and other dangerous spaces in which explosive
vapour/air or gas/air mixtures can collect may be entered only with
an approved breathing apparatus independent of the surrounding
air and an approved portable explosion-proof lamp.
(2) Cargo tanks and other dangerous spaces may be entered by
insured persons without breathing apparatus only if this is explicitly
ordered by the tankers master. Prior to giving an order, the tankers
master shall satisfy himself that access to the areas is possible.

(3) If the employer subcontracts operations in cargo tanks and other
dangerous spaces to other companies, he shall oblige the latter
normally in writing to personally satisfy themselves of the
accessibility of the areas. 7 is not affected.
(4) Each dangerous space shall be monitored by a operational
supervisors who shall remain outside the danger area, for such time
as persons are present therein. The supervisor shall be informed of
Status: May
October
19992003
356 UVV-See
the possible dangers. The possible dangers include the renewed

generation of gas.
(5) Sect. 1 to 4 apply, by way of exception to 329 z 2, also to cargo
pump rooms whose ventilation has broken down or cannot be
effectively put into operation.
D See also 77.

ad. (1)
to (4)
D By means of the assessment by an expert (gasfree certificate) or by

ad. (2) carefully performed and evaluated measurements with the shipboard
gas measuring instrument, for example, the tankers master can satisfy
himself that the areas are safe to enter. Here, the danger of renewed
generation of gas shall be taken into account by repeating the
measurements at sufficiently short intervals of time.
329 z 4 Operations in Cargo Tanks and Other Dangerous Spaces

(1) Operations in cargo tanks and other areas in which flammable
liquids or explosive vapour/air or gas/air mixtures have been located
may be carried out only if these areas have first been emptied,
cleaned and rendered gasfree. The operations shall be ordered
explicitly by the tankers master and supervised by a ships officer.
The tankers master shall be sure prior to ordering such operations
that the work can be carried out without danger. 329 z 3 remains
unaffected.
(2) Welding and other operations involving flames may, if they are
urgently necessary and cannot be postponed, also be carried out
when no expert is available to certify the absence of gas and if, instead
of the latter, careful measurements with the on-board gas measuring
equipment provide proof of the absence of gas.
(3) Steps shall be taken to ensure an adequate supply of fresh air
during the entire period of the operations.
(4) Operations in cargo tanks and other spaces in which explosive

vapour/air or gas/air mixtures are located may be carried out only
if they are urgently necessary and cannot be postponed. They shall
be explicitly ordered by the tankers master and carried out under
the constant supervision of a ships officer. The operations may be
carried out only with approved breathing apparatus independent of
the surrounding air and with the use of explosion-proof lamps. The
use of flames, naked lights, mechanical tools and devices with
glowing parts is prohibited. Only sparkless tools may be used.
XV a. Tankers / XVI. Medical Preventive Measures 357
329 z 5 Precautionary Measures for Cases of Fire

The employer shall ensure that, on the outbreak of fire, effective
fire fighting measures can be started immediately.
D This regulation is considered fulfilled on loaded or empty non-gasfree

tankers, as well as during cargo handling, if a fire fighting team
commanded by a ships officer can be alerted and activated.
II. TANKERS FOR THE TRANSPORT OF DANGEROUS

CHEMICALS
free
III. TANKERS FOR THE TRANSPORT OF LIQUEFIED GASES

free
XVI. Medical Preventive Measures
330 Medical Preventive Measures

1]
The provisions of the annex Medical Preventive Measures are
applicable. The annex forms part of these regulations.
This accident prevention regulation Medical Preventive Measures 1],

VBG 100, which is not printed here as an annex, governs details of
the special medical preventive measures required for the handling of
hazardous materials and in dangerous activities, and can be obtained
from the Ship Safety Division, Reimerstwiete 2, 20457 Hamburg,
Germany. The general medical preventive measures to be carried out
additionally according to 3 sect. 1 No. 2 of the Law on Occupational
Physicians, Safety Engineers and other Specialists for Occupational
Safety 1] dated 12th December 1973, as well as the check-ups in
accordance with the Ordinance on Medical Fitness for Maritime Ser-

vice 1] dated 19th August 1970 (BGBl. I p.1241, amended by the
Ordinance dated 9th September 1975 (BGBl. I p.2507), are not covered
by this.
331 - 340 free
1]
Status: May 1999

358 UVV-See
XVII. Offences
341 Offences of Employers

(1) An offence in the sense of 209 sect. 1 No. 1 of the Seventh
Volume of the Social Security Code (SGB VII) 1] is committed by an
employer who deliberately or negligently violates the provisions of
3 sect. 5, 5, 8, 9, 12, 13, 14, 15, 38, 44, 45 sect. 4,
46 sect. 3 clause 2 and sect. 5, 47 sect. 1, 2 and 4, 48, 49,
49 a, 50, 51, 53, 54, 55 sect. 1, 2 and 3, 56, 59 sect. 1
to 5, 61, 62, 64, 68 sect. 1, 69, 71 sect. 5, 71 sect. 7 clause 4,
71 a, 71 b sect. 1, 72, 74, 75, 76, 77, 78 a, 79, 80,
89 sect. 2, 4 and 5, 91 sect. 8, 93 sect. 3 clause 3 and 4, sect. 4
clause 1, 94 sect. 6 clause 1, 102 sect. 4, 104 sect. 1, 107 sect. 2
to 6, 108 sect. 4, 109 sect. 4, 110 sect. 1 and 5 clause 2, 111
sect. 2 clause 1 and 3, 112 sect. 1, sect. 11 clause 4 and sect. 12,
113 sect. 1, 115 sect. 1, 121 sect. 3 clause 1, sect. 5 clause 1 and
3 and sect. 6 clause 1, 130, 136 sect. 3 clause 1, 138 sect. 4 clause 1,
139, 142 sect. 6, 143 sect. 2, 146, 147 sect. 2 clause 2,
148 sect. 1, 150 sect. 2 to 5, 151 sect. 1 to 10, 152, 153 sect. 1
clause 1, 154 sect. 4 to 6 and sect. 8 to 10, 155 sect. 1, 3 to 5, 156,
157 sect. 4, 158, 159 sect. 1, 160, 161 sect. 1 clause 1, sect. 2
to 4, 162, 163, 163 a sect. 1, 163 b, 163 c, 165 sect. 3, 168
sect. 1, 3, 5, 6 and 8, 169, 170, 171 sect. 9 and 10, 172, 173
sect. 5 and sect. 6 clause 1 and 2, 174 sect. 1, 5 to 14, 175 sect. 1
and 2, 179, 180, 181, 183, 184, 186 sect. 3, 188 sect. 1,
190 sect. 1, 4 and 5, 191 sect. 1, 193 sect. 1, 196, 198, 202
sect. 2, 203 sect. 1, 204, 205, 206, 207, 208, 209, 210
sect. 3, 211, 212 sect. 3, 214 sect. 2, 220, 221 sect. 3, 222,
223, 225, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 232, 233, 234, 235,
236, 237, 238, 245, 251 sect. 1 and 2, 255 sect. 1 and 2,
255 a, 256 a, 257 a sect. 1 to 10, 257 b, 257 d, 262 sect. 6, 8
and 9, 263, 263 a clause 1, 263 b, 269 sect. 2 and 3, 271
sect. 16, 273 sect. 14 a, 274 sect. 2 clause 2, sect. 17, 18, 21, 276,
277 sect. 1, 278, 280, 280 b, 281 sect. 3, clause 1, 281 c, 283
sect. 2 clause 1, 284, 286 sect. 1, 287, 289 sect. 2 to 6, 292,
326, 329, 329 c, 329 d, 329 e, 329 f, 329 g, 329 h, 329 m,

329 o, 329 z 1, 329 z 2, 329 z 3, 329 z 4, 329 z 5, 332, 333,
335 and 340 or a provision set out in 342, and also applicable
for the employers according to 16.
1
XVII. Offences 359
(2) Furthermore, an offence in the sense of 209 sect. 1 No. 1 of the

Seventh Volume of the Social Security Code (SGB VII) 1] is also
committed by an employer who deliberately or negligently violates
the provisions of No. 1 or No. 8 sect. 5 in conjunction with the
regulations named therein of the annex Manning Regulations
ad. 49 sect. 1.
D 209 SGB VII reads:

ad. (1)
209 Penalty Regulations
(1) An offence is committed by anyone who deliberately or negligently
violates
1. an accident prevention regulation according to 15 sect. 1 or 2,
insofar as it makes reference to this penalty regulation for a certain
state of affairs,
2. to 11.
(2)
(3) The offence is, in the cases covered by sect. 1 No. 1, punishable
with a fine of up to twenty thousand marks.
The procedure applied in laying down fines is based on the Law on
Administrative Offences (OWiG) 1] in the version of the Notification
dated 19.02.1987 (BGBl. I p.602; last amended 1994 I p.3186). In
particular, this law also governs the appeal and the resulting judicial
procedure.
Regarding the responsibility of persons acting on behalf of the
employers, see D ad. 17.
342 Offences of Insured Persons

An offence in the sense of 209 sect. 1 No. 1 of the Seventh Volume
of the Social Security Code (SGB VII)1] is committed by an insured
person who deliberately or negligently violates the provisions of

18, 19, 20, 21 sect. 2 and 3, 23, 24, 26 sect. 2, 27 sect. 1
clause 2, sect. 2, 5 and 6, 31, 32, 33, 34, 50, 56, 71 sect. 7
clause 3, 73, 74, 77, 78 a, 93 sect. 3 clause 3 and 4, sect. 4
clause 1, 147 sect. 2 clause 2, 148 sect. 1, 150 sect. 2, 4 and 5,
151, 154 sect. 3, 8 and 9, 157 sect. 1 and 8, 159, 161 sect. 2,
162, 163, 163 a sect. 2, 163 b sect. 1, sect. 2, 180, 181
1
Status: May
October
19992003
360 UVV-See
clause 1, 182, 184 sect. 1 clause 1 and 2, sect. 2 clause 1, sect. 3

and 4, 188 sect. 2, 190 sect. 2 and sect. 5 clause 1, 197 sect. 1,
199, 206, 207, 208, 232, 233, 234, 235, 236, 237, 238,
262 sect. 1 clause 2, sect. 2 to 7 or 263 sect. 1, 269 sect. 2,
273 sect. 14a, 274 sect. 2 clause 2, 329 o sect. 1 to 3, 329 p
sect. 1, 329 z 2 sect. 1, 329 z 3 sect. 1, sect. 2, sect. 5.
See D ad. 341.
343 Offences for Diving Work

D
of the Social Security Code (SGB VII)1] is committed by anyone who
deliberately or negligently violates the provisions of 296 to 299,
301, 302 sect. 1 or 2, 303 to 306, 307 sect. 1 to 3, 5 to 8 or 10,
308 sect. 2 or 3, 309, 311 sect. 1 or 3, 312 sect. 2 to 5, 313
sect. 1 or 2, 314 sect. 2 to 6, 315 sect. 1 to 4, 6 or 7, 316, 317, 318
sect. 1, 3, 7 and 8, 319 sect. 1, 3 or 4, 320, 321 sect. 1, 322 to
324 or 325 sect. 1.
See D ad. 341.
1]
361
XVIII. Transitional and Final Regulations
344 Implementation Date

(1) These Accident Prevention Regulations enter into force on
1st January 1981.
(2) At the same time, the following provisions are annulled:
1. the Accident Prevention Regulations for Steam, Motor and
Sailing Ships (Merchant Vessels) 1] of 1935 in the version of
the Fifteenth Supplement,
2. the Accident Prevention Regulations for Fishing Vessels 1] of
1939 in the version of the Thirteenth Supplement,
3. the Accident Prevention Regulation Occupational Physicians
and Experts for Occupational Safety 1] of 1974,
1]
4. the Accident Prevention Regulation Noise for seagoing
ships of 1979.
345 Existing Ships

(1) Ships the keels of which were laid before 1st January 1981 are
exempted from provisions exceeding the scope of the accident
prevention regulations valid until now, to the extent that compliance
with these provisions would necessitate conversion of the ship or its
permanently installed equipment. However, ships the keels of which
were laid in the year 1980 are not exempted from the regulations of
Chapter VIII.
(2) The regulations of sect. 1 clause 1 does not provide exemption
from compliance with 105 with regard to the dosing systems for
hydrazine, nor with 105 a.
(3) For ships the keels of which were laid before 18th July 1994 and
for which a gross tonnage in register tons was specified in the Ton-
nage Certificate according to the International Tonnage Convention
of London, the provisions of 41, 55, 140, 186, 191, 192, 253, 254,
264 and 290 apply in the version of the First to Eleventh Supple-
ment.
1
Status: May 1999

362 UVV-See
(4) 35 remains unaffected.

Note: 345 sect. 1 applies only for the UVV See in its original version,
which came into force on 1st January 1981. With regard to the changes
effected by later supplements and their implementation dates, see
the notes on pages 21 to 26. The supplements each contain own
transitional regulations and periods.
346 Transitional Ruling for the Region Named

in Article 3 of the Unification Agreement
(1) Insofar as in the region of the states of Brandenburg, Mecklen-
burg-Western Pomerania, Saxony, Saxony-Anhalt, Thuringia, as well
as in that part of the State of Berlin in which the Accident Prevention
Regulations did not apply up to 1st January 1991, facilities are
commissioned or constructed, or their construction begun, before
1st January 1991 and requirements are set in the Accident Prevention
Regulations which exceed the scope of the requirements which were
valid there up until this time and which would necessitate major
modifications to the facilities, the Accident Prevention Regulations
shall not be applied, subject to 35 and to sect. 2 herein.
(2) See-Berufsgenossenschaft can request that a facility be modified

to comply with the Accident Prevention Regulations, insofar as
1. it is undergoing major extensions or conversions,
2. the utilization of the facility is being changed to an appreciable
degree
or
3. avoidable hazards to life or health of the insured persons must
be expected with regard to the type of operation.
D 346 does not affect any deviatory transitional regulations expressed

in the Unification Agreement 1] dated 31st August 1990 (BGBl. II S.885)
and in other federal statutes.
D Such dangers can arise when the ship is operated with a smaller crew
ad. (2) than prescribed in the Ordinance on Safe Manning 1] applying for the
No. 3 region named in sect. 1 until 2nd October 1990.
1
XVIII. Transitional and Final Regulations 363
Annex
(ad. 49 para 1)
Manning Regulations*
I. Basic Provisions
No. 1
II. Definitions
Nos. 2 to 7
III. Document of Safe Manning
No. 8
IV. Standard Manning, Deviations and Special Cases
Nos. 9 to 18
V. Transitional Regulations
No. 19
Nos. 1 - 11, 13 sect. 1, 14, 16, 17 and 19 are not printed.
No. 12
Standard Manning with Galley and Serving Personnel
For the manning of cargo ships, passenger ships, excursion boats
and sports fishing vessels with ratings who are members of the galley
and serving personnel, the following applies:
1. On ships having a crew of up to eight persons including the
master, the galley and serving work can be done by ratings who
are members of the deck and machinery personnel.
*) Note:
The Nos. 1 - 11, 13 sect. 1, 14, 16, 17 and 19 of the Manning Regulations are covered
mainly by the Ordinance on Safe Manning 1] of 1998 (see D ad. (2) ad. 49). Of these
Manning Regulations, only Nos. 12 (Standard Manning with Galley and Serving
Personnel), 13 sect. 2, Standard Manning with Galley and Serving Personnel for Fish-
ing vessel, 15 (Deviations from Standard Manning) and 18 (Laid-Up Ships) need to be
taken into account.
1
Status: May 1999

364 UVV-See
2. On ships with a crew, including the master and excluding the

ratings who are members of the galley and serving personnel,
of
- 9 to 15 persons: 1 cook,
- 16 to 20 persons: 1 cook and 1 steward,
- 21 to 25 persons: 1 cook, 1 steward and 1 catering assistant,
- 26 to 30 persons: 1 cook, 1 steward and 2 catering assistant,
- 31 to 35 persons: 1 cook, 1 cooks mate, 1 steward
and 1 catering assistants,
- over 35 persons: 1 additional catering assistant for every
additional 10 (or part of a group of ten)
crew members
shall be present on board.
3. For the serving of passengers, of the serving and catering staff
provided for the passengers and of other persons who are not
members of the crew, with the exception of any of the masters and
crew members relatives who are travelling on the ship, additional
ratings shall be present on board as members of the galley and
serving personnel.
No. 13
Standard Manning for Fishing Vessels
(1) Sect. 1 is not printed.
(2) For the manning with ratings who are members of the galley
and serving personnel, the following applies:
1. On ships having a crew of up to eight persons including the
master, the galley and serving work can be done by ratings who
are members of the deck and machinery personnel.
2. On ships with a crew, including the master, of
- 9 to 15 persons: 1 cook,
- 16 to 25 persons: 1 cook and 1 catering assistant,
- 26 to 50 persons: 1 cook, 1 cooks mate
and 1 catering assistant,
- over 50 persons: 1 cook, 1 cooks mate
and 2 catering assistants
shall be present on board.
No. 15
Deviations from Standard Manning
(1) Notwithstanding 4, deviations from the standard manning
according to Nos. 9 to 13 can be approved or prescribed if applied
for or if required by the authorities. Applications, accompanied by
reasons, shall be submitted in writing to See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
See-Berufsgenossenschaft will give the work protection authority
an opportunity to make a statement.
(2) The decision is made by a committee appointed by the Executive
Board and comprising three representatives of the insured persons
and three representatives of the employers. The committee meetings
are chaired by one representative of the insured persons and one
representative of the employers, alternating annually.
(3) In making its decision, the committee shall aim to ensure ship
safety, reliable watchkeeping and work safety; in this process,
account shall be taken of the operational circumstances, especially
the type of ship, the state of automation, the equipment, the
operational area, the port sequence, and the type of cargo that is to
be transported. The committees decision shall not take into account
any shortage of accommodation.
(4) The committee can put a time limit on its decision and can also
qualify it with injunctions and conditions.
No. 18
Laid-Up Ships
Laid-up ships within the meaning of this regulation are ships which
have been temporarily withdrawn from cargo traffic and/or

passenger traffic or are not engaged in fishing and are therefore not
earning any income from seafaring.
These ships shall be in a state of watertight integrity for the purposes
of fire protection and maintenance of buoyancy.
If persons insured with See-Berufsgenossenschaft are employed on
these ships, then the minimum strength of the watch that must be
present on board at all times is:
Status: May 1999
366 UVV-See
1. On cargo ships and fishing vessels

up to 2000 GRT 1 skilled personnel member
over 2000 GRT 2 skilled personnel members, one of
whom has a certificate of capability
as a qualified fireman
2. On passenger ships
up to 1000 GRT 1 skilled personnel member with a
certificate of capability as a
qualified fireman
over 1000 up to 5000 GRT 2 skilled personnel members with
certificates of capability as qualified
firemen
over 5000 GRT 3 skilled personnel members with
certificates of capability as qualified
firemen
3. On cargo ships lying side by side, connected to one another and

being kept under surveillance, watchkeeping can be performed
jointly. In this case, the strength of the watch is reduced to one
half.
If ship operation is partially maintained, the personnel necessary
for this shall be taken aboard. This personnel can be considered as
counting towards the prescribed strength of the watch.
This shall not affect any other local regulations and police ordinan-
ces.

Appendices
The appendices do not form part of the Accident Prevention Regula-

tions for Shipping Enterprises (UVV See).
Status: May 1999

368
UVV-See

Appendix A 369
Guidelines, Instruction Sheets, Approval Conditions,

Notifications, Manuals and Publications of
G 1 Richtlinien fr die Einrichtung und den Betrieb von Filmvor-

fhrungsanlagen an Bord von Seeschiffen [Guidelines for the Ar-
rangement and Operation of Film Projecting Plants on Board of
Seagoing Ships] dated April 1934 and June 1958
A 1 Grundstze fr die Sicherheit auf Seeschiffen bei Schiffs-
bewegungen vor der Probefahrt [Principles for Safety on Seagoing
Ships during Ship Movements before the Trial Run] dated February
1952
F 1 Merkblatt fr Schiffsfhrer und Besatzung von Schleppern im
Bugsiereinsatz [Intruction Sheet for the Master and Crew of
Tugboats Operating for Manoeuvring Assistance] dated August
1956
I 2 Merkblatt ber die Gefahren des Genusses von Seewasser durch
Schiffbrchige [Instruction Sheet on the Dangers for Shipwrecked
Persons Drinking Seawater] dated 15th July 1960
* Zulassungsbedingungen fr Kohlensure-Feuerlschanlagen auf
Seeschiffen und damit verbundene Rauchmeldeanlagen
[Conditions for the Approval of Combined CO2 Fire Extinguishing
Systems and Smoke Detection Systems] dated 20th December 1963
* Richtlinien fr den Einsatz von Leichttauchgerten [Guidelines
for the Use of Light Diving Apparatus] dated 20th December 1963
E 6 Richtlinien fr Autodecks und Autoverladung [Guidelines for Car
Decks and the Loading of Cars] dated 2nd July 1964
* Sicherheit an Bord [Safety on Board] (March 1965); also in Spanish
and Turkish
F 3 Merkblatt ber die Handhabung sthlerner Lukenabdeckungen
[Instruction Sheet on the Handling of Steel Hatchcovers] dated

20th June 1967
B 7 Merkblatt ber den Schutzhelm [Instruction Sheet on the Safety
Helmet] dated 30th June 1971
G 5 Richtlinien fr Konstruktion, Betrieb, Handhabung und Prfung
von mechanischen Lotsenaufzgen [Guidelines on the Construc-
tion, Operation, Handling and Testing of Mechanical Pilot Hoists]
dated 23rd March 1976 (in the version of February 1982)
Status: May 1999
370 UVV-See
F 8 Merkblatt ber Anlegeleitern im Schiffsbetrieb [Instruction Sheet

on Ladders in Ship Operation] dated 1st July 1980
* Handbuch fr die Ausbildung im Schiffssicherungsdienst (Ret-
tungsboot und Brandschutzdienst) [Manual for Ship Safety Ser-
vice Training (Lifeboat and Firefighting Service)] dated February
1996 (in the version dated February 1997)
* Sicher arbeiten und leben an Bord. Leitfaden fr Seeleute und
ihre Sicherheitsbeauftragten [Working and Living Safely on Board;
Manual for Seamen and their Safety Wardens] dated July 1994
D 1 Richtlinien fr Lukenpersenninge [Guidelines for Hatch Tarpau-
lins] dated 15th July 1960 (in the version dated February 1982)
B 4 Merkblatt ber Atemschutzgerte auf Seeschiffen [Instruction

Sheet on Breathing Apparatus on Seagoing Ships] dated 20th
December 1963 (in the version dated February 1982)
G 4 Richtlinien fr Bau, Ausrstung, Prfung und Betrieb von Fls-
siggasanlagen zu Haushaltszwecken auf Seeschiffen (Flssiggas-
richtlinien Seeschiffe) [Guidelines for the Construction, Equip-
ment, Testing and Operation of Liquid Gas Plants for Household
Purposes on Seagoing Ships] dated 25th October 1977 (in the
version dated February 1982)
F 9 Kaltreiniger- und Lsemittelmerkblatt [Instruction Sheet on
Detergents and Solvents] dated 1st January 1984
F 2 Richtlinien fr Bau, Ausrstung, Prfung und Betrieb von
Schweissanlagen auf Seeschiffen (Schweiss-Richtlinien)
[Guidelines for the Construction, Equipment, Testing and Opera-
tion of Welding Plants on Seagoing Ships] dated 10th April 1985
B 2 Richtlinien fr die Prfung als Rettungsbootmann [Guidelines for
the Examination of Lifeboatmen] dated 14th March 1986 (in the
version dated 26th June 1992)
I 4 Merkblatt ber Gesundheitsgefahren beim Umgang mit Schwer- und
Schmierlen [Instruction Sheet on the Health Hazards when Working
with Heavy Oil and Lubricating Oil] dated 26th September 1986
I 5 Merkblatt ber das Verhalten bei Kampfstoffvergiftungen auf

Fischereifahrzeugen [Instruction Sheet on Procedure in the Event
of Poisoning by Chemical Warfare Ammunition on Fishing Vessels]
dated 30th September 1994
D 2 Merkblatt ber die Bedeutung der Freibordmarken [Instruction
Sheet on the Meaning of Load Line Marks] dated 1st January 1969
(in the version dated 18th September 1987)
Appendix A 371
I 6 Richtlinien fr zulssige mechanische Schwingungen auf Seeschif-

fen [Guidelines for Permissible Mechanical Vibrations on Seagoing
Vessels] dated 24th October 1987
F 4 Richtlinien fr das Arbeiten in gefhrlichen Rumen [Guidelines
for Work in Hazardous Spaces] dated 28th June 1988
E 5 Richtlinien fr den Viehtransport auf Seeschiffen [Guidelines for
the Transport of Cattle on Seagoing Ships] dated 19th December
1962 (in the version dated 30th September 1988)
A 2 Richtlinien fr Seeschiffe auf Probefahrt [Guidelines for the Trial
Runs of Seagoing Ships] dated 18th October 1966 (in the version
dated 30th September 1988)
B 5 Merkblatt ber den Gebrauch von Hitzeschutzanzgen [Instruc-
tion Sheet on the Use of Heat Protection Suits] dated 18th August
1970 (in the version dated 30th September 1988)
C 2 Merkblatt zu den Funksicherheitsvorschriften. Handhabung und
Aufstellung der Seenotfunkbake an Bord [Instruction Sheet on
the Safety Radio Regulations. Handling and Arrangement of the
EPIRB on Board] dated 26th June 1974 (in the version dated
30th September 1988)
B 6 Richtlinien fr die Aufstellung der Sicherheitsrollen [Guidelines
for the Preparation of Muster Lists] dated 24th June 1981 (in the
version dated 1st July 1994)
B 3 Richtlinien fr die Prfung als Feuerschutzmann [Guidelines for
the Examination of Firemen] dated 29th June 1983 (in the version
dated 29th June 1992)
B 9 Merkblatt ber Schutzschuhe [Instruction Sheet on Safety Shoes]
dated 30th September 1988
I 3 Merkblatt fr Auswahl und Tragen von Gehrschtzern [Instruc-
tion Sheet on the Selection and Use of Ear Protectors] dated
30th September 1988
E 1 Merkblatt fr Holzdeckslast [Instruction Sheet on Timber Deck

Cargoes] dated 30th September 1988
D 3 Richtlinien fr zulssige Fahrgastzahlen von Fahrgastschiffen im
Tagesausflugsverkehr, Bderbooten und Sportanglerfahrzeugen
[Guidelines for the Permissible Number of Passengers on Passen-
ger Ships in Day-Trip Service, on Excursion Boats and on Sports
Fishing Craft] dated 30th September 1988
Status: May 1999

372 UVV-See
* Richtlinien fr die Durchfhrung von Begasungen [Guidelines for

Fumigation] dated 30th September 1988
I 1 Merkblatt ber Malaria [Instruction Sheet on Malaria] dated
16th June 1993
F 5 Merkblatt ber Auswahl, Gebrauch und Pflege von Chemiefaser-
seilen [Instruction Sheet on the Selection, Use and Care of
Synthetic Fibre Ropes] dated 21st September 1989
H 1 Richtlinien fr das Verhalten bei stabilittsgefhrdenden Einflssen
auf Fischereifahrzeugen [Guidelines for Procedure in the Event of
Destabilizing Influences on Fishing Vessels] dated 21st September 1989
B 1 Merkblatt ber Sicherheitsgeschirre [Instruction Sheet on Safety
Harnesses] dated 21st September 1990
F 6 Merkblatt fr den Umgang mit elektrischen Betriebsmitteln
[Instruction Sheet on the Handling of Electrical Equipment] dated
27th June 1991
G 6 Merkblatt fr den Einsatz von Bildschirmgerten an Bord von
Seeschiffen [Instruction Sheet on the Use of Display Units on Sea-
going Ships] dated 4th June 1996
** Bekanntmachung ber die Anwendung der Stabilittsvorschriften
fr Frachtschiffe, Fahrgastschiffe und Sonderfahrzeuge [Notifi-
cation on Application of the Rules of Stability for Cargo Ships,
Passenger Ships and Special Craft] dated 24th October 1984
** Verordnung ber den Wachdienst auf Seeschiffen (Wachdienst-
Verordnung) [Ordinance on Watchkeeping Duties on Seagoing
Ships] dated 15th October 1984
** Bekanntmachung der Ttigkeitsrichtlinien fr nautische und tech-
nische Wachoffiziere auf See und im Hafen [Notification of the
Principles and Operational Guidance for Nautical and Technical
Officers of the Watch at Sea and in Port] dated 14th December
1984
** Empfehlungen fr die Gestaltung der Brcke seegehender Schif-
fe [Recommendations on the Bridge Design of Seagoing Ships]
dated 5th January 1988

** Bekanntmachung der Richtlinien fr Sicherungsvorkehrungen bei
der Befrderung von Strassenfahrzeugen mit Ro/Ro-Schiffen
[Notification of the Guidelines for Securing Arrangements for the
Transport of Road Vehicles on RoRo Ships] dated 15th May 1988
* Not contained in the collection of guidelines and instruction sheets; to be obtained

as a separate publication from See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
Appendix A 373
** Bekanntmachung der Richtlinien fr die sichere Behandlung von

Schttladungen bei der Befrderung mit Seeschiffen [Notification
of the Code of Safe Practice for Solid Bulk Cargoes] dated
30th August 1990
** Bekanntmachung der Richtlinien zur Beschaffung und Darstel-

lung von Manvrierinformationen auf Seeschiffen [Notification
of the Guidelines for the Provision and the Display of Manoeuvring
Information on Seagoing Ships] dated 24th April 1989
** Grundstze fr die Ausrstung mit Funkanlagen und die Durch-
fhrung des Funkverkehrs im Weltweiten Seenot- und Sicherheits-
funksystem (Global Maritime Distress and Safety System GMDSS)
fr Seeschiffe unter deutscher Flagge [Principles for the Equipment
with Radio Installations and the Execution of Radio Communications
in the Global Maritime Distress and Safety System (GMDSS) for
Seagoing Ships Flying the German Flag] dated 1991
** Bekanntmachung der Richtlinien fr Hubschrauberlandeein-
richtungen und Abwinschflchen auf Seeschiffen [Notification of
the Guidelines for Helicopter Landing Facilities and Winching-
Up Areas on Seagoing Ships] dated 5th February 1991
** Sofortmassnahmen zur Verbesserung der Sicherheit von Schiffen,
die Schttladungen befrdern [Interim Measures to Improve the
Safety of Ships Carrying Bulk Cargo] dated 09th September 1992
** Internationaler Code fr Massnahmen zur Organisation eines si-
cheren Schiffsbetriebes und der Verhtung der Meeresver-
schmutzung [International Management Code for the Safe Ope-
ration of Ships and for Pollution Prevention (International Safety
Management (ISM) Code)] dated 23rd November 1994
** Bekanntmachung des Internationalen Codes fr die sichere Be-
frderung von Schttgetreide (Internationaler Getreide-Code)
[Notification of the International Code for the Safe Carriage of
Grain in Bulk (International Grain Code)] dated 24th September
1993
** Bekanntmachung des IMO-Codes fr Alarm- und Anzeigeein-

richtungen [Notification of the IMO Code on Alarms and Indica-
tors] dated 30th December 1993
** Richtlinien fr die sachgerechte Stauung und Sicherung von La-
dung bei der Befrderung mit Seeschiffen (CSS-Code) [Code of
Safe Practice for Cargo Stowage and Securing] dated 13th Decem-
ber 1990 (in the version dated 14th February 1996)
Status: May 1999

374 UVV-See
** Richtlinien zur Erstellung des Ladungssicherungshandbuches

[Guidelines for the Preparation of the Cargo Securing Manual]
dated 18th April 1996
** Informationen ber Reinigungssubstanzen fr den Gebrauch in
Maschinenrumen von Schiffen [Information on Cleansing Agents
for Use in the Machinery Spaces of Ships] (implementation on
1st August 1996)
** Richtlinien fr die Umsetzung des Internationalen Code fr die
Organisation eines sicheren Schiffsbetriebes (ISM-Code) durch
die Verwaltungen [Guidelines on Implementation of the Interna-
tional Safety Management (ISM) Code by the Administrations]
dated 1st December 1995.
** Internationaler Code fr den Bau und die Ausrstung von Schif-
fen zur Befrderung gefhrlicher Chemikalien als Massengut [In-
ternational Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships
Carrying Dangerous Chemicals in Bulk, in the version of the
amendments] dated 30th October 1992 (resolution MEPC 55(33))
and 11th December 1992 (resolution MSC. 28(61)).
** Internationaler Code fr den Bau und die Ausrstung von Schif-
fen zur Befrderung verflssigter Gase als Massengut [Interna-
tional Code for the Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying
Liquefied Gases in Bulk, in the version of the amendments] dated
11th December 1992 (resolution MSC. 30(61)).
** Code fr den Bau und die Ausrstung von Schiffen zur Befrde-
rung gefhrlicher Chemikalien als Massengut [Code for the
Construction and Equipment of Ships Carrying Dangerous
Chemicals in Bulk, in the version of the amendments] dated 30th
October 1992 (resolution MEPC 56(33)) and 11th December 1992
(resolution MSC. 29(61)).
** Code fr den Bau und die Ausrstung von Schiffen zur Befrde-
rung verflssigter Gase als Massengut [Code for the Construction
and Equipment of Ships Carrying Liquefied Gases in Bulk,
including the amendments] 1 to 4 (status: 10th April 1992)
** Zustzliche Regeln fr Gas- und Chemikalientankschiffe [Addi-
tional Rules for Gas Carriers and Chemical Tankers] (status: 20th
June 1986)
** Index gefhrlicher Chemikalien, die als Massengut befrdert
werden [Index of Dangerous Chemicals Carried in Bulk] (status:
1994)
** These regulations may be obtained from Formularus-Verlag Druckerei Paul Moehlke OHG,
Hohenfelder Allee 1719, 22087 Hamburg.
Appendix B 375
Signs, Symbols and Markings
1 Prohibition signs
P01 P02 P03

No smoking Naked flames, open No access for
light and smoking pedestrians
prohibited
P04 P05 P06

Do not extinguish Not potable No access for
with water unauthorized persons
P07 P08 P09

No access for Do not touch Do not touch
industrial vehicles - casing live
Status: May 1999

376 UVV-See
P10 P12 P13

Do not switch Do not set down or No rides in lift
store (carrying persons
prohibited)
P21
Prohibition *)
*) This sign is to be used in conjunction with a brief statement of what is prohibited, if

there is no prohibition sign with pictogram which can be used as a safety sign.
Appendix B 377
2 Warning signs
W01 W02 W03

Danger from Danger from Danger from toxic
combustible material explosive material material
W04 W05 W06

Danger from Danger from Danger from
corrosive material radioactive materials overhead load
or ionizing radiation
W07 W08 W09

Danger from Danger: electricity General danger
industrial vehicles
Status: May 1999

378 UVV-See
W11 W12 W19

Danger from Danger from Danger from gas
oxidizing material electromagnetic field cylinders
W20 W23
Danger from Danger of being
batteries crushed

Appendix B 379
3 Mandatory signs
M01 M02 M03

Use eye protection Use safety helmet Use ear protection
M04 M05 M06

Use breathing Use safety boots Use safety gloves
apparatus
M07 M08 M11

Use safety overall Use face protection General
mandatory sign *)
*) This sign is to be used in conjunction with a brief statement about the mandate, if
there is no mandatory sign with pictogram which can be used as a safety sign.
Status: May 1999

380 UVV-See
4 Life-saving signs
4.1 Life-saving signs for first aid facilities
E06 E07 E08

First aid post Stretcher Emergency shower
E09 E13
Eye wash Direction indicator
for first aid
facilities *)
*) This direction indicator is only to be used in conjunction with an additional life-

saving sign for first aid facilities.
Appendix B 381
4.2 Life-saving signs for escape routes and emergency exits / doors
along escape routes
E04 E01
Escape route Escape route
The direction-indicating arrow on the escape route signs may also point to the upper/
lower corner of the door opening shown, to mark the course of the escape route, e.g.
stairs.
E16
Muster station
E02
Emergency exit
Status: May 1999

382 UVV-See
5. Danger symbols and indication of risk from dangerous substances
F+
Explosive Flammable Highly flammable
Toxic Highly toxic Fire-promoting
Xn C
Irritant Harmful Corrosive

Appendix B 383
Harmful to the
environment
Status: May 1999

384 UVV-See
Appendix C
free

Appendix D 385
Behaviour in Distress
There are no binding rules for behaviour in distress, because no two

emergencies at sea are ever the same. The fate of the crew depends
largely on the masters prudence, the abilities of the crew and on
smooth cooperation. Clear instructions, calmly executed, substantially
increase the likelihood of survival.
The most serious hazards facing the shipwrecked crew are:
hypothermia,
drowning,
dehydration,
exhaustion,
hunger,
sunburn,
the effects of mineral oil,
seasickness.
I. Measures to Be Taken before Abandoning Ship

Keep calm! Do not act hastily or thoughtlessly! Put on immersion suits
and lifejackets! Stay on board for as long as possible! As a matter of
principle, the order to abandon ship is given by the master only. Do
not smoke, to avoid igniting any fuel that may have escaped.
Abandoning ship should be done as practised during boat drill, as far
as circumstances allow it. The master gives the order as to when the
individual boats are to be launched. He also determines the
deployment of liferafts and appoints a suitable person as leader.
It must be taken into account that liferafts can also be launched on
the weather side of the ship. If they are launched to leeward, the
crew must attempt to get away from the ship. The decision about
whether to take the way via the bow or the stern will depend on the
circumstances.
Enough warm clothing should be put on before abandoning ship to
prevent hypothermia. The buoyancy of lifejackets is not affected by
additional clothing. Do not wear any type of boot or shoe that may
damage the material of the liferaft. If there is enough time, more
blankets and warm clothing, drinks and food should be loaded into
the lifeboat or liferaft.
Status: May 1999
386 UVV-See
II. Behaviour in the Water
If the ship must be abandoned and circumstances do not allow life-

saving appliances to be manned, the following actions must be taken
into consideration:
Do not jump into the water; use boarding ladders or climb hand-over-
hand down ropes let over the side into the water. Sliding down rope
too fast causes severe injuries to the palms (peeling off of the skin and
burns) that seriously impair the use of the hands. If jumping into the
water is the only resort, perform a standing jump with both knees
pressed to the chest and while holding the lifejacket with both hands.
Place both fists tightly under your chin to keep the lifejacket from
being forced up.
Shipwrecked in the water should try to move away from the ship as
soon as possible after abandoning it, to avoid being affected or even
injured by the sinking ships suction or wreckage floating free.
Shipwrecked should remain together in the water and should even
tie themselves together, if possible. At night or in poor visibility, use a
signalling whistle and gather around floating rescue lights. Save your
energy and avoid unnecessary swimming. Hang onto floating objects.
Do not remove any articles of clothing. Keep on your shoes and gloves
(the best protection against hypothermia). Oil slicks must be avoided
as far as possible. If this is impossible, float on your back to avoid
swallowing oil, and try to get out of the slick as quickly as possible.
As soon as the shipwrecked is free of the ship, he should let himself
float about in his lifejacket while keeping a lookout for life-saving
appliances or any floating objects. While attempting to reach a life-
saving appliance or floating object, one basic rule applies: keep calm
and save energy! Where possible, approach the life-saving appliance
from the leeward side; board a liferaft through the leeward entrance;
board a lifeboat, especially a double-tube inflatable lifeboat, from the
bow or stern while helping each other.
III. Behaviour in a Lifeboat or Liferaft
The leader of every lifeboat and double-tube inflatable lifeboat is listed

on the muster list. All occupants must obey him. If no leader has been
appointed for the liferaft, the occupants must pick a sensible, energetic
man as leader. The will to survive is of crucial importance. Present-
day communications make it possible to find shipwrecked within a
matter of hours.
Appendix D 387
Once you are clear of the ship, it is advisable to remain near the position
of the sinking and to move with the natural drift only. All search
attempts will start from the last reported position of the vessel. Distress
signals may only be given on the orders of the boat leader. Distress
signals must be used sparingly; wait until it is fairly certain that a ship
or aircraft which has been spotted can also recognize your signals
before setting them off. For a ship, this is usually when the ships
superstructure is completely visible from the lifeboat or liferaft, or
when the ships sidelights can be clearly made out at night.
Supplies of food and drink must rationed at all times. The boat leader
determines the amount and frequency of food and water to be
distributed. He should distribute it himself. A shortage of drinking
water is far more dangerous than a shortage of food.
The following rationing method is recommended:

On day 1, no water ration, except to injured persons;
From day 2 on, 1/2 litre of drinking water per person (the water
ration should be divided into several portions taken during the
day);
If the water supply runs low, it may become necessary to reduce
the daily water ration to 1/4 litre per person.
When drinking the water ration, first wet your lips, then moisten your
mouth and throat by gargling before swallowing the water. Drink
slowly, sip by sip!
Never drink seawater, because this causes sickness and vomiting,

leading to serious impairment of health and possibly also mental
confusion. The chances of survival are greatly reduced by drinking
seawater. It is even more dangerous to drink urine.
Every opportunity must be taken to increase the water supply by

collecting rainwater. A method of catching water must be improvised
at the first signs of rain. The canopies of liferafts are designed to do

this. Make sure that the containers are washed clean with the first
rainwater. Even when a lot of rainwater has been collected, drink it
slowly and sparingly. Drinking too much too quickly can cause
vomiting after a long period of thirst. Alcohol must always be avoided,
as it dehydrates the body and increases the thirst.
The amount and combination of food rations must be determined by

the amount of available drinking water, because the body needs water
Status: May 1999
388 UVV-See
both for digesting food and excreting wastes. Where water is limited,
the food ration must also be reduced.
Some constipation and reduced urine secretion are usually no cause

for concern.
If there is fishing tackle available, an attempt must be made to improve

the rations with the addition of raw fish. Fish may nevertheless only
be eaten when there is drinking water available. In temperate (local)
seas, all kinds of fish may be eaten, but in the tropics only those caught
in the open sea out of sight of land are generally edible. While angling,
the line should only be held in a hand provided with some protection.
Fish must only be handled with gloves or a cloth, to avoid injuries
caused by teeth, fins or gills.
The leader of the lifeboat or liferaft should allocate tasks to all

occupants to help maintain their readiness for action and their will to
live. The occupants can be kept occupied and entertained by suitable
psychological measures such as singing, storytelling, card games etc.
The boat leader must establish hour-long lookouts, to allow the other
occupants to sleep and relax. Physical strain should be kept to a
minimum.
Great importance must be given to keeping the lifeboat or liferaft

clean. Personal hygiene is also important and must be maintained as
far as possible.
Where there are anti-seasickness pills available, these should be taken

immediately after boarding the lifeboats or liferafts as a preventative
measure. Even normally immune persons must expect to suffer from
seasickness in a boat or raft, and this may have a very unfavourable
effect on their health.
Dosage: 2 tablets immediately. Repeat every 12 hours until rescued.

In severe cases, 1 suppository may be inserted in the rec-
tum. Repeat every 24 hours until rescued.
Soaked clothing should immediately be taken off in the lifeboat or

liferaft if circumstances allow and dried, or at least wrung out and
worn again, because soaked clothing speeds up hypothermia. In cold
weather the body should be sheltered from the wind; use thermal
protective aids!
When feet and legs remain in cold water for longer periods, the skin
and subcutaneous tissues become seriously affected. The affected
Appendix D 389
areas turn red and painful and restrict movement of the joints. Even-
tually swellings, blisters and dark patches as well as cracks appear in
the skin. Such damage can be reduced by keeping the feet as warm
as possible, and by ensuring that the bottom of the lifeboat or liferaft
is kept dry. The toes must be wiggled often to stimulate the circulation
and tight shoes loosened and taken off inside the lifeboat or liferaft.
The feet must then be wrapped in soft (preferably dry) articles of
clothing. Even if the damage is already done, the same action must
be taken. Do not rub the affected areas. One should try to keep the
body as dry as possible, to avoid salt-water damage to the skin.
Chapped lips and cracked skin should be treated with ointment (salve).
The danger of frostbite, which is barely recognizable at the beginning,

if at all, can be reduced by keeping the body warm and dry, and by
moving the limbs and facial muscles. White patches on the skin are
an indication of frostbite. The skin feels taut and hard. Often there is
a tingling feeling. The most vulnerable parts are the toes, fingers,
ears and nose. Frozen body parts must not be rubbed or massaged,
but should be carefully warmed by breathing on them, by warming
with the hands or by holding them against the body. The hands can
be tucked into the armpits as a preventative measure. The
shipwrecked should watch each other for signs of frostbite, so that
preventative measures can be taken. They should lie closely together
in the bottom of the lifeboat or raft with legs drawn up. An attempt
should also be made to try to warm up hypothermic persons in this
way. Light exercise prevents stiffening of the muscles and joints.
Watch out for sunburn! Try to get some shade in the lifeboats by using
protective gear, articles of clothing etc. and wear a shirt and headgear.
Care must be taken to ensure adequate circulation of air in the liferaft.
The eyes must be protected against bright sunlight and reflected light
by sunglasses or improvised eyeshades. The eyelid outlines must be
treated with ointment. Heat exhaustion - which is characterized by
general tiredness, headaches, ringing in the ears, dizziness, spots
before ones eyes, sickness, vomiting and possibly also by cramps and
unconsciousness - must be treated by reducing the body temperature

through the application of damp cloths, shirts etc.
Treating the injured and sick on board a lifeboat is restricted to giving
FIRST AID only. Oil on the skin or mucous membranes should be
removed as far as possible by dabbing with a cloth or similar. If any
oil has been swallowed, an attempt should be made to induce vomiting
by mechanical means (e.g. sticking a finger down the throat). However,
these measures may only be taken with people who are fully conscious.
Status: May 1999

390 UVV-See
Injured persons must be properly bedded down and kept warm. Try
to revive unconscious persons with abnormal breathing and heart
action by using the method of mouth-to-mouth resuscitation described
further down, together with heart massage in the case of cardiac arrest.
IV. Behaviour during a Helicopter Rescue

Shipwrecked must not leave the lifeboat or liferaft when a ship or
aircraft approaches, even when they believe that they have been
spotted.
It is still necessary to keep calm and act sensibly.
Drinking water and food must be rationed right up to final rescue.
Groups floating in the water must stay together.
The rescue operation will be directed from the rescuing ship or aircraft.
Non-amphibian aircraft will have to limit their assistance to dropping
smoke marking buoys and equipment as well as reporting the ship-
wreckeds position.
Ships in distress can be provided with specialized rescue equipment
dropped by SAR aircraft. This could include containers of equipment,
joined by a buoyant line. The following equipment may be dropped
as needed:
a) Single liferafts or pairs of liferafts joined by a buoyant line
b) Buoyant radio beacons and/or two-way radio telephone
c) Marker dye, smoke signals
d) Parachute signal rockets for illumination
e) Bilge pumps.
Assistance by a Helicopter
Helicopters can sometimes be used for dropping rescue equipment
and /or for rescue operations such as the lifting-up of personnel. In
such cases, the following instructions will be of help.
The operating range of a helicopter is usually limited. The distance
between the rescue base and the ship in distress will determine
Appendix D 391
whether a helicopter can be used (the maximum distance between

the base and the ship is 50 to 300 nautical miles, depending on the
size of the helicopter, and may be longer if there are refuelling facilities
available).
Some rescue operations are hazardous for the helicopter crew. For
this reason, it is important in each case to assess the seriousness of
the situation very carefully, to determine whether helicopter support
would be required.
When dropping rescue equipment, the helicopter will hover over a

designated or cleared area, and then winch down the rescue
equipment onto the deck. The personnel on board then simply need
to unhook the winch cable.
For a rescue operation, a helicopter normally uses special equipment

for lifting or lowering persons by winch. Helicopters often lower one
of their crew onto the ship, to render assistance while abandoning
ship or with the use of rescue equipment. The following rescue
equipment may be used when rescuing persons by air:
a) Rescue sling with securing loop
b) Rescue basket
c) Rescue net
d) Rescue stretcher
There are various names for rescue slings (belt harness, rescue belt).
They may differ a little from each other in shape and design.
The rescue sling is the most often used piece of rescue equipment. It
is ideal for quickly lifting off healthy people, but not for sick or seriously
injured people (who are collectively called patients below.)
Status: May 1999

392 UVV-See
Using a rescue sling
Abb. 1 Abb. 2 Abb. 3
Fig. 1 A rescue sling before use

Fig. 2 Get into the sling like this, with your neck resting in the sling
and your face looking up. Lift your arms high and insert them through
the rescue sling.
Fig. 3 Pull the sling far up over your back until it fits tightly under
your armpits. Grasp the securing loop in front of your face and pull it
towards you.
Abb. 4 Abb. 5
Fig. 4 Correct position of the securing loop before winching up.

Fig. 5 Correct posture during winching. Caution: do not lift your arms!
Danger of slipping out of the sling!
Appendix D 393
Some SAR helicopters use the double lift method: this entails letting
down a belt harness with a helicopter crewmember in it, as well as
the rescue sling. This method is suitable when patients are to be lifted
off.
The helicopter crewman places the rescue sling around the person to
be lifted off and gives directions for the winching operation.
Lifting off a patient by using a rescue sling
Abb. 6 Abb. 7
Fig. 6 The rescue sling is pulled over the back of person to be rescued
until it sits tightly under the armpits.
Fig. 7 Close the securing loop of the rescue sling! Ready for winching
up.
Status: May 1999

394 UVV-See
The use of a rescue basket requires no special measures. The person

to use the basket simply gets in, sits down and holds on.
Rescue basket
Appendix D 395
Rescue net
The rescue net looks like a pyramid-shaped birdcage: it is open on

one side. The person to use the basket simply gets in through the
opening, sits down and holds on.
Status: May 1999

396 UVV-See
Patients are usually rescued by using a rescue stretcher. Although

most ships have a stretcher on board, as a rule patients should be
lifted off by using the special rescue stretcher carried by the helicopter.
Rescue stretcher
Direct radio communication should be established between ship and

helicopter. Information and directions about agreed rendezvous points
etc. can also be relayed from shore stations. Most SAR helicopters are
equipped with radio direction finders and are able to home in on a
signal.
Other possible methods of relaying communications between ship and

helicopter are listed in the General Chapter, Part I (Sea Rescue Emer-
gencies), of the International Code of Signals under the heading
Aircraft *).
*) On pages 58 and 59 of the official German edition of the 1969 International Code of
Signals
Appendix D 397
The position of the ship as well as its heading and speed on the way
to the rendezvous point should be transmitted with as much detail as
possible: not only details about weather conditions in the relevant
area, but also any information that will facilitate recognition of the
ship from the air. Details about the measures to be used for identifying
the ship (flags, orange smoke signals, searchlights, Aldis lamps,
daylight signalling mirror etc.) should also conveyed.
If possible, a section of deck space free of all obstacles should be

cleared as the area from which persons can be lifted off by helicopter:
this area should be identified by means of a large white H. At night
the ship should be illuminated as much as possible, especially all
obstacles that may get in the way of the helicopter, such as masts,
funnels etc. At the same time, care must be taken not to blind the
helicopter pilot through excessive lighting.
The strong air currents created by the helicopter must be considered.

Loose objects must be removed or tied down securely. If the ship has
no suitable area on deck, the helicopter can also winch up persons
from a lifeboat or liferaft trailed from the ship on a long line.
The section of deck to be used for the winching operation should

have a portable fire extinguisher for putting out oil fires. If possible,
the fire pump should be started up; the fire hoses should be connected
and held ready for use.
Flags and pennants should be hoisted to help identify the ship from
the air and to indicate the wind direction to the helicopter pilot.
All crew members involved in the rescue operation as well as all

persons and patients to be lifted off should wear lifejackets. This
precaution may only ignored if its application would cause an
unjustifiable deterioration in the condition of a patient to be lifted off.
Care should be taken to ensure that the patient wears only tight-fitting
headgear and clothing.
The rescue equipment must on no account be tied to the deck or

allowed to get entangled anywhere.
The rescue equipment must only be grasped when the helicopter crew
has specifically ordered it.
The metal parts of the rescue equipment must touch the deck first, to
prevent the static electricity charge on the helicopter from causing
any shocks.
Status: May 1999
398 UVV-See
When the rescue equipment is winched up in the vicinity of

inflammable or explosive cargo or near mixtures of inflammable liquids
floating on the water, a safe distance must be kept to prevent a fire or
an explosion from being set off by a discharge of static electricity.
When a ship is under way, the helicopter will approach it from astern.
If the aft mooring deck of the ship is to be used as the winching
platform, the ship should keep a steady speed and steer a course at
which the relative bearing of the wind is 330 degrees.
In this case the pilot will approach the ship with the right-hand side
(pilots seat) of the helicopter towards the ship and hover in position
against the apparent wind. If any other area of the ship is used as
winching platform, a heading causing the wind to blow across the
ship at 30 degrees relative bearing should be steered.
If there is radio contact between ship and helicopter, or when there

are any other reasons, the procedure described in the previous
paragraph can be modified according to the pilots instructions.
The general rule is: do not take along any loose objects.
The following signals are used for directing the winching operation:
Do not winch up Arms stretched out horizontally; hands balled into

fists, the thumbs pointing downwards.
Winch up *) Arms lifted; thumbs pointing upwards.
*) General usage is winch up in contrast to lower down.

Deutsche Gesellschaft zur Rettung Schiffbrchiger Bremen, Werderstrasse 2
Status: May 1999
Appendix D
Using the Helicopter Rescue Sling
A SAR helicopter can use various types of rescue equipment.
There may be differences in the rescue

equipment used from country to country.
The rescue possibilities
illustrated here can also
be performed with the
double-lift method, if the
injured person is
incapacitated. For this, a
helicopter crew member

is lowered down with
the rescue equipment.
Rescue sling Rescue net Rescue strecher
The rescue sling is the most commonly

used item of helicopter-rescue equipment,
and is lowered down open or closed.
Do not unhook the rescue sling from the winching line!
The winching line
must not be tied to the ship
must not be taken below deck
must not be wound around your hand
must always be kept away from obstacles
399
Fitting the Rescue Sling
400
Preparation Getting in Attaching the rescue sling Winching-up attitude Putting on a closed sling
Instructions for Operating the Line-Throwing Appliance

1. If a line is shot across a stranded ship, grab hold of it and give a signal.
2. At the acknowledging signal from ashore, haul in the throwing line until you can take hold of the tail block with its heaving line
Rescue line at the end of the throwing line.
3. Lash the block to the lower part of the mast, as high as possible; if there is no mast standing, then use the next most suitable
place you can find. Untie the throwing line and make sure that the heaving line runs freely through the block. Then give the
signal.
Heaving line 4. The rescuers ashore will now tie the thick rescue line to the heaving line and haul it on board.
5. Tie this thick rescue line fast about two feet above the tail block. Ensure that all ropes and lines run freely, and give the signal.
6. Untie the heaving line from the rescue line, so that the heaving line can be pulled in or let out from ashore. Give the signal.
7. The rescuers ashore will haul the rescue line taut and reel a breeches buoy onto the ship by means of the heaving line; the
person to be set ashore must get into the buoy, with his legs in the breeches and his arms resting on the buoy. Give the signal.
The rescuers ashore will haul the buoy ashore and, when the person in it has landed, reel it back on board ship to rescue the
Heaving line remaining people.
8. If it is impossible to tie the thick rescue line to the ship, the breeches buoy or a raft can be hauled on board with the heaving line,
and the persons in distress then hauled back through the surf by means of the heaving line.
9. If the ship is able to shoot a thin throwing line ashore with its own line-throwing appliance, the rescuers a shore will tie a thicker
Mast of the Breeches buoy line to the throwing line and give the signal. Haul the line on board, tie it fast and give the signal. The rescuer can then proceed
wreck as described under items 2 8 above.
UVV-See
(Green) Meaning: generally affirmative Meaning: generally negative (Red)
Green star or: also: Red star or: also:

waving up and down the arms, all clear waving horizontally back not clear
a flag, line is fast and forth the arms, lower away
a white light, or man in breeches buoy a flag, a white light, or stop hauling
a flashing light haul away! a flashing light
Appendix D 401
V. Treatment of Survivors
Survivors will be picked up from the lifeboats and liferafts, from the
water and from pieces of wreckage. As soon as a rescuer has managed
to grab hold of a survivor, his subsequent actions must be such as to
avoid any mistakes.
Any survivor may suffer from hypothermia and the more severe, the
more dangerous it is. The degree of hypothermia depends in the first
instance on the length of time spent in the water, or in an open lifeboat
or liferaft, under cold and wet conditions.
The initial emergency treatment of survivors must be planned and

prepared even before the rescue itself takes place, with the advice of
a radio doctor, if possible.
Picking Up Survivors
If the survivors cannot be taken out of the water on board the rescue
craft immediately, they must be secured against drifting off or sinking
by means of the painter, or whatever rope may be available. It is not
sufficient to try and hold them up!
In every sea rescue, one must assume that the survivors will be totally
exhausted, suffering from hypothermia, wounded, unconscious or
acting irrationally. For this reason, all measures must be undertaken
to make any participation by the survivor unnecessary. He must be
encouraged to stay completely calm and passive, because any active
movement may worsen his physical condition.
During the pick-up by the rescuers (taking on board a lifeboat, lifting

off in a rescue net or winching up by helicopter) the survivor must be
taken from the water in a horizontal position by several people if
possible, carried into the rescue craft and the ship like that and then
laid down flat. Wherever possible, the survivor must be transferred
from the rescue craft to the ship in a horizontal position, using a rescue
stretcher. He must be moved as little as possible; i.e. he should not
walk or climb stairs or ladders, but should be carried.
Emergency Treatment after Being Taken on Board
If more than one survivor is taken on board, those in the worst physical
condition must be treated first as a matter of urgency. If unconscious,
Status: May 1999
402 UVV-See
first they must have their air passages cleared and then laid down in
a stable lateral position. After a survivor has been taken on board, he
must immediately be laid down flat and covered in warm blankets
over his wet clothing. Only then he may be taken to a room (or possibly
treatment room) where he is protected against further hypothermia
due to exposure. This room must be moderately warm, but not
overheated (approx. 20 C).
Treatment of Hypothermia
The kind of first aid administered for hypothermia will be determined

by its severity.
Rapid warming up by means of a bath or by pouring hot water
over the patient can have serious, even fatal, results and these
methods may only be used after consultation with the radio doctor.
The following measures are essentially prohibited for a hypothermic

person:
a) Warm shower or hot bath,
b) Drinking alcohol,
c) Smoking,
d) Rubbing his limbs,
e) Warming up by jogging,
f) Giving him liquids while unconscious.
The following symptoms must be noted to assess the degree of

hypothermia:
a) Does he have mild muscular tremors?
b) What is the hypothermic persons pulse rate per minute?
c) What is his breathing rate per minute?
d) What is his state of consciousness?
e) How long was he in the water?
f) What was the water temperature?
g) If measurable: what is his rectal temperature?
First degree:
Rectal body temperature 34 C to 37 C. Frequent shivering; pulse
60 80 beats per minute or more; fully conscious, often in a state of
excitement.
Appendix D 403
First aid: Do not move, give hot liquids generously sweetened with
sugar. No other measure will be necessary. When the shivering has
stopped, provide warm, dry clothing after drying off (no rubbing
down!).
The hypothermic person must be kept awake by talking to him all the
time.
Second degree:
Body temperature 24 C to 34 C. Muscles stiff; slow and possibly
irregular pulse; mental confusion. The main threat is irregular
heartbeat, which tends to occur at temperatures of around 30 C to
32 C.
First aid: In an emergency, apply heart massage and artificial
respiration. No other treatment at this stage. Wait until muscle tremors
occur, and then apply first-aid measures as for first-degree hypother-
mia.
Third degree:
Body temperature below 27 C. Apparent death; pulse and breathing
are barely perceptible or absent.
First aid: Apply artificial respiration and heart massage for at least 30
minutes, or until breathing and heartbeat resume. Successful
resuscitation may be possible even after a lengthy period, especially
when hypothermia was caused by extremely cold water.
Further measures:
After life-threatening conditions have been remedied by immediate
action, any injuries must be treated as far as on-board facilities allow.
Any survivor who has spent a long time in the water, or who has
suffered hypothermia, should be placed in a hospital with an inten-
sive care unit (ICU) after landing, for observation over a period of at
least 48 hours as an in-patient. Life-threatening respiratory or renal

disfunctions may occur even after an extended period of time.
Note:
How does hypothermia occur?
Humans, as warm-blooded creatures, have the ability to maintain
their body temperatures at constant levels under normal conditions.
Status: May 1999

404 UVV-See
This heat regulation derives from the interaction between heat

generation (due to metabolic processes) and heat loss through the
body covering (the skin).
Hypothermia occurs when the bodys internal heat generation is

insufficient to counteract heat loss, in other words, the bodys core
temperature (37 C) starts dropping, depending on the ambient
temperature and duration of the cooling effect.
This cooling effect is further increased by the heat conductivity of

water, which is about 20 times greater than that of air. Added to this
are the persons own movements in the water (vigorous swimming,
often in a panic) which increase the heat loss effect through additio-
nal consumption of energy.
When hypothermia has already taken place, active physical movement

of the hypothermic person - for instance walking or climbing - and
also passive movement undergone in the course of being rescued,
may transfer cold blood from especially the legs to the body core,
which lowers the body core temperature of the hypothermic person
even more. This may cause a critical deterioration in his condition,
particularly through irregular heartbeat.
If a hypothermic person is rescued in a vertical position, the blood

may be drawn into the lower body extremities (through the effect of
lifting), which causes a drop in blood circulation through the brain
and consequent impairment of consciousness. The removal of the
hypothermic persons body from the hydrostatic pressure of the
surrounding water is also thought to have an unfavourable effect. This
makes it all the more important to rescue the hypothermic person in a
horizontal position.
Resuscitation
An attempt must be made to revive unconscious survivors whose
breathing is affected. The direct mouth-to-mouth method, by which
the rescuer blows air through his mouth into the mouth or nose of the
unconscious victim, is particularly recommended. A folded hand-
kerchief or several layers of gauze bandage over his mouth and nose
may be used to avoid direct contact with the victim. This method is
preferable to other resuscitation methods. When there is no heartbeat,
mouth-to-mouth resuscitation must be combined with heart massage
applied by a second first-aider, who should ideally be specially trained
to do so. The procedure is as follows:
Appendix D 405
Basic considerations:
It is vitally important to start resuscitation as soon as possible. Place

the victim on his back, bending his head back as far as possible. The
air passages must be cleared as follows:
1. Open his mouth.
The first-aider places the balls of his thumbs from behind on the
cheeks of the unconscious person, with his index fingers bent
around the jaw. He then forces the jaw downward to open the
victims mouth.
2. Look into the mouth and throat to see whether any obstructions
need to be removed. Loose-fitting dentures must be removed. Turn
the head to one side to clear the mouth. Use the index finger,
wrapped in a piece of soft cloth if needed, to explore the mouth
and throat and clear away all vomit, blood or foreign bodies.
3. Loosen all tight articles of clothing (ties, collars, belts etc.).
Do not waste any time by carefully undressing the victim, changing

his position, fetching equipment and the like!
a) Mouth-to-nose resuscitation
The first-aider kneels

next to the head of
the unconscious vic-
tim lying on his back.
He takes hold of the
victims head with
one hand over the

hairline on the fore-
head, and the other
hand just under the
chin, at the same pressing up the bottom lip with the thumb to close
the mouth and prevent air blown into the victims lungs from escaping.
The head should be bent back as far as possible, which pushes the
lower jaw and root of the tongue forwards, opening the respiratory
tract.
Status: May 1999
406 UVV-See
The first-aider now

breathes in quickly and
deeply, places his
wide-open mouth over
the nose of and onto the
cheeks of the victim,
and forcefully blows in
his exhalation. He then
removes his mouth for
his next inhalation, whereupon the victim exhales auto-matically due
to the elasticity of his lungs and ribcage. The head of the unconscious
person should be maintained in the initial position. The mouth of the
victim is held open with the thumb, to allow exhalation through the
mouth and nose. While taking in the next breath, the first-aider
observes the exhala-
tion movement of the
ribcage and listens to
the air being exhaled
by the victim. As soon
as exhalation stops,
and the first-aider has
taken the next breath,
he again blows his
exhalation through the victims nose into his lungs, with his mouth
still held shut. The first few breaths must be blown into the victim in
quick succession, although the speed at which the victim exhales the
air must determine the rate. The unconscious victim must first be
quickly ventilated with the mouth at least ten times, before changing
to a slower, more normal rate of 12 15 breaths per minute.
b) Mouth-to-mouth resuscitation
The procedure for this
method is as follows:
Bend back the head as
far as possible. Press

one hand on the fore-
head while supporting
the nape of the neck
with the other. The
mouth and air passages
are opened by bending
back the head, which facilitates the mouth-to-mouth resuscitation.
Appendix D 407
The first-aider breathes

in quickly and deeply,
places his wide-open
mouth on the mouth of
the victim and forceful-
ly blows in his exha-
lation,
while the victims nose

is held shut, either with
the first-aiders cheek
or his thumb and index
finger of the hand res-
ting on the forehead.
He then removes his
mouth from that of the
patient, to allow him to
exhale, and then
continues at the rate prescribed for mouth-to-nose resuscitation above.
c) Resuscitation of children
The first-aider places his wide open mouth over the nose and mouth
of the child, and blows air into the lungs through the mouth and nose
together.
To avoid distending the stomach with air, which can happen easily
with children, it is important to blow in air for only as long as the
ribcage of the unconscious victim expands. If some air should get into
the stomach despite this, the head of the victim, which must be lower
than the body, must be turned to one side while holding open the
mouth with one hand. The other hand is placed flat on the stomach
area near the left edge of the ribcage and pressed down to expel the
air via the mouth.
The mouth and throat are inspected again and quickly cleared of water,
vomit etc. before blowing in air again. Resuscitation can then continue.
d) Resuscitation by mouth can also be used with the victim lying

on his side (for instance, while being transported) and when the
ribcage has been injured (broken ribs).
Where resuscitation by mouth (mouth-to-nose or mouth-to-mouth) is
impossible for some reason, one of the indirect resuscitation methods listed
in the Instructions for Health Care on Merchant Ships 1] must be used.
1
Status: May 1999

408 UVV-See
Care should always be taken to check whether the artificial respira-

tion is effective. Breathing should be audible or an air current should
at least be discernible at the mouth or nose of the victim. If this is not
the case, the respiratory tract is blocked and the measures described
above for clearing the mouth should be repeated immediately, or the
attitude of the head and lower jaw with the tongue root should be
improved by bending back the head and pushing the jaw forward.
Artificial respiration or other resuscitation methods must be performed
without interruption until natural breathing is fully restored or until
unmistakable signs of death becomes noticeable. If necessary, a se-
cond first-aider should relieve the first.
Even if the unconscious person starts showing weak vital signs
(swallowing, gurgling noises, small movements or light breathing)
the resuscitation should be continued. At the same time, the victims
appearance especially his lips, tongue and fingernails must be
monitored. It is an indication of improved breathing and circulation
when the blue coloration disappears and the normal pink colour
returns.
After regular breathing is restored, the patient must still be kept under
observation for an extended period of time.
e) Heart massage to counteract cardiac arrest

Appendix D 409
Cardiac arrest must be assumed when no pulse is felt at the carotid

(neck) artery and when no heartbeat is audible with the ear placed
on the victims chest near the heart. The victim will have a pale bluish
skin colour, and the pupils are dilated and motionless.
Cardiac arrest is treated by means of external heart massage, if possible

administered only by persons trained in this procedure.
The victim must be laid down on his back on a hard, non-resilient

surface, for instance on the floor. The first-aider places the crossed
balls of the thumbs on the lower third of the breastbone, above the
solar plexus but not on the ribs. The breastbone is then smoothly de-
pressed about 5 cm towards the spine at a rate of 4050 times a minute.
After each application, the hands must be removed briefly from the
ribcage. Avoid any sudden or severe pressure, as this may cause rib
fractures and damage to internal organs. The pressure must be applied
as close to vertically as possible.
At the same time, the other first-aider must attempt to restore the
breathing, which is best done by means of the mouth-to-mouth or
mouth-to-nose resuscitation method. Ventilation is first performed,
and then this is alternated with cardiac massage. After five applications
of pressure to the ribcage, the first-aider stops the cardiac massage.
The second first-aider then blows air into the respiratory tract of the
victim. When this is done, the first first-aider quickly applies cardiac
massage five times, and again stops to allow the second first-aider to
blow air into the victims respiratory tract. When this stops, the first
first-aider again interrupts ventilation with five quick cardiac massage
applications. In this way, cardiac massage and ventilation are applied
successively until success is achieved or unmistakable signs of death
become noticeable.
When only one first-aider is available, he should alternate between
cardiac massage and artificial respiration in the event of cardiac arrest.
In this case, cardiac massage must be applied ten times before air is
blown into the respiratory tract, because the change-over will take
more time and interrupt the blood circulation due to the cardiac
massage for a somewhat longer period.
Status: May 1999

410 UVV-See
General Remarks
Nourishment: The conscious victim may be given lots of fluids, but

slowly and in small quantities. Foodstuffs must be introduced gradually
and in carefully limited portions. At first, food must be given in liquid
and later in porridge form. Solid food must only be introduced
gradually. The food should be easily digestible, high in proteins but
low in fat. Vitamin supplements are advisable. An unconscious person
must never be given liquids or foodstuffs.
Injuries or other conditions must be treated according to the general
guidelines as listed in the Instructions for Health Care on Merchant
Ships 1].
When oil has been swallowed, vomiting must be induced, if necessary
by mechanical means (putting a finger down the throat - see also the
Instructions for Health Care on Merchant Ships). This procedure may
only be performed on people who are fully conscious.
When there is oil on the conjunctiva, it must be removed by dabbing.
After victims have been rescued, oil irritation of the skin must be
treated by washing off the oil. Modern detergents such as those
contained in household washing-up liquids are highly effective.
Afterwards, the skin must be carefully treated with a suitable ointment.
1
Appendix E 411
Rettungsbootausrstung
Lifeboat Equipment
A. Ships of 500 GT and above, and all ships in long-distance trade

A: Schiffe ab 500 BRZ sowie alle Schiffe in der Groen Fahrt
E: Ships in shallow water trade between 250 and < 500 GT

E: Schiffe in der Wattfahrt zwischen 250 und < 500 BRZ
B: Schiffe in der Mittleren Fahrt unter 500 BRZ
C: Schiffe in der Kleinen Fahrt unter 500 BRZ
F: Ships in shallow water trade below 250 GT

D: Ships in small coastal trade below 500 GT
C: Ships in great coastal trade below 500 GT
B: Ships in intermediate trade below 500 GT
D: Schiffe in der Kstenfahrt unter 500 BRZ
F: Schiffe in der Wattfahrt unter 250 BRZ

Equipment items
Riemen fr jede Bank (offene Boote)

(Motorboot 1/2 Ausrstung) + (2) 1 1 1 1 2 2 (in total)
Oars for each thwart (open boat only)
(Motor boat: half the equipment)
Reserveriemen + (2) 2 2 1 1
Spare oars
Steuerriemen mit Steuer-Zepter 1

Steering oar with rowlock
Satz Klappdollen oder 1 1/2 Satz lose Rudergabeln 1 1 1 1 2 2 (in total)

Set of thole pins or 1 1/2 set of crutches + (2)
Bootshaken (Motorboote 2) (Spitze abgerundet) 1 1 1 1

Boat hook (2 for motor boats) (point rounded)
Pflcke fr jedes Ablaloch, falls keine Ventile + (2) 2 2 2 2

Plugs for each plug hole, tied on, if no valves are fitted
Ruder mit Pinne 1 1 1 1 1* 1*

Rudder with tiller
Kielleisten (offene Boote) + (1) (2) 2 2 2 2 2

Keel rails (open boat only)
Mast mit verzinkten Drahtstagen und Segel orange

(nur offene Boote) + (1) (2) 1 1 1 1
Mast, incl. galvanized wire stays and

orange-coloured sail (open boat only)
Fangleinen (1 mit Auge und Knebel), mind. 22 mm

(L 3x Hhe Bootsdeck-Leichtladelinie) 2 1 1 1 1 1
Painters (1 with eye and toggle), min. diam. 22 mm
(length: 3 times depth of light-load line/boat deck)
Sicherheitsleine (bei Tankern aus Stahldraht) + (2) 1 1 1 1 1

Lifeline (for tankers: of steel wire)
* entfllt bei Auenbordmotor / not if equipped with outboarder
Status: May 1999

412 UVV-See




Equipment items
Greifleinen mit Knoten unter dem Kiel hindurch

(bei Tankern aus Stahldraht) (offene Boote)+ (1) (2) 2 2 2 2 2
Grablines with knots, secured from gunwale to
gunwale under the keel (for tankers of steel wire)
(open boat only)
Wurfleinen je 30 m, schwimmfhig (mit Ring) 2

Heaving lines, each 30 m long, buoyant (with ring)
Treibanker mit Anker- und Einholleine 1 1 1 1

Sea-anchor with hawser and tripping line
sfa 1 1
Bailer
Eimer 2 1 1 1 1 1
Buckets
Lenzpumpe 1
Bilge pump
Kappbeile 2 1 1 1
Hatchets
Radarreflektor 1 1 1 1
Radar reflector
geprfter Schwimmkompa mit Haube und

Beleuchtung 1
Approved liquid compass in binnacle
and with illumination
Schutzbezug von gut sichtbarer Farbe + (1) (2) 1

Protective cover of a highly visible colour
Einsteigmglichkeit Wasser/Boot 1
Means of entering boat from the water
Lebensmittelration pro Person (10 000 Kilojoule) 1 each 1 each

Food ration per person
Wasser pro Person in mehreren Behltern

(nichtrostend) 3 l each 3 l each
Water per person in several containers (rust-proof)
Appendix E 413




Equipment items
Schpfgef und 1 Trinkbecher je Behlter 1 each 1 each

Dipper and 1 drinking vessel per container
rostfreier Trinkbecher mit Maeinheit 1 1
Graduated rust-proof drinking vessel
Behlter fr kleine Teile (nur Motorboot) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Container for small parts (motorboat only)
Fallschirmsignalraketen 4 4 4 4 2 2
Parachute signal rockets
Rauchsignale 2 2 2 2
Smoke signals, buoyant
Handfackeln, rot 6 6 6 6 6 6
Hand flares, red
Sturmlaterne mit l fr x Stunden
Brenndauer (nur offene Boote) 1 (12 hrs) 1 (8 hrs) 1 (8 hrs)
Storm lamp with oil for a burning time of x hrs (open boat only)
Schachteln Sturmstreichhlzer, wasserdicht
verpackt (nur offen Boote) 2 1
Boxes of storm matches, packed waterproof (open boat only)
elektrische Lampe zum Morsen, wasserdicht 1 1 1 1
Waterproof electric torch for morse signalling
Reservebatterien 1 set 1 set 1 set 1 set
Spare batteries
Reservebirnen 1 1 1 1
Spare bulbs
Tagessignalspiegel 1
Daylight signalling mirror
Mundhorn oder Signalpfeife 1

Foghorn (tooter) or signal whistle
Klappmesser mit Dosenffner und Marlspieker 1
Jack-knife with tin opener and marline spike
Angelgert 1
Set of fishing tackle
Status: May 1999

414 UVV-See




Equipment items
Wrmeschutzhilfsmittel 10 % * 2 2 2
Thermal protective aids
Arzneiausrstung (nichtrostender Behlter) 1
First aid outfit (rust-proof)
Schautafel berleben auf See 1 1 1 1
Table of Survival at Sea
Schautafel der Rettungssignale 1 1 1 1
Table of Life-Saving Signals
Beiholstander mit Patentsliphaken (nicht erforderlich bei

Patentdavits, z. B. Spindeldavits oder hydrauli-
scher Schwenkdavit) + (2) 2 2 2 2 2
Tricing pendant with patent slip hook (not required for patent
davits, e.g. spindle davit or hydraulic slewing davit)
Beiholtaljen + (2) 2 2 2 2 2
Bowsing tackles
Feuerlscher 6 kg (nur Motorboote) 1 1 1 1 1 1
Fire extinguisher 6 kg (only for motorboat)
Medikamente gegen Seekrankheit 6
Anti-seasickness medicine
Spucktte (fr jede Person) 1
Seasickness bag (for each person)
Suchscheinwerfer 1
Searchlight
berlebenshandbuch 1
Survival manual
Bedienungsanleitung Bootsmotor 1 1 1 1 1 1
Manual for boat engine
Druck Verhalten in Seenot 1 1 1 1 1 1
Booklet Behaviour in distress
+ (1) Nicht fr geschlossene Boote / Not for enclosed lifeboats

+ (2) Nicht fr Freifallboote / Not for free-fall boats
*) jedoch 2 bei weniger als 20 Pers. Bootsraum / Less than 20 persons rescue capacity: at least 2
Appendix F 415
Classes of Fire and Fire Extinguishing Agents

Class of fire Type of Fire extinguishing
burning material agent
A Solids, mainly organic Foam

materials, which normally ABC powder
form a glowing mass when
burning (e.g. wood, coal,
textiles)
B Liquids, or substances which ABC powder

become liquid (e.g. petrol, BC powder
oil, grease) Carbon dioxide
(carbonic acid)
Foam
C Gases (e.g. acetylene, ABC powder

propane) BC powder
Carbon dioxide
(carbonic acid)
D Metals (e.g. aluminium dust, D powder

electron, magnesium)
Status: May 1999

416
UVV-See

417
445
Appendix G, Sheet 1
Type and Number of Fire Extinguishers on Cargo Ships

Pos. Spaces Type of extinguisher Number of extinguishers on
ships with a gross tonnage
below 300 300 and more
1. All accommodation spaces ABC powder extinguishers at least 3 at least 5
1.1 Accommodation space with oil-fired ABC or BC powder ............... 1 ............... 1

stove or oven extinguishers
See also the fire control and safety
plan.
2. Service spaces
2.1 Machinery space with combustion

engines as main or auxiliary engines
with an effective output
below 200 kW .................................................. ............... 2*) ............... 2*)
from 200 kW to less than 500 kW ................ ............... 3*) ............... 3*)
from 500 kW to less than 1000 kW .............. ............... 4*) ............... 4*)
from 1000 kW and more
per additional 1500 kW ............................ ............. +1*) ............. +1*)
or part thereof
with a total output of
at least 746 kW ..................................................... In addition, 1 mobile fire
extinguisher with at least 50 kg powder
2.2 Machinery space with combustion ABC or BC powder

engines as auxiliary engines only with extinguishers, CO2
an effective output extinguishers, foam
below 200 kW ................................................... extinguishers ............... 1*) ............... 1*)
from 200 kW to less than 500 kW ................. ............... 2*) ............... 2*)
from 500 kW to less than 1000 kW ............... ............... 3*) ............... 3*)
per additional 1500 kW ............................ ............. +1 *) ............. +1*)
or part thereof
at least 746 kW ..................................................... In addition, 1 mobile fire
extinguisher with at least 50 kg powder
2.3 Auxiliary boiler (boiler with one burner)

or heating boiler in machinery space ................. ............. + 1 ............. + 1
2.4 Space containing main or auxiliary

boilers with several burners:
at each boiler control station ............................... at least 3 at least 3
for each burner ..................................................... ............. + 1 ............. + 1
2.5 Separate space for pre-heaters, transfer

pumps etc. of the boiler plant ............................. at least 2 at least 2
2.6 Space with steam turbines, separated A sufficient number of extinguishers

from the boiler space (if no fixed fire which shall be so located that no point
extinguishing system is installed) in the space is more than 10 m walking
distance from an extinguisher and that
there are at least two such extinguishers
in each such space, if the total output is
not less than 375 kW, and at least one
extinguisher if the total output is less
than 375 kW. Such extinguishers are not
required in addition to any provided in
compliance with pos. 2.1 and 2.2.
3. Control stations or other spaces CO2 extinguishers

containing electrical or electronic

appliances essential to safety ............... 1 ............... 1
4. At the access to spaces for the storage of

flammable liquids and paints for
shipboard use ....................................................... BC powder extinguishers, ............... 1 ............... 1
CO2 extinguishers
5. At the access to spaces or lockers for the

storage of acetylene and oxygen bottles ............ ............... 1 ............... 1
6. Charging devices for ABC powder extinguishers

waste incinerators ................................................ ............... 1 ............... 1
In addition on tankers
7. In the cargo pump room ...................................... BC powder extinguishers, at least 2 at least 2

CO2 extinguishers
At the lower working platform of the ................. at least +1 at least +1

cargo pump room (12-kg powder (12-kg powder
extinguisher) extinguisher)
*) However, at least a sufficient number of portable fire extinguishers so located that no point in the space is more than 10 m walking distance from an
extinguisher.
Spare charges and spare gas charges

Spare charges and spare gas charges are determined according to the following table. The figures obtained must be rounded up.
Number of fire extinguishers of the same type (n) Number of spares

1 - 20 n
21 - 50 20 + 1/2 (n - 20)
51 - 100 35 + 1/4 (n - 50)
101 - 192 48 + 1/8 (n - 100)
over 192 60
Status: May 1999

419
445
Appendix G, Sheet 2
1
Type
Type
and
and
Number
Number
ofof
Fire
Fire
Extinguishers
Extinguishers
onon
Passenger
Cargo Ships
Ships
Pos. Spaces Type of extinguisher Number of extinguishers
1. All accommodation spaces ABC powder Fire extinguishers at distances of
extinguishers not more than 20 m; see also the
fire control and safety plan.
1.1 Accommodation space with oil-fired ABC or BC powder ............................. 1

stove or oven extinguishers
2.
2.1 Service spaces

Machinery space with combustion
below 200 kW ................................................... ............................. 2 *)
from 200 kW to less than 500 kW ................. ............................. 3 *)
from 500 kW to less than 1000 kW ............... ............................. 4 *)
per additional 1500 kW or part thereof ........................... +1 *)
not more than 373 kW In addition, 1 mobile fire
on passenger ships with not more than extinguisher with at least 50 kg powder
36 passengers:
with a total output of at least 746 kW
2.2 Machinery space with combustion engines ABC or BC

as auxiliary engines only with an powder extinguishers,
effective output CO2 extinguishers,
below 200 kW foam extinguishers ................. extenguishers ............................. 1 *)
per additional 1500 kW or part thereof .............. ........................... +1 *)
not more than 373 kW In addition, 1 mobile fire
on passenger ships with not more than extinguisher with at least 50 kg
36 passengers:
with a total output of at least 746 kW
2.3 Auxiliary boiler (boiler with one burner) or

heating boiler in machinery space ...................... ........................... +1 *)

at each boiler control station ............................... ................. at least 3
In addition, at least 2 mobile fire
extinguishers with at least 50 kg
powder and with hoses of a length
to reach each point of the space.

pumps etc. of the boiler plant ............................. ................. at least 2
2.6 Space with steam turbines or A sufficient number of extinguishers which

encapsulated steam engines shall be so located that no point in the space is
more than 10 m walking distance from an
extinguisher and that there are at least two
such extinguishers in each such space, if the
total output is not less than 375 kW, and at least
one extinguisher if the total output is less than
375 kW. Such extinguishers are not required
in addition to any provided in compliance with
pos. 2.1 and 2.2.
For a total output of at least 373 W (if Mobile fire extinguishers with at
no fixed fire extinguishing system is least 50 kg powder. See also the

installed) fire control and safety plan.
3. Control stations or other spaces

containing electrical or electronic CO2 extinguishers
appliances essential to safety .............................. ............................. 1

shipboard use ....................................................... BC powder extinguishers, ............................. 1
CO2 extinguishers

storage of acetylene and oxygen bottles ............ ............................. 1
6. Charging devices for waste ABC powder extinguishers

incinerators ........................................................... ............................. 1
7. Special category space for the RoRo operation See the fire control and safety plan.
of motor vehicles which have fuel in their tanks
and to which the passengers have access ABC and BC
8. Cargo hold for the conveyance of motor powder extinguishers

vehicles which have fuel in their tanks See the fire control and safety plan.
and to which the passengers have access
*) The fire extinguishers shall be so located that no point in the space is more than 10 m walking distance from an extinguisher.

1 - 20 n
21 - 50 20 + 1/2 (n - 20)
51 - 100 35 + 1/4 (n - 50)
101 - 192 48 + 1/8 (n - 100)
over 192 60
Status: May 1999

445
421
Appendix
Appendix
G, G,
Sheet
Sheet
1 3
Type
Typeand
andNumber
NumberofofFire
FireExtinguishers
ExtinguishersononFishing
Cargo Vessels
Ships
Pos. Spaces Type of extinguisher Number of extinguishers
on ships with a length of
24 m to less than 55 m 55 m and more
1. All accommodation spaces ABC powder extinguishers at least 3 at least 5
1.1 Accommodation space with oil-fired ABC or BC ............................. 1

stove or oven powder extinguishers
See also the fire control and safety plan.
2. Service spaces
2.1 Machinery space with combustion

below 200 kW .................................................. ............................. 2 *)
from 200 kW to less than 500 kW ................ ............................. 3 *)
from 500 kW to less than 1000 kW .............. ............................. 4 *)
per additional 1500 kW ............................ ........................... +1 *)
or part thereof
with a total output of at least 373 kW or In addition, 1 mobile fire extinguisher
if no fire extinguishing system is installed with at least 50 kg powder
2.2 Machinery space with combustion ABC or BC powder

engines as auxiliary engines only with extinguishers, CO
an effective output extinguishers,
below 200 kW foam extinguishers ................. ............................. 1 *
per additional 1500 kW ............................ ........................... +1 *)
or part thereof
with a total output of at least 373 kW or
if no fire extinguishing system is installed In addition, 1 mobile fire extinguisher
with at least 50 kg
2.3 Auxiliary boiler (boiler with one burner)

or heating boiler in machinery space ................. ........................... +1 *)

at each boiler control station ............................... ................. at least3
for each burner ..................................................... ........................... +1
In addition, 1 mobile fire extinguisher
with at least 50 kg powder

pumps etc. of the boiler plant .............................. ................. at least2
2.6 Space with steam turbines, separated A sufficient number of extinguishers which
from the boiler space (if no fixed fire shall be so located that no point in the space
extinguishing system is installed) is more than 10 m walking distance from an
extinguisher and that there are at least two
such extinguishers in each such space, if the
total output is not less than 375 kW, and at
least one extinguisher if the total output is
less than 375 kW. Such extinguishers are not
required in addition to any provided in
compliance with pos. 2.1 and 2.2. In addition,
1 mobile fire extinguisher with at least 50 kg
powder is required.
3. Control stations or other spaces

containing electrical or electronic

appliances essential to safety .............................. CO extinguishers ............... 1 ............... 1
2

shipboard use ....................................................... BC powder extinguishers, ............... 1 ............... 1
CO extinguishers
2

storage of acetylene and oxygen bottles ............ ............... 1 ............... 1
6. Charging devices for waste incinerators ............ ABC powder extinguishers ............... 1 ............... 1
*) However, at least a sufficient number of portable fire extinguishers so located that no point in the space is more than 10 m walking distance from an
extinguisher.


1 - 20 n
21 - 50 20 + 1/2 (n - 20)
51 - 100 35 + 1/4 (n - 50)
101 - 192 48 + 1/8 (n - 100)
over 192 60
Status: May 1999

Appendix H, Sheet 1 423
Firemans Outfit
The firemans outfit consists of:

1. a self-contained compressed-air breathing apparatus with face
mask and spare air cylinders
2. a fireproof lifeline of adequate length and strength
3. a set of personal equipment, comprising:
3.1 a rigid helmet
3.2 a heat protection suit, consisting of trousers, jacket and hood
3.3 a pair of safety boots of rubber or other electrically non-
conductive material
3.4 a pair of safety gloves of rubber or other electrically non-
conductive material
3.5 an explosion-proof electric safety lamp (portable lamp) with a
minimum burning time of 3 hours
3.6 a firemans axes with handles insulated against high tension
3.7 a crowbar
3.8 a portable electric drill (maximum drilling diameter at least
10 mm) or a cutting-off wheel, each with a connecting lead at
least 10 m long.
Status: May 1999

424
UVV-See

425
Appendix H Sheet 2
Number of Firemans Outfits and Spare Compressed Air for Self-Contained Compressed-Air Breathing Apparatus
Type of ship Gross tonnage Ranges of trade Minimum Minimum
number of quantity
firemans of spare
outfits compressed
air
Cargo ships, Less than 250

except tankers
Cargo ships, 250 to less than 500 Intermediate trade 1 9600

except tankers
Cargo ships, 250 to less than 500 All ranges of trade, 1 3200
except tankers except
and RoRo ships intermediate 1 Ships on which the 4800
trade and long- walls and ceilings in
distance trade the accommodation
spaces consist of
combustible material
Cargo ships, 500 to less than 1000 Intermediate 2 *) 2 x 9600

except tankers trade and long-
distance trade
Cargo ships, 500 to less than 1000 All ranges of 2 *) 2 x 4800

except tankers trade, except
and RoRo ships intermediate 2 *) Ships on which the 2 x 6400
trade and long- walls and ceilings in
distance trade the accommodation
spaces consist of
combustible material
Cargo ships, 1000 to less than 4000 2 *) 2 x 9600

except tankers
4000 or more All ranges of trade 2 **) + 1 compressed-air 3 x 9600
breathing apparatus
with safety gloves
and helmet
Tankers Less than 500 All ranges of trade 2 *) ***) 2 x 9600
Tankers 500 to less than 4000 All ranges of trade 4 *) ***) 4 x 9600
Tankers 4000 or more All ranges of trade 4 *) ***) 4 x 9600
Number of passengers:
No more than 50
Passenger ships in 51 to 199 1 9600
national trade
200 or more 2 **) 2 x 9600
+2 Per 80 m, or part thereof, + 2 x 9600
of the length of the largest
deck with accommodation
spaces; + 2 sets of personal
equipment
Shallow water trade 1 9600
Passenger ships in 2 **) 2 x 9600
international trade
+2 Per 80 m, or part thereof, + 2 x 9600
of the length of the
largest deck with
accommodation spaces; + 2
sets of personal equipment 2 complete
for each main vertical zone spare
(if more than 36 passen- cylinders
gers and date of keel laying
on or after 1st October 1994)
Excursion boats
Sportsmans fishing boats
*) In total, at least one drilling machine or cutting-off wheel
**) In total, at least two drilling machines or cutting-off wheels
***) Further firemans outfits are prescribed for chemical and gas carriers
Appendix I 427
Occupational Safety Law 1]

dated 12th December 1973 (BGBl. I p.1885)
as amended by the Youth Employment Law 1]
dated 12th April 1976 (BGBl. I p.965)
With the consent of the Federal Council, the Federal Parliament has
passed the following law:
First Chapter
1 Basic Principles
In accordance with this law, the employer shall appoint occupational
physicians and experts for occupational safety. These persons shall
support the employer in work protection and accident prevention.
The intention of this is to ensure that
1. the regulations for work protection and accident prevention are
applied in accordance with the particular operational circumstan-
ces,
2. sound knowledge on occupational medicine and safety can be
applied for the improvement of work protection and accident pre-
vention,
3. the measures for work protection and accident prevention achieve
the maximum possible effectiveness.
Second Chapter
Occupational Physicians
2 Appointment of Occupational Physicians

(1) The employer shall appoint occupational physicians in writing and

shall assign to them the duties mentioned in 3 insofar as this is
necessary with respect to
1. the type of business and the associated risks of accidents and illness
arising for the employee,
1
Status: May 1999

428 UVV-See
2. the number of employees and the composition of the workforce,

and
3. the business organization, especially with regard to the number
and type of persons responsible for work protection and accident
prevention.
(2) The employer shall ensure that the occupational physicians
appointed by him perform their duties properly. He shall support them
in the fulfilment of their duties; in particular, he is obliged to provide
them with auxiliary personnel as well as rooms, equipment, devices
and resources insofar as this is necessary for the accomplishment of
their duties.
(3) The employer shall enable the occupational physicians to receive
the further education that is necessary for the performance of their
duties, taking account of the business circumstances. If the occupa-
tional physician is appointed as a salaried employee, he shall be
released from the work on full pay for the duration of the further
education. The cost of the further education shall be borne by the
employer. If the occupational physician is not appointed as a salaried
employee, he shall for the duration of the further education be released
from having to perform the duties assigned to him.
3 Duties of the Occupational Physicians

(1) The occupational physicians have the duty to support the employer
in the tasks of work protection and accident prevention in all questions
relating to medical welfare. In particular, they shall
1. give advice to the employer and to the other persons responsible
for work protection and accident prevention, especially in
a) the planning, execution and maintenance of operational
facilities and of social and sanitary facilities,
b) the procurement of technical working devices and working
materials and the introduction of working procedures and
working materials,
c) the selection and testing of body protection equipment,
d) questions relating to ergonomics and industrial and organi-
zational psychology, and other questions relating to ergono-
mics and industrial hygiene, especially
working rhythm, working hours and the regulation of breaks,
Appendix I 429
the design of the workplaces, the working sequence and the

work environment,
e) organization of first aid in the enterprise,
f) questions relating to a change of workplace and to the integra-
tion and reintegration of disabled people into the work process,
2. examine the employees, assess them from the point of view of
occupational medicine, and give them advice, as well as recording
and evaluating the results of such examinations,
3. observe the implementation of measures for work protection and
accident prevention, and, in that connection,
a) inspect the working places at regular intervals and report any
deficiencies found to the employer or to whichever other
person is responsible for work protection and accident preven-
tion, propose measures for elimination of these deficiencies,
and work towards the execution of such measures,
b) ensure that body protection equipment is used where neces-
sary,
c) investigate the causes of illnesses caused by work, record and
evaluate the results of these investigations, and propose to
the employer measures for the avoidance of such illnesses,
4. work towards ensuring that all persons working in the business
behave in accordance with the requirements of work protection
and accident prevention, in particular informing them about the
risks of accident and illness to which they are exposed in the course
of their work and about the facilities and measures for averting
such risks, and play a part in the operation planning and training
of the first-aiders and of the auxiliary medical personnel.
(2) The occupational physicians shall, if desired by the employee,
inform the latter of the result of occupational medical examinations;
8 para 1 clause 2 remains unaffected.
(3) The duties of the occupational physicians do not include checking

the legitimacy of the employees notifications of sickness.
4 Requirements for Occupational Physicians

The employer may appoint as occupational physicians only such
persons as are entitled to practise the medical profession and who
possess the expert knowledge of occupational medicine that is neces-
sary for performing the duties assigned to them.
Status: May 1999
430 UVV-See
Third Chapter
Experts for Occupational Safety
5 Appointment of Experts for Occupational Safety

(1) The employer shall appoint experts for occupational safety
(comprising safety engineers, safety technicians, safety foremen) in
writing and shall assign to them the duties mentioned in 6 insofar as
this is necessary with respect to
1. the type of business and the associated risks of accidents and illness
arising for the employer,
2. the number of employees and the composition of the workforce,
and
3. the business organization, especially with regard to the number
and type of persons responsible for work protection and accident
prevention.
(2) The employer shall ensure that the experts for occupational safety
appointed by him perform their duties properly. He shall support them
in the fulfilment of their duties; in particular, he is obliged to provide
them with auxiliary personnel as well as rooms, equipment, devices
and resources insofar as this is necessary for the accomplishment of
their duties.
(3) The employer shall enable the experts for occupational safety to
receive the further education that is necessary for the performance of
their duties, taking account of the business circumstances. If the expert
for occupational safety is appointed as a salaried employee, he shall
be released from the work on full pay for the duration of the further
education. The cost of the further education shall be borne by the
employer. If the expert for occupational safety is not appointed as a
salaried employee, he shall for the duration of the further education
be released from having to perform the duties assigned to him.
6 Duties of the Experts for Occupational Safety

The experts for occupational safety have the duty to support the
employer in the tasks of work protection and accident prevention in
all questions relating to occupational safety. In particular, they shall
1. give advice to the employer and to the other persons responsible
for work protection and accident prevention, especially in
a) the planning, execution and maintenance of operational facili-
ties and of social and sanitary facilities,
Appendix I 431
b) the procurement of technical working devices and working

materials and the introduction of working procedures and
working materials,
c) the selection and testing of body protection equipment,
d) the design of the workplaces, the working sequence and the
work environment and other questions of ergonomics,
2. check the safety of the operational facilities and of the technical
working devices and working materials, especially before they
are put into operation, and of working procedures, especially prior
to their introduction,
3. observe the implementation of measures for work protection and
accident prevention, and, in that connection,
a) inspect the working places at regular intervals and report any
deficiencies found to the employer or to whichever other
person is responsible for work protection and accident pre-
vention, propose measures for elimination of these deficiencies,
and work towards the execution of such measures,
b) ensure that body protection equipment is used where neces-
sary,
c) investigate the causes of accidents caused by work, record
and evaluate the results of these investigations, and propose
to the employer measures for the avoidance of such accidents,
4. work towards ensuring that all persons working in the business
behave in accordance with the requirements of work protection
and accident prevention, in particular informing them about the
risks of accident and illness to which they are exposed in the course
of their work and about the facilities and measures for averting
such risks, and play a part in the training of the safety wardens.
7 Requirements for Experts for Occupational Safety

(1) The employer may appoint as experts for occupational safety only
such persons as fulfil the following requirements: The safety engineer
shall be entitled to bear the title of engineer by profession, and shall
possess the technical-safety expert knowledge which is necessary for
performing the duties assigned to him. The safety technician or safety
foreman shall possess the technical-safety expert knowledge which
is necessary for performing the duties assigned to him.
Status: May 1999
432 UVV-See
(2) The responsible authority may, in individual cases, permit that,

instead of a safety engineer entitled to refer to himself as an engineer
by profession, a person is appointed who possesses expert knowledge
suitable for the performing of the duties arising out of 6.
Fourth Chapter
Joint Regulations
8 Independence in the Application of Expert Knowledge

(1) Occupational physicians and experts for occupational safety are
not bound by any directives when applying their expert knowledge
of occupational medicine and technical safety. Occupational physicians
are subject only to their medical consciences and shall obey the rules
of medical confidentiality.
(2) Occupational physicians and experts for occupational safety or, if
several occupational physicians or experts for occupational safety are
appointed for one and the same company, then the senior occupational
physician and the leading expert for occupational safety, shall report
directly to the head of the company.
(3) If occupational physicians or experts for occupational safety cannot
reach agreement with the managing director of the company regarding
an occupational-medical or technical-safety measure proposed by
them, they can submit their proposal directly to the employer and, if
the latter is a legal entity, to the responsible member of the body
appointed as the legal representative. If a senior occupational physi-
cian or a leading expert for occupational safety is appointed for a
company or an enterprise, then this person shall be entitled to the
right of proposal according to clause 1. If the employer or the respon-
sible member of the body appointed as the legal representative rejects
the proposal, this fact and the reasons for it shall be announced to the
proposers in writing; a copy shall be given to the works council.
9 Cooperation with the Works Council

(1) In the performing of their duties, the occupational physicians and
the experts for occupational safety shall cooperate with the works
council.
(2) The occupational physicians and the experts for occupational
safety shall inform the works council of important matters concerning
work protection and accident prevention; they shall inform the works
Appendix I 433
council of the content of any proposal made by them to the employer

in accordance with 8 sect. 3. If requested by the works council, they
shall give advice to the works council in matters concerning work
protection and accident prevention.
(3) The occupational physicians and the experts for occupational
safety shall be appointed and dismissed with the consent of the works
council. This same applies when their duties are to be expanded or
diminished; otherwise, 87 applies in conjunction with 76 of the
Labour Management Act 1]. Before a freelance physician, a freelance
expert for occupational safety or a service not confined to any one
particular business is appointed or released from his or its appointment,
the works council shall be consulted.
10 Cooperation between the Occupational Physicians and the

Experts for Occupational Safety
The occupational physicians and the experts for occupational safety

shall cooperate with each other in performing their duties. This
includes in particular the undertaking of joint inspections of the
company.
11 Work Protection Committee

In businesses in which occupational physicians or experts for
occupational safety are appointed, the employer shall set up a work
protection committee. This committee shall consist of:
the employer or a person appointed by the employer,
two works council members chosen by the works council,
occupational physicians,
experts for occupational safety, and
safety wardens in accordance with 22 of the Seventh Volume of

the Social Security Code 1].
The work protection committee has the task of discussing matters of
work protection and accident prevention. The work protection com-
mittee meets at least once per 3 months.
1
Status: May 1999

434 UVV-See
12 Instructions from an Authority
(1) The responsible authority may, in individual cases, issue

instructions defining which measures the employer shall take in order
to fulfil the legal obligations arising out of this law and out of the
ordinances and accident prevention regulations which define the le-
gal obligations in more detail, especially with regard to the appoint-
ment of occupational physicians and experts for occupational safety.
(2) Before issuing an instruction, the responsible authority shall
1. consult the employer and the works council, and discuss with them
which measures appear to be appropriate, and
2. give the responsible insurers of the statutory accident insurance
scheme an opportunity to take part in the discussion with the
employer and to express an opinion on the authoritys proposed
instruction,
(3) The responsible authority shall give the employer reasonable time
to execute the instruction.
(4) The responsible authority shall give the works council written
notification of any instructions given to the employer.
13 Rights of Information and Inspection

(1) If demanded by the responsible authority, the employer shall give
that authority the information needed for the implementation of the
law. The employer may refuse information on those questions whose
answers would expose him personally or one of the relatives desig-
nated in 383 sect. 1 Nos. 1 to 3 of the Code of Civil Procedure 1] to a
risk of prosecution in the criminal courts or proceedings according to
the Law on Administrative Offences 1].
(2) The representatives of the responsible authority are entitled to
enter and inspect the working places during normal operating and
working hours; outside this time or if the working places are situated
in a residence, they may be entered and inspected only to prevent an

urgent risk to public safety and order. To this extent, the basic right of
inviolability of the residence (article 13 of the German Constitution 1])
is curtailed.
1
Appendix I 435
14 Authorization to Issue Ordinances
(1) The Federal Ministry for Labour and Social Affairs may, with the
consent of the Federal Council, define by ordinance which measures
the employer shall take in order to fulfil the obligations arising out of
this law. If the insurers of the statutory accident insurance scheme are
authorized to define the legal obligations in greater detail by means
of accident prevention regulations, the Federal Ministry for Labour
and Social Affairs shall make use of the authorization only after the
insurer of the statutory accident insurance scheme, after the elapsing
of a reasonable period of time set by the Federal Ministry, has failed
to issue an appropriate accident prevention regulation or to amend
an accident prevention regulation that has become inadequate.
(2) With the consent of the Federal Council, the Federal Ministry for
Labour and Social Affairs may by ordinance
1. decree that, for particular types of business and taking account of

the circumstances mentioned in 2 sect. 1 Nos. 2 and 3 and 5
para 1 Nos. 2 and 3, the performing of the duties mentioned in
3 and 6 may be omitted either entirely or in part,
2. decide that, in particular types of business, the performing of the

duties mentioned in 3 and 6 may be omitted either entirely or
in part if such omission is unavoidable because there are not
enough occupational physicians or experts for occupational safety
available.
15 Authorization for the Issuing of General Administrative

Regulations
The Federal Ministry for Labour and Social Affairs, with the consent
of the Federal Council, issues general administrative regulations
pertaining to this law and to the ordinances that are issued on the
basis of this law.
16 Public Administration
In administrations and enterprises of the Federal Republic of Germany,

of its individual states, of the municipalities and of the other
corporations, institutions and foundations that are publicly owned,
occupational-medicine and technical-safety work protection of a
quality equivalent to that provided by the basic principles of this law
shall be ensured.
Status: May 1999

436 UVV-See
17 Non-Application of the Law

(1) This law shall not be applied when employees are working in a
household.
(2) If, in marine navigation, the regulations of the Ordinance on
Medical Fitness for Maritime Service 1] and the Ordinance for the
Medical Care on Seagoing Vessels 1] contain equivalent regulations,
these regulations apply to the employed masters and crew members
of German seagoing ships and any other persons working thereon. If
this law is not applicable to marine navigation, the details shall be
settled by ordinance.
(3) If the Mining Law 1] contains provisions that are equivalent to this
law, those provisions shall be applicable. Otherwise, this law is
applicable.
18 Exceptions
The responsible authority may permit the employer to appoint also
those occupational physicians and experts for occupational safety who
do not yet possess the necessary expert knowledge within the meaning
of 4 or 7, provided that the employer undertakes to have the
occupational physician or the expert for occupational safety undergo
appropriate further education within a period of time to be specified.
19 Services not Confined to Any One Particular Business

The employers obligation to appoint occupational physicians and
experts for occupational safety can also be fulfilled by the employers
appointing a service not confined to any one particular business and
using its occupational physicians or experts for occupational safety in
order to perform the duties described in 3 or 6.
20 Offences
(1) An offence is being committed by anyone who deliberately or

negligently
1. violates an enforceable instruction according to 12 sect. 1,
1
Appendix I 437
2. contrary to 13 sect. 1 clause 1, fails to provide information or to

do so correctly or completely, or
3. contrary to 13 sect. 2 clause 1, fails to allow an inspection to take
place.
(2) An offence as defined in sect. 1 No. 1 can be punished with a fine
of up to 50 000 Deutschmarks, and an offence as defined in sect. 1
Nos. 2 and 3 with a fine of up to 1000 Deutschmarks.
21 - 23 have not been included in this printing.

This law came into force in its original form on 1st December 1974.
Status: May 1999

438
UVV-See

Subject Index 439
Subject Index
(The numbers refer to the paragraphs and/or the relevant

implementation instructions - D -)
Abrasive wheels ................................... 134 Authorized doctors ............................... 336

Access Auxiliary machinery ................... 102a, 102
to cargo holds ..................................... 76a - starting devices ............................... 110
dangerous spaces ........ 77, 329z2, 329z3 - arrangement .................................... 132
Access hatches ....................................... 87 Auxiliary machinery spaces
Access openings ............................... 23, 89 ..................................... 43, 95, 248, 275
Access to service tanks .......................... 90 Awards, prizes ............................ 11D, 18D
- to the ship .......................................... 62
- to switchboards ............................... 138
Accident logbook ................................... 51
Accident of an insured person .............. 51
- of the ship .................................... 45, 46 B
Accident of persons ................................ 51
Accident report ....................................... 51 Back ring ................................................. 88
Accommodation equipment ................ 170 Ballast ................................................ 44, 47
Accommodation ladders ........................ 62 - pipes ................................................ 125
Accommodation spaces . 43, 184, 186, 193 Barrels ................................................... 111
Accumulator batteries .......... 136, 140, 142 Barriers, movable ................................. 205
- rooms ............................................... 142 Batten cleat ........................................... 209
Acetylene cylinders, storage of ........... 168 Battening bars ...................................... 204
Acid protective clothing ........................... 5 Behaviour in distress at sea ........... App. D
Actions of the employer ........................... 3 Belt drives ............................................. 104
Air pipes, closers .................................... 80 Bilge line ................................... 66, 79, 125
Air-sound damping Bilges ........................... 66, 67, 79, 112, 139
in accommodation ................................ 193 - protective devices in ....................... 104
Alarm and safety equipment . 52, 143, 288 - bilge level alarm ............................... 67
- testing ................................................ 56 (monitoring)
- fire extinguishing systems ............. 173 Blocks, bolts .................................. 221, 237
Alarm signals .......................................... 53 Boat drill .................................................. 54
Alcohol .............................................. 10, 26 Boat types ............................................. 281
Ambient air humidifiers ..................... 105a Boats .............................................. 280-282
Ammunition ........................................ 256b Body protection .................................. 5, 19
Anchoring equipment .................... 97, 100 Boiler plant ................... 102, 105, 106, 108
- chains ................................................. 97 - handling .................................... 23, 254
- hawse pipe washing ....................... 173 Bosuns chair ........................................... 88
- securing ............................................. 98 Bottom survey ......................................... 45
- windlasses ......................................... 99 Breathing apparatus . 5, 9, 71a, 78a, 175, 277

Apparatus under pressure - breathing air cylinder,
......................... 127, 130, 131, 154, 183 breathing air compressor ............... 183
Appliances ................................................ 2 - breathing apparatus, use of
Approval conditions ....................... App. A ................................. 5, 9, 71a, 78a, 175
Approval of equipment and materials .. 39 Bridge ................................................ 50, 96
- for fire fighting purposes ................ 278 Broadcast receiver .................................. 33
Arrangement ........................................ 285 Bulkhead penetrations, ........................ 141
- life-saving appliances on fishing vessel electric cables
Asbestos ................................................ 71c Bulkheads ............................... 84, 267, 270
Assistance of insured persons ............... 11 Bulwark ................................... 85, 247, 327
Authorizations, delegation of duties ..... 17 Bulwark stairs ............................. 62, 75, 91
Status: May 1999

440 UVV-See
C Compressed air cylinder ...................... 313
Compressed gas vessel ........................ 122
Cable chain securing stoppers .............. 98 Connection flanges .............................. 274
Cable lamps .......................................... 141 Contact protection ........................ 104, 137
Cable network ...................................... 141 Containers, distress signals ................. 172
Cable penetrations ....................... 141, 187 - ventilation, drainage ...................... 111
Cable stresses ....................................... 141 Contract coordination .............................. 7
Cables, electrical .................................. 141 Contracting ............................................... 6
Cargo ................................... 21, 44, 47, 251 Contracts, acceptance of .......................... 7
Cargo handling equipment ......... 227-231 Control elements ............................ 96, 119
Cargo handling gear ................ 2, 234, 235 Control station ................................ 43, 270
- component parts ..... 221, 228, 229, 237 Control station (engine) ....................... 117
- see also lifting appliances - remote-control systems .................. 118
Cargo hatches, covers .......................... 203 Control systems ................... 206, 212, 215,
Cargo hold .............................. 43, 200, 201 ......................................... 219, 224, 250
- means of closing ...................... 165, 184 Cooling water pipe ............................... 125
Cargo hooks .......................................... 221 - additives .......................................... 105
Cargo ship ............................................... 41 Corrosive liquids .................. 105, 131, 133
Cargo tank under pressure .................. 120 Coupling wrench .................................. 173
Cargo winches .............. 218, 219, 220, 232 Couplings, protective equipment ........ 104
Cauterization ............................................ 5 Covering ............................................... 166
Centre fairlead ..................................... 257 Covers ..................................... 87, 201, 203
Chain hoist Cranes ........................... 210-212, 227, 231
. 210, 211, 227, 228, 229, 230, 231, 358 - indicating devices ........................... 216
Chains ............................. 97, 221, 237, 259 - limit switch ...................................... 215
Chart room .............................................. 96 - operating ......................................... 232
Chemical warfare ammunition .......... 256b Crank casing ........................................... 23
Circuits .................................................. 144 Crew ............................................ 44, 46, 49
Class ................................................ 45, 102 Cross-tree platforms ............................... 88
Cleaning work ...................................... 150 Curtains ................................................. 170
Closing devices .................................... 120 Curves of statical stability ............. 47, 246
- hawse pipe washing ....................... 173
- at burners ........................................ 108 D
- in the fuel system ............................ 112
- at steam pipes ................................. 123 Damage control drill .............................. 34
- at drains ........................... 120, 123, 125 Danger of accident through noise ....... 189
- at main cooling water pipes ........... 125 - impending danger ............................ 13
- in seawater pipes .......................... 254a Danger of being locked in ..................... 23
- at water gauge glasses ................... 106 Dangerous areas, .................................... 22
Clothing ........................................ 5, 19, 27 prohibited stay
CO2 fire extinguishing system Dangerous goods .................................. 52a
................................. 122, 164, 165, 173 Dangerous liquids ............... 81, 105, 163h
Coal cargoes ......................................... 241 Dangerous spaces, access to ................. 77
Coamings ...................................... 201, 205 Dangerous work ................. 9, 77, 262, 263
Coastal fishing ........................................ 40 Dangerous work, acceptance of .............. 9
Coastal fishing cutter ........... 41, 290 293 Dead mans handle, ............................... 69
Coatings ................................................ 268 operating elements
Cofferdam ............................................... 23 Deck covering ....................................... 266
Cold insulation ..................................... 267 Deck load ................................ 47, 207, 251
Cold rooms ............................................ 131 Decorations, flame-resistant ................ 170

Companionways ......................... 22, 24, 92 Deep sea fishing ..................................... 40
Companionways, stairways ........... 91, 248 Deep-freezing rooms (clothing) ............ 27
Compensation for expansion ............... 109 Definitions ......................... 1, 2, 40-43, 264
- in steam pipe systems ..................... 112 Delegation of duties ............................... 17
- in fuel systems Departure .............. 33, 44, 46-48, 102, 326
Complement, safe manning ............ 49, 50 Depth, moulded depth ........................... 42
Components with high Deviations from the
surface temperatures ......................... 166 Accident Prevention Regulations ............ 4
Compressed-air breathing Devices ...................................... 2, 3, 20, 21
apparatus .... 71a, 131, 175, 278, App. H - powered ........................................... 114
Subject Index 441
Devices to prevent the passage Employment, prohibition of ................. 335
of flame into the cargo tanks ... 329c, 329h Encouraging assistance
Distress at sea, behaviour in .......... App. D in accident prevention ........................... 11
Distress signals ............................... 48, 172 Engine control room ..................... 133, 186
Diving work .......................... 294-325, 343 Engine control stations ........ 116, 117, 118
Doctor: see occupational medicine, Engine logbook ...................................... 52
occupational physicians Engine output ......................................... 42
Documents, suitable for approval ......... 45 - for astern motion ............................. 252
Doors .............................. 25, 91, 92, 93, 94, Engine plants
- in watertight bulkheads - arrangement .................................... 132
............................... 165, 248, 268, 329e - see also: main propulsion
......................................................... 245 engine, auxiliary machinery .......... 147
Dosing devices for liquids ................... 105 - handling
Double-tube inflatable lifeboats ......... 281 - equipment ............... 110, 117, 118, 119
Drainage - maintenance .................................... 151
at steam pipes .................... 106, 109, 154 - for emergency operation ................ 110
- at tanks ............................................ 112 Engine reversing device ...................... 117
- at containers ............................ 111, 120 Engine room cranes ............................. 217
Draught marks ............ 8, 8a, 101, 122, 124 Engine telegraph .......................... 117, 119
Drawings ........................................... 45, 83 Engines ..................................................... 2
Drilling machines ......... 126, 136, 157, 175 Enterprise .................................................. 1
Drills, safety drills ............................. 34, 54 Entries into logbooks ............................. 52
Drive engines ....................................... 132 Equipment .............................................. 48
Driving wheels ..................................... 104 - with boats, life-saving appliances
Dryers .................................................... 135 ......................................... 198, 280, 284
Dust masks ................................................ 5 - with fire extinguishers .................... 276
Duties of the employer ....................... 3-17 - galley, messroom, pantry 196, 197, 198
- of the insured persons ................ 18-34 - handling of ...................................... 199
- engine control station ..................... 117
Equipment, electrical ........................... 136
Equipment, electrical, maintenance . 157a
E Equipment, electrical, testing ........... 144a
Exceptions from the accident
Ear protection ............................. 5, 19, 190 prevention regulations ..................... 4, 235
(see also noise protection) Excursion boat ........................................ 41
Electric plants, see also lighting .. 102, 136 Exemption from requirements .......... 4, 60
- work on .................................... 159, 160 Exhaust duct ......................................... 171
- equipment, mobile .. 136, 137, 162, 163 Exhaust pipe, insulation .............. 104, 166
- working places and work in .......... 161 Existing ships ........................................ 345
- appliances, safety precautions Exit, emergency exit
......................................... 137, 145, 158 ....................... 24, 93, 94, 248, 253, 265
- in wet spaces ................................... 145 Experts for occupational safety ............. 59
- cable system and lines ................... 141 - further training .................................. 61
- circuits and distributions ................ 144 Experts for occupational safety ....... 14, 59
Elevator: see lift Explosion-endangered spaces ............ 136
Embarkation ........................................... 34 Explosion-protected equipment .......... 163
Emergency consumers ................. 140, 254 Explosive gas and vapour mixtures ...... 77
Emergency exits, means of escape Explosive objects, ................................. 172
......................... 24, 91, 93, 94, 253, 328 storage

Emergency fire pump, ......................... 110 Eye protection ................................... 5, 134
starting devices
Emergency generator, .......................... 110
starting
Emergency lighting, marking of ......... 140 F
Emergency source of electrical power
.............................................. 140, 254b Falling down, measures against
Employees representation ...................... 4 ........... 21, 22, 62, 76, 85, 103, 201, 205
Employer ................................................... 1 Fans: see Ventilation
- general duties ............................... 3-17 Feed water pre-heater ......................... 121
- offences ........................................... 341 Festoons ................................................ 169
Status: May 1999

442 UVV-See
Fibre ropes .................................... 222, 237 Flag of the Federal Republic
Filling pipes .......................................... 177 of Germany ............................................. 36
Filter units ..................................... 71a, 78a Flammable liquids: see liquids
- handling .......................................... 148 Floating crane ................................. 41, 226
Filters Floating working appliances ................. 41
- arrangement .................................... 112 Floor areas, accessible ........................ 94 b
- handling .......................................... 148 Floor coverings .................................... 94 b
Fines ................................ 17, 341, 342, 343 Floor plates ..................................... 66, 152
Fire classes ...................................... App. F Flush deck hatches ....... 201, 204, 205, 206
Fire dampers ......................... 165, 183, 273 Flywheels .............................................. 104
- remote switch-off ............................ 114 Foam fire-extinguishing system
Fire extinguishers ..................................... 2 ......................................... 173, 274, 275
- testing .............................................. 183 Foot protection ................................ 5, 9, 11
Fire extinguishers, Foot rings ................................................ 88
portable .......... 174, 276, App. E, App. G Foothold area before stairs .................... 91
- spare charges .................................. 174 Footwear ................................................. 19
Fire extinguishing systems .................. 275 Forklifts ................. 210, 211, 212, 233, 236
- readiness for use ..................... 173, 183 Freeboard .......................................... 47, 86
Fire fighting appliances ....................... 183 Freeing and sounding ............................ 79
Fire fighting drills ................................... 54 Freeing ports ........................ 85, 247, 251b
Fire mains ............................................. 173 Fresh water tank .............................. 71, 77
- marking ........................................... 173 Fresh-air breathing apparatus
- pumps .............................................. 274 ............................. 5, 175, 182, 243, 277
- hoses ................................................ 274 Frying and baking ovens ..................... 197
- approval ........................................... 278 Fuel oil tanks ........................................ 274
Fire protection .............................. 164-184 Fuel oil, flash point ............................... 108
- equipment ................. 175, 278, App. H - see also fuel systems ....................... 112
- fishing vessel ........................... 264-279 Fuel systems (tanks, pipes etc.) ... 111, 112
- plans .......................................... 45, 279 Fuel, fuelling ................................. 112, 153
Firemen ........................................... 55, 329 - additives .......................................... 105
Fish hold ............................................... 201 Fuelling ......................................... 112, 153
Fish meal plants ...................... 257b, 263a Fumigation ........................................ 29, 82
Fish pounds ......................................... 255b Funnels .......................................... 165, 272
Fish processing machines, ...... 257d, 263b Further training and education ............. 61
conveyor belts, ice-block lifting plants - occupational physicians,
and other appliances experts for industrial safety ............. 12
Fish processing spaces ....................... 257c - safety warden
Fishing ................................................ 261a
- with twin-boom fishing gear
Fishing ...................................... 1, 245-293
Fishing boats .......................... 41, 290, 293
Fishing gear .................... 27, 261, 257-263
Fishing vessels
- with twin-boom fishing gear ........ 260a G
- loading ............................................. 251
- fire protection .......................... 264-279 Galleys, messrooms, pantries, ..... 196, 197
- electrical installations ..................... 254 storerooms .................................. 198, 199
- fishing gear ............................. 257-263 - equipment, handling of
- lifting gear ....................................... 258 Gangways, walkways ...................... 76, 86
- withdrawable railing, lifelines Garbage disposal ................................... 28

............................................. 255a, 256a Garbage incineration: see incinerators
- coastal fishing ................... 40, 290-293 Gas detector ............................................ 48
- machinery ................................ 252, 253 Gas measuring instrument 48, 71, 71b, 77
- life-saving appliances ..... 280-289, 293 Gauge glasses: see level gauges
- stability documentation .......... 245, 292 General alarm ................................. 53, 288
Fishing winches and Girt lines ................................................. 88
other appliances ................................. 257a Gloves ................................................. 5, 19
Fixing devices for lifting appliances Gratings ...................... 65, 91, 92, 104, 138
......................................................... 217 Great coastal trade ................................. 40
Fixing of freeing ports ........................ 251b Grinding machines ............................... 134
Subject Index 443
Guard plates for machinery ................. 104 Heating plants, handling of ......... 107, 155
- for ovens .......................................... 171 Heating stoves, ovens .......... 171, 180, 197
- for stairs ............................................. 91 Heavy lift gear ............... 210-219, 221-223
- for shaft coupling ............................ 104 Heavy weather ....................................... 76
- for winches and cranes ................... 212 Helm ................................................ 50, 250
Guidance ................................................... 9 High sea fishing ..................................... 40
Guide rollers ......................................... 257 Hoisting eye .......................................... 217
Guidelines of See-BG ................ 8, App. A Hold ladders ........................................... 87
Hooks ............................................ 221, 228
Hull .................................................. 83, 266
H Hydraulic equipment ........................... 127
Hypothermia ............................................. 5
Hand back-kick protection .................. 220
Hand lines ..... 76, 86, 205, 207, 255a, 256a
Hand rings .............................................. 88 I
Handle cranks at turning devices ....... 115
- at winches ....................................... 220 Ice room ................................................ 249
Handling of filters ................................ 148 Icing of the deck cargo ........................ 251
- of fish processing machines, Illuminated indicator column: see alarm
fish washing drums, conveyor belts, signals
fish-block lifting appliances Illumination intensities ........................ 139
and other equipment .................... 263b Immersion suits ................................... 281c
- stoves, ovens ................................... 180 Incinerators ........................................... 129
- refrigerating plants, maintenance . 149 - oil-firing plants ................................ 108
- engine plants ................................... 147 - storage of combustible wastes ....... 181
- heat transmission plants ................. 155 Inclining experiment ............ 245, 292, 326
- winches ............................................ 263 Indication of outreach for cranes, jibs . 216
Handrails, hand grips Industrial vehicles ........ 211, 227, 232, 233
- for stairs ............................................. 91 Inflatable boats ..................................... 281
- in hatchways ........................... 205, 207 Insects, control of .................................... 82
- in the machinery space .................. 103 Inspection book for lifting appliances 231
- at switchboards ............................... 138 Installation openings .................... 103, 151
Handrails, handholds ........................... 94a - hydraulic equipment ...................... 127
Hatch beam .................................. 202, 208 Instruction of the insured persons ........... 8
Hatch coamings ............................ 201, 205 Instruction sheets of See-BG ......... App. A
Hatch securings ............................ 204, 249 Instructions
Hatches, - of See-BG .............................. 13, 38, 45
shell doors, ramps .............. 200, 201, 207 - of the employer ............................. 3, 18
- handling of ...................................... 206 Instructions ............................................. 8a
- securing of ............................... 202, 207 Insulation against heat, cold, noise ..... 267
- coal bunker, ice room ..................... 249 - of components with high
- work at ............................................. 208 surface temperatures .............. 104, 166
- hatchcovers, wooden .............. 203, 249 - of incinerator compartments .......... 129
- operating of ..................................... 206 Insulation of standing areas
- hatchcovers, steel, securing ........... 202 in front of switchboards ....................... 138
- watertight integrity ......................... 209 Insured persons ........................................ 1
Hawsers ........................................ 222, 223 - general duties ....................... 18-31, 34
Hazardous working materials .. 163a-163j - offences ........................................... 342
Head of a company ................................ 17 - instruction ............................................ 8

Head protection .................................. 5, 19 Intercommunication ............................... 96
Health file ............................................. 340 Intermediate trade .................................. 40
Health, monitoring of ........................... 331 Internal coating .................................... 268
Health, state of ..................................... 331 International shore connection ............ 277
Hearing test .......................................... 194 Intoxicants ......................................... 10, 26
Heat carrier ........................................... 155 Inventory list ........................................... 48
Heat exchangers .......................... 107, 155 - boat and liferaft inventory ............. 284
Heat insulation ..................................... 166 Investigation of accidents ...................... 12
Heat protection suit .................... 5, 19, 175
Heat transfer plant ............................... 107
- handling .......................................... 155
Status: May 1999

444 UVV-See
K Loading and discharging ............. 234, 235
Loading and discharging
Keel laying, date of .......................... 35, 42 equipment ..................................... 210-238
Keeping passages and exits etc. clear .. 24 Loading, fishing vessels ................. 44, 251
Loadline ............................................ 47, 86
Logbook .................................................. 51
L Logbooks, entries into ............................ 52
Long hair ................................................. 27
Labour Management Act ................... 4, 45 Long-distance trade ............................... 40
Ladders ....................................... 64, 73, 87 Longitudinal beam ................................. 47
Ladders for leaning .......................... 64, 73 Longitudinal bulkheads for ballast ....... 47
Lamps, see lighting Lookout ................................................... 50
Landings for stairs .................................. 91 Loose gear and lifting attachments ..... 223
Lathes .................................................... 126 Lubricating oil systems ................ 110, 113
Leakage oil troughs ............................. 112
Length ..................................................... 41
Level gauges ................................. 112, 120
Level indicators .................................... 106 M
Lifeboat crew .................................. 55, 329
Lifeboat equipment ........................ App. E Machine tools ............................. 102a, 126
Lifebuoys ............................................... 286 - handling .......................................... 157
Lifejackets ............................................. 287 - grinding machines .......................... 134
Lifelines ............................................... 255a Machinery ............................................. 102
Liferafts ................................................. 283 - maintenance .................................... 151
Life-saving appliances for coastal cutters Machinery space bilge ........................... 67
and fishing boats .................................. 293 Machinery spaces, bilge control of ....... 67
Lifting appliances (cargo handling gear) Main machinery spaces ... 43, 95, 248, 275
requirements .............. 210, 211, 227, 258 Main propulsion plant
- tests .......................................... 229, 236 - engine control station ..................... 116
- handling .................................. 212, 232 - remote-control system ............ 116, 118
- safe distances .................................. 214 - lubrication fault protection ............. 110
- accessibility ..................................... 213 Maintenance work ....................... 150, 151
Lifting appliances in fishing - locking of operating elements ....... 128
operations ............................................. 258 - at electrical installations . 137, 159, 160
Lifting attachments .............................. 223 - at refrigerating plants ..................... 149
Lifting platforms ........................... 127, 224 - dangerous work .................................. 9
Lifts .................................. 93, 224, 225, 238 - at boilers and pipes ........................ 154
Lighters ................................................... 41 Maintenance work ....................... 150, 236
Lighting, equipment ...................... 65, 139 - on lifting appliances ............... 213, 236
- in spaces endangered Managing owner .................................... 17
by explosion ......................... 136, 329p Manholes in service tanks ..................... 90
- means of escape ................................ 93 Manning ...................................... 44, 46, 49
- service spaces ................................. 139 Manoeuvring stations ............................ 96
- illumination intensities ................... 139 Manually operated winches ................ 220
- access to the ship, Manually operated windlass ................. 99
boarding of the pilot ..... 62, 75, 92, 139 Manuals of See-BG ........................ App. A
- emergency lighting ........................ 140 Marking .................................... 8, 101, 122
Limit switches ....................................... 215 - lifting appliances ............................ 211
(cargo handling gear, cranes) - piping systems ................................ 124
Limit values for sound Marking, safety .................................... 72a

pressure level ............................... 191, 192 Markings on lifeboats ........................ 281a
- Table I .............. 194, Tab. I, II, diagram and rescue boats
Limits of fishing zones ........................... 40 Mast ladders ........................................... 88
Limits of shipping ..................................... 1 Master ......................................... 17, 32, 49
Line-throwing appliance .................. 280b Masts ....................................................... 88
Liquid gas plants .................................. 130 Materials ................................... 39, 83, 102
Liquid pressure indicators ................... 133 Means of closing compartments ......... 165
(see also level gauges) Means of escape ................. 24, 93, 94, 272
Liquids, flammable ......................... 71, 166 Measurement devices
Load tests .............................................. 229 for gases .............................. 48, 71, 71b, 77
Subject Index 445
Measurement of the boats ................... 281 Occupational medicine
Medical fitness for maritime - occupational health service ............. 58
service ................................... 194, 291, 330 - rules ..................................................... 2
Membership plate of See-BG .......... 48, 72 - preventive measures ...... 194, 330-340
Messenger sheave ................................ 260 Occupational physicians ........................ 58
Messrooms .................................... 196, 197 Occupational Safety Law ................ App. I
Minimum freeboard ............................... 47 Occupational safety, expert for ............. 59
Misuse of equipment or appliances ...... 20 - instructions ........................................ 18
Mixed-cycle engines .................... 104, 110 Offences .................................. 17, 341-343
Mobile cranes, forklifts ........................ 233 Oil drip tray .......................................... 171
Modification ...................................... 34, 45 Oil leakage pipes ................................. 112
Mooring systems .................................. 100 Oil stove ........................................ 171, 180
Moorings ................................. 30, 97, 329 l Oil tanks ................................................ 113
Motor lifeboats ..................................... 282 Oil-burner ............................................. 108
Motor ships ........................................... 275 Oil-fired boilers .................................... 274
Multi-purpose manning ................... 49, 55 Oil-firing (ovens) .......................... 171, 180
Multi-purpose spray/jet fire nozzle .... 173 Oil-firing plants ............ 108, 154, 274, 275
Muster list ............................................... 53 Open light, fire ..................................... 184
Musters and drills ................................... 54 Open light, prohibition of ......... 184, 329 o
Operating elements,
locking of .................................. 69, 96, 128
- visual contact .................................... 68
- lifting appliances ............................ 212
N
Operating instructions ............................. 8
Narrow waters ........................................ 50 Operating manual ................................. 8 a
Navigation lights .................................... 96 Operating positions .................. 68, 69, 212
Navigational warnings ........................... 33 Operational requirements, .................. 147
engine plants
Nets ....................................................... 261
Operator (operating positions) .............. 68
Noise insulation ............................ 186, 193
Noise level ............................................ 185 Optical signals
- limit values .............................. 191, 192 see alarm signals
- measurement .................................. 187 Orders (see also: instructions) ........... 3, 18
Outboard work ......................................... 9
Noise protection (see also sound)
Ovens, stoves ................................ 171, 180
- general requirements ..................... 185
- noise areas ....................................... 190 Overloading ............................................ 47
- noise abatement .............................. 186 Oxygen cylinders ......................... 168, 169
- measurement of noise level ........... 187
- personal noise protection ............... 188
- restricting the perceptivity ............. 189
P
- limit values and NR curves, tables 191
- special regulations for ships
under 300 GT .................................. 192 Paints ....................................... 71, 178, 268
- acoustic insulation of walls ............ 193 Paper decorations ................................. 170
- preventive medical check-ups ....... 194 Passage heights and widths .................. 92
Passageways, alleyways,
Noise protection, personal ................... 188
corridors .......................... 24, 65, 86, 92, 93
Notes ....................................................... 8a
Notes, notices to be displayed, Passenger vessel ..................................... 41
publications .............................. 8, 72, 129 - firemen and lifeboatmen ................ 329
Notice to be displayed ........................... 72 - emergency exits, stairs ................... 328

- guard rails, bulwark ....................... 327
- stability ............................................ 326
Penetration of cables ............................ 141
- Noise level, measurement of ......... 187
O Period of duty ................................... 58, 59
Person lifting equipment ............. 225, 238
Obligation to provide information ........ 14 - transportation .................... 20, 225, 238
Observation of instructions .................... 18 Personal protective
Observation platforms/positions ........... 68 equipment .............. 2, 5, 19, 163 e, 188, 27
Occupational accidents .................... 11, 51 Personal protective equipment,
Occupational diseases ....................... 3, 11 provision of ............................................... 5
Status: May 1999

446 UVV-See
Personal protective equipment, Protective devices ................................ 104
requirements on ..................................... 4a Protective devices at open hatches ..... 205
Personal protective equipment, - against falling objects ..................... 103
use of ....................................................... 5a - against flooding ............................ 254a
Personal protective spray .................... 173 - against falling
Petroleum ................................................ 71 overboard .................. 85, 247, 255, 327
Pictures, symbols ................................ 8, 93 - against burns ........................... 104, 219
Pilot ladder ........................................ 62, 75 - against clogging of the pumps ........ 66
Pilot ladder, rigging the ......................... 75 - against vibration ............................. 195
Pipe tunnel ........................................ 23, 89 Protective equipment, personal ........ 5, 19
Piping ............................................ 138, 274 Provision hatch ..................................... 201
- exhaust pipes .................................. 120 Publications of
- for acetylene and oxygen ............... 168 See-Berufsgenossenschaft ............. App. A
- starting air pipes ............................. 110 - to insured persons ............................... 8
- connection flanges .......................... 274 Pump rooms ...................................... 65, 77
- ballast pipes .................................... 125 Pumping and sounding equipment ...... 66
- fuel pipes ......................................... 112 Pumps .............................................. 66, 273
- steam pipes ..................................... 109 Purchasing of machinery ......................... 3
- fire extinguishing systems ............. 173 Purpose of a ship, alteration of the ....... 35
- hydraulic pipes ............................... 127 Pyrotechnical distress signals .............. 172
- marking ........................................... 124
- cooling water pipes ........................ 125
- fuel leakage lines ............................ 112 R
- bilge lines and suction heads ... 66, 125
- fresh water pipes ............................ 124 Radio equipment ................................ 280a
Plans, notices to be displayed ............... 72 Rail-bound cranes, ............................... 217
- suitable for approval ......................... 45 trolleys
Plants ......................................................... 2 Rails, guard rails ............. 85, 247, 255, 327
Plants, electrical, maintenance of ..... 157a Rails, stair ............ 85, 88, 91, 103, 214, 327
Plants, electrical, operation of ........... 157a Ramps, handling ................... 200, 202, 206
Platform decks, accessible ................... 152 - securing ................................... 202, 206
Platform, crane operator ...................... 212 Range of duties ................................. 15, 17
Plug-in sockets ..................................... 145 Ranges of trade ....................................... 40
Port of registry ...................................... 101 Recognition of tests ................................ 37
Portable fire extinguishers ........... 174, 276 Rectifying of deficiencies ......... 13, 21, 128
Portable radio equipment .................. 280a Reduction valves .................................. 123
Posts, ladders at ...................................... 88 Refrigerants .......................................... 131
Power generation, emergency Refrigerating machines see
source of electrical power .................... 254 refrigerating plants
Power-driven starter ............................. 110 Refrigerating plants ..................... 131, 149
Powered machinery ........................... 102a Regulations concerning modifications .. 35
Powered turning devices ..................... 115 Remote switch-off ................................. 114
- equipment ....................................... 114 - power-driven emergency appliances
(watertight door control system, (watertight door control system,
quick-closing valves) skylights, fire dampers) .......... 112, 114
Powered units, - valves in fuel pipes
automatically starting .................. 150, 254 Repair work .................................. 9, 21, 35
Pressure boilers .................................... 120 Repeating signal device ......... 96, 118, 119
Pressure gauges ........................... 106, 133 Rescue symbols, emergency exits ......... 93
Pressure vessels ............................ 102, 120 Reserve parts: see spare parts
- for cargo .......................................... 120 Responsible person (supervisor) . 9, 15, 77
- testing .............................................. 121 Retro-reflective materials .................. 281b
Pressure-reduction valves ........... 109, 120 Reversing device .......................... 117-119
Preventive occupational medical Rigging, running .................................... 30
measures ............................... 194, 330-340 Rings ...................................... 221, 228, 237
Prohibited stay in dangerous areas ....... 22 Room temperature .................................. 65
Prohibitions ............................................. 8a Rope ...................................... 62, 76, 86, 91
Protection against bad weather, Rope drums ........................................... 212
withdrawable railing ............................ 255 Rope store hatch ................................... 201
Protective clothing ............................. 5, 19 Ropes, lines ................................... 222, 237
Subject Index 447
Rowing drills ........................................... 34 Ships distress signals .......................... 172
Rudder blade ........................................ 250 Ships name .......................................... 101
Rungs ...................................................... 87 Ships officers ................................... 17, 49
Running gear .......................................... 30 Ships spaces ........................................... 43
Running moorings ............................ 27, 30 Ships windows ....................................... 95
Shipboard crane ................... 210-220, 227
Shipmaster .................................. 17, 32, 49
S Shipowner: see employer ........................ 1
Shipping .................................................... 1
Safe working load ................ 210, 234, 235 Ships without class ......................... 83, 102
Safety appliances ............................... 3, 56 Shore companies ...................................... 3
Safety belt ................................. 5, 19, 255a Shore connection .............................. 62, 74
Safety engineers ..................................... 59 Signals, perception of .......................... 189
Safety gloves ............................... 5, 19, 278 Signals: see alarm signals
Safety goggles ............................ 5, 19, 157 Signs on operating elements, .......... 69, 93
Safety helmet .............................. 5, 19, 278 means of escape
Safety measures for repairs ................. 150 Skirting boards at gratings, access
Safety precautions ................ 137, 145, 158 openings, floor plates ........................... 103
Safety rules ............................................... 2 Skylights ............................... 95, 103, 329v
Safety shoes ........................................ 5, 19 Small coastal trade ................................. 40
Safety training ................ 12, 34, 52, 53, 54 Small craft ............................................... 41
Safety warden ......................................... 12 Smoke hoods ........................................ 171
Sailing Permit (certificate) ............... 13, 46 Smoking prohibited ............. 168, 184, 390
Salvage vessels ............................... 41, 226 Soldering, soldering irons ............ 169, 179
Sand for extinguishing fires ................ 274 Sound (see also noise) .......................... 185
Sauna cabins ........................................ 65b Sound sources, additional .................. 188a
Sculling ................................................... 34 Sounding ....................................... 79, 329y
Sea fishing ................................................ 1 Sounding devices ............... 66, 67, 79, 112
Sea trials ................................................. 46 Sources of ignition ................................ 184
Sea watch ................................................ 50 Spaces
Sea Works Council ................................... 4 - explosion-endangered .................... 136
Seamen, duties of the .................. 1, 18-34, - narrow ............................................. 161
............. 73-82, 147-163, 179-184, 199, - exposed to wetness
.. 206-209, 232-238, 251, 261-263, 289 or splashing water .......................... 145
Seawater evaporators .......................... 121 - for acetylene and oxygen
Seaworthiness ......................................... 44 cylinders .......................................... 168
Securing of cargo ................................... 47 Spare hatchcovers ................................ 203
Securing of valves ................................ 154 Spare parts .............................. 146, App. C
Separators ............................................. 156 - for electric plants
Service aboard ........................................ 50 and equipment .................. 146, App. B
Service spaces .................................. 43, 65 - for machinery
- closing of ......................................... 165 Speaking tube ...................................... 117
- handrails .......................................... 103 Special craft ............................................ 41
- windows, skylights ........................... 95 Splashwater protection of
- ventilation ....................................... 65a electrical plants .................................... 145
- doors, exits ........................................ 94 Sponges ................................................. 284
- hoisting eyes in ............................... 217 Spontaneous combustion,
Service tank .......................................... 112 substances liable to .............................. 181
Service tanks, access to ................... 77, 78 Sports fishing craft ................................. 41
- access openings ................................ 90 Spray cans ............................................... 29

Shackles ................................ 221, 228, 237 Sprinkler ............................................... 173
Shaft generators ........................... 136, 254 Stability ................................... 47, 292, 326
Shaft tunnel .............................. 89, 93, 173 Stability criteria .................................... 245
Shallow water trade ............................... 40 Stability documents ........................ 47, 245
Sheaves ................................................. 221 Stair rails ................................................. 91
Shell doors .................... 200, 202, 205, 206 Stairs ............................ 25, 91, 94, 268, 328
Shifting beam ............................... 202, 208 Stanchions on the railing ....................... 75
Ship Committee ........................................ 4 Standing rigging .......................... 210, 222
Ship safety regulations ............................ 3 Stand-pipe .................................... 111, 112
Ships crew .............................................. 49 Starting air pipes .................................. 110
Status: May 1999

448 UVV-See
Starting crank ...................................... 110 Temperature in service spaces .............. 65
Steam boilers: see boiler plants - at the surfaces of parts ................... 104
steam cooking apparatus ..................... 123 - high surface temperature ....... 112, 166
Steam engines .................................... 102a Temperature limiters
Steam pipe systems ...................... 109, 154 at heated pressure vessels ................... 120
Steam pipe, insulation ................. 109, 166 Testing of equipment ........................... 150
Steam winch ......................................... 210 Tests
Steering gear ........................................ 250 - recognition of .................................... 37
Steering gear compartment ................... 95 - anchors, chains ................................. 97
Storage of combustible fuels, lubricants - apparatus under pressure .............. 121
and objects .............. 71, 105, 111, 172, 181 - working appliances,
Storage of combustible wastes ............ 181 protective devices ..................... 21, 227
Storage tank ......................................... 111 - boilers .............................................. 106
Store hatch ............................................ 201 - pressure vessels .............................. 121
Stores ............................................. 196, 197 - compressed gas vessels .................. 122
Storm ladders: see pilot ladders - electrical installations ..................... 158
Stowing the cargo .................................. 44 - components of the cargo
Subcontracting ......................................... 6 handling gear .................................. 228
Subdivision (void spaces) .................... 269 - fire fighting apparatus .................... 183
Suitable for approval (documents) ........ 45 - fireman ...................................... 55, 329
Superheater (drainage) ................ 106, 109 - fire fighting appliances .................. 183
Supervision ................................. 3, 7, 9, 15 - liquid gas plants for
Supply steam pipes .............................. 109 household purposes ........................ 130
Surface temperature of parts ............... 166 - lifting appliances .................... 228-231
Surface ventilation ................................. 95 - cargo handling
Surveyors ................................................ 13 devices ..................... 210, 227, 229, 230
Surveys ............................ 13, 36, 37, 45, 46 - lifeboatman ............................... 55, 329
Swimming courses ................................. 11 - life-saving appliances ..................... 289
Swing derrick ....................................... 225 - purifiers ........................................... 156
Switchboards ........................................ 138 - safety appliances .............................. 56
Swivels .......................................... 221, 228 - hawsers .............................................. 97
Symbols ..................................................... 8 - cargo-handling gear ....................... 229
- heat transfer plants ......................... 155
Timber deck cargo ................................. 47
Tools .................................................... 2, 48
Training craft .......................................... 41
Transport areas ....................................... 22
Transport by hand .................................. 25
T Transportation of loads ........................ 232
Transportation of persons ............ 225, 238
Tablecloths ............................................ 170 Transverse bulkhead ........................ 45, 84
Tables, notices to be displayed ............. 72 Transverse steel bars
Talk-back system (for for hatchcovers ..................................... 204
intercommunication) .............................. 96 Transverse thrusters ............................... 96
Tankers .............................. 41, 329a-329z5 Trawl board ........................................... 261
Tanks ....................................................... 78 Trawl warp ............................................ 260
- access to .......................................... 112 Trigger pins ................................... 202, 220
- inspection openings at ................... 112 Trim openings ....................................... 205
- fuel tanks ......................................... 110 Trolleys .................................................. 217
- for fuels and other materials .. 111, 112 Trouble-shooting ...................................... 9

- drainage ............................................ 71 Tugboat ................................................... 41
- for flammable liquids ...................... 112 Turning devices .................................... 115
- leakage oil tanks ............................. 113 Tweendeck hatches ...................... 205, 208
- lubricating oil tank ........................... 23 Two-way telephone system ................... 96
- closure ............................................. 105 Types of plants ...................................... 102
- storage tanks for additives - fishing vessel ................................... 271
Tarpaulins ............................................. 204 Types of vessels ...................................... 41
Technical rules, generally
acknowledged .................... 3, 4, 8, 83, 102
Telephone ..................................... 117, 143
Subject Index 449
U Winches .......................... 210-212, 218-220
- manual operation ............................ 220
Union purchase .................................... 234 - handling .......................................... 263
Use of ladders ......................................... 73 Windows ..................................... 94, 95, 96
- appliances ......................................... 20 Wire rope drums ..................................... 70
- protective equipment ....................... 19 Wire ropes ..................................... 222, 237
Wiring .................................................... 141
Withdrawable railing ................. 255, 256a
Wooden hatchcovers ............................ 203
V Work
- dangerous .............................. 9, 27, 262
Valves: see closing devices - with drilling machines,
Variable-pitch propellers, .................... 117 lathes, grinders ............................... 157
(indicator of actual blade position) - at electric parts ................ 158, 159, 160
VDE rules .............................................. 136 - at fish meal plant .......................... 263a
Ventilation .............................. 65a, 65, 273 - at hatches ........................................ 208
Ventilation openings in doors .............. 165 - in narrow spaces,
Ventilators, ventilation flaps .. 80, 165, 273 electrical hazard ............................. 161
Venting ...................................... 68, 80, 112 - on behalf of (coordination) ................. 7
Venting pipes ........................ 112, 171, 180 Work protection .................................... 2, 3
Venting trunks (exhaust-air ducts) ..... 272 Working appliances ................... 2, 41, 226
VHF radio installation ............................ 96 Working boat .......................................... 63
Vibration ............................................... 195 Working place, offending noise .......... 186
Vibrations, mechanical ........................ 195 Working safety vest .................................. 5
Violations of the Accident Prevention Works council ............................... 4, 12, 45
Regulations ............................. 17, 341-343
Void spaces ............................................. 23
Void spaces, hidden, subdivision ........ 269
Wall steps ................................................ 87

Warning signs and labelling ................... 8,
........ 108, 120, 134, 138, 142, 154, 159,
............. 168, 184, 214, 256, 263, 329z2
Washing machines, spin dryers,
dryers .................................................... 135
Wastepaper basket ............................... 170
Wastes liable to spontaneous
combustion ............................................ 181
Watchkeeping duties ....................... 31, 50
Water courses (keeping clear) ............... 66
Water heating system .................. 108, 123
Water supply for fire fighting in port .. 183
Watertight integrity .............. 165, 209, 248
Ways: see passageways
Weapons ............................................... 26 d
Weather reports ...................................... 33
Welding equipment .............................. 169
- operation ......................................... 168
- storage of the gas cylinders
Welding work ............................ 179, 329 o
- in narrow spaces ............................. 161
Wheelhouse .................................... 95, 270
Wheelhouse passages ........................ 250a
Width ....................................................... 42
Winch drums ......................................... 212
Winch runners ...................................... 222
Status: May 1999

450
UVV-See

UVV-See 451
Sales Agencies for the Accident Prevention Regulations
Bremen: Seekarte, Captain A. Dammeyer

Korffsdeich 3, 28217 Bremen
Tel. 0421 / 395051
Fax 0421 / 3962235
Cuxhaven: Buchhandlung Rauschenplat

(Schumann Buchhandels-GmbH & Co. KG)
Deichstrae 21, 27472 Cuxhaven
Tel. 04721 / 37137
Fax 04721 / 37301
Emden: Nautisch-technisches Bro, H. Lange,

Bollwerkstrae 4, 26725 Emden
Tel. 04921 / 20454; Fax 04921 / 24306
Flensburg: Bcher Rffer & Westphalen GmbH & Co. KG

Nikolaistr. 5, 24937 Flensburg,
Tel. 0461 / 1404060; Fax: 0461 / 14040616
Hamburg: Eckardt & Messtorf

Rdingsmarkt 16, 20459 Hamburg
Tel. 040 / 3748420; Fax 040 / 373028
Formularus-Verlag Druckerei Paul Moehlke OHG

Hohenfelder Allee 17-19, 22087 Hamburg
Tel. 040 / 253000-0; Fax 040 / 253000-55
Bade & Hornig GmbH,

Deutsches Seekarten-Berichtigungsinstitut
Herrengraben 31, 20459 Hamburg
Tel. 040 / 374811-0; Fax 040 / 366400
Husum: Sthrmann & Thomsen

Hafenstrae 22, 25813 Husum

Tel. 04841 / 3436; Fax 04841 / 4008
Kiel-Holtenau: AVB-Stelle - Captain Hr. Stegmann,

Maklerstrae 8, 24159 Kiel
Tel. 0431 / 331772
- please turn over -
Status: May 1999

452 UVV-See
Lbeck: Han Lbecker Ingenieurbro

An der Untertrave 41/42, 23552 Lbeck
Tel. 0451 / 70643-0; Fax 0451 / 7064323
Steinkirchen: Buchhandlung Julius Vollmer

(District 21720 Steinkirchen, Tel. 0 4142 / 2419
of Stade):
Wilhelmshaven: Lohse Nachf. Fritz Eissing

Marktstrae 35, 26382 Wilhelmshaven
Rostock Nautischer Dienst, Captain Hr. Stegmann,

berseehafen: Niederlassung Rostock
Godeke-Michels-Strae 3, 18147 Rostock
Tel. 0381 / 6700570; Fax 0381 / 6700571
Stralsund: Boote Segel Ausrstung

Neue Badenstr. 4, 18439 Stralsund
Tel. 03831 / 292763
Fax 03831 / 292763

1
Annex
(ad. 330 of the UVV See)
Medical Measures
(VBG 100)
1997
Special Print of the

for Shipping Enterprises (UVV See)
Stand: April 1999

3
Annex
(ad. 330 of the UVV See)
Medical Measures
(VBG 100)
1997

Stand: April 1999

Preventive Occupational Medical Measures 1
I. SCOPE OF APPLICATION
1
Scope of Application
This accident prevention regulation is applicable for the special
preventive occupational medical measures to be taken when hazar-
dous materials are being handled and when dangerous activities are
being performed.
II. JOINT PROVISIONS

2
Definitions
(1) Preventive medical examinations within the meaning of this
accident prevention regulation are
1. initial occupational medical examinations before the activity
is commenced,
2. in-service occupational medical examinations later on during
this activity,
3. follow-up occupational medical examinations after the end of
the activity.
(2) Preventive medical examinations within the meaning of this
accident prevention regulation can also be regarded as comprising
preventive occupational medical examinations at the request of the
insured person ( 7).
3
General Provisions
(1) The employer may employ insured persons
- at whose workplace the initiation threshold for the hazardous
materials mentioned in annex 1 is exceeded
or
- at whose workplace the initiation threshold in the handling of
hazardous materials of this kind is exceeded which, on the
basis of new and reliable scientific knowledge, the German
Research Councils Senate Commission for the Investigation
of Working Materials that are Harmful to Health 1] has found
to be carcinogenic or which the manufacturer or introducing

party has marked as such,
or
- for whom the selection criteria for the dangerous activities
mentioned in annex 1 are fulfilled,
or
- for whom a preventive medical examination has been ordered
by See-Berufsgenossenschaft in an individual case,
1]
See page 18 of the Accident Prevention Regulations for the original title in German.
Status: May 1999

2 UVV-See
at this workplace or for this activity only if they have been subjected
on time to preventive medical examinations performed by an
authorized physician.
(2) The employer shall initiate the preventive medical examinations
and bear the cost, if this is not done by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(3) The use of personal protective equipment does not release
anyone from the obligation imposed by sect. 1.
(4) The employer shall, upon request, give the authorized physician
the information about the workplace conditions that is necessary for
the performing of the preventive medical examinations and shall make
possible an inspection of the workplace.
(5) The employer shall announce to See-Berufsgenossenschaft
annually upon request the number of ensured persons who have been
registered for preventive medical examinations. He shall show to See-
Berufsgenossenschaft upon request that the danger cannot be avoided
completely or reduced either by the replacement of the hazardous
materials or by technical means.
(6) If the employer does not himself ensure that the necessary
examinations are performed by an authorized physician, See-Berufs-
genossenschaft can initiate these examinations. The employer shall
give the information needed for this to See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
Sect. 2 remains unaffected.
4
Initial Examination
The employer shall ensure that the initial examination is performed
before commencement of the activity. The initial examination shall
not have taken place more than 12 weeks previously.
5
In-Service Examinations
(1) The employer shall ensure that in-service examinations are
performed within 6 weeks before the in-service examination deadline.

The time period for the in-service examination deadline begins at the
time of the last preventive medical examination.
(2) If, for the in-service examination, the deadline is specified as a
time period and not as a particular date, the in-service examination
shall be performed not later than the point in time which the authorized
physician has defined in accordance with the working conditions and
the state of health of the insured person.
(3) Contrary to sect. 1 and 2, an in-service examination shall be

initiated prematurely if
1. a certificate for a preventive medical examination has been
issued with a time limit according to 9 or under a corres-
ponding condition
or
2. an illness or a bodily impairment appears to indicate the need
for a premature in-service examination
or
3. the insured person who suspects a causal relationship between
his illness and his activity at the workplace desires an
examination.
6
Reduction or Extension of the Deadline Periods
for In-Service Examinations
(1) The deadline periods provided for in annex 1 to this accident
prevention regulation can be
1. shortened by See-Berufsgenossenschaft for insured persons
for whom it has been established that they are exposed to a
particularly high degree to the hazardous materials, or are
performing the dangerous activity to a particularly high
degree, or for whom the authorized physician considers this
to be necessary as a result of their state of health,
2. lengthened by See-Berufsgenossenschaft for insured persons
for whom it has been established that they are exposed to a
particularly low degree to the hazardous materials, or are
performing the dangerous activity to a particularly low degree.
If, at the same time, a preventive medical examination is prescribed
in state legislation, then the competent authority shall decide upon
the reduction or extension of the deadline periods for the in-service
examinations.
(2) If, under the terms of this accident prevention regulation or other
legislation, an insured person is to undergo an in-service examination
more than once within 6 months, then the in-service examinations

can be performed on one and the same date. This does not apply if
the deadline period for the in-service examination is less than 1 year.
(3) If the insured person has to undergo several different preventive
medical examinations within a year, then the employer shall check
whether a particular danger to health exists for the insured person
because of his activity, and by which measures this danger can be
eliminated.
Status: May 1999
4 UVV-See
7
Preventive Occupational Medical Examinations
at the Request of the Insured Person
(1) An insured person who suspects a causal relationship between
his illness and his activity at the workplace shall, if he so requests, be
subjected to a preventive medical examination even if the prerequisites
of 3 sect. 1 are not fulfilled but it can be expected that his health
might become damaged by his activity because he is handling
hazardous materials or is performing a dangerous activity.
(2) In the handling of hazardous materials or in the performing of
dangerous activities within the meaning of annex 1, the examination
shall be ordered from an authorized physician. Otherwise, the
examination shall be ordered from a physician who possesses the
specialized occupational medical knowledge in accordance with 3
of the accident prevention regulation Occupational Physicians (VBG
123). 3 sect. 4 shall apply accordingly.
(3) The employer shall initiate the preventive medical examinations
at his own expense, unless the costs are borne by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
(4) If a preventive medical examination is initiated, the employer
shall instruct the physician performing the examination to
1. record the result of the examination in writing, and inform the
insured person of the result of the examination,
2. confirm to the employer in writing that an examination has
taken place,
3. in the case of health concerns,
a) recommend a check of the workplace to the employer in
writing, if the insured person appears to be endangered by
conditions at the workplace,
b) give medical advice to the insured person.
(5) If the employer does not initiate the examination applied for or if
the insured person does not agree with the result of the examination,
then the insured person can apply for a decision by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft about the need for the examination or about its result.
8
Authorized Physicians
(1) Doctors who perform preventive medical examinations in
accordance with 2 sect. 1 shall have been authorized for this activity
1. by the competent employers liability insurance association
or
2. if the preventive medical examinations are at the same time

prescribed in state legislation:
by the competent authority.
The authorization shall be granted by mutual agreement between
the authority responsible for medical occupational safety and the
competent employers liability insurance association.
(2) Authorization can be granted if the applicant
1. is entitled to practice the medical profession,
2. possesses the necessary specialized expert knowledge, and
3. has the necessary facilities and equipment.
(3) If an occupational physician is engaged, he shall, upon his
application, be authorized to perform the preventive medical
examinations on the insured persons entrusted to him in his capacity
as an occupational physician, insofar as the necessary prerequisites
for authorization exist according to sect. 2.
9
Medical Certificate
(1) If a preventive medical examination according to 2 sect. 1 is
initiated, the employer shall instruct the authorized physician
1. to record the result of the examination in writing
and
to inform the insured person of the result of the
examination,
and also
2. if the result of the examination involves the concentration of a
material or its conversion product in the body or the resulting
deviation of a biological indicator from its standard value,
a) to submit the result of the examination to the state depart-
ment responsible for medical occupational safety if so
requested by the competent state authority
and
b) to See-Berufsgenossenschaft if demanded by that orga-
nization,
3. in the case of health concerns

a) to recommend to the employer in writing a check of the
workplace if the insured person appears to be in danger as
a result of the workplace conditions,
b) to give the insured person medical advice in writing.
(2) Furthermore, the authorized physician shall be obligated
1. to issue to the employer and to the insured person a certificate
concerning the result of the examination,
Status: May 1999

6 UVV-See
2. to enclose together with the certificate mentioned in number

1 any possible recommendations in accordance with sect. 1
No. 3 letter a),
3. to point out in the certificate the rights mentioned in 10
and
4. annually, to give See-Berufsgenossenschaft statistical informa-
tion about the number and results of the preventive occupa-
tional medical examinations.
(3) The employer shall obligate the authorized physician to inform
See-Berufsgenossenschaft in the case of certification of health concerns
if the danger of occurrence, recurrence or worsening of an occupational
disease exists, provided that such giving of information is not in conflict
with medical confidentiality. This information shall be accompanied
by suggestions for preventive measures.
10
Decision of See-Berufsgenossenschaft
(1) If the employer or the insured person who underwent the
examination considers the certificate mentioned in 9 and issued by
the authorized physician to be incorrect, he can apply for a decision
to be made by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(2) Before making its decision, See-Berufsgenossenschaft can obtain
an expert medical opinion. The cost of the medical opinion shall be
borne by the employer, unless this cost is borne by See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft.
(3) A medical certificate as provided for in this accident prevention
regulation shall be replaced by a decision of See-Berufsgenossen-
schaft in accordance with sect. 1.
(4) If, at the same time, a preventive medical examination is
prescribed in state legislation, then the competent authority shall
decide whether the certificate is correct.
11
Preventive Medical File and Storage of the Medical Certificate
(1) For insured persons who have undergone medical examinations
in the cases mentioned in 2 sect. 1, the employer shall keep a
preventive medical file.
(2) For each insured person, the file shall contain the following
information:
1. First name and surname, date of birth,

2. residential address,
3. dates of entering and leaving employment with the company,
4. pension insurance number,
5. responsible health insurance organization,
6. types of possible danger originating at the workplace,
7. type of activity, with a statement of the beginning and end of
the activity,
8. statements of times for earlier activities in which a possibility
of danger existed (if known),
9. date and result of the preventive medical examination,
10. date of the next in-service examination,
11. name and address of the physician performing the exami-
nation,
12. name of the person keeping the preventive medical file.
The information can also be stored in the form of a computer file on
some other data media.
(3) The insured person or a person authorized by him shall be entitled
to peruse the information about him.
(4) The employer shall store the file and the medical certificates for
every insured person until the person concerned leaves the company.
After that, the insured person shall be given the file extract referring
to him and the medical certificates. A copy of the extract given to the
insured person shall be stored in the same way as personnel docu-
ments. The employer shall give See-Berufsgenossenschaft the copy
for storage if so requested.
(5) The employer shall store the file in such a way that unauthorized
persons do not have access to it. The information contained in the file
shall not be disclosed to any unauthorized third parties.
12
Measures after an Initial or In-Service Medical Examination
(1) If the authorized physician has issued a certificate with a recom-
mendation in accordance with 9 sect. 1 No. 3 letter a), the employer
may not employ or continue to employ the examined person at his

workplace unless the effectiveness of the measures has been checked
in accordance with 2 of the accident prevention regulation General
Regulations 1] (VBG 1) and health concerns no longer exist for the
examined person. Other insured persons may not be employed at the
workplace unless it is certain that they can be adequately protected
by measures according to 3 UVV See.
1]
Status: May 1999

8 UVV-See
(2) In the case of preventive medical examinations which, at the

same time, are prescribed in state legislation, the effectiveness of the
measures shall also be checked in accordance with the corresponding
state legislation.
(3) If the authorized physician has issued to the employer a certificate
with a recommendation according to 9 sect. 1 No. 3 letter a), the
employer shall announce this to the works council or staff council.
(4) If recommendations according to 9 sect. 1 No. 3 letter a) have
been expressed, the employer shall immediately inform See-Berufs-
genossenschaft. Furthermore, See-Berufsgenossenschaft shall be
informed as to which measures have been initiated and how many
insured persons are employed at this workplace.
III. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

FOR CARCINOGENIC HAZARDOUS MATERIALS
13
Reporting
(1) The employer shall send a report to See-Berufsgenossenschaft
no later than 30th June of the following year on every insured person
who has performed activities at workplaces where the initiation
threshold for carcinogenic hazardous materials has been exceeded.
This report shall contain the following in particular:
1. information about the person,
2. information about the carcinogenic hazardous materials,
3. the nature, beginning and end of the activity with these
hazardous materials,
4. information about the preventive occupational medical
measures,
5. pension insurance number.
The report is unnecessary if the activity within the meaning of

sentence 1 has been performed for less than 3 months.
(2) Copies of the report mentioned in sect. 1 shall be handed over to

the insured person. The works council or staff council shall be informed
about the content of the report.
14
Health File
(1) The employer shall obligate the authorized physician to keep a

health file on every insured person who is to be medically monitored
and who performs an activity in which the initiation threshold is
exceeded, and, during the period of obligatory monitoring, to keep it
up to date with respect to occupational anamnesis, results of exami-
nations, including the biological data, and the medical assessment.
See-Berufsgenossenschaft can permit other items of documentation
of occupational medical records if they contain the same information
as the specimen of the health file and if central storage is possible, or
if See-Berufsgenossenschaft itself keeps the health file.
(2) The employer shall obligate the authorized physician

1. to store the medical file until the end of the year in which the
insured person has become or would have become 75 years
old
or
2. to hand it over to See-Berufsgenossenschaft if the authorized
physician cannot store it himself.
Number 2 is also applicable if the insured person, on leaving the

company, expressly wishes the health file to be stored at See-Berufs-
genossenschaft.
(3) Furthermore, the employer shall obligate the authorized

physician
1. to submit the health file to the body responsible for medical
occupational safety if requested to do so by the state authority
and
2. at the request of See-Berufsgenossenschaft, to submit it to
another authorized physician entrusted with the task of
performing a preventive medical examination, or to the

authorized successor, or to See-Berufsgenossenschaft itself for
the purpose of registration and, on discontinuation of the
authorization, to hand the health file over to See-Berufsge-
nossenschaft.
(4) Sect. 1 to 3 are not applicable for the employer if the competent
authority has imposed upon the authorized physician the duties
incumbent upon the employer according to these sections.
Status: May 1999

10 UVV-See
15
Follow-Up Examinations
(1) Insured persons shall be monitored by means of follow-up

examinations if
1. after 1st October 1984 they ended an activity in which the
initiation threshold for carcinogenic hazardous materials was
exceeded,
and
2. they performed this activity for so long that at least one in-ser-
vice examination had to be initiated or, in the case of handling
asbestos, they performed this activity for at least 3 months.
(2) See-Berufsgenossenschaft can order follow-up examinations in
deviation from sect. 1. In these cases, the employer shall provide upon
request the data needed for initiating the follow-up examinations.
(3) If an employment relationship exists, follow-up examinations
shall be initiated by the employer. If the insured person has left the
company in which this activity was performed, the follow-up exami-
nations shall be initiated by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
(4) Follow-up examinations shall be performed in accordance with
reliable occupational medical knowledge of toxicology concerning
the effect of the hazardous material concerned within a period of
5 years at the most. The period begins at the instant of the last in-
service examination.
IV. SPECIAL PROVISIONS

FOR IONIZING RADIATION
16
Procedure for Persons Exposed to Radiation
See-Berufsgenossenschaft can order follow-up examinations for per-

sons exposed to radiation who are of category A (annex X table X 1

column 2) of the Ordinance on Radiation Protection 1] or category A
(annex IV table 1 column 2) of the Ordinance on X-Rays 1]. 13, 14
and 15 apply accordingly.
1]
V. OFFENCES
17
Offences
An offence within the meaning of 209 sect. 1 No. 1 of the Seventh

Volume of the Social Security Code 1] (SGB VII) has been committed
by anyone who deliberately or negligently acts contrary to the
provisions of
3 sect. 1 or 5 sentence 1,
9 sect. 3,
11 sect. 1, sect. 2 sentence 1 or sect. 4,
12 sect. 1 or sect. 3,
13 sect. 1 sentence 1 or 2, sect. 2,
14 sect. 1 sentence 1 or sect. 2,
15 sect. 1 in conjunction with sect. 3 sentence 1,
or
16 in conjunction with
13 sect. 1 sentence 1 or 2,
13 sect. 2,
15 sect. 1 in conjunction with sect. 3 sentence 1.
1]
Status: May 1999

12 UVV-See
Hazardous materials Periods for Follow-up

and dangerous in-service examinations examinations
activities (in months) (in months)
First Further
in-service in-service
examination examinations
Acrylamide 60 60 60
Acrylonitrile 12-24 12-24 60
o-Aminoazotoluol 60 60 60
4-Aminobiphenyl 6-9 6-12 60
Salts of 4-aminobiphenyl 6-9 6-12 60
2-amino-4-nitrotoluol 6-9 6-12 60
Antifouling paints 6 12
Antimony trioxide 2) 60 60 60
Aromatic nitro and 6-9 6-12
amino compounds
Arsenic pentoxide, arsenious acid, 6 12 60
arsenic acid and their salts
(arsenite, arsenate) 2)
Arsenic trioxide See diarsenic trioxide
Asbestos 2) 12-36 12-36 60
chrysotile, amphibole asbestos
(aktinolite, amosite, anthophyllite,
crocidolite, tremolite)
Wearing of 24 24
BREATHING APPARATUS 9) 12)
WORKING ABROAD 24-36 24-36
under special climatic conditions
and health stresses
Auramine, techn. 60 60 60
Azo dyes, with carcinogenic 60 60 60
amine component
Benzidine (4,4'-diaminobiphenyl) 6-9 6-12 60
Salts of benzidine 6-9 6-12 60
Benzenes 2 3-6 60
Benzo(a)pyrene 4) 24-36 24-36 60

Berylllium 2) 60 60 60
Beryllium compounds 2) 60 60 60
Work in the field of 12 12
BIOTECHNOLOGY
(For the footnotes, see page 19)


First Further
Bis(chloromethyl) ether 60 60 60
Lead or its compounds Medi- Biolo- Medi- Biolo-
(except for tetraethyl cal gical cal gical
lead, tetramethyl lead)
- Lead concentration in the 12 6 12 6
air over 75 g/m3, or lead
concentration in the blood
between 50 and 60 g/100 ml
- Lead concentration in the air 12 12 12 12
between 75 and 100 g/m3
and lead concentration in the
blood up to 50 g/100 ml
- Lead concentration in the With- 6 12 6
blood over 60 and out
up to 70g/100 ml delay 5)
Lead alkyls: 3-6 12-24
- tetraethyl lead
- tetramethyl lead
Beechwood dust 60 60 60
1,3-Butadiene 60 60 60
2,4-Butanesultone 60 60 60
Cadmium and its compounds 10) 12-18 12-24 60
Cadmium chloride 2) 12-18 12-24 60
Cadmium oxide 10) 12-18 12-24 60
Cadmium sulphate 10) 12-18 12-24 60
Calcium chromate 2) 6-9 12-24 60
Chloromethyl ether See chloromethyl methyl ether
p-Chloroaniline 10) 60 60 60
1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane 60 60 60
(epichlorohydrin)
Chlorofluoromethane 60 60 60
N-Chloroformylmorpholine 60 60 60
Chloromethyl methyl ether 1) 60 60 60
(chlorodimethyl ether)
Status: May 1999

14 UVV-See

First Further
4-Chloro-o-toluidine 6-9 6-12 60

Chrom(III)-chromates 2) 6-9 12-24 60
Chrome(VI) compounds, 6-9 12-24 60
except for: calcium chromate,
chrome(lII)-chromates, strontium
chromate, zinc chromate
Cobalt and its compounds 10) 60 60 60
Cobalt 2) 3) (as cobalt metal, 60 60 60
cobalt oxide and cobalt sulphide)
2,4-Diaminoanisole 60 60 60
4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl See Benzidene
4,4'-Diaminobiphenyl methane 60 60 60
and dihydrochloride
2,4-Diaminotoluol 60 60 60
(2,4-toluylenediamine)
o-Dianisidine See 3,3'-dimethoxybenzidine
Diarsenic trioxide (arsenic trioxide) 6 12 60
Diazomethane 60 60 60
1,2-Dibromo-3-chloropropane 60 60 60
1,2-Dibromoethane 60 60 60
(ethylenedibromide)
Dichloroacetylene 60 60 60
3,3'-Dichlorobenzidine 6-9 6-12 60
Salts of 3,3'-dichlorobenzidine 6-9 6-12 60
1,4-Dichlorobutene-2 60 60 60
2,2'-Dichlorodiethyl sulphide 60 60 60
1,2-Dichloroethane 60 60 60
(ethylene chloride)
60
2,2'-Dichloro-4,4'-methylene 6-9 6-12

dianiline [4,4'-methylene-
bis(2-chloraniline)]
Salts of 2,2'-dichloro-4,4'- 6-9 6-12 60
methylene dianiline [salts of 4,4'-
methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline)]


First Further
1,3-Dichloro-2-propanol 10) 60 60 60
1,3-Dichloropropene (cis- und trans-) 60 60 60
Diesel engine emissions 60 60 60
Diethyl sulphate 60 60 60
3,3'-Dimethoxybenzidine 60 60 60
(o-dianisidine)
Salts of 3,3'-dimethoxybenzidine 60 60 60
(salts of o-dianisidine)
3,3'-Dimethylbenzidine (o-toluidine) 60 60 60
Salts of 3,3'-dimethylbenzidine 60 60 60
(Salts of o-toluidine)
Dimethylcarbamoyl chloride 60 60 60
3,3'-Dimethyl-4,4'-diamino- 6-9 6-12 60
diphenylmethane
N,N-Dimethylhydrazine 60 60 60
1,2-Dimethylhydrazine 60 60 60
Dimethylnitrosamine 60 60 60
(N-nitrosodimethylamine)
Dimethylsulphamoyl chloride 60 60 60
Dimethyl sulphate 60 60 60
2,6-Dinitrotoluol 6-9 9-12 60
Oakwood dust 60 60 60
Epichlorohydrin See 1-Chloro-2,3-epoxypropane
1,2-Epoxybutane 10) 60 60 60
(1,2-butylene oxide)
1,2-Epoxypropane 60 60 60
(1,2-propylene oxide)
60 60 60
Ethylcarbamate
Ethylene dibromide See 1,2-Dibromoethane
Ethylene chloride See 1,2-Dichloroethane
Ethylene imine 60 60 60
Ethylene oxide 60 60 60
Fluorine and its anorganic 12 12
compounds
Status: May 1999

16 UVV-See

First Further
Hexamethyl phosphoric 60 60 60
acid triamide
WORK IN HOT CONDITIONS
Persons up to 50 years 60 60
Persons older than 50 years 24 24
Hydrazine 60 60 60
Activities with 12 36
DANGER OF INFECTION
lodomethane (methyl iodide) 60 60
IONIZING RADIATION Follow-up
examinations
are only neces-
sary on request
by See-Berufs-
genossenschaft
60
lsocyanates 3-6 12-24
WORK IN COLD CONDITIONS
Temperatures -25C to -45C 6 12
Temperatures colder than -45C 3 6
Carbon monoxide In-service examinations are only
necessary in the cases as per 5 sect. 3.
Activities in NOISE AREAS 7) 9) 11)
90 dB > LAr 85 dB 12 60
LAr 90 dB 12 36
The audiometric sieve test as
part of the preventive occupa-
tional medical examination can
be conducted by, in addition to
the authorized physician, also
specially trained assistants

under the supervision of the
authorized physician.
Methanol 12-18 12-24
2-Methylaziridine (propylene imine) 60 60 60
N-Methyl-bis(2-chloroethyl)amine 60 60 60


First Further
Methyl chloride See monochloromethane

4,4'-Methylene-bis(2-chloroaniline) See 2,2'-dichloro-4,4'-methylenedianiline
4,4'-Methyl-bis(N,N-dimethylaniline) 60 60 60
Monochloromethane (methyl chloride) 3-6 12-18
2-Naphtylamine 6-9 6-12 60
Salts of 2-Naphtylamine 6-9 6-12 60
Nickel 2) 3) 36-60 36-60 60
(as nickel metal, nickel sulphide
and sulphidic ores, nickel oxide
and nickel carbonate) as well as
Nickel compounds in the form 12-24 12-24 60
of inhalable droplets
Nickel tetracarbonyl 12-24 12-60 60
5-Nitroacenaphthene 6-9 6-12 60
4-Nitrodiphenyl 60 60 60
Nitroglycerine or nitroglycol 3-6 6-18
2-Nitronaphthaline 6-9 6-12 60
2-Nitropropane 60 60 60
N-Nitrosodiethanolamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosodiethylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosodimethylamine See dimethylnitrosamine
N-Nitrosodi-i-propylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosodi-n-butylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosodi-n-propylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosoethylphenylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosomethylethylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosomethylphenylamine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosomorpholine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosopiperidine 60 60 60
N-Nitrosopyrrolidine 60 60 60
Surface treatment in rooms and Periods are determined by the
containers authorized physician.
4,4-Oxidianiline (ODA) 6-9 6-12 60
Pitch See benzo(a)pyrene
Status: May 1999

18 UVV-See

First Further
Pentachloroethane 3-6 6
Pentachlorophenol 10) 60 60 60
Perchloroethylene See tetrachloroethylene
Phosphorus, white 6-9 12-18
3-Propanolide (1,3-propiolactone) 60 60 60
1,3-Propansulphone 60 60 60
1,3-Propiolactone See 3-propanolide
Propylene imine See 2-methylaziridine
1,2-Propylene oxide See 1,2-expoxypropane
Mercury:
- Alkylmercury compounds 3-6 6-12
- Mercury metal and other 6-9 6-12
mercury compounds
X-RADIATION See IONIZING RADIATION
Carbon disulphide 3-6 6-18
Hydrogen sulphide 6-12 12-24
WELDING FUMES 36 36
Silicogenic dust 36 36
Blasting media 36 36
Strontium chromate 2) 6-9 12-24 60
DIVING WORK 12 12
2,3,7,8-Tetrachloro- 60 60 60
dibenzo-p-dioxine
Tetrachloroethane 3-6 6
Perchloroethylene 12-18 12-24
(tetrachloroethylene)
Tetrachloroethylene See perchloroethylene
Carbon tetrachloride 3-6 6
Tetrachloromethane See carbon tetrachloride

4,4'-Thiodianiline (THDA) 6-9 6-12 60


First Further
Thomas phosphate 2 2. u. 3.
For the 2nd and
3rd in-service
examination:
2 further in-
service exami-
nations: 12
o-Tolidine See 3,3'-dimethylbenzidine
o-Toluidine 6-9 6-12
Toluol 8) 12-18 12-24
2,4-Toluylenediamine See 2,4-diaminotoluol
2,3,4-Trichlorobutene-1 60 60 60
Trilene (trichloroethylene) 12-18 12-24
Trichloroethylen See trilene
2,4,5-Trimethylaniline 6-9 6-12 60
Vinyl chloride 6-12 12-24 60
4-Vinyl-1,2-cyclohexenediepoxide 60 60 60
Xylenes 12-18 12-24 60
Zinc chromates (including 6-9 12-24 60
zinc-potassium chromate) 2)
Other carcinogenic 60 60 60
hazardous materials 6)
1) The classification refers to the industrial chloromethyl methyl ether which,

according to experience, can contain up to 7 per cent of bis(chloromethyl)
ether as an impurity.
2) When, during handling, the material can occur in inhalable form (as fine dust in
the case of asbestos).
3) Alloys are not included here.
4) As a reference substance for carcinogenic polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons
(PAHs) in the pyrolysis products of organic material.
5) The medical examination can be postponed until, following another blood lead
level determination performed within a month, it is found that the value of
60 g / 100 ml of blood is still being exceeded.
Status: May 1999

20 UVV-See
6) The term other carcinogenic hazardous materials (with a standard in-service
examination deadline period of 60 months) is used in annex V of the Ordinance
on Hazardous Materials 1] to represent all carcinogenic hazardous materials of
annex II which are not named as individual substances in annex V.
7) In the case of the Berufsgenossenschaft Druck und Papierverarbeitung, the
deadline period for all further in-service examinations in the case of an
assessment level L Ar 85 dB is 36 months.
8) In the case of the Berufsgenossenschaft Druck und Papierverarbeitung, the
deadline period for the first, second and third in-service examinations is 12
months in each case; for all further in-service examinations, it is 12 - 24 months.
9) Within the scope of the Ordinance on Health Protection for Mining 1]
(GesBergV), other deadline periods for in-service examinations are stated
(annex 1.1).
10) According to annex 1 to TRGS 500 Protective Measures for the Handling of
Carcinogenic Hazardous Materials that are not Mentioned in Annex II of the
GefStoffV - Allocation to the Danger Groups -.
11) The preventive medical examinations of seamen who are to be employed in
noise areas are performed within the framework of the examinations for medical
fitness for maritime service in accordance with 81 of the Seamens Law 1] in
conjunction with the Ordinance on Medical Fitness for Maritime Service 1]
dated 19th August 1970 (BGBl. I p.1241, amended by the Ordinance dated
9th September 1975 - BGBl. I p.2507). The resulting additional costs will be
borne by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
12) Within the scope of applicability of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1],
the in-service examination deadline period is 12 months.
Explanation of typefaces:
Normal text = hazardous materials
Italic type = hazardous materials which are mentioned in
annex V of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials
Italic bold type = carcinogenic hazardous materials which are
mentioned in annex II No. 1.1 (sect. 1 and 2)
of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials
Bold type = carcinogenic hazardous materials which are
mentioned in annex V and in annex II No. 1.1
(sect. 1 and 2) of the Ordinance on Hazardous
Materials
Text in CAPITAL LETTERS = dangerous activity
1]
for the Accident Prevention Regulation
Medical Measures
(VBG 100)
Status: May 1999

22 UVV-See
Ad. 1:
Special preventive occupational medical examinations are specific
examinations ordered in legislation because of particular dangers at
the workplace.
This does not affect the provisions of the Ordinance on the Transport of
Dangerous Goods on Seagoing Vessels 1] of 24.7.1991 (BGBl. I p.1714
in the version of the Notification dated 24.8.1995 - BGBl. I p.1077) and
of the codes issued on the basis of chapter 7 of the Ordinance on the
International Convention of 1974 for the Safety of Life at Sea 1] dated
11th January 1979 (BGBl. II p.141, as amended by the Protocol of 1978
and the Ordinance dated 26th March 1980 - BGBl. II p.525 - and the
Protocol of 1988 and the Ordinance dated 20.9.1994 - BGBl. II p.2458).
Ad. 3 sect. 1:
The Selection Criteria for the Special Preventive Occupational
Medical Measures according to the Principles of the Employers
Liability Insurance Associations for Preventive Occupational Medical
Examinations 1] (ZH 1/600) provide a basis for the selection of the
persons who are to be subjected to examinations in connection with
the special preventive occupational medical measures.
This is based on the following:
- in the case of the handling of hazardous materials: the excee-
ding of the initiation threshold according to the Technical Rules
for Hazardous Materials 1] TRGS 100 Initiation Threshold for
Hazardous Materials (see annex 1) as well as TRGS 150
Direct Skin Contact with Hazardous Materials and TRGS
900 MAC Values (maximum allowable concentration at
work-places),
- in the case of dangerous activities: occupational medical
experience.
The initiation threshold is the concentration of a material in the air at
the workplace or in the body, the exceeding of which necessitates ad-
ditional measures for the protection of health. The same consequences
are necessary after the exceeding of the initiation threshold, irre-
spective of whether methods are used in which measures according

to sentence 1 are required or whether direct skin contact exists.
Examinations outside annex 1 involve other carcinogenic hazardous
materials which are indeed not yet mentioned as individual substances
in annex 1, but are mentioned in section III A 1 or A 2 of the applicable
1]
TRGS 900 MAC Values or are marked as carcinogenic by the

manufacturer or introducing party (see also annex II No. 1.2.1 of the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials and TRGS 500 Protective
Measures for the Handling of Carcinogenic Hazardous Materials that
are not Mentioned in Annex II of the Ordinance on Hazardous Mate-
rials - Allocation to the Danger Groups -. For further information
about carcinogenic hazardous materials, see the implementation
instructions for 13 sect. 1.
Ad. 3 sect. 2:
The cost of preventive occupational medical examinations shall be
borne by the employer. The cost of the preventive medical exami-
nations of insured persons who are to be, or already are, employed in
noise areas shall be borne by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
The cost also includes travelling expenses and the cost of foregone
wages in connection with the examination by the authorized physician
if the insured person has acted according to a corresponding instruction
from the employer.
Concerning follow-up examinations, the following is applicable:
- In the case of follow-up examinations which are to be initiated
by the employer, the employer shall bear the cost.
- If See-Berufsgenossenschaft initiates follow-up examinations
after the insured person has left the company, then See-Be-
rufsgenossenschaft shall bear the cost.
- Special rules apply in the case of follow-up examinations
initiated by the Central Registration Office for Employees
Endangered by Asbestos Dust 1] (ZAs) at the Textil- und Be-
kleidungs-Berufsgenossenschaft, Oblatterwallstrasse 18, 86153
Augsburg. The Central Registration Office initiates follow-up
examinations even while the employment relationship still
exists. The cost are borne by See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
Ad. 3 sect. 3:
The items of personal protective equipment include, among other
things, breathing apparatus, personal ear protectors, safety gloves and
protective clothing.
Ad. 3 sect. 4:
The authorized physician is obliged to provide statistical information.
If, according to the workplace conditions, it can be assumed that
preventive medical examinations are necessary, and if See-Berufsge-
1]
Status: May 1999

24 UVV-See
nossenschaft is not in possession of the report about preventive medical

examinations, then See-Berufsgenossenschaft will request additional
information.
Ad. 3 sect. 6:
This shall not affect the obligation of the employers according to 42
of the articles of See-Berufsgenossenschaft to utilize exclusively See-
Berufsgenossenschafts Occupational Health Service, which is not
confined to any one particular company and which performs the tasks
and exercises the authorizations allocated according to the Occupa-
tional Safety Law 1].
Ad. 4 sect. 1:
An initial examination may also be necessary in the case of changed
workplace conditions at the same workplace or in the case of a change
to a different workplace within the company.
The 12-week deadline period serves the purpose of ensuring that the
result of the examination will be as up-to-date as possible for the
assessment.
Ad. 5 sect. 1:
The employer shall register the insured person with the authorized
physician for the purpose of the in-service examination sufficiently
early to ensure that the authorized physician can perform the examina-
tion before expiry of the deadline. The deadline periods for the in-
service examination are stated in annex 1.
Ad. 5 sect. 3 No. 2:

Whether a premature in-service examination is indicated can be regu-
larly decided only after advice is provided by the authorized physician.
Ad. 6 sect. 1:
The competent authority shall decide in the case of hazardous ma-
terials according to annex V of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materi-
als 1]. These hazardous materials are highlighted by the use of italic
type in annex 1.
Ad. 7:
Examinations upon request can be considered when, in the activity,
the initiation threshold for a hazardous material mentioned in annex
1 is not reached, or the selection criteria for a dangerous activity named
there are not fulfilled, or a rule is absent in annex 1.
1]
However, a necessary prerequisite is a qualified assessment of the

causality.
The request by the insured person for a preventive medical
examination according to 7 shall not initiate any regular in-service
examinations.
Ad. 8:
For the performing of the preventive medical examinations, physicians
are authorized by the employers liability insurance associations upon
application, in agreement with the authority responsible for work
safety. The authorizations are announced separately for each hazar-
dous material and for each dangerous activity. One of the necessary
prerequisites for authorization is that the physician undertakes to
perform examinations in accordance with the Principles of the Em-
ployers Liability Insurance Associations for Occupational Medical Pre-
ventive Examinations 1], and to recognize the fees according to guide-
number 71 sect. 2 according to the points value and the amount for
reporting on a printed form as stated in the Agreement between
Physicians and Accident Insurance Organizations 1]. At the same time,
the physician shall undertake to comply with the documentation and
storage obligations for the result of the examination, to attend further
training sessions, to comply with the reporting obligations, and to com-
pile the necessary statistics. The authorization of physicians in accor-
dance with the Ordinance on Radiation Protection 1] or the Ordinance
on X-Rays 1] is incumbent upon the state authority only.

The authorized physician can put aside his health concerns (no health
concerns under particular preconditions; see the Principles of the
Employers Liability Insurance Associations for Preventive Occupatio-
nal Medical Examinations 1]), especially if, for the individual case
concerned,
1. the deadline periods for the in-service examinations are
shortened,
2. technical work safety measures are taken,

or
3. personal protective equipment is used.
For these cases too, the employers duty to report to the works council
or staff council is applicable ( 12 sect. 3).
1]
Status: May 1999

26 UVV-See
Written advice in the case of health concerns with regard to the activity
which was the reason for the examination may consist of:
- medical recommendations on behaviour,
- recommendations of particular medical measures
and
- a request to visit a general medical practitioner.
Ad. 9 sect. 2:
The certificate concerning the result of the examination may refer only
to the medical results that were obtained in connection with the ex-
posure to the hazardous material or with the dangerous activity because
of which the special preventive occupational medical examination was
performed (here, see in particular the occupational medical criteria
expressed in the Principles of the Employers Liability Insurance
Associations for Preventive Occupational Medical Examinations 1]).
Further results which likewise call employment at this workplace into
question shall be announced to the insured person and discussed with
him. They shall not be incorporated into the certificate according to
9. Announcing of these concerns to the employer can only take place
with the consent of the insured person.
The certificate concerning the result of the examination does not
include examination results or diagnoses. The certificate is limited to
stating whether health concerns militating against employment at a
particular workplace exist or not, and to conditions or recommen-
dations announced additionally thereto within the meaning of sect. 1
No. 3 letter a). Examination results and diagnoses are subject to
medical confidentiality and may not be made known to anyone other
than the insured person. This also applies to advice within the meaning
of sect. 1 No. 3 letter b).
Ad. 9 sect. 3:
See-Berufsgenossenschaft shall also be informed in those cases in

which there is a danger of the occurrence, recurrence or worsening of
an occupational disease. This act of informing is subject to the consent
of the insured person. For the report, the printed form Proposal for
Report as per 3 BeKV is available to the authorized physician. The
following preventive measures may be considered:
1]
- technical and organizational measures, e.g. extraction fa-

cilities, encapsulation of machines, spatial separation of en-
dangered areas;
- personal protective measures, e.g. ear protection, skin protec-
tion;
- preventive therapeutic treatment;
In addition to treatment for conditions caused by exposure
which do not yet constitute an occupational disease, treatment
of other conditions may be considered if, as a result of these
conditions, further exposure would cause a danger of the
occurrence of an occupational disease.
- measures of occupational assistance, which can range from
help in obtaining a new workplace to occupational adaptation,
further training, initial training and retraining.
In the case of hazardous materials according to annex V of the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1], the competent authority shall
also be informed. These hazardous materials are highlighted by the
use of italic type in annex 1.
Ad. 10 sect. 4:
In the case of examinations prescribed according to annex 1 in the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1], the employer or the insured
person can bring about a decision on the part of the competent
authority according to 32 of the Ordinance on Hazardous Materials.
In the case of hazardous materials according to annex V of the Or-
dinance on Hazardous Materials, the competent authority shall make
the decision. These hazardous materials are highlighted in annex 1
by the use of italic type.
Ad. 11 sect. 1:
The information can also be stored on other data media, provided
that the possibility of perusal by See-Berufsgenossenschaft is assured
at all times.
Ad. 11 sect. 4:
If carcinogenic hazardous materials have been handled, the employer
shall store the file for the same length of time as the authorized
physician (i.e. up until the end of the year in which the insured person
has become or would have become 75 years old; see 14 sect. 2).
1]
Status: May 1999

28 UVV-See
Handing over of the file to the insured person shall take place in the
case of storage on other data media, by means of an extract from the
set of data relating to him.
Ad. 11 sect. 5:
The persons authorized to perform such perusal include not only the
insured person or a person authorized by him (sect. 3) but also the
technical surveyor and the person appointed by the competent authority.
Regarding perusal by the authorized physician, see 3 sect. 4.
Ad. 12 sect. 1:
The authorized physician certifies the examination result in accor-
dance with the criteria used in the Principles of the Employers Liability
Insurance Associations for Preventive Occupational Medical Exami-
nations 1]:
- no health concerns,
- no health concerns under particular preconditions,
- time-limited health concerns, or
- health concerns.
The further employment of the insured person at his existing
workplace which is putting him in danger is not called into question
until all reasonable technical or organizational measures have been
investigated and it is not even possible to eliminate the concerns by
means of medical measures.
Ad. 13 sect. 1:
For the report by the employer, printed forms are available. The report
can also be written on an appropriate machine-readable data medium,
provided that the block format of the data medium complies with the
specifications of the Organizational Service for Follow-Up Examina-
tions 1] (ODIN) at the Berufsgenossenschaft der chemischen Industrie,
Gaisbergstrasse 11, 69115 Heidelberg.
For the reporting of the insured persons to the Central Registration
Office for Employees Endangered by Asbestos Dust 1] (ZAs), Augs-

burg, the special printed forms shall continue to be used.
In the determination of whether an insured person has performed the
activity involving carcinogenic hazardous materials for at least 3
1]
months, earlier activities with carcinogenic hazardous materials at

various workplaces of the same company, in other companies and in
earlier years shall also be taken into account, if known.
The term known refers to details of the occupational anamnesis
which can be obtained without particular investigative effort from
the existing work documents or from the knowledge possessed by
the insured person. Thus, in the case of insured persons with frequent
changes of workplace (e.g. loan workers, company handymen), the
times spent on the various activities shall be added up.
The end of the activity with the carcinogenic hazardous material can
be based on the time of leaving the company, on the change-over to a
different work area, or on a change of company conditions.
For signing off too, the deadline is 30th June of the following year.
If the activity with a carcinogenic hazardous material is interrupted
for a short time only (e.g. vacation, temporary interruption of business,
only occasional production), or if short periods of activity with one or
more carcinogenic hazardous materials continually occur successively
in this work area, then for the purposes of registration the entire time
shall be taken into account. In these cases, a repetition of the reporting
is not necessary. Also to be reported are those insured persons for
whom the employer, since 1st October 1984, had a duty of follow-up
examinations.
For carcinogenic materials belonging to group I of annex II of the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials 1] for which a TRK (technical
reference concentration) value is not defined, the initiation threshold
is exceeded if, in the handling of these hazardous materials, including
the activities in their danger area, the determination limit of a
measurement method recognized for this purpose has been exceeded.
Measurement methods recognized for this purpose are published by
the Chemicals Committee of the Central Federation of Industrial
Employers Liability Insurance Associations 1] (BArBl. 3/1990, page 80).
If, for carcinogenic materials of groups II and III of annex II of the
Ordinance on Hazardous Materials, no TRK value has been defined

and if as a result it is also impossible to determine an initiation
threshold, this shall not lead to the renouncing of special preventive
occupational medical examinations and to reporting. In these cases,
the following items can be used for decision-making:
- Selection Criteria for the Special Preventive Occupational
Medical Measures according to the Principles of the Employers
1]
Status: May 1999

30 UVV-See
Liability Insurance Associations for Preventive Occupational

Medical Examinations 1] (ZH 1/600),
- TRK values of comparable carcinogenic hazardous materials,
- limit values used by other countries (e.g. TLV value from the
USA), even if these do not have the same objective as TRK
values.
Furthermore, inhomogeneous activities with sporadic pollution which
cannot be measured with certainty by means of air measurement
techniques (batch operation, polytechnics, repair by handymen) shall
be taken into account.
Ad. 14 sect. 1:
Information about the data to be acquired can be found in the Prin-
ciples of the Employers Liability Insurance Associations for Preventive
Occupational Medical Examinations 1].
Ad. 14 sect. 2:
Primarily, the authorized physician is obliged to store the health file
in a proper manner in accordance with this regulation and other special
legislation (Ordinance on X-Rays 1], Ordinance on Radiation Protec-
tion 1], vocational codes, which in individual cases may impose longer
periods of storage. Also in the case of the death of the authorized
physician, it shall be ensured that the obligations arising out of 14
sect. 2 and 3 are fulfilled.
Ad. 14 sect. 2 and 3:

Passing on of the health file is possible only if this is not opposed by
reasons of medical confidentiality.
Ad. 15 sect. 1:
Because of the long latency period, follow-up examinations are
necessary if an insured person is no longer performing activities at a
workplace where the initiation threshold for carcinogenic hazardous
materials is exceeded. This also applies to the time after the insured
person has left the company or has retired from work.
Attention is drawn to the relevant Principles of the Employers Liability
Insurance Associations for Preventive Occupational Medical
Examinations (e.g. G 1.2, G 4, G 8, G 15, G 16, G 32, G 33, G 36, G 38,
G 40, G 44) 1].
1]
The follow-up examinations, as well as the initial examination and

the in-service examinations, are recorded in the preventive medical
file (see 11).
Ad. 15 sect. 2:
For reasons of occupational medicine or insurance law, it may also
become necessary to order follow-up examinations for insured persons
who handled carcinogenic hazardous materials only in past periods
of time (before 1st October 1984 or before the date on which an initiation
threshold was lowered). In these cases, the employer shall give to the
employers liability insurance association the information that is
necessary for organizing the follow-up examinations, insofar as such
information is in his possession. As a rule, this will involve the infor-
mation according to 13.
Ad. 15 sect. 3:
The special procedure of the Central Registration Office for Employees
Endangered by Asbestos Dust 1] (ZAs), Augsburg, is not affected. The
Central Registration Office initiates the follow-up examination if it is
in possession of a signing-on report, even if the insured person has
not yet left the company.
Ad. 15 sect. 4:
The general provisions of section II are also applicable to follow-up
examinations ( 6, 8 to 12). Because, in the case of follow-up
examinations, the insured person is no longer performing activities at
a workplace at which the initiation threshold for carcinogenic hazar-
dous materials is exceeded, the medical certificate can be limited to
the evidence that an examination has taken place, and to a statement
of the date on which the next follow-up examination is to take place.
There is nothing to prevent the authorized physician from making
recommendations to the insured person if there are concerns arising
out of the present workplace situation or if the state of health of the
insured person makes this necessary.
1]
Status: May 1999

32 UVV-See
Appendix 1
1]
Technical Rules for Hazardous Materials (TRGS 100)* Initiation
Threshold for Hazardous Materials)
1 General
(1) The initiation threshold is the concentration of a material in the
air at the workplace or in the body, the exceeding of which necessitates
additional measures for the protection of health. The same conse-
quences are necessary after the exceeding of the initiation threshold,
irrespective of whether methods are used in which measures according
to sentence 1 are required or whether direct skin contact exists.
(2) The non-exceeding of the initiation thresholds is equivalent to
methods for which it is certain that exposure is excluded.
(3) By means of measures to be taken in the event of exceeding of
the initiation threshold, remaining risks to health which cannot be
completely eliminated, even if the applicable MAK, TRK and BAT
(BLTV, biological limit threshold value) values for hazardous materials
are complied with, shall be further reduced.
(4) The determining of whether the initiation threshold is exceeded
or is not reached is performed in the course of monitoring of the TRK
or MAK value according to TRGS 402 *).
2 Measures in the Case of Exceeding of the Initiation Threshold

If the initiation threshold is exceeded, the following additional
measures are necessary:
2.1 in the case of carcinogenic materials
2.1.1 personal protective equipment ( 19 sect. 4 and annex II No.
1.2.3.2 sect. 2 No. 2 GefStoffV)
2.1.2 announcement to the affected employers and works councils
or staff councils ( 21 sect. 2 GefStoffV)
2.1.3 employment restrictions ( 26 and annex II No. 1.2.3.2 sect. 3
GefStoffV)
2.1.4 preventive occupational medical examinations ( 28 in con-

junction with annex V GefStoffV and VBG 100)
2.1.5 report to the authority (annex II No. 1.2.2 sect. 1 in conjunction
with sect. 5 GefStoffV)
*) A current overview of the valid versions of the TRGS can be found in TRGS 002 in
the BArbBl. No. 4/94, p.39.
1]
2.1.6 authoritys possibility of prohibition in particular cases (annex

II No. 1.2.2 sect. 3 in conjunction with sect. 5 GefStoffV)
2.1.7 working hours regulations (annex II No. 1.3.1.3 sect. 3
GefStoffV) (only in the case of asbestos)
2.2 in the case of materials with MAK values
2.2.1 preventive occupational medical examinations ( 28 and annex
V GefStoffV and VBG 100) 2)
2.2.2 employment restrictions ( 26 GefStoffV)
2.2.3 announcement to the affected employers and the works councils
or staff councils ( 21 sect. 2 GefStoffV)
3 Exceeding of the Initiation Threshold for Carcinogenic

Materials
(1) In the case of carcinogenic materials, the initiation threshold is
exceeded if the TRK value is not complied with in the long term. 3)
(2) For carcinogenic materials of group I for which a TRK value is
not defined, the initiation threshold is exceeded if exposure cannot
be ruled out with certainty.
4 Exceeding of the Initiation Threshold for Materials with an

MAK Value
(1) For preventive occupational medical examinations (2.2.1), the
initiation threshold is exceeded if the MAK value is not complied with
in the long term with certainty. 3)
(2) For measures according to No. 2.2.2, the initiation threshold is
exceeded if the MAK value is not complied with.
(3) For materials with a BLTV, the initiation threshold is also
exceeded if the BLTV is not complied with.
5 Exceeding of the Initiation Threshold for Skin-Absorptive

Materials 4)
In the case of hazardous materials which can be absorbed through
the skin, it can usually be assumed that the initiation threshold is
exceeded if, during the handling of the hazardous materials, direct
contact with the skin exists.
Status: May 1999

34 UVV-See
6 Initiation Threshold and Material-Specific Working Procedures

or Activities
In deviation from numbers 3 and 4, the technical rules may mention
material-specific working procedures or activities for which it can be
assumed that the initiation threshold is exceeded or is not reached.
2)
The accident prevention regulation Preventive Occupational Medical Mea-
sures 1] (VBG 100), obtainable from Carl Heymanns Verlag, Luxemburger Strasse
449, 50939 Kln

3)
It can usually be assumed that the TRK or MAK value is being complied with in the
long term with certainty if, in the case of check measurements, the mean values
during the shift are less than one quarter of the TRK or MAK value or if, in the case
of data monitoring, it can be ensured by means of an alarm that no mean value
during a shift exceeds the TRK or MAK value.
4)
TRGS 150 Direct Skin Contact with Hazardous Materials, obtainable from Carl
Heymanns Verlag, Luxemburger Strasse 449, 50939 Kln
1]
1
Annex
(ad. 3 a of the UVV See)
First Aid
(VBG 109)
1997

Stand: April 1999

3
Annex
(ad. 3 a of the UVV See)
First Aid
(VBG 109)
1997

Stand: April 1999

First Aid 1
I. SCOPE OF APPLICATION
1
Scope of Application
(1) This accident prevention regulation applies to first aid and
behaviour in the event of accidents.
(2) This accident prevention regulation does not apply to personnel
as listed in 2 sect. 1 Nos. 2, 8 and 10 of the Seventh Volume of the
Social Security Code 1] (SGB VII).
II. DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER
2
General Duties of the Employer
(1) It is the employers duty to provide
1. for first aid and for protection against threats to life and health
a) the required facilities, especially accident reporting offices,
first aid rooms, first aid supplies, rescue equipment and
rescue transport appliances
and
b) the required personnel, especially first-aiders and company
paramedics,
as well as to arrange for
2. first aid immediately after an accident and to organize the
necessary medical care.
(2) The employer may only provide facilities for first aid and for
measures for rescuing persons from hazards to life and health that
satisfy the requirements contained in this accident prevention
regulation as well as generally recognized rules of technical, medical
and hygienic practice.
3
Accident Reporting Offices and Measures
The employer shall ensure, by providing accident reporting offices
and organizational measures, and subject to conditions prevailing
within the enterprise, that the necessary first aid can be summoned
and rendered as soon as possible wherever it is needed.
4
First Aid Rooms
(1) The employer shall provide at least one first aid room or a com-
parable facility
1]
Status: May 1999

2 UVV-See
1. in an enterprise with more than 1000 insured persons,

2. in an enterprise with more than 100 insured persons, if the
nature of the enterprise and the frequency, severity and
number of accidents demand a separate room for first aid,
3. on a building site where more than 50 insured persons are
present.
(2) Where the employer gives work to other employers in terms of a
building subcontract, he shall ensure that a first aid room or com-
parable facility is provided, when a total of more than 50 insured
persons are working at the same time.
(3) The first aid room or comparable facility shall be easily accessible
with a stretcher. The first aid room shall be equipped as required for
first aid and emergency medical treatment. The first aid rooms and
comparable facilities shall be of a suitable size and arrangement.
5
First Aid Supplies
The employer shall ensure that the first aid supplies are easily
accessible and speedily usable at all times, and stored in such a way
that they are protected against harmful influences, in adequate
quantities and that they are timeously replaced and renewed.
6
Number of First-Aiders
The employer shall provide for at least the following numbers of
first-aiders:
1. One first-aider for every 20 insured persons,
2. Where more than 20 insured persons are present
a) in administrative and commercial enterprises 5 %,
b) in other enterprises 10 %.
The number of first-aiders according to item 2 can be reduced after
negotiation with See-Berufsgenossenschaft with due regard to the
organization of the companys first-aid facilities and the hazards
present.
7
Initial and Further Training in First Aid
(1) The employer may only deploy first-aiders who have been trained
by the Arbeiter-Samariter-Bund Deutschland (ASB), the Deutsche Rote
Kreuz (DRK), the Johanniter-Unfall-Hilfe (JUH) or the Malteser-Hilfs-
First Aid 3
dienst (MHD). In deviation from sentence 1, the employer may also

deploy people as first-aiders who have received their training in first
aid at an institution recognized by an employers liability insurance
association as being suitable for initial and further training in first aid
in terms of 8.
(2) The employer shall ensure that first-aiders receive further
training at suitable intervals. The provisions of sect. 1 also apply
accordingly for further training.
(3) If the nature of the undertaking, especially as regards working
with hazardous materials, requires that measures be taken which are
not covered in the general training of first-aiders in terms of sect. 1,
the employer shall ensure that the required additional initial and fur-
ther training is provided.
8
Approved Institutions
(1) See-Berufsgenossenschaft may recognize an employer who gives
insured persons initial and further training under his own responsibility
as an institution for initial and further training.
(2) After written application, approval in terms of 7 sect. 1 sentence
2 is granted by See-Berufsgenossenschaft in accordance with the
annex to this accident prevention regulation. The recognition is
granted subject to retraction and for a particular term.
(3) Any change to the circumstances representing the basis for which
the recognition was granted shall immediately be reported to See-
9
Company Paramedic
(1) The employer shall provide at least one company paramedic
when
1. there are more than 1500 insured persons in an enterprise
2. there are more than 250 insured persons present and the
nature, severity and number of accidents necessitate the
deployment of company paramedics,
3. there are more than 100 insured persons present on a building
site.
(2) Where the employer gives work to other employers in terms of a
building subcontract, he shall ensure that at least one company
Status: May 1999

4 UVV-See
paramedic is provided, when a total of more than 100 insured staff

are working at the same time.
(3) In enterprises falling under sect. 1 No. 1, a company paramedic
may be dispensed with in agreement with See-Berufsgenossenschaft,
and insofar as the nature, severity and number of accidents allow
this.
10
Initial and Further Training of Company Paramedics
(1) The employer may only deploy persons as paramedics who

1. have participated in the basic training for company medical
service given by one of the relief organizations mentioned in
7 sect. 1, or have undergone training that is at least equivalent
to that, or who have undergone occupational training that
includes paramedical duties,
and
2. who have participated in the advanced training course for
company medical service.
(2) To participate in the advanced training course in terms of sect. 1
No. 2, the participation in the training in terms of sect. 1 No. 1 shall
have taken place no earlier than within the previous two years; where
an equivalent occupational activity was practised as a result of the
persons training level, the time at which such an activity was ended
shall apply.
(3) Participation in the advanced training course in terms of sect. 1
No. 2 is only required within five years after the entry into force of
this accident prevention regulation, if at this time the company
paramedic had already been occupied in the company medical service
for five years.
(4) The employer shall ensure that the company paramedics are
given further training at suitable intervals.
11
Instruction
(1) The employer shall ensure that, before they begin employment,
insured persons are given instruction on proper behaviour in the event
of accidents, and afterwards at least once yearly.
(2) The employer shall ensure that insured persons are informed about
first aid and given information about distress calls, first aid and rescue
First Aid 5
facilities, about first aid personnel as well as doctors to be summoned

and hospitals to be used, by means of notices of an employers liability
insurance association or other suitable written instructions. These
notices and instructions shall be kept up to date at all times.
12
Marking
The employer shall ensure that first aid facilities as well as the storage
places of first aid supplies, rescue equipment and rescue transport
appliances are indicated by means of the appropriate signs.
13
Interruptions in Work
The employer shall ensure that insured persons who have suffered
an accident interrupt the work for at least as long as it takes to render
first aid.
14
Medical Treatment
The employer shall ensure that, as soon as possible, insured persons
- are taken to a doctor, insofar as the nature and extent of the
injury indicate that medical treatment is required,
- are taken to a Durchgangsarzt (a doctor with the authorization
of the employers liability insurance associations) if the injury
has caused an inability to work, or where the treatment is likely
to last more than a week,
- are taken to a hospital designated by the employers liability
insurance association in case of a severe injury,
- are taken to the nearest available and appropriate specialist in
cases of an eye, throat, nose or ear injury, except where referral
has been obviated by the initial medical attention.
15
Rescue Transport
The employer shall ensure that injured persons are transported in a

suitable manner.
16
Recording of First Aid Treatment
The employer shall ensure that records are kept of each first aid
treatment and then stored for five years. These shall contain information
on the time, place (section of the enterprise) and sequence of events for
the accident or injury to health, the nature and extent of the injury or
Status: May 1999
6 UVV-See
disorder, the time and nature of the first aid measures, as well as the
names of the insured person, the witnesses and the persons rendering
first aid. These notes shall be kept as for personnel documents.
III. DUTIES OF INSURED PERSONS

17
General Duties of Insured Persons
Insured persons shall support all measures serving to provide first aid.
18
Interruptions in Work
Insured persons suffering an accident shall interrupt their work at
least until first aid has been rendered to them.
19
First-Aiders
Insured persons shall be trained as first-aiders and take further
training at suitable intervals, insofar as there are no personal reasons
preventing this. They shall make themselves available to render first
aid service after such training.
20
Reporting Duty
Insured persons shall report each accident to the relevant company
department as soon as possible; where they are not able to do so, it is
the duty of the company employee who first becomes aware of the
accident to report it.
IV. OFFENCES
21
Offences
of the Social Security Code 1] (SGB VII) is committed by anyone
deliberately or negligently contravening
- 3, 4 sect. 1 No. 1 or 3, sect. 2,
- 6 sentence 1,
- 8 sect. 3,
- 9 sect. 1 No. 1 or 3, sect. 2,
- 10 sect. 1 or 2,
- 11 to 13, 15, 16
or
- 20.
1]
First Aid 7
ANNEX ad. 8
Requirements for the Approval of Institutions
as Being Suitable for Initial and Further Training in First Aid
1 The applicant shall furnish proof of specialized experience in
organizing and applying first aid in the workplace. This is the
case where his firm has had a company rescue service in operation
for more than three years, has at least an alerting and dispatching
system, a first aid room as well as rescue transport appliances, in
each case with the required trained personnel; an occupational
physician who is charged with the duties set out in 3 of the
Occupational Safety Law 1] regarding first aid at the workplace
and who furthermore assists with initial medical treatment.
2 The applicant shall furnish proof that the initial and further training
in first aid is placed under the responsibility of a suitably trained
occupational physician. A responsible occupational physician is
one who cooperates as such with the ASB, DRK, JUH or MHD in
training matters.
3 The applicant shall prove that the generally recognized principles
of initial and further training in first aid are complied with, these
being as follows:
3.1 The companys initial and further training shall be at least equi-
valent to the course curricula of the four relief organizations as
agreed with the employers liability insurance associations
regarding content, scope and teaching method.
3.2 As a rule, no more than 15 insured persons at a time may parti-
cipate in an initial or further training course.
3.3 The instructors shall have received initial training and then regular
further training from the ASB, DRK, JUH or MHD.
3.4 Suitable rooms, equipment and training aids shall be available
for training courses. There shall at least be one room that is large
enough for 15 persons to be trained in first aid by means of

theoretical training, practical demonstrations and exercises. The
room shall have adequate daylight and illumination. There shall
also be toilets, washrooms and a resting place.
3.5 The necessary training aids - in particular demonstration and
exercise materials, as well as suitable media such as overhead
1]
Status: May 1999

8 UVV-See
projector and teaching transparencies - shall be available in

adequate quantities and ready for use. The dummies used for
cardiopulmonary resuscitation exercises shall be disinfected
according to the generally acceptable rules of hygiene.
3.6 Each participant shall be given an attendance certificate on the
initial and further training; this can only be handed out when the
responsible physician and instructor are satisfied that the
participants have each gained the required knowledge and skills
after regular attendance.
3.7 Each participant in an initial or further training course shall be
given an information sheet on the curriculum.
3.8 The institution seeking approval shall furnish the following
information regarding the training courses that have been given:
- The nature of each initial and further training course
- Place and date of the course
- Name of the responsible occupational physician
- Name of the instructor
- Names and birthdates of the participants
- Employers of the participants
- employers liability insurance association of the employers.
These notes shall be kept for five years and shown to See-Berufs-
genossenschaft on request.
4 The applicant shall guarantee that each year at least 300 insured
persons in his company receive initial or further training. The appli-
cant who gives initial and further training to insured persons from
other companies requires the permission from the relevant em-
ployers liability insurance association in each case to do this. The
number of insured persons from other companies may not exceed
one quarter of the total number of trainees.
5 The applicant shall furnish evidence of a liability insurance policy
covering possible personal or material damages arising in
connection with the initial and further training courses.
First Aid 9
for the Accident Prevention Regulation
First Aid
(VBG 109)
Status: May 1999

10 UVV-See
Ad. 1:
First aid comes into consideration when occupational accidents occur
at the workplace, on building sites, during assembly work and on
business trips, but also in connection with acute health impairments.
Ad. 1 sect. 2:
Special measures have been taken for personnel in terms of 2 sect. 1
Nos. 2, 8 and 10 of the Seventh Volume of the Social Security Code 1]
(SGB VII) (kindergarten children, schoolchildren and students) by the
accident insurers of the state. Apart from this, the relevant arrange-
ments of the federal states of Germany also apply to the compulsory
accident insurance for schoolchildren.
Ad. 2 sect. 1 No. 1 letter a):

For reporting offices, see the implementation instructions ad. 3.
Rescue equipment include technical aids for rescuing persons from
danger to life and health, such as emergency showers, fire blankets,
rescue slings, lifeboats, lifebuoys, lifelines, safety sheets, cutting equip-
ment, breathing aids.
Breathing aids are e.g. breathing appliances for first-aiders and for self-
rescue; see the Rules for the Use of Breathing Apparatus 1] (ZH 1/701).
Rescue transport appliances include e.g. stretchers.
Suitable stretchers are: Stretchers with rigid sides as per DIN 13 024
part 1, stretchers with collapsible sides as per DIN 13 024 part 2,
stretchers with rollers as per DIN 13 025 part 1, stretchers with fixed
undercarriage as per DIN 13 025 part 2.
For removing injured persons from confined spaces or other
inaccessible places, the following may be used: vacuum mattresses
as per DIN 13 047, pit rescue sleds as per DIN 13 040, rescue hammocks
as per DIN 13 023, rescue belts as per DIN 13 044, safety harnesses of
the type A as per DIN EN 360-365, rescue blankets, transport breeches,
rescue capsules, rescue bags, rescue boxes, rescue slings.
In terms of 39 sect. 1 sentence 1 of the Ordinance on Working Places
1]
, stretchers shall be available when the nature of the enterprise
demands it.
In terms of 39 sect. 2 of the Ordinance on Working Places 1], working
places of extended area shall have stretchers placed at various easily
accessible points, if the nature of the enterprise demands it.
1]
First Aid 11
In terms of 49 sect. 2 of the Ordinance on Working Places, there

shall be stretchers available on building sites, if more than 20 em-
ployees are working there.
Rescue transport appliances can also include patient transport vehicles
(KTW) as per DIN 75 080-3. A rescue ambulance (RTW) as per DIN 75
080-2 is particularly suitable for the transport of seriously or critically
injured persons.
Ad. 2 sect. 1 No. 1 letter b):

Required personnel includes insured persons who have been trained
in the use of rescue equipment and rescue transport appliances. Where
first-aiders have to move injured persons by means of stretchers or
similar patient transport appliances, they shall have received special
initial and further training in the use of such equipment.

It may be advisable for the employer to make arrangements for support
with first-aid treatment by doctors or hospitals in the event of certain
occupational accidents, especially where a doctor has to administer
medicines to treat a life-threatening condition, but no occupational
physician is available.
Ad. 3:
Conditions prevailing within the enterprise are for instance the
extent and structure of the company. In order to summon and deploy
the necessary aid, it is advisable to set up an alert plan. Under certain
circumstances, the normal telephone connection with an emergency
number will suffice. Where the public emergency call centre cannot
be dialled directly, a reporting centre that is constantly manned during
working hours and able to receive intra-company emergency calls,
and to alert the public rescue services, is advisable. The employer
should also consider whether the company reporting system can be
adapted to allow the call centre to see where the emergency call was
made from. If it is not possible to rely on stationary accident reporting
offices, the employer shall investigate the feasibility of making radio

equipment available to endangered employees.
Where persons are employed in solitary work, personal emergency
signalling installations can be used; see the Safety Rules for Personal
Emergency Signalling Installations 1] (ZH 1/217).
1]
Status: May 1999

12 UVV-See
Emergency reporting systems shall also be kept in place after ordinary

working hours.
As soon as possible means without any negligent delay.
Ad. 4:
The Instruction Sheet on First Aid Rooms and Paramedical Contai-
ners in Companies 1] (ZH 1/507) gives further details on first aid rooms
and paramedical containers; see also the Fundamentals of Assistant
Personnel, Rooms, Facilities, Appliances and Equipment for Occupa-
tional Physicians in Companies 1] (ZH 1/528).
Regarding general requirements for rooms, especially with respect to
ventilation, room temperature, illumination, noise and other unsuitable
conditions, see 5 ff of the Ordinance on Working Places 1] together
with the related Guidelines for Working Places 1], e.g. ASR 38/2 First
Aid Rooms.
Ad. 5:
First aid supplies include bandages, all other aids and medical
equipment as well as medicines, insofar as these are needed in
applying first aid. Harmful influences are for instance pollutants,
dampness and high temperatures. First aid supplies shall be replaced
after their expiry date.
Suitable first aid supplies include, for instance:
1. Large bandage box as per DIN 13 169 Bandage Box E,
2. Small bandage box as per DIN 13 157 Bandage Box C.
The following standard figures amplify the requirements contained
in the Guideline on Working Places ASR 39/1,3 Equipment and
Facilities for First Aid 1]:
1]
First Aid 13
The following equipment shall be available, according to the size of the enterprise:
Type of enterprise Number Small Large1)

of insured bandage bandage
persons box box
Administrative and 1 - 50 1
commercial companies 51 - 300 1
from 301 2
for every 300 additional insured persons,
one additional large bandage box shall be
provided.
Manufacturing, 1 - 20 1
processing and 21 - 100 1
comparable companies from 101 2
provided.
Building sites and 1 - 10 1 2)

comparable working 11 - 50 1
situations from 51 2
provided.
1) Two small bandage boxes can replace one large bandage box.
2) For outside work, especially where first aid supplies are to be
carried in workshop vehicles or task vehicles, the motor vehicle
bandage box as per DIN 13 164 may be used as the smaller
bandage box.
In the case of hazards particular to an enterprise, for instance where
exposure to hazardous chemicals is possible, it may be necessary to
include suitable medicines in the first aid supplies. These medicines
may only be put at the disposal of specially instructed personnel and
the doctor. Medicines not required for first aid service, for instance
analgesic tablets, do not belong to the first aid supplies and therefore
not to the bandage box.
Storage places depend on the points of interest for accidents, on the
structure of the enterprise and on other organizational measures taken
in terms of the company rescue service.
Status: May 1999

14 UVV-See
Ad. 6:
Insured persons present means all people occupied at a working
place, for instance in working spaces, on building sites or in sections
of an enterprise.
Ad. 7 sect. 1:
Training takes place in a first aid course encompassing eight two-
hour sessions.
The contents of the course are as agreed between the employers
liability insurance associations and the above-mentioned relief organi-
zations. The training includes cardiopulmonary resuscitation using
the one first-aider method.
Training in emergency action to be taken at the scene of the accident
in terms of 8a of the Road Traffic Approval Code 1] (StVZO), i.e. in
immediate life-saving measures, is not sufficient as first aid training.
Ad. 7 sect. 2:
Further training is taken by participating in four two-hour sessions of
first aid training. This shall cover cardiopulmonary resuscitation using
the one and two first-aiders method. Further training will have been
performed at a suitable interval if attended and completed within two
years after a prior first aid course or training period. Where the fur-
ther training is done in the form of regular teaching, it shall achieve
at least the same result as the first aid training. First-aiders may also
attend a first aid training course again during the period mentioned.
Ad. 7 sect. 3:
See the Instruction Sheet on First Aid against the Effects of Dangerous
Chemicals 1] (ZH 1/175)
Ad. 8:
The application for approval shall be submitted to See-Berufsgenos-
senschaft. It should be accompanied by:
- proof that the requirements expressed in the annex to this accident
prevention regulation have been met,

- the training documentation, and information on training aids,
- a statement to the effect that See-Berufsgenossenschaft is entitled
to inspect the training rooms, training facilities, training aids as
well as training methods used in the course at any time.
1]
First Aid 15
Ad. 9:
See the instruction sheet Company Paramedics 1] (ZH 1/608).
Ad. 10 sect. 1 No. 1:

Training that is at least equivalent would for instance include that of:
- therapy assistants in terms of the mining ordinances
- paramedical personnel of the Federal Armed Forces with basic
paramedical training, and personnel trained as assistant in
paramedical service,
- rescue first-aiders and rescue paramedics.
Occupational training encompassing paramedical duties include the
occupations of paramedic, nurse or paediatric nurse as well as rescue
assistants.
Ad. 10 sect. 1 No. 2:

During the advanced training course, the company paramedic is fa-
miliarized with duties related to the company and the relevant em-
ployers l-iability insurance association.
Ad. 10 sect. 4:
Further training has been done at appropriate intervals if it has taken
place within three years in each case.
Ad. 11 sect. 2:
The following notices on which the required information can be
furnished are available as follows:
Instructions on First Aid for Accidents 1]
as a paper poster with order No. ZH 1/144,
as a plastic poster with the order No. ZH 1/300, available from Carl
Heymanns Verlag KG, Luxemburger Strasse 449, 50939 Cologne,
as a metal/plastic version available from J. Ed. Wunderle, Philipps-
ring 1, 55252 Mainz-Kastel,

Plakatindustrie, Schinkestrasse 20-21, 12047 Berlin,
Heinrich Klar GmbH & Co. KG, Neuer Weg 12-16, 42111 Wuppertal,
Gebr. Hein KG (plastic version), Dischinger Strasse 1-3, 69123 Hei-
delberg.
The Instructions on First Aid for Accidents can also be obtained as a
brochure under the order No. ZH 1/143 as well as a file version under
1]
Status: May 1999

16 UVV-See
the order No. ZH 1/311 from Carl Heymanns Verlag KG, Luxembur-
ger Strasse 449, 50939 Cologne.
The Instructions on Rescuing a Drowning Person 1] can be ordered
from
Plakatindustrie, Schinkestrasse 20-21, 12047 Berlin, and from
Binnenschiffahrts-Berufsgenossenschaft, Dsseldorfer Strasse 193,
47053 Duisburg.
The Instruction Sheet on First Aid against the Effects of Dangerous
Chemicals (ZH 1/175) and the Instruction Sheet on First Aid against
the Effects of Ionizing Radiation 1] (ZH 1/546) can be obtained from
Carl Heymanns Verlag KG, Luxemburger Strasse 449, 50939 Kln.
Ad. 12:
With regard to marking, see the accident prevention regulations Safety
Marking at the Workplace 1] (VBG 125).
With regard to the marking obligation, see 38 sect. 2 sentence 1,
39 sect. 3 and 49 sect. 1 and 2 of the Ordinance on Working Places
1]
as well as the Guidelines for Working Places 1] ASR 39/1,3 Equip-
ment and Facilities for First Aid 1].
Ad. 14:
The addresses of the doctors with the authorization of the employers
liability insurance association (Durchgangsrzte) and of designated
hospitals are available on request from See-Berufsgenossenschaft.
See also 11 sect. 2.
Ad. 15:
Proper transport also necessitates that insured persons are transpor-
table. If there are any doubts as to their transportability, a well-founded
decision is required - by a doctor if possible. In the case of serious
accidents, it should be a rule that always a doctor decides on the
transport vehicle or type of transport. For the purposes of transporting
an injured person, the following may be used: RTW rescue ambulances
and KTW patient transport vehicles as per DIN 75 080-1 Patient
transport motor vehicles; definitions, requirements, inspection 1],

DIN 75 080-2 Patient transport motor vehicles; ambulances 1] and
DIN 75 080-3 Patient transport motor vehicles; patient transport
vehicles 1] as well as rescue helicopters as per DIN 13230-1 and -2
Rescue helicopters (RTH).
1]
First Aid 17
For the proper transport of injured persons, the facilities of the public
rescue service according to the rescue service laws of the various
federal states, or own facilities of the federal states, are available. An
employer who provides a company rescue service performs a com-
petent rescue transport if the special requirements of the applicable
federal-state laws are met with regard to operation, outfit, equipment
and servicing of the vehicles and also fulfilled with respect to the
rescue personnel. The company rescue service serves to provide
emergency transport and sickness transport for injured and sick
persons reported on the companys premises; this includes the transport
to the doctor or hospital.
Ad. 16:
For example, the records can be made in a bandage book, in a card
index or by electronic data processing.
For bandage books, see the Large Bandage Book 1] (in bound form)
(ZH 1/149) and the Small Bandage Book 1] (in board-bound form)
(ZH 1/150).
Ad. 19:
Appropriate personal reasons include insufficient physical, mental or
psychological aptitude.
1]
Status: May 1999

Accident Prevention Regulations

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Accident Prevention Regulations

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

UVV-See 1

Accident Prevention Regulations

Status: 1st October 2003

Status: May 1999

Accident Prevention Regulations

in the Version of the

Status: 1st October 2003

Implementation instructions primarily serve to indicate how the safety

Original German Titles of English Terms in the Accident

Abbreviations and Original German Titles of English Terms

Standards (e.g. DIN) 20

Notes (UVV See and supplements) 21

Subject Index 439

Sales Agencies for the Accident Prevention Regulations 451

Annex Manning Regulations*)

Annex First Aid **)

Annex Preventive Occupational Medical Measures **)

*) The Annex Manning Regulations is not completely printed here.

Status: May 1999

CD-ROM 06-2004 See-BG

B. General Duties of the Employer

C. General Duties of Insured Persons

30 Ropes and Running Rigging 57

35 Regulations Concerning Alterations 58

II. Basic Provisions

40 Ranges of Trade, Limits of Fishing Zones 60

III. Occupational Physicians and Experts for Occupational Safety

IV. Special Installations

A. Construction and Equipment

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

85 Guard Rails, Bulwark 121

VI. Machinery and Electrical Equipment

A. Construction and Equipment

111 Tanks and Fixed Containers 150

119 Engine Telegraph 157

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

147 Operating of Engine Plants 194

Status: May 1999

155 Handling of Heat Transfer Plants 201

VI a. Hazardous Working Materials

VII. Fire Protection

A. Construction and Equipment

and Oxygen Cylinders 219

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

VIII. Protection against Noise and Vibration

B. Protection against Vibration

IX. Galley and Catering

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

X. Hatches, Shell Doors, Ramps

A. Construction and Equipment

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

XI. Cargo Handling Gear and Other Lifting Gear

214 Safe Distances 268

222 Wire and Fibre Ropes 271

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

XII. Dangerous Goods 239-244 free 280

XIII. Fishing Vessels

XIII.-1 Hull Equipment, Stability

245 Stability Criteria, Inclining Test and

B. Operational Requirements and Regulations for Insured

XIII.-2 Mechanical and Electrical Equipment

XIII.-3 Special Equipment

XIII.-4 Fishing Equipment

257 c Fish Processing Spaces 295